Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

English Functional Skills Free Notes, revision questions and answers – Updated

English Functional Skills Free Notes, revision questions and answers

English Notes, Functional writing, Oral skills, Poetry 97161.pdf
English Notes, Functional writing, Oral skills, Poetry(2).docx
ENGLISH_FUNCTIONAL_WRITING& ORAL POETRY-1.pdf
form-1-4-functional-writings-samples-1.docx
FUNCTIONAL SKILLS F PPT.pdf
FUNCTIONAL SKILLS F.pdf
Functional skills questions KCSE PAST PAPERS 2006 – 2018.pdf
functional writing 1.pdf
FUNCTIONAL WRITING NOTES-1-1-2.docx
FUNCTIONAL WRITING Q-1.pdf
FUNCTIONAL WRITING Q.doc
functional writing revision.pdf
FUNCTIONAL WRITING SAMPLE QUESTIONS-1.pdf
functional writing Skills.docx
FUNCTIONAL WRITING TOOL KIT 2020-1.pdf
FUNCTIONAL WRITING TOOL KIT 2020.doc
FUNCTIONAL WRITING, 2021.pdf
FUNCTIONAL-WRITING-NOTES-F3-1.docx
FUNCTIONAL-WRITING-NOTES-F3.pdf
FUNCTIONAL-WRITINGS-2.docx
GOOD FUNCTIONAL WRITING NOTES.doc
kcse functional writing.pptx
mks functional skills.docx
qns functional skills.docx

CROP PRODUCTION I AGRICULTURE NOTES

CROP PRODUCTION I

LAND PREPARATION

Land preparation involves all those activities that make land suitable for planting e.g. ploughing, harrowing, ridging and rolling

Seed bed: this is a piece of land prepared ready for planting. To achieve good germination of seeds the following must be achieved:

  • Suitable size of clods
  • Good depth
  • Looseness of soil
  • Absence of weeds

Importance/Reasons for land preparation

  • To kill weeds
  • To incorporate manure and other organic matter in the soil
  • To destroy different stages of crop pest such as eggs, larva or adult stages by burying them and exposing them to the heat
  • To encourage the penetration of roots in the soil
  • To make subsequent operation easy
  • To encourage water penetration in the soil

Operations in land preparation

  1. Land clearing
  2. Primary cultivation
  3. Secondary cultivation
  4. Tertiary operations

 

  1. Land clearing

This is the removal of vegetation cover from the surface before land is cultivated. It is done to prepare land for cultivation as well as a method of land reclamation

Conditions that necessitate land clearing

  • When opening up virgin land
  • Where a stalk growing crop was previously planted
  • Where the interval between primary and secondary cultivation is long such that land is reverted back to its original virgin state
  • Where land was left fallow for a long time

Methods of land clearing

  1. Tree felling
  2. Burning
  3. Slashing
  4. Use of chemicals
  5. a) Tree felling

This involves cutting down trees. Axes, pangas, are used and small power saws where the trees are few. Bulldozers and root rakers are used where trees are on large scale. After cutting down the trees, destumping or removal of stumps and disposal of trash is done.

  1. b) Burning

Here fire is set on the vegetation cover. It should be done when the speed of wind is low to avoid spread of fire to other fields.

Burning should be discouraged because:

  • It destroys organic matter
  • kills useful soil micro organisms
  • Destroys plants nutrients
  • Destroys soil structure
  • Fire can spread to an area where it was not intended hence destruction of property ,forests and desirable crop and plant species
  1. c) Slashing

Small bushes or grasses can be cleared by slashing. Slashers or pangas are used in a small area, while a tractor drawn mower can be used in large areas

  1. d) Use of chemicals

Chemicals used to kill weeds are called herbicides e.g. Roundup, Atrazine, Gramoxone. They kill weeds faster and more easily.

 

  1. Primary cultivation

This is the initial opening of land either after land clearing or following a previous crop.

Primary cultivation should be done well before the onset of rains to give time for all operations to be done in good time.

Importance of primary cultivation

  • To remove weeds
  • To burry organic matter for easy decomposition
  • To facilitate water infiltration and aeration
  • To destroy soil borne pests by exposing them to predators and scorching effects of the sun
  • To make subsequent operation easier e.g. planting
  • Eases the penetration of crop roots

Ways of carrying out primary cultivation

  1. Hand digging
  2. Mechanical cultivation
  3. Use of ox plough
  4. a) Hand digging

This is mainly the use of simple hand tools such as Jembes, mattocks and fork Jembes to cut and turn the soil slices.

  1. b) Mechanical cultivation

Where large pieces of land are involved, farmers use tractor mounted implements which include mould board, disc ploughs. Also there is use of sub soilers to break the hard pan.

  1. c) Use of an ox plough

This is use of ploughs drawn (pulled) by animals such as donkeys, camels, oxen etc. common in areas where such animals are available and the terrain is flat.

Aspects to be considered when carrying out primary cultivation

  1. i) Time of cultivation
  2. ii) Depth of cultivation

iii) Choice of implements

 

  1. i) Time of cultivation

Land preparation should be done early enough before the onset of rains.

Reasons for early cultivation

  • To give weeds and other vegetation enough time to dry up and decompose into organic matter
  • To allow carbon dioxide and other gases to diffuse out of the soil while being replaced by oxygen required in seed germination and growth of soil organisms
  • Also gives time for subsequent operations to be done giving way for early planting
  1. ii) Depth of cultivation

Factors that determine the depth of ploughing are:

  • The type of crop to be planted: Deep rooted crops require a soil which has been cultivated deeply, because it will facilitate easy root penetration. Shallow rooted crops may not need deep cultivation
  • The implements available: There are some implements which cannot cut the soil beyond a certain depth. Such implements can be sharpened or weight be added
  • Type of soil: heavy soils are hard particularly when they are dry. Simple implements such as Jembes tend to dig shallowly on such hard soils

 

 

 

 

 

iii) Choice of implements

Choice of implements used in primary cultivation is determined by:

  • The condition of the land: If the land has a lot of stones and stumps, it would be advisable for one to choose a disc plough which would not break easily when working on such land. A Jembe cannot be used efficiently on land which has a lot of couch grass because it cannot pull all the rhizomes.
  • The type of tilth required: very fine tilth requires the use of different types of implements
  • The depth of cultivation needed: heavy implements are necessary when deep cultivation is needed and light implements are required when shallow cultivation is necessary

 

  1. Secondary cultivation

These are operations which follow the primary cultivation and means seedbed refinement practices before planting, also called harrowing

Importance of secondary cultivation

  • To remove any weeds that might have germinated after primary cultivation
  • To break the soil clods into small pieces for easy planting
  • To level the field on order to achieve a uniform depth of planting
  • To incorporate organic matter into the soil in order to encourage decomposition before planting

Factors that determine the number of times of secondary cultivation

  • Size of planting materials: Big seeds such as those of groundnuts, maize etc require a fairly rough seedbed, and small seeds such as those of finger millets require fine seedbed
  • Slope of the land: When the land is very steep, less cultivation should be done to discourage soil erosion
  • The moisture content of the soil: In dry soils less cultivation are preferred so as to conserve the available moisture
  • Condition of the soil after primary tillage: where there is plenty of trash, more harrowing operations should be carried out to incorporate most of the trash into the soil

N/B: Implements used for secondary cultivation are: pangas, Jembes, fork Jembes, and garden rakes. Tractor drawn harrows e.g. Discs, spike toothed and spring tine harrows

  1. Tertiary operations

These are operations carried out to suit production of certain crops. They are carried out after land clearing primary cultivation and secondary tillage. They include:

  1. Leveling
  2. Rolling
  3. Ridging
  4. a) Leveling

This is the practice of making the soil surface flat and uniform so as to promote easy germination of small seeded crops such as wheat, grasses, and barley. It facilitates uniform germination of seeds.

  1. b) Rolling

This is done to compact soil which is loose or fine tilth. It is done to prevent small seeds from being carried away by wind and to prevent soil erosion. Also increases seed soil contact. Implements used are: simple hand tools and heavy rollers

  1. c) Ridging

This is the process of digging soil in a continuous line and heaping it on one side to form a bund ( ridge) and a furrow. The ridges are important for planting root crops like Irish potatoes, cassava etc.

Reasons for ridging

  • It improves soil drainage
  • Helps in tuber expansion
  • Helps in water conservation
  • Easy harvesting of root crops.

 

N/B: Other tillage operations include:

  1. Sub soiling
  2. Minimum tillage
  3. Sub soiling

This is the process of cultivating the soil for the purpose of breaking up the hard pans which might have formed as a result of continuous use of heavy machinery in land preparation. Implements used in sub soiling are:

  • Sub soiler
  • Chisel ploughs
  • Cultivators

Importance of sub soiling

  • Helps to break up hard pans
  • Helps to facilitate gaseous exchange in the soil
  • Also brings to the surface, minerals which might have leached to the deeper layers

N/B: hard pan is an impervious layer of soil found within the sub soil.

  1. Minimum tillage

This is the application of a combination of farming practices aimed at least disturbance to the soil.

Reasons for carrying out minimum tillage

  • To reduce the cost of cultivation or ploughing by reducing the number of operations
  • To control soil erosion, mulching and cover cropping greatly reduce chances of soil erosion
  • To maintain soil structure, continuous cultivation destroys soil structure hence its avoided
  • To conserve moisture, continuous cultivation exposes the soil to the heat of the sun thus enhance evaporation of available moisture
  • To prevent disturbance of roots and underground structures for example tubers and bulbs
  • To prevent exposure of humus to adverse conditions such as the suns heat that cause volatilization of nitrogen

Ways of achieving minimum tillage

  • Application of herbicides in controlling weeds
  • Use of mulch on the soil surface. Mulch prevents weeds from growing by smothering them
  • Timing cultivation, late weeding of cotton crop, for example often produces a clean seedbed for finger millet to be sown without further cultivation
  • Restricting cultivation to the area where seeds are to be planted. Weeds in the rest of the field are controlled by slashing
  • Establishment of cover crop on the field
  • Uprooting or slashing weeds on perennial crops

Free Mathematics lesson plans for form 1 to 4

Here are all the Mathematics secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below.

FREE MATHEMATICS LESSON PLANS (FORM 1-4)

FORM 1

TERM 2
MATHEMATICS.

TOPIC 9: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                       YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..  SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: REPRESENTING NUMBERS WITH LETTERS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Use letters to represent numbers

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask probing questions to test the learner’s knowledge of algebra.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 80-81

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

Lead the learners in representing numbers with letters.

-Discussions

-Doing exercises

-Guessing

-Demonstrations

 

-Counters

-Groups of items

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 85-86

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 80-81

 

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

 

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 80-81

 

 

SELF-EVALUATION:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                        YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS.                       

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: SIMPLIFYING ALGEBRAIC EXPTRESSSIONS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

Simplify algebraic expressions

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Review the previous lesson.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-Doing exercises

-Grouping items together

-Adding objects

-Multiplying and dividing

 

-Discussions

-Doing exercises

-Grouping items together

-Adding objects

-Multiplying and dividing

 

-Counters

-Groups of items

-charts

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 86-88

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 82-84

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 74-75

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51

 

SELF-EVALUATION:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                         YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: MULTIPLYING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

Multiply algebraic expressions

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Review the previous lesson.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-Simplification of algebraic expressions

-Multiplying algebraic expressions

-Grouping like items

-Doing exercises

 

-Discussions

-Simplification of algebraic expressions

-Multiplying algebraic expressions

-Grouping like items

-Doing exercises

 

-Groups of unlike items

-Groups of like items

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 87

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 89

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 75

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51

 

SELF-EVALUATION:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                         YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS.                       

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: DIVIDING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

Divide algebraic expressions

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Review the previous lesson on multiplying the algebraic expressions.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-factorization

-Grouping like items

-Doing exercises

-Puzzles

-games

 

-Discussions

-factorization

-Grouping like items

-Doing exercises

-Puzzles

-games

 

-Groups of like items.

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 87-88

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 89

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 76

 

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 49-51

 

SELF-EVALUATION:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                         YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS.                       

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: USE OF BRACKETS IN ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Use of brackets in algebraic expressions

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Review the previous lesson.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 52-53
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-Adding

-Subtracting

-Demonstrations

-Matching items

-Multiplying

-Dividing

-Doing exercises

 

-Discussions

-Adding

-Subtracting

-Demonstrations

-Matching items

-Multiplying

-Dividing

-Doing exercises

 

-Groups of like items/objects

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 88-89

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 85

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 77

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 52-53

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 52-53

 

SELF-EVALUATION:_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                         YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS.                       

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: FACTORIZATION IN ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Use factorization in algebraic expressions

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Explain the meaning of factorization.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 57-58
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-Factorizing

-puzzles

-Adding

-Substitutions

-Doing exercises

-Playing games

 

-Discussions

-Factorizing

-puzzles

-Adding

-Substitutions

-Doing exercises

-Playing games

 

-Groups of like items/objects

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 88-91

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 90

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 81-83

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 57-58

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Secondary mathematics KIE book 1 page 57-58

 

SELF-EVALUATION:_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………        TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION   : ……………………………………………………………….

FORM: 1                                          TERM: 2                        YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS……………………………..   SUBJECT:  MATHEMATICS.                       

TOPIC: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS.

SUB-TOPIC: SUBSTITUTION AND FACTORIZATION.

WEEK:  1                                                                              LESSON NUMBER: 1

DATE: ……..                                                                          TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES:By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Substitute and factorize algebraic expressions.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Explain the meaning of substitution.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 80& 84

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussions

-Dividing

-multiplying

-Adding

-Subtracting

-Solving puzzles

-Substitutions

-Doing exercises

-Playing games

 

-Discussions

-Dividing

-multiplying

-Adding

-Subtracting

-Solving puzzles

-Substitutions

-Doing exercises

-Playing games

 

-Groups of like items/objects

 

-Discovering secondary mathematics book 1 page 91-94

-Secondary mathematics KLB students book 1 page 91-92

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 80& 84

 

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

 

 

Question and answers

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Advancing mathematics book 1 page 80& 84

 

 

SELF-EVALUATION:_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

See more lesson plans below.

DOWNLOAD FREE HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE UPDATED NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

Secondary schools free lesson plans per subject.

English Free Lesson Plans Download

French Free Lesson Plans Download

German Free Lesson Plans Download

Arabic Free Lesson Plans Download

Music Free Lesson Plans Download

Kiswahili Free Lesson Plans Download

Mathematics Free Lesson Plans Download

Biology Free Lesson Plans Download

Physics Free Lesson Plans Download

Chemistry Free Lesson Plans Download

General Science Free Lesson Plans Download

History and Government Free Lesson Plans Download

Geography Free Lesson Plans Download 

Home Science Free Lesson Plans Download

Arty and Design Free Lesson Plans Download

Agriculture Free Lesson Plans Download

Woodwork Free Lesson Plans Download

Metalwork Free Lesson Plans Download

Building Construction Free Lesson Plans Download

Power Mechanics Free Lesson Plans Download

Electricity Free Lesson Plans Download

Drawing and Design Free Lesson Plans Download

Aviation Technology Free Lesson Plans Download

Computer studies Free Lesson Plans Download

Business Studies Free Lesson Plans Download

Kenya Sign Language (KSL) Free Lesson Plans Download

Islamic Religious Education (IRE) Free Lesson Plans Download

Christian Religious Education (CRE) Free Lesson Plans Download

GEOGRAPHY KNEC SYLLABUS NEW FREE

GEOGRAPHY Examination Syllabus

FORM 1

  1. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY
  2. Definition 1. Geography 2. environment
  3. branches of geography
  4. physical Geography
  5. Human Geography
  6. importance study of geography
  7. relationship between geography and other disciplines
  8. THE EARTH AND THE SOLAR SYSTEM 1. composition of the solar system
  9. ori, shape,size,and position of the earth in the solar system 3. rotation and revolution of the earth and their effects
  10. structure of the earth
  11. the atmosphere
  12. the hydrosphere
  13. the lithosphere/crust
  14. the asthenosphere /mantle
  15. the core (outer and inner core)

 

WEATHER

  1. definition of weather
  2. elements of weather
  3. factors for siting weather station
  4. instrument for measuring elements of weather condition
  5. recording and calculating weather conditions
  6. structure and composition of the atmosphere
  7. weather forecasting
  8. factors influencing weather
  9. STATISTICAL METHODS
  10. definition of statistics
  11. types of statistical data
  12. source of statistical data
  13. method of collecting data
  14. methods of recording data
  15. analysis of data by working out
  16. arithmetic mean
  17. median
  18. mode
  19. percentage
  20. range
  21. statistical representation through;
  22. simple lines
  23. simple bars
  24. combination bar and line graph
  25. simple wind rose
  26. advantage and disadvantage of each method of data presentation
  27. MAPS AND MAP WORK
  28. definition of pictures, plans and maps
  29. distinction between pictures, plans and maps
  30. types of maps
  31. atlas maps
  32. topographical maps
  33. sketch maps
  34. uses o maps
  35. maral information
  36. map scales
  37. estimations and measurements
  38. calculation of area of regular and irregular shopes
  39. FIELD WORK
  40. Definition of field work
  41. types of field work
  42. importance of field work
  43. field work procedure
  44. problems likely to be encountered during field study
  45. field work within the local environment
  46. MINERALS AND ROCKS
  47. Definition of minerals 1. rocks 2. characteristics of minerals 3. classification of rock according to mode of formation 4. characteristics of rocks 5. distribution of major types of rocks in Kenya 6. significance of rocks in Kenya
  48. MINING
  49. Definition of mining
  50. factors influencing the occurrence of minerals and their exploitation
  51. methods of mining
  52. distribution of major minerals in kenya
  53. significance of minerals in kenya
  54. problems fancing the mining industry in kenya
  55. effects of mining on the enviroment
  56. study of trona on lake magadi
  57. gold amd diamond in south Africa
  58. petroleum in middle east

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* FORM 2

  1. INTERNAL LAND FORMING PROCESSES
  2. Earth movement 1. definition 2. types of movements horizontal and vertical 3. Causes
  3. Theories of
  4. Continental Drift
  5. Plate tectonics
  6. Folding
  7. definition
  8. Processes
  9. types of folds and the resultant features
  10. World distribution of folds mountain systems
  11. Significance to human activities
  12. Faulting
  13. Definition
  14. Processes
  15. Types of faults and the resultant features
  16. A study of the great rift valley
  17. World distribution of features due to faulting
  18. Significance of faulting to human activities
  19. Vulcanicity
  20. definition
  21. types and the resultant features
  22. World distribution of features due to vulcanicity
  23. Significance of vulcanicity to human activities
  24. Earthquakes
  25. Definition
  26. causes
  27. measurements
  28. Distribution of major earthquake zones in the world
  29. effects of earthquake
  30. MAP WORK
  31. Direction and bearing 1. distinction between direction and bearing 2. Traditional and modern methods of showing direction 3. Calculation of bearing
  32. Location of places using
  33. Direction, bearing, and distance
  34. Places names
  35. Latitude and longitudes
  36. Grid reference system
  37. Methods of representing relief on topographical maps
  38. PHOTOGRAPH WORK
  39. types of photographs
  40. Parts of a photograph
  41. interpretation of a photograph by
  42. Estimating actual size of photographs
  43. Sketching from photographs
  44. Studying physical features and human activities in

photographs

  1. STATISTICAL METHODS
  2. Statistical presentation, analysis and interpretation of: 1. comparative group multiple line graphs 2. Comparative group multiple bar graphs 3. Divided bars rectangles
  3. advantage and disadvantage of each method of data presentation
  4. CLIMATE
  5. Distinction between weather and climate
  6. Factors influencing climate
  7. Distribution and characteristics of climatic regions of
  8. Kenya
  9. The world
  10. Causes effects and possible solution to
  11. Aridity
  12. Desertification
  13. Causes and consequences of climate change
  14. VEGETATION
  15. DEFINITION OF VEGETATION
  16. Factors influencing the distribution of vegetation 3. Characteristics of major vegetation region of – Kenya – The world 4. Significance of vegetation 5. Field work
  17. FORESTRY 1. definition 1. Forestry 2. Forest
  18. Factors influencing the distribution and types of natural forest 3. importance of forests and forest products to Kenya 4. Problems facing forestry in Kenya 5. Management and conservation of forests with specific emphasis to Kenya 6. Related study on softwood in Kenya and Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* FORM 3

  1. STATISTICAL METHODS 1. statistical presentation, analysis and interpretation of
  2. Compound/cumulative bar graphs
  3. proportional circles
  4. Pie charts/dividing circles
  5. advantages and disadvantages
  6. MAP WORK
  7. INTERPRETATION of physical features and human activities on topographical maps
  8. Land forms
  9. vegetation
  10. Drainage
  11. economic activities
  12. Settlements
  13. Enlargement and reduction of maps 3. Drawing of cross sections 4. calculations and interpretation of
  14. vertical exaggeration
  15. gradient
  16. Intervisibility
  17. EXTERNAL LAND FORMING PROCESSES
  18. Weathering 1. definition 2. Agents 3. Types and processes 4. Significance of weathering
  19. Mass wasting
  20. Definition
  21. Factors influencing mass wasting
  22. Types and processes
  23. Effects of mass wasting on the physical and human environments
  24. Hydrological cycle
  25. Definition
  26. Process
  27. Significance
  28. Action of rivers
  29. Definition
  30. the work of rivers and the development of rivers
  31. The resultant features
  32. River capture and rejuvenation
  33. Drainage patterns
  34. The significance of rivers and the resultant

features

  1. Lakes
  2. Definition of lake
  3. Formation and classification of lakes
  4. Significance of lakes
  5. Oceans Seas and their coasts
  6. distinction between oceans and seas
  7. Nature of ocean water
  8. water movement meaning causes and significance of
  9. Wave action and the resultant features
  10. types of coast
  11. significance of oceans ,coast and coastal features
  12. Action of wind and water in arid areas
  13. Process and the resultant features
  14. Significance of the resultant features
  15. Action of water in limestone areas 1. Process of surface and underground water and the resultant features 9. Glaciation
  16. Definition of
  17. Process of glaciation and the resultant features in

highlands and low lands areas 3. Significance of glaciation

10

Field work

  1. SOILS
  2. Definition of soil
  3. Composition of soil
  4. Soil forming processes
  5. Properties and characteristics of soils
  6. Soil profile and soil catena
  7. Soil degeneration
  8. definition
  9. Types of soil degeneration
  10. Soil erosion
  11. Classification of soils
  12. Significance of soils
  13. Management and conservation of soil
  14. AGRICULTURE
  15. Definition of agriculture
  16. Factors influencing agriculture
  17. Types of agriculture
  18. Crop farming
  19. major cash crops in kenya
  20. study of Tea Sugar cane,and maize
  21. Study of cocoa in Ghana
  22. Oil palm in Nigeria
  23. Related study in coffe in kenya and brazil,wheat in

kenya and canada ,horticalture in kenya and the netherlands

  1. Livestock Farming
  2. Pastrol farming in kenya
  3. Daily farming in kenya and Denmark
  4. Beef farming in kenya and Argentina
  5. Field work

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* FORM 4

  1. STATISTICAL METHODS
  2. Statistical representation through age-sex pyramids
  3. Analysis and interpretation of
  4. Age-sex pyramids
  5. Dot maps
  6. Choropleth maps
  7. LAND RECLAMATION 1. A study of 1. mwea-Tebera irrigation scheme 2. Pekera irrigation schemes
  8. Definition of
  9. land reclamation
  10. land rehabilitation
  11. Significance of irrigation farming in kenya
  12. Problems experienced in irrigation farming in kenya
  13. Methods of land reclamation and rehabilitation kenya
  14. Related studies on land reclamation in kenya and the Netherlands
  15. FISHING
  16. Definition of; 1. Fishing 2. Fisheries 2. Factors influencing fishing 3. Distribution of major fishing grounds of the world 4. types and methods of fishing 5. Fresh water and marine fisheries in East Africa 6. Problems facing in Kenya and their solutions 7. Comparative study of fishing in Kenya and Japan 8. Management and conservation of fresh water and marine fisheries
  17. WILDLIFE AND TOURISM
  18. Wildlife 1. Definition of wildlife 2. factors influencing the distribution of wildlife in East Africa 3. Distinction between game reserve ,national park and sanctuaries 4. location of national parks major reserves and sanctuaries in East Africa 5. Significance of wildlife 6. Problems facing wildlife in East Africa 7. Management and conservation of wildlife in East Africa
  19. TOURISM
  20. Definition of ;
  21. Distinction between domestic and international tourism
  22. factors influencing tourism in kenya
  23. Tourism attraction in kenya
  24. Significance of tourism
  25. Problems facing and associated with tourism in Kenya
  26. Related study on tourism in Switzerland
  27. The future of tourism in Kenya
  28. ENERGY
  29. Definition of energy
  30. Sources and types of energy
  31. Electric power projects in Kenya and Uganda
  32. Hydro-electric power projects
  33. Geothermal power projects in Kenya
  34. Location and other hydro-electric power projects in Africa 5. Significance of energy 6. The energy crisis 7. Management and conservation of energy
  35. INDUSTRY
  36. definition 1. Industry 2. Industrialization
  37. factors influencing the location and development of industries 3. Types of industries 4. Distribution of industries in kenya 5. Significance of industrialization in kenya 6. Problems of industrialization and their possible solutions 7. A study on 1. Cottage industry in india 2. Iron and steel industry in the Ruhr region of Germany 3. Car manufacture and electronics industry in Japan
  38. TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION
  39. Definition 1. Transport 2. Communication
  40. Mode of transport and types of communication 3. The role of transport and communication in the economic development of Africa 4. Problems facing transport and communication in Africa andefforts being made to solve them
  41. A study of the Great lakes and the St Lawrence seaway
  42. TRADE
  43. Types of trade
  44. factors influencing trade
  45. Major exports and imports of kenya
  46. Significance of trade to kenya
  47. problems facing trade in kenya
  48. The future of international trade in kenya
  49. The role played by the following regional trading blocks

in the economic of their respective regions

  1. COMESA
  2. SADAC
  3. ECOWAS
  4. EU
  5. POPULATION
  6. Definition of population
  7. Factors influencing population
  8. Factors influencing population growth in ; 1. fertility
  9. Motality 3. Migration
  10. Population structure 5. Consequences of population growth and structure 6. Related studies on population in kenya and Sweden

10

SETTLEMENT

  1. Definition 1. settlement 2. Urbanization
  2. Factors influencing
  3. Settlements
  4. patterns of settlement
  5. Distribution of major urban centers in East Africa
  6. Factors influencing the growth of major urban center in East Africa
  7. Study of the following towns in kenya
  8. Thika
  9. Kisumu
  10. Eldoret
  11. Related studies with the following
  12. Cities Nairobi and New York
  13. Port Mombasa and Rotter
  14. Effects of urbanization
  15. MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
  16. definition of; 1. Management 2. conservation
  17. the need for environmental management and conservation
  18. Environmental hazards
  19. Selected environmental hazards the associated problems and measures for combating them
  20. Floods
  21. Lightning
  22. Wind storm
  23. Pest and diseases
  24. Pollution
  25. Environmental management and conservation measures in kenya 6. field work

DEMOCRACY AND HUMAN RIGHTS HISTORY TOPICAL REVISION

DEMOCRACY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

  1. Identify one way in which a Kenyan citizen can participate in the democratisation process.

(1 mark)

  • Voting
  • Protesting against evil practices of the government
  • Paying taxes to the government
  • Attending and participating in community or civic meetings
  • Debating on issues affecting the state
  • Contesting for civic elections, parliamentary and presidential elections

 

(Any 1 =1 mark)

ANS 7 DIST 1

 

13.Give one characteristic of human rights                                                       (1mk)

  • Are universal
  • Are indivisible one right can not be applied if the other does not exist?
  • Rights have limitation
  • Human rights maybe suspended at times e.g. during war.    1×1 = 1mk

22.(a) State three survival rights of a child

(i) Life

(ii) Good health care

(iii) Name and identity

(iv) Clothing, shelter and food                              3×1=3mks

 

(b) Explain the principles of democracy as found in the bill of rights

(i) Equality before the rule of law

(ii) Participation of citizens in government

(iii) Economic democracy i.e decentralization of economic power

(iv) Provides freedom of movement of an individual

(v) People should have freedom of speech, debate and enquiry

(vi) Democracy must accommodate the wishes, needs and aspiration of a majority of people

(vii) Accord opportunity to participate in state affairs regardless of race, gender or creed

(viii) Accountability to mass media

(ix) Regular free and fair election

(x)  Transparency and accountability ob government side

(xi) There should be separation of power between the executive, judiciary and legislative. Any 6×2 (12marks)

ANS 22 DIST 2

 

20.a.    Three political duties of a Kenya citizen

  • Voting / participating in civic affairs / party politics
  • Building / promoting democracy
  • Offering checks and balance to control excesses of power
  • Participate in public policy development / advocating for favourable policies and legislation

1 x 3 = 3 Marks

  1. Six instances when the rights of a person to own property can be limited in Kenya
  • When satisfying any penalty for breach of civil and criminal law
  • In collection of tax, duty, rate or other levies
  • When property is seen to be dangerous to the health of a person, animal or plant
  • Execution of a court order
  • If property is required temporary for examination, investigator, inquiry, trial. Soil. Conservation or agricultural development
  • Belongs to a deceased person, a person of unsound mind or a minor for its administration to the benefit of the persons entitled to benefit
  • Belong to a person or company adjudged bankrupt
  • Its subject to a trust for purposes of giving effect to the trust
  • Condition of lease, mortgage or contract 2 x 6 = 12 Marks

 

ANS 20 DIST 4

 

  1. – Right to national and international peace

– Right to a clean environment

– Right to permanent sovereignty over natural resources.

ANS 4 DIST 5

 

  1. Identify one class of human rights                                                                         (1mk)

–           Classical human rights / political civil rights

–           Social Humans rights / social / economic

–           Third generation Human rights / solidarity rights                                        1 x 1 = 1mk

  1. a) Identify three aspect of democracy                                                                         (3mks)

–           Political aspect – process of electing leaders and expressing dislikes through them.

  • Social aspect – a means through which people are free to express opinions and associate with others
  • Economic aspect – Promote equal opportunities to all citizens. 3 x 1 = 3mks
  1. b) Outline six electoral malpractices that are a threat to democracy in Kenya (12mks)

–           Harassment of voters by rival groups / intimidation of voters.

  • Partisan election officials
  • Bribery of voters
  • Disruption of polling exercises
  • Uses of witch craft and forced illegal oathing
  • Rigging by election officials
  • Buying of voter cards
  • Double registration by voters
  • Negative propaganda against opponent e.g circulating defamatory, leaflets
  • Instigation of violence / insecurity.             6 x 2 = 12mks

ANS 14, 22 DIST 6

 

  1. State two features of human rights ( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks
  2. i) Condition of life necessary for development of human / inborn/ God given.
  3. ii) It is enjoyed equally by all members.                                                            ( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

ANS 11 DIST 7

 

  1. Name the legal document in which the rights of a child are contained (1mk)

-United nations convention on the rights of the child

24.a) Under the right to protection of the law, identify the rights that a suspected criminal is entitled to

-A fair hearing within 24hours unless it is weekend or a public holiday

-A fair hearing by an independent and impartial court of law

-A right to be assumed innocent until proven guilty

-Right to legal representation

-Right to have an interpreter to a language one understands

– Criminal proceeding, are conducted in accordance to the law.     (5×1=5mks)

ANS 6, 24a DIST 8

 

 

  1. b) Explain five circumstances which may force the government to limit the rights

            and freedoms of the individual                                                                                  (10mks)

  1. i) One can be denied the right to life if one is convicted to murder in a court of law or caught in the act of robbery with violence.
  2. ii) If suspected to be planning to commit a crime one can be denied their personal liberty/freedom of movement.
  • One can be denied freedom to own property if the government wishes to develop public facilities in the area, but compensation must be made.
  1. Ones freedom of worship can be limited it one uses it to undermine the government or create disunity .
  2. One’s freedom of assembly can be limited if it poses a threat to the state
  3. One’s freedom of speech may be limited if one publishes false accusation about another person or the state or incite people against the government.
  • Ones freedom of movement can be limited if internal security is threatened.
  • If one is not of sound mind one can be taken to a mental hospital by the police for confinement and treatment.
  1. If one has not attained the age of maturity one is considered a minor and his decisions are made on his behalf by adult members of the society.                         5×2 = 10mks

ANS 22b DIST 9

 

 

6.i) The police

  1. ii) The church

iii) Kenya national commission on human rights(KNHCR)

  1. iv) Trade unions
  2. v) Lawyers
  3. vi) Judges

vii) Teachers

viii) Journalists

  1. ix) Women groups .                                                              ( 2 x1 = 2mks)

ANS 6 DIST 11

 

 

8.Give two characteristics of human rights

  1. i) There are universal, they apply equally to all
  2. ii) They are indivisible.

iii) Rights have limitation

  1. iv) Human rights may be suspended at times e.g. freedom of movement may restrict     during war or outbreak of diseases / derogation of human rights.     Any 2×1=2mks

 

ANS 8 DIST 13

 

10.Rights whose personal liberty is limited. (2 mks)

  • To be informed of the reason for the arrest or detention as soon as possible.
  • To be taken to court within 48 hours from the time of arrest or within 14 days if the crime/issue is capital.
  • To be presumed innocent until proven otherwise. 2 x1 = 2 mks

 

11.What ways does education promote unity? (2 mks)

  • Mixing of students from all parts of the country.
  • School curriculum stresses on importance of unity through subjects like history and CRE.
  • Through games and sports where students meet and interact.
  • The students sit for the same examination. (2 x 1 = 2 mk)

 

ANS 10, 11 DIST 15

 

 

  1. (a) five merits of democracy.
  • Since it is founded on the consent of the people the leaders cannot ignore the people.
  • It recognizes equality among all the people irrespective of their colour, gender or religious beliefs. i.e equality before the law.
  • Democracy has a moral and educative values i.e those who want to be elected have to develop their personality.
  • It balances the liberty of the individual with the power of the state. This is because laws are made with the consent of the people who thereby have to abide by them willingly. They don’t feel that their liberty is curtailed unfairly.
  • Democracy promotes patriotism and reduces the chances of a revolution.
  • It promotes peace in the country because it advocates for peaceful co-existence. 1×5 = 5mks

 

(b) Limitations of democracy.

  • It promotes dictatorship by the majority.
  • It encourages class struggle and corruption i.e it is only those who have money and can engage in intensive campaigns who get elected since they can influence voters. Once elected they form the government and formulate laws that protect their interest.
  • A democratic government is often slow and wasteful. Consultations have to be made. Time and public resources are used in the process
  • It is not easy to find an honest, sincere man of good moral character being elected.
  • It may perpetuate incompetence in this case the number is required hence quality of a candidate are not taken into account. In most cases the majority of the voters are usually masses of ignorant people.
  • Although democracy is regarded as the title of the majority, in practice it is the elcted minority who rule. 5×2 = 10mks

 

ANS 22 DIST 16

 

  1. – Indirect/ representative democracy

– Constitutional democracy                                                                                        (1 x 1=1mk)

ANS 5 DIST 17

  1. i) They are universal i.e. excised equally by the whole race
  2. ii) Indivisible i.e. one right can not be applied if the other does not exist
  • Have limitations – one should not interfere with the rights of others
  1. Derogation of human rights – application of human rights can be suspended if circumstances dictate.    (2×1=2mks)
  2. a) i)      Right to good food
  3. ii) Right to shelter and clothing
  • Right to be nurtured
  1. Right to adoption
  2. Right to own a name / nationality
  3. Care of the disabled child
  • Right to medical care
  • Right to own property       (5×1=5mks)

ANS 11, 20a DIST 18

 

12.Mention two disadvantages of representative democracy

  1. Ignores the interest of the minority.
  2. Encourages class struggle and corruption.
  • Long time consultations before decision are made.
  1. Possibility of electricity incompetent leaders

(2 x 1 = 2mrks)

21.b)    Discuss six factors that may lead to limitation of the rights freedom of individuals in Kenya.

            (12mrks)

  1. If one is remanded in custody or imprisoned.
  2. If one is suspected of planning to commit a crime.
  • Ones freedom of worship can be limited if the manner of worship undermines the government or national unity.
  1. Freedom of assembly can be curtailed if it poses a threat to state security.
  2. Freedom of speech can be limited if it is meant to incite people against the government.
  3. A person of unsound mind can be confined to a mental hospital.
  • Children below the age of 18 years are considered minors and decisions concerning their movement are made by adults.

(6 x 2 = 12 marks)

 

ANS 12, 21b DIST 19

 

1          Define a democratic system of Government (1mk)

Is a type of Government where the people opinion and consent is sought on how they are governed e.g. through elections.  – Government of the people for the people and by the people

7          Name the United Nations document containing the rights of a child (1mk)

– UN Convention on the rights of the child

 

20        (a) Name three International bodies, which monitor Human Rights in Kenya

       (3mks)

  • Amnesty International
  • Kenya National Commission on Human rights
  • Transparency International
  • United Nations organization
  • FIDA – Association of women Lawyers

CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

 

WEEK

LESSON

TOPIC

SUB-TOPIC

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

TEACHING/LEARNING

RESOURCES

REFERENCES

REMARKS

SCHEMES OF WORK

CRE FORM ONE

TERM I

 

FIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Introduction to Christian

Religious

Education.

Reasons for  studying CRE

 

-Definition of CRE

-Reasons for studying CRE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·     Explain the meaning of Christian Religious Education

·     Give reasons for studying Christian Religious Education

 

·     Questions and Answers

·     Group discussion

·     Reporting and note taking

·     Explanations

 

·     Bible (R.S.V)

·     Class Textbook

·     Magazines

·     Audio tapes(radio)

 

Living the Promise

C.R.E

·     Student’s book 1 pages 1-7

·     Teachers Book 1 pages 15-16

·     Gateway Sec Rev page 14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

2

 

The Bible

 

Introduction

The Bible as:

1. The word of God

2. A library

3. Human authors and the major divisions of the Bible

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·     State at least five uses of the bible

·     Name at least five authors of the Bible

 

·     Group exercises e.g naming Bible Versions, Books in the Old Testament, and new Testament

·     Note taking

·     Visiting Library

·     Assignment

 

 

·     Bible

·     Bible Commentaries

·     Resource persons (From B.S.K)

·     Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise

C.R.E

·     Student’s Book 1 pages 8-17

·     Teacher’s Book 1

·     Pages 17-18

·     Gateway Sec Rev pages 15-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   

3

 

The Bible

 

Bible Translation

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to:

·        Describe the stages through which the bible was translated

·        Discuss the importance of continued Bible translations today

 

·        Class discussion

·        Questions & Answers

·        An activity to find out the latest Bible translation in Kenya

·        Note taking

·        Use of examples

 

·        Audio Visual programmes on the writing & translation of the Bible

·        Resource Person

·        Different Bible translations

 

Living the Promise

 C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 18-19

·        Teacher’s Book 1

·        Page 19

·        Gateway Sec Rev

·        Pages 15-19

 
 

SIX

 

1

 

The Bible

 

Results of the Bible Translations into African languages

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the results of the Bible translations into African languages

 

·        Class/Group discussion

·        Questions& Answers

·        Note taking

·        Use of examples

 

·        Various types of Bible translations

·        Resource Persons e.g from B.S.K

·        Teacher’s note

 

Living the Promise

C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 page 20

·        Teacher’s Book 1 page 20

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 15-19

 

 
   

2

 

The Bible

 

Versions of the Bible

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Name five versions of the Bible that are used by Christians today

 

·        Questions & Answers

·        Text/Bible reading

·        Discussion

·        Note making

 

·        Different types/versions of the Bible

·        Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 page 19

·        Teacher’s Book 1 page 19

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
  3 Creation and the Fall of Man The Biblical Creation accounts and their meanings

·        The 1st Creation account

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the Creation Account as recorded in Genesis Chapter One and Two and explain its meaning

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Viewing pictures from Class textbook 1

·        Note taking

·        Bible: Genesis 1:1:1-27;4

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible commentary

·        charts

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 page22

·        Teacher’s book 1 page 21

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

Creation and the Fall of Man

 

The 2nd Creation in the Bible

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give differences between the first and second creation accounts in the bible

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Viewing pictures from Class textbook 1

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Genesis 2:4-25

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible :Genesis 1 & 2

·        Charts

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 25

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 22

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 

 

   

2

 

Creation and the Fall of Man

 

Attributes of God from the Biblical Creation Accounts

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify and explain the attributes of God as found in the creation story

 

·        Questions & Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person (Pastor)

·        Bible Commentary

·        Charts

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 27-29

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 24

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

3

 

Creation and the Fall of Man

 

Teachings from the Biblical Accounts of Creation

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the teachings from the biblical accounts of Creation

·        Group discussions

·        Questions & Answers

·        Songs/Music

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person (priest)

·        Bible: Genesis 1&2

·        Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 31

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 25

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

Creation and the Fall of Humankind

 

Traditional African view of Creation

 

By the of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the traditional African understanding of Creation

 

·        Class discussions

·        Story telling

·        Sons/Music (Interdisciplinary approach)

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person

·        Class textbook 1

·        Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 29-31

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 24

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

2

 

Creation and the Fall of Man

 

The Biblical Teachings on the origin of Sin

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the origin of sin according to the biblical accounts of creation

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Audio-visual programmes on creation &fall of mankind

·        Bible: Genesis 3;4:6-9;11

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 34-35

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 25

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

3

Creation and the Fall of Humankind The Consequences of sin  

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

·        Explain the consequences of sin

 

·        Questions & Answers

·        Use of examples

·        Narrating stories

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

 

Bible: Genesis 3: 4:6-9;11

Teacher’s note

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 35-36

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 27

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
NINE 1 Creation and the Fall of Humankind Traditional African concept of Evil and Consequences of Evil  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the traditional African concept of Evil

 

·        Group discussions

·        Visit a traditional elder

·        Reading class text

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 37-38

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 25-27

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

2

Creation and the Fall of Humankind Comparison between traditional African concept of evil and the biblical concept of sin

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Compare and contrast the Tradition African concept of evil and the biblical concept of sin

 

·        Group discussions

·        Questions & Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Resource Persons

·        Charts

·        Bible

·        Teacher’s notes

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 38-39

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 28

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

3

 

Creation and the Fall of Humankind

 

God’s Plan of Salvation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Support the idea that God had a plan to save humankind even after they had sinned against Him

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Discussion

·        Questions& Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Gen 3:8-9; Genesis 3:18,21,23

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 37

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 26

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
TEN 1  

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

Introduction & Background to God’s Promises and the Call of Abraham

 

By the end of the lesson he learner should be able to:

·        Describe the background of Abraham before he was called by God

·        Give reasons why God called Abraham

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Drawing the map on page 42 from the class textbook

 

·        Bible: Gen. 11:24-32; 12:1-9

·        Map indication of the fertile crescent in Ancient Mesopotamia

 

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 41-42

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 30-31

·        Gateway Sec Rev pages 20-27

 
   

2

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

Faith in God

·        Definition of faith

·        Abraham’s faith is tested

·        Abraham’s act of faith

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God

 

·        Group discussion Dramatization

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Explanations

 

·        Bible: Genesis 12:1-9; 15:1-6;17:23-24;21:1-7;22:1-19

·        Picture on Page 45

 

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 43-45

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 31-32

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
   

3

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

Importance of faith in Christian life today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give reasons why Abraham is referred to as the ‘father of faith”

·        Define the term ‘faith’

 

 

·        Class discussion

·        Questions& Answers

·        Note taking

 

Teachers notes

Resource Person (Pastor)

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 46

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 32

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

God’s Promises to Abraham and their relevance’s to Christians

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the promises made by God to Abraham and explain their importance to Christians today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Group discussions

·        Note taking

·        Questions & Answers

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible: Genesis 12: 2-3; 15: 1-21; 17:23-24; 21:1-7;22:1-19

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 47

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 33-34

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
   

2

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

Covenant

·        Definition of term ‘Covenant’

·        Characteristics of a covenant

·        God’s covenant with Abraham

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term ‘covenant’

·        Explain and appreciate the importance of God’s covenant with Abraham

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Dramatization

·        Explanation

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Bible: Gen. 15:1-19

·        Drawing on pg 50 from text book

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 48-50

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 34-35

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
   

3

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

·        Importance of God’s covenant with Abraham

·        Covenants in modern life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of God’s covenant with Abraham

·        Mention covenants in modern life and explain their importance

 

·        Dramatization (Marriage/Baptism)

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Class discussion

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible: Gen.17:1-16

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Photograph on pg 52 (Class textbook)

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 54

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 35-36

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

·        Jewish Circumcision

·        The importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants

 

·        Note making

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

 

 

Bible: Gen.17:1-16

Teacher’s note

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 54

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 36-37

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
   

2

 

Faith and God’s Promises: Abraham

 

Jewish and Africa circumcision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Compare the Jewish and African circumcision

 

·        Group discussion

·        Debating

·        Note making

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Resource Person

·        Bible

·        Textbook pictures

·        Charts

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 55-56

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 36-37

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
   

3

 

The Sinai Covenant Moses

 

Introduction and the call of Moses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the call of Moses

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making Lecture (brief)

·        Dramatization

 

·        Bible: Exodus 3:1-22

 

Living the Promise C.R.E

·        Student’s Book 1 pages 58

·        Teacher’s Book 1 pages 38-39

Gateway Sec Rev pages 28-34

 
 

THIRTEEN

 

 

 

REVISION

     

·        Guiding learners on how to revise for the end term exams

·        Revising work covered in the term

     
     

REVISION

    ·        Guiding learners on how to revise for the end term exams

·        Revising work covered in the term

     
 

FOURTEEN

 

 

 

END OF TERM EXAMS

   

By The end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions correctly from all areas/topics covered in the course of the term

 

·        Distributing questions papers

·        Writing the answers

·        Supervision and collection of papers

 

·        Wall Clock

·        Chalk board

·        Examination Papers

 

   
 

REVISION AND END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

FORM ONE CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM II

ONE 1

2

&

3

 

Revision

   

By the end of each lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand and answer all the questions from the previous term exams

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussion

·        Looking for the answers from the text &Exercise Book

 

·        Other past papers but with similar questions

·        Marking Schemes

·        Teacher’s Guide Book

 

   
TWO  

1

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The Ten Plagues

 

 

Qualities of God learnt from the ten plagues

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·                   List down each plague and show the importance of each in relation to the exodus

·                  Outline the attributes of God learnt from the ten plagues

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Dramatization

·        Group/Class discussion

·        Explanation (short lectures)

 

·        Bible: Exodus 7:14-11:1-10

·        Audio-visual aids

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The Passover

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how Yahweh rescued his people from the rule of Pharaoh

 

·        Dramatization

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible: Exodus 12: 1-31; Exodus 13:17-18

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Charts

   
   

3

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

Importance of the Passover feast

Comparison between Jewish and Christian Passover

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Compare and contrast the Jewish and Christian Passover

 

·        Class Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Resource Person

·        Bible

·        Charts

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The Exodus

1.      Crossing the Red Sea

2.      Provision of water

3.      Provision of

i.        Manna

ii.      Quails

4.      Defeating the enemies (Amalekites)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how God showed himself to his people during the exodus

·        Explain how God cared for his people during the exodus

 

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Text/Bible reading

·        Viewing textbook drawings

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Bible: Exodus 19; Exodus 24:1-8; Exodus 15:22-29; Exodus 14: 5-31; Exodus 17:1-6

·        Film (The life of Moses)

·        Bible commentary

·        Teacher’s notes

 

   
   

2

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

·        The making of Sinai Covenant

·        Importance of the Covenant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how the Sinai Covenant was made

 

·        Bible reading

·        Textbook reading

·        Explanation (Short lectures)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Exodus 32:1-35

·        Film (The life of Moses)

·        Teacher’s notes

 

   
   

3

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The breaking of the Sinai Covenant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how the Sinai Covenant was made

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note making

·        Questions & Answers

·        Dramatization

 

·        Bible: Exodus 32: 1-35

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The Renewal of Sinai Covenant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how the Sinai Covenant was renewed

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Short lectures

(explanations)

 

·        Bible: Exodus 34: 1-35

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

The Ten Commandments

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the ten commandments and show how they should be applied in a Christian’s daily life

 

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Exodus 34: 1-35

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

The Sinai Covenant: Moses

 

·        The worship of God by the Israelites in the wilderness

·        The Israelites new understanding of the nature of God

 

By the en of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how the Israelites worshipped God in their life in the wilderness

·        Explain the new understanding which Moses gave to his people about the nature of God

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussion

·        Presentation by class members

·        Teacher’s Comments

·        Note taking

 

Resource Person

Teacher’s notes

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

·        Introduction

·        Reasons for Kingship in Israel

·        Reasons against Kingship in Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons why the Israelites demanded for a king

·        Give reasons against Kingship in Israel

 

·        Bible Reading

·        Note taking

·        Text reading

·        Group discussion

·        Explanation

 

 

·        Bible:

Judges 3:12-14

1 Samuel 4:22

1 Samuel 13:19

1 Samuel 3:13-14

1 Samuel 8:10-20

·        Resource Person

   
   

2

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

1.      Failure of King Saul

2.      Lessons learnt from King Saul’s failure

 

By the end of the lesson , the learner should be able to:

·        Show how King Saul failed as a leader of Israelites

·        Outline the lessons Christians learn from the failure of Saul

 

·        Bible reading

·        Textbook reading

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

·        Debating

 

·        Bible:

Judges 13:8-14

1 Samuel 15:7-25

1 Samuel 13:19

1 Samuel 13:8-14

1 Samuel 15:7-25

·        Wall Charts

   
   

3

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

King David’s achievements as King of Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down the achievements of King David

 

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Discussions in groups

·        Questions & Answers

 

Bible I Samuel 16:1-23

II Samuel 6:1-15

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

1.      David as the ancestor of Jesus Christ

2.      Qualities of a good leader drawn from King David’s leadership

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the importance of King David as the ancestor of Jesus Christ

·        List down the qualities of a good leader drawn from King David’s leadership

 

·        Studying wall maps

·        Notes taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussions

·        Questions & Answers

 

 

A Map of Middle East

Bible: II Samuel 7:1-29 Luke 1:26-33

Resource Person

Video tapes

 

   
   

2

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

Achievements of King Solomon

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the achievements of King Solomon

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Assignment (read more from class textbook)

·        Group discussion

 

·        Bible: I Kings 3:16-18

I Kings 4:29-34

I Kings 4:1-6

I Kings 5:10

I Kings 9:22

   
   

3

 

Leadership in Israel (David and Solomon)

 

Failure of King Solomon

Importance of the Temple of Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the failure of King Solomon

·        List down lessons which Christian leader can learn from the reign of King Solomon

·        Explain the importance of the temple to the Jews and give reasons why God didn’t want King David to build Him a temple

 

·        Debating (Solomon was better than David

·        Bible reading

·        Group discussion

·        Note taking

 

Bible: I Kings 9:15-23

I Kings :4:27

I Kings  9:11

I Kings 7:1

I Kings:5-6

Learner’s text

Resource Person

Bible commentary

 

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

·        Introduction

·        The spread of Idolatry

·        The local Canaanite Religion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how idolatry took root in Israel

 

·        Short lecture

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Class discussion

·        Note taking

 

Bible

Resource Persons

Teacher’s Notes

Student’s text

   
   

2

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

Schism between Judah and Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the Schism between Judah and Israel

 

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible: I Kings 12:25-33

·        Map of Palestine

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

The effects of idolatry in Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Discuss the effects of idolatry in Israel

 

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Discussions in groups

 

Student’s textbook

Teacher’s notes

Chart Bible

 

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

The evils that Elijah fought against

(a) False Religion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how Elijah proved that the God of Israel is different from the Canaanite Baal god

 

·        Dramatization

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation (short Lectures)

 

·        Bible: I Kings 21

·        Resource Person

   
   

2

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

 

(b) Corruption

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss and list examples of corruption

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Sharing the findings of each group

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: I Kings 21

·        Resource Person

   
   

3

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

 

Life Skills that help to fight corruption:

·        Critical thinking

·        Creative thinking

·        Decision Making

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Understand the life skills which enable the Christians to fight Corruption

 

·        Short Lectures

·        Questions & Answers

·        Note taking

 

Teachers notes

Newspaper cuttings

Resource Person

Textbook

   
 

NINE

 

1

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

 

Why Elijah faced danger and hostility

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain why Elijah faced danger and hostility as a prophet of God

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Class presentations

 

Bible: I Kings 18:19-21

   
   

2

 

Loyalty to God: Elijah

 

 

Relevance of Elijah’s Prophetic mission to Christian today

 

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the relevance of Elijah’s prophetic mission to Christians today

 

·        Group discussions

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

 

Students Textbook

Resource Person

Newspaper cuttings

 

   
   

3

 

C.A.T

 

Covered Areas

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Answer key questions from the topics covered

 

Can be in the form of:

·        Oral Questions

·        Study exercises

·        Short test

·        Written assignment

 

·        Questions from class textbook (Study Exercises at the end of every topic)

·        Questions from the Teacher’s Guide

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

Introduction African Concept of (i) God

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the African concept of God

 

·        Short lectures

·        Questions and Answers

·        Short stories

·        Note taking

·        Songs

·        Assignment

 

Resource Person

Real objects

Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

(ii) Spirits and Ancestors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the African concept of spirits and ancestors

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussions

·        Dramatization

·        Note taking

 

Charts

Teacher’s note

Resource Persons

   
   

3

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

African Understanding of the Hierarchy of Beings

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the African understanding of hierarchy of beings

 

·        Text reading

·        Drawing diagrams

·        Note taking

·        Class discussions

·        Short lectures

 

·        Resource Person

·        Diagram in the Student’s textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

The Role of God, Spirits and Ancestors in Traditional African Communities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the role of God, Spirits and ancestors in Traditional African Communities

 

·        Group Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Short lectures

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Resource Person

·        Traditional Shrines

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Photos

   
   

2

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

The responsibility of the Living towards God

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how the living demonstrated their responsibilities towards God

 

·        Demonstrations

·        Note taking

·        Presentations

·        Group discussions

 

·        Bible (R.S Version)

·        Magazines

·        Class text

·        Audio (Radio)

   
   

3

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

The responsibility of the living towards the Ancestors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on the responsibilities of the living towards the spirits

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

·        Role Play

·        Visit

 

·        Resource Person

·        Films/Video

·        Tapes

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Photos

·        Regalia

   
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

 

The Responsibility of the living towards the Ancestors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the responsibilities of the living towards the ancestors

 

·        Singing

·        Assignment

·        Class discussion

·        Text reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Regalia

·        Tapes

·        Photos

·        Resource Person

·        Film/video

·        Teacher’s note

   
   

2

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

 

Traditional African Ways of Worshipping God

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the traditional ways of worshipping God

 

Project work

Role Play

 

·        Photos of places, things

·        Artefacts

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource Person

   
   

3

 

Selected aspects in African Religious Heritage

 

 

Traditional African ways of venerating and Communicating with Spirits and Ancestors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss various traditional ways of venerating and communicating with spirits and ancestors

 

·        Listening

·        Questions & Answers

·        Dramatization

·        Brief lectures

 

Resource Person

Charts

Teachers note

Ragalia

Photos (things related)

   
THIRTEEN  

 

 

 

 

REVISION

 

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Guide learners to revise work covered in Form 1

       
       

REVISION

 

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Guide learners to revise work covered in form 1

       
FOURTEEN     MID-TERM EXAMS By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions correctly from all areas/topics covered in the course of the terms

       
      MID-TERM EXAMS  

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions correctly from all the areas/topics covered in the course of the terms

       
 

FORM ONE CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM III

 

ONE

 

1

 

Revision

   

By the end of each lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand and answer all the questions from the previous term exam correctly

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Look for the answers from the text & Exercise books

·        Group discussions

 

·        Other past papers but with similar questions

·        Marking schemes

·        Teacher’s Guide Book

 

   
   

2

 

African Moral in African religious heritage

 

·        Meaning of life & its wholeness in Traditional African Society

·        Introduction

·        Spiritual Life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the meaning of life in the traditional African society

 

·        Short lectures

·        Explanations

·        Assignment

·        Questions and Answers

 

 

·        Resource Person

·        Class text book

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

African Moral in African religious heritage

 

·        Communal life

·        Physical life

·        Phases in human life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify some of the threats to human life today

 

Group discussion

Brief lectures

Listening

Note taking

 

 

·        Class text book

·        Resource Person (traditional Priest)

   
TWO  

1

 

African Moral in African religious heritage

 

·        Ancestral Hand

·        Wholeness of Life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the meaning of life and its wholeness in the traditional African society

·        Group discussion

·        Assignment

·        Questions & Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

African Moral in African religious heritage

 

The African concept of community

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the African concept of community

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

 

Resource Person

Teacher’s notes

Class textbook

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

The African concept of system and importance of Kingship system:

(i)                By blood

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of kinship ties

 

·        Discussions

·        Assignments

·        Note taking

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
THREE  

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

(i)                By marriage

(ii)              Absence relatives or Kins

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of Kinship ties

 

·        Textbook

·        Note taking

·        Brief Lectures

 

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

Factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African communities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term harmony

·        Outline factors which contribute to harmony in traditional African community

 

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

·        Question and answers

·        Presentations

 

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Communal ownership of land

·        Belief in common ancestry or origin

·        Religious beliefs and practices

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss how  religious beliefs and practices promoted harmony in the community

 

·        Discussions

·        Presentations

·        Questions & Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
FOUR  

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Kinship ties

·        Observation of social norms

·        Participation communal work

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Mention some of the traditional social norms which contributed to harmonious living

 

·        Short lectures

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

·

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

·        Teachers notes

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Division of labour

·        Sharing of material possessions and food

·        Rites of passage

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how division of labour, sharing of food and rites of passage contributed to community harmony

 

·        Group discussion

·        Questions and Answers

     
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Traditional education system

·        Leisure activities

·        Political organization

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe various leisure activities in traditional African Community

 

·        Class presentations

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

Resource Person (Traditional elderly man or leader)

Class textbook

   
FIVE  

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Rites Of Passage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down the traditional African rites of passage and give the importance of each

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussion

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person (Traditional elderly man or leader)

·        Class textbook

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Birth and Naming

·        Pregnancy

·        Birth of a child

·        Naming of a child

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how concern is shown for life during pregnancy

·        List down various naming methods used in traditional African community

 

·        Group discussion

·        Brief lectures

·        Assignment

·        Role Play

·        Note taking

 

Resource Person (Traditional elderly or aged woman)

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

The role of Birth and Naming rites in emaculating moral values

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify different traditional African names and five the meaning of each name

 

Class activity (collect traditional African names of people and their meanings)

Note taking

 

·        Class textbook

·        Teachers notes

·        Charts of traditional names with their meanings

   
SIX  

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Initiation rites

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the disadvantages of Female Genital Mutilation (FGM)

 

·        Discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Class text

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource Person (Church Priest)

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Marriage rites in Traditional African Community

·        Types of Traditional African Marriages

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the advantages and disadvantages of polygamy

·        Name different types of tradition marriages

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Debate (Monogamous marriage is better than polygamous marriage)

·        Note taking

 

Class text

Newspaper cuttings

Resource person (Church Priest)

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Preparation in marriage in the Traditional African Community

·        Choosing a marriage partner

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Compare the traditional African way of choosing marriage partner with the modern way of choosing marriage partner

 

·        Assignment

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Debate

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

 

 

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Bride wealth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the disadvantages and advantages of bride wealth

 

·        Group discussions

·        Note taking

·        Reading

·        Teachers Comment

 

Resource Person

Teacher’s notes

Class textbook

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Traditional African Marriage ceremony

·        Role of African marriage rites in relation to morals

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write down moral values learnt from marriage as a traditional rite of passage

 

·        Class presentations

·        Dramatization

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

·        Watching video tapes

 

·        Resource Person

·        Tapes on marriage

   
   

3

 

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Death rites

·        Mourning

·        Burial

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss death as a rite of passage and how it assisted in inculcating moral values in traditional African society

 

·        Dramatization

·        Songs/singing

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person  ( Traditional elder or Priest)

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Role of Religious Specialists in the Traditional African Communities and their relevance today

·        Medicine Men

·        Medicine Women

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to :

·        Explain and appreciate the role of religious specialists in the African communities and evaluate their relevance in modern society

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person

·        Video/Tapes

·        Films

·        Class textbook

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Mediums and Diviners

·        Rainmakers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how the mediums diviners and rainmakers officiated their roles

 

·        Presentations

·        Role play

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

 

 

·        Resource Person

·        Real objects

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Kings/Queens

·        Rulers/Elders

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of traditional rules or elders

 

·        Visiting Local elderly/aged ruler

·        Interviewing

·        Note making

 

Resource Person

Teacher’s notes

Class textbook

   
 

NINE

 

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Priest, seers and Prophets

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the functions of the priests and the prophets in traditional African Community

 

·        Note taking

·        Class presentations

·        Discussions in groups

·        Assignment

 

·        Resource Person

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Traditional African Moral values:

·        Hospitality

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the African moral values

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Tolerance

&

·        Perseverance

·        Respect

&

·        Courtesy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain and appreciate the African moral values

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Presentations

·        Note taking

·        Teacher’s comments

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Loyalty and Responsibility

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how loyalty and responsibility contributed to harmony in the traditional community

 

·        Assignment (reading and making notes)

 

·        Class textbook

·        Other text

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Co-operation and unity

·        Love

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on how the following virtues assisted to harmonize community members:

(i)                Love

(ii)              Unity

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Listening

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

Continuity and change in African understanding:

·        Community

 

By the of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on the changes and continuity in the African understanding of community

 

·        Group discussions

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

 

·        Teachers notes

·        Class textbook

   
ELEVEN  

1

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Land

·        Old age and the aged

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the importance of land in traditional African community

 

·        Short lectures (on importance of traditional African land)

·        Teachers comment

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person (Elderly man with knowledge on land)

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Widows and Orphans

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the continuity in the African understanding of:

(i)                Widows

(ii)              Orphans

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

 

·        Worship

·        Property/Wealth

 

By the end of the lesson, the, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the continuity and change in the African understanding of worship and property

 

·        Visit to places

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Traditional Shrines

·        Photos

·        Resource Person

   
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Dressing

·        Dowry/Bride Wealth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show the changes in the African understanding of

(i)                Dressing

(ii)              Dowry/bride wealth

 

·        Project work (collect different traditional dresses and show who wore them and when)

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Traditional regalia

·        Films/Video tapes

·        Class textbook

   
   

2

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

·        Medicine

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the changes that have taken place in modern medicine and which have threatened the traditional African medicine

 

·        Comments

·        Debate (Herbs are better than the modern medicine

·        Discussion

·        Note taking

 

Videos

Photos

Photos of plants (herbs)

Resource person

   
   

3

 

African Morals and Cultural values

 

 

 

·        Leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Compare leisure activities in traditional African community with modern ones

 

·        Role play

·        Discussions

·        Teacher’s Comments

·        Note taking

 

·        Class textbook

·        Charts

·        Pictures

   
FORM TWO CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM I

 

ONE

 

 

1

 

Old Testament Prophecies about the Messiah and the concept of the Messiah in the New Testament

 

·        Introduction

·        Role of Prophet

·        Old Testament Prophecies

·        The Messiah

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down roles of prophets in the Bible

·        Define the terms

(i)                Prophet

(ii)              Prophecy

(iii)             Messiah

·        Explain the Old testament prophecies concerning the Messiah

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment

·        Note making

·        Teacher’s Comment

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Class text

·        Resource person

·        Bible: 2 Sam7: 3-17; Isaiah 7:10-16; 9:1-7; 53;61:1-2; Jer 23:5-6

   
   

2

 

Old Testament Prophecies about the Messiah and the Concept of the Messiah in the New Testament

 

The O.T Concept of the Messiah in the New Testament

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss how Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies concerning the Messiah

 

·        Class discussion

·        Questions and Brief explanations

·        Answers

·        Note taking

 

 

Bible: Luke 1: 26-38; 2:1-23;23:1-35; 24:50-57

   
   

3

 

O. Testament Prophecies about Messiah and the Concept of the Messiah in the New Testament

 

The Concept of Messiah in the Old Testament

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Tell who is the new Israel

·        Give reasons why Jews rejected Jesus yet he fulfilled the O.T prophecies about the messiah

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Group work (Discuss in groups how Jesus Fulfilled O.T concept of Messiah

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person

·        Bible: 2Sam 7:3-17; Jer 23:1-5

   
TWO  

1

 

Old Testament Prophecies about the Messiah and the Concept of the Messiah in the New Testament

 

The role of John The Baptist

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Show how John the Baptist prepared the way for the coming of Jesus

·        Tell how John the Baptist linksthe O.T and N.T

 

 

·        Introduction

·        Explanation

·        Discussion

·        Question and Answers

·        Bible reading

 

 

 

·        Bible: Luke 1:5-25

Luke 3:4-5

·        View Picture on page 9

·        Malachi 3:1;4:5-6

·        Isaiah 40:3-5

 

   
      Features of John’s form of Baptism ·        Explain how Christians today play the role of John the Baptist

·        Suggest ways of improving life in your school

 

·        Assignment

·        Group discussion

·        Presentations

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Luke 1:5-25

·        Class textbook 2

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

The Birth of John the Baptist is foretold

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the annunciation of the birth of John

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Brief reading

·        Questions and Answers

 

Bible: Luke 1:5-25

Class textbook 2

Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

The Annunciation of the Birth of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the annunciation of the birth of Jesus

 

 

·        Short lectures

·        Assignment

·        Dramatization

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Map of Palestine

·        Teacher’s note

·        Bible: Luke 1:26-38

 

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

The Birth of John the Baptist

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the Birth of John the Baptist

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Signing

·        Narrating

·        Note making

 

·        Bible: Lk 1: 57-80

·        Pictures

·        Films

·        Class text

   
   

2

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

The Birth of Jesus

&

Celebrating the birth of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the Birth of Jesus and the events which took place

·        Tell the importance of Jesus’ birth to Christians

 

·        Dramatization

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Brief reading

·        Singing

·        Narrating

 

 

Bible: Lk2: 1-20

Golden bells Hymn no. 114

Resource Person

   
   

3

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

Dedication of Jesus

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the dedication of Jesus

 

·        Explanation

·        Narrating

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

·        Bible: Luke 2:21-40

·        Resource person

·        Charts

·        Learner’s textbook

·

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

The Infancy and Early Life of Jesus

 

 

Jesus at the Temple

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the visit of Jesus to Jerusalem when he was twelve years old

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Class activity (dramatization)

 

·        Bible: Lk2:41-52

·        Class textbook 2

·        Chalkboard

   
 

 

 

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

The preaching of John The Baptist

&

The Relevance of John’s teaching to us

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teaching of John the Baptist

·        State reasons why baptism is importance to Christians

 

·        Explanation

·        Assignment

·        Dramatization

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

 

·        Class text

·        Bible Lk 3:1-20

·        Resource Person (Teacher)

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

The Baptism of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain reasons why Jesus was baptized yet he was sinless

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Class activity

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

 

·        Class text

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible Lk3:21-22

·        Resource Person (Teacher)

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

The Temptation of Jesus  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Mention various ways in which Jesus was put to test by Satan and how he responded to each temptation

 

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Audio-Visual aids

·        Class textbook

·        Bible commentaries

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible: Luke 4:1-13

   
     

The Galilean Ministry

 

Relevance of temptations to Christians today

 

·        Discuss ways in which Christians fall into temptation and show why they accept temptations

 

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Reading class text

·        Evaluation

·        Group discussion

·        Reporting

·        Note making

 

·        Resource Person

·        Class text

   
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

Jesus begins work in Galilee and is rejected at Nazareth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss why many Christians reject the God News

 

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Teacher’s comments on student’s reports

 

Bible (RSV)

Chalkboard

Audio visual aids

Class textbook 2

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Jesus heals in Capernaum

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe Jesus’ work of healing Capernaum

 

·        Teacher’s comments on student’s reports

·        Bible reading

·        Group discussion

·        Explanation

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual aids

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible: Lk 4:31-44

·        Relevant Bible commentary

 

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Jesus calls his first disciples

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain various ways in which people are called today to serve as disciplines of Jesus Christ

 

·        Signing

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Note making

 

·        Bible: Luke 5:1-11

·        Class textbook 2

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Jesus faces opposition

·        Healing of a leper

·        Healing of paralyzed man

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the healing of the paralytic man

·        Appreciate Jesus’ authority to forgive sins

 

·        Making some drawing/chart

·        Brief explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible: Luke 5:17-26

·        Bible commentary

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

·        The Call of Levi

·        The question about fasting

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the call of Levi

·        Appreciate all people irrespective of their spiritual status

\

·        Evaluation

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Photos of people feasting together

·        Bible: Lk 5:27-31

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

·        The Parables of the Garment and the Wineskins

·        The question about the Sabbath

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain why the disciples of Jesus were not fasting

·        Appreciate the characteristics of the new kingdom of God

 

·        Bible reading

·        Evaluation (oral questions)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanation

 

·        Pieces of cloth

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible: Lk 5:33-36

·        Bible commentary

   
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

A man with withered hand

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain why Jesus and disciples plucked ears of corn and ate on a Sabbath

·        Appreciate Jesus as the Lord over Sabbath

 

·        Bible reading

·        Discussion

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Assignment

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·

 

·        Bible: Lk:6-11

·        Bible commentary

·        Audio visual material

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Choosing of the twelve disciples and Jesus’ teaching on true discipleship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the choosing of the twelve disciples

·        Apply qualities of the true discipleship to their life

 

·        Bible reading

·        Discussing

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

 

 

·        Bible: Lk6: 1-11

·        Bible commentary

·        Audio visual material

·        Chalk visual

 

 

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

·        The sermon on the plain

·        The Beatitudes

·        Blessings and sorrows

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the ways the teachings of Jesus on the sermon on the plain challenge modern living

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Audio visual material

·        Bible commentary

·        Bible: Lk6: 17-49

·        Teachers notes

   
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

·        Loving one’s enemies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the teachings of Jesus on love

 

·        Evaluation

·        Discussions

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

 

 

·        Bible Lk 6:27-36

·        Cutting from newspaper

·        Bible commentary

 

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

 

·        Judging others

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the teachings of Jesus on judgment

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Assignment

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

Bible: Lk 6:37-42

Christian Magazines

   
     

C.A.T

   

By The end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand and answer key questions from the topics covered

       
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

 

Jesus’ works of compassion

·        The healing of Centurion’s servant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the miracle of the healing of the Centurion’s servant and the lessons Christian can learn from it

 

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

 

Chalkboard

Class text

Bible: Luke 7:11-17

Teacher’s notes

Poster

Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

 

 

The raising of the widow of Nain

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the raising of the son of the widow of Nain

·        Give reason why Christians should have compassion towards the needy

 

·        Explanation

·        Discussions

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Teacher’s note

 

·        Bible commentary

·        Poster

·        Class text

·        Bible: Luke 7:11-17

·        Chalkboard

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Assurance to John the Baptist

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain why John the Baptist needed an assurance from Jesus

·        Describe Jesus’ reaction to John’s question

 

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Oral Evaluation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Brief Lectures

·        Bible reading

 

·        Class text

·        Bible commentary

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Bible: Luke 7:18-35

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

 

Jesus’ compassion to women:

(a)    The sinful woman

(b)    The woman who accompanied Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how a sinful woman anointed Jesus

·        Explain why Simon and the other Pharisees criticized Jesus

·

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

·        Brief lectures

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Class text

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Pictures

·        Bible: Luke 7:36-38

·        Audio visual material

   
   

3

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The teachings of Jesus (the parables and their significance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define what a parable is

·        Relate the significance of the parables to daily life

·        Give reasons why Jesus used parables

 

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment

·        Discussion

 

·        Class text

·        Teacher’s Guide

   
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The Parable of the Sower

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the parable of the sower

 

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Evaluation

·        Bible reading

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible: Lk8:4-21

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The parable of a lamp under a bowl

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the parable of the lamp under a bowl

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanations

 

Bible:Lk:16-18

Teacher’s notes

Class textbook 2

   
   

3

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

 

Significance of Jesus’ Parable

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the significance of Jesus’ parable

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Discussions

·        Reading class textbook 2

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Revision book

·        Class textbook 2

   
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The Mighty works of Jesus:

·        The Calming of the Storm

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how Jesus calmed the storm

·        Explain why the disciples were afraid of the storm

 

·         Bible reading

·        Reading text

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

 

·        Class textbook 2

·        Audio-visual material

·        Bible commentary

·        Bible: Lk 8:22-25

 

   
   

2

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The Mighty works:

·        The healing of a demon-possessed man

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define a legion

·        Describe the healing of a demon-possessed man

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Reading text

·        Questions and Answers

·        Discussion

·        Dramatization

 

·        Bible: Lk 8:26-39

·        Bible commentary

·        Audio-visual material

·        Class textbook 2

·        Teacher’s note

   
   

3

 

The Teachings of Jesus

 

 

The Mighty works of Jesus:

·        Raising of Jairus’ daughter

·        Healing of the woman with blood flow

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the healing of Jairus daughter

·        Describe the healing of the woman who touched Jesus’ cloak

 

·        Main points on chalkboard

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible commentaries

·        Chart/Audio visual material

·        Bible: Lk 8:40-42

49-56

·        Teacher’s note

   
 

THIRTEEN

   

END OF TERM EXAMS

   

By The end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions correctly from the areas/topics covered

       
FORM TWO CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM II

ONE  

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Revision of the previous End of Term Exam

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Understand and answer questions asked from the areas covered previously

       
TWO  

1

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

·        Commissioning of the twelve disciples

·        Jesus and the twelve disciples

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the commissioning of the 12 disciples

 

·        Explanation

·        Note making and taking

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Bible: Lk 9:10-17

·        Chart

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

2

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

Feeding of the 5000 People

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the feeding of the five thousand

 

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making and taking

·        Bible reading

 

Bible Lk 9: 10-17

Chalkboard

Audio-visual materials

Chart

Class textbook 2

   
   

3

 

The Galilean Ministry

 

The Person of Jesus and his destiny

 

By the end of th lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the person of Jesus

·        Explain the destiny of Jesus

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook 2

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible: Lk 9:18-27

   
 

THREE

 

1

The Galilean Ministry  

The Transfiguration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain why transfiguration took place

·        Appreciate God’s presence during the transfiguration

 

·        Reading the bible

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

·        Bible: Lk 9:28-36

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

The Galilean Ministry  

Jesus’ teaching on faith and humility

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jesus’ teachings on faith and humility

 

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answets

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

 

·        Bible :Luke 9:51-62

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Duties and privileges of the disciples

 

By end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on the Jesus’ teaching on duties and privileges of disciples

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible Luke9:51-62

·        Charts

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The mission of the seventy two

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down the instructions Jesus gave to his seventy two disciples

 

·        Reading the textbook

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Luke 10:1-24

·        Audio-visual aids

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

2

The Journey to Jerusalem  

A committed follower of Jesus (parable of Good Samaritan)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the parable of the Good Samaritan

·        Explain who is a neighbor

 

·        Narrating

·        Questions and Answers

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Bible: Lk 10:38-42

·        Chalk board

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

 

Mary and Martha (Importance of love, compassion and mercy)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State what Jesus meant by saying that Mary had taken the better part?

 

·        Bible reading

·        Dramatizing

·        Note taking

·        explanation

 

·        Bible: Luke 11: 1-13

·        Resource person

·        Chart (lord’s Prayer

·        Class textbook

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Jesus’ teaching on prayer

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the teachings of Jesus on prayer

·        Give reason’s why Christians pray

 

·        Role play (Friend at mid-night)

·        Explanation

·        Reciting

·        Note making

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible: Luke 11:1-13

·        Resource Person

·        Class textbook

·        Chart (Lord’s Prayer)

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Use of God’s power to overcome evil (the Beel-zebul dispute)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Jesus on God’s power in overcoming evil from the story of Beel-zebul

 

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Lk 11:14-36

·        Resource Person

·        Film

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Fearless confession without hypocrisy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the terms confessions, honesty and hypocrisy

 

·        Signing

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Telling of story

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible Luke 11:37; Luke 12:1-2

·        Dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s note

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Material Possession (Parable of the rich farmer)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the teachings of Jesus on material possession from the parable of the rich fool

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Singing

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

 

·        Tape (song)

·        Bible: Luke 12:13-34

·        Pictures/photos

·        Teaching notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Watchfulness and readiness

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate Jesus’ teachings on watchfulness and readiness to Christian life today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making

·        Illustrating using photos, pictures, newspaper cuttings

 

·        Bible: Luke 12: 35-59

·        Pictures/photos

·        Newspaper cutting

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The Growth of the Kingdom(The parable of the fig tree)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the teaching of Jesus on the need for repentance and on God’s judgment

 

·        Reading the story and writing

·        Notes on the fig tree

 

·        Bible

·        Chalkboard

·        Pictures

·        Class text book

·        Pictures

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The Growth of the Kingdom (healing on the Sabbath)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Narrate the story of the healing of the crippled woman

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Role play

·        Explanation

·        Questions and answers

 

·        CRE Text bk 2

·        Chalk board

·        Bible

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

The Journey to Jerusalem  

 

The Growth of the Kingdom(Mustard seed and yeast Narrow door)

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

·        Explain the spiritual teaching in the parable of the mustard seed and yeast

 

·        Assignment(making notes)

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

 

Bible: Luke 13: 18-21: 13:22-35

Real objects (seeds)

Pictures/photos

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

A Great feast for all who are prepared (invite Guest)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the spiritual message of the parable of the great feasts

 

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment  (making notes)

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible: Luke 14:1-35

·        Chalkboard

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Photographs

   
EIGHT  

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The Parable of the Great Feast

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State and evaluate the characteristics of a true disciple of Jesus from the Parable of the Great feast

 

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment

·        Explanation

·        Dramatization

 

·        Bible: Luke 14:15-24

·        Photographs on wedding

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Videos of ceremony

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The cost of Discipleship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down the conditions which Jesus set for his disciples

 

·        Assignment(let learners get them from textbook)

·        Questions and answers

·        Discussion

 

·        Class textbook 2

·        Bible: Luke 14: 25-30

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Retrieving the Lost

·        Parable of the Lost sheep

·        Parable of the Lost coin

 

By the end of the lesson the leaner should be able to:

·        Narrate the parable of the lost son

 

·        Narrating the parable

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (read textbook and make notes)

 

·        Real objects (coins)

·        Pictures and photos of sheep/pigs

·        Class textbook

   
 

NINE

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The parable of the Lost son

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of the parable of the lost son

 

·        Role play

·        Brief visits of the pig farm

·        Assignment(read from class textbook and make notes)

 

·        Bible: Luke 15:11-32

·        Pictures and photos of ship/pigs

·        Class textbook

·        Chalk board

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Wealth and Poverty

·        Parable of the Shrewd Manager

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the parable of the dishonest steward

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible: Luke 16:1-32

·        Class textbook 2

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

The Journey to Jerusalem The Rich man and Lazarus  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Narrate the parable of the rich man and Lazarus

 

·        Singing

·        Drawing messages from sons and sing

·        Assignment

 

·        Photos

·        Chalkboard

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible Lk: 16:19-31

·        Class textbook 2

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The power of Faith

(a)    The ten leapers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term faith

·        Identify the teachings of Jesus on the power of faith

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Assignment (note making)

·        Group discussions

 

 

 

 

·        Bible Lk 17:1-37

Lk 17:11-19

·        Cutting from newspaper

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

The Journey to Jerusalem  

(b)    The coming of the Kingdom

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of faith in Christian life

 

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Group discussions

·        Assignment (Note making)

 

 

·        Bible: Lk 17:20-37

·        Class textbook 2

·        Resource person

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Persistence in prayer-Parable of the widow and the unjust judge

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand and answer key questions from the topics covered

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Recite a prayer

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment

 

·        Bible:Lk 18:1-8

·        Picture of people/ a person praying

·        Chalkboard

   
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Parable of the Pharisees & the tax collector

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Jesus from the parable of the Pharisees and the tax collector

 

·        Assignment (reading the Bible and class text and making notes

·        Role play

 

·        Bible: Luke 18:9-14

·        Picture of a person praying

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

·        The way to salvation

·        Jesus blesses little children

·        Rich young ruler

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jesus’ teachings on the way to salvation

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making (assignment

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible

·        Class textbook 2

·        Chalk board

·        Pictures of little children

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Jesus prophesied about his death for the third time

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the suffering of Jesus in his effort to bring salvation

 

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

·        Class discussion

 

·        Class textbook 2

·        Bible

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalk board

   
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Healing of the blind beggar

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Jesus on the way to salvation found in the healing of the blind  beggar

 

·        Explanation

·        Assignment (Reading the text and making notes

·        Bible reading

 

·        Song

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

2

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

Jesus and Zacchaeus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Jesus on the way to salvation as found in the story of Zacchaeus

 

·        Explanation

·        Role play

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (making notes

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible: Lk 19:1-2

·        Drawings or illustration

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

The Journey to Jerusalem

 

The Parable of Gold coins (Ten Pounds)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the parable of the gold coins (ten Pounds)

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Role play

·        Explanation

·        Assignment (making notes

·        Bible reading

 

Bible: Lk 19:11-27

Real objects

   
 

THIRTEEN

 

 

 

MID-YEAR EXAMS

  By The end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions from the topics or all areas covered in the course of the term

       
FORM TWO CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM III

 

ONE

 

1-3

 

Revision of the previous end of term exam

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand and answer questions asked from the areas covered previously

 

 

     
 

TWO

 

1

 

The Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Jesus’ triumphant entry to Jerusalem

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the triumphant entry of Jerusalem

 

·        Note taking

·        Singing

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Questions & Answers

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Song (Tape)

·        Bible: Lk 19:28-40

·        Chalk board

   
   

2

 

The Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Cleansing of the temple

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of cleansing of the temple

 

·        Dramatization

·        Note taking

·        Class discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Pictures

·        Class textbook

·        Bible: Lk 19:45-48

·        Chalk board

   
   

3

 

The Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Conflict between Jesus and Jewish leaders

·        Jesus’ authority Is questioned by priests/teachers

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons why Jesus had conflicts with high priest and the teachers of the law

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explaining Bible readings (verses)

·        Note taking

 

Bible: Lk: 20:21-25

Class textbook

Resource person

Teacher’s notes

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

The Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Jesus with Sadducees

·        Question about marriage and resurrection

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons why Jesus had conflicts with Jewish leaders on issues of resurrection and marriage

 

Teacher’s comments

Note taking

Assignment

Group discussion

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Class textbook CRE

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Paying of taxes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons why Christians should pay taxes to the government

 

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Discussion

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Note making and taking

 

·        Learner’s textbook 2

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Teacher’

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem

 

Question about the Messiah and the teachers of the law

·        Hypocrisy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the conflict between Jesus and the Jewish leaders on the question about the Messiah

 

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource person

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem

 

 

Eschatology

·        Signs

·        Start of troubles

·        Coming of the son of man

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jesus’ teaching on eschatology

 

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible

·        Resource Person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Ministry in Jerusalem

 

 

 

Importance of eschatology to the Christian today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the lessons Christians learn from the eschatology

 

·        Class discussion

·        Songs

·        Note making

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Tape

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalk board

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

Introduction: Plans of Judas to betray Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the meaning of the last supper

·        Explain the reasons which made Judas to betray Jesus

 

·        Teachers’ questioning

·        Teacher’s explanation

·        Students answering

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

·        Discussion

·        Bible reading

 

Bible Lk: 22:1-38

Films

Class text

Teacher’s notes

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

Preparation for the Lord’s supper

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the preparations that Jesus and his disciples made for the last supper

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment

 

·        Resource person

·        Drawing

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible Lk:22: 7-13

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

Preparations for the Lord’s Supper

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the preparations that Jesus and his disciples made for the last supper

 

 

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Resource person

·        Drawing

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible Lk:22: 7-13

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

The Lord’s Supper

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give the meaning to the actions of Jesus during the Last Supper

 

·        Oral; evaluation

·        Read from class text

·        Note making

·        Class discussion

·        Teachers’ comment

·        The bible

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalk board

·        Film

   
SIX  

1

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Importance of the Lord’s Supper to Jesus’ disciples

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show the importance of the Lord’s Supper to his own disciples

 

·        Note taking

·        Discussion

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Importance of the Lord’s Supper to Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the meaning of the last supper of Jesus to Christians today

 

·        Class discussions

·        Note making and taking

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

3

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Prayer on the Mount Olives

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Narrate what took place at the Mount of Olives

 

·        Dramatization

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible: Lk 22:39-46

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Importance of prayers to the Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons why Christians should pray

 

·        Note taking

·        Questions and Answers

·        Class discussion

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook 2

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Jesus’ betrayal and arrest

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how Jesus was betrayed and finally arrested

 

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible:Lk 22:47-53

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Film

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

The denial by peter

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reason why Peter denied Jesus

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

·        Bible: LK 22:54; 23:23

·        Video tapes

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

·        Jesus before the High priest

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Comment on Jesus’ response during his trial before the High Priest

 

·        Bible reading

·        Dramatization

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: Lk 22: 54;23:23

·        Video tapes

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Jesus before the Council (Sanhedrin)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define what is Sanhedrin and show how it handled Jesus trial

 

·        Students take notes

·        Teacher’s brief lecture

·        Role play

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Trial before Pilate, 1st time

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on the behavior of Pilate during the first trial of Jesus

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Dramatization

 

Bible (RVS)

Resource person

Class textbook 2

Teacher’s notes

Chalkboard

   
 

NINE

 

1

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Trial before Pilate, 2nd time

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Comment on Pilate’s response during the second trial of Jesus

 

·        Bible reading

·        Dramatization

·        Explanation

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook 2

   
   

2

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

The Crucifixion and Death of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain the relevance of the suffering and death of Jesus to Christians

·        Assignment

·        Group discussion

·        Points on Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Reading text and notes

·        Bible: Lk 23: 26-43

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

 

The death and burial of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how Jesus prepared himself for his death

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        assignment

 

·        Bible: Lk23:44-56

·        Class text book 2

·        Film

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

The resurrection

·        Testimony of the holy women

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should

·        describe the behavior of the holy woman during Jesus’ arrest, trial and crucifixion

 

·        Discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Singing

 

·        Bible: Lk 24:1-12

·        Tapes

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
   

2

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Disciples on the road to Emmaus

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how Jesus revealed himself to the disciples on the road to Emmaus

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Dramatization

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible: Lk24:13-32

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Appearance of the disciples

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how Jesus appeared to his disciples

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making

·        Questions and answers

·        Dramatization

 

·        Bible: Lk 24:33-49

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalk board

   
 

ELEVEN

1

 

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

The Ascension of Jesus

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Narrate how Jesus ascended to heaven

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and  Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible: Lk:50-53

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2-3

 

Jesus’ Passion Death and Resurrection

 

 

Importance of the passion, death and resurrection of Jesus

 

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the resurrection of Jesus Christ

·        State the importance of the resurrection of Jesus to Christians

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Class discussions

·        Note taking

 

·        Resource Person

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
 

TWELVE

 

 

END OF THE YEAR EXAM    

By the end of the year, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer questions from the areas covered in the Form 2 syllabus correctly

       
 

FORM THREE CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM I

 

ONE

 

1& 2

 

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

Introduction

·     Peter’s message on the day of the Pentecost

 

By the end of each lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the importance of the outpouring of the Holy Spirit on the

(a)    Day of Pentecost

(b)    Church today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Dramatization

·        Questions and Answers

·        Brief lecture

 

·        Bible Acts 2: 1-40

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

·        Peter’s message

·        The teaching of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate Peter’s message on the day of Pentecost

·        Explain the teachings of Jesus on the role of the holy spirit

·        Role Play

·        Summary on the Chalkboard

·        Note taking

·        Bible reading

·        Discussions

 

·        Bible: john 14:15-26; 16:5-15

Acts 1:7-8

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4-1

 

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

The gifts of the Holy Spirit

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the gifts of the Holy spirit

·        Appreciate love as the greatest of all spiritual gifts

 

·        Role Play

·        Explanations

·        Discussion

·        Assignment

·        Note taking

·        Reviewing previous lesson

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible:1Cor. 12,13,14

·        Class textbook

·        Bible commentaries

·        Dictionary

·        Chart/chalkboard

·        Audio-visual aids

   
 

TWO

 

2

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

 

The criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the Criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit

 

·        Brief exercise in class

·        Questions & Answers

·        Brief discussion

·        Assignment

·        Reading text and making notes

 

·        Bible: I Cor. 12:1-3; Matthew 7:15-20

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual aids

   
   

3

 

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

 

Manifestations of the gifts of the Holy Spirit in the church today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the manifestations of the Holy Spirit in the church today

·        Appreciate the gifts of the Holy spirit

 

·        Learners to discuss the gifts of the Holy Spirit

·        Summary & assignment

·        Bible reading

·        Writing down

 

·        Bible: Gal.5:16-26

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

The Gift of the Holy Spirit

 

 

The Fruits of the Holy Spirit

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the fruits of the holy spirit

·        Seek the fruit of the Holy Spirit

 

·        Group discussion

·        Question and Answers

·        Explanations

·        Bible reading

·        Assignment (Compose a song on the same)

 

·        Bible: Gal.5: 6-26

·        Chalkboard

·        Tape

·        Charts

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

The Unity of Believers

 

Introduction

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define what is unity

·        Explain the factors that promote unity in Kenya

 

·        Group discussion

·        Brief lecture

·        Points on Chalkboard

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible: 1Peter2:9-10 (RSV)

·        Class textbook

·        Symbols of the national unity

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible commentary

   
   

2

 

The Unity of Believers

 

The People of God

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the unity of believers as the people of God

 

·        Discussion (Hot spot-pg19)

·        Explanations

·        Bible reading

·        Summarize main points on the chalkboard

·        Note making

 

·        Bible: 1pet2: 9-10 (RSV)

·        Class textbook

·        Symbols of national unity

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible commentary

   
   

3

 

The Unity of Believers

 

The Body of Christ

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the New Testament teaching on the Body of Christ

·        Strive for unity

·        Display on the chart

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RSV) 1Cor. 12:12-27

Eph.4:1-12

·        Bible commentary

·        Diagram on a chart Pg. 10; story pg 20

   
   

4

 

The Unity of Believers

 

The vine and the Branches

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teaching on the vine and the branches

·        Strive to be fruitful Christians

 

·        Bible reading

·        Display on the chart

·        Explanation

·        Question and Answers

·        Note making

 

 

·        Bible reading (RSV)

John 15:1-1-

Bible commentary

·        Picture of a vine with grape fruit

·        Chalkboard

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

The Unity of Believers

 

 

The Church

 

By the end of the lesson, the  learner should be able to:

·        Explain the unity of believers as a church

·        Appreciate the unity of believers as the church

 

·        Explanation and examples

·        Discussion

·        Relevant assignment

·

 

·        Bible (RSV)

Ephesians 5:1-10

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

 

The Unity of Believers

 

The Bride

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the unity of believers as the bride of Christ

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Display of pictures

 

 

·        Bible (RSV)

Rev. 21:1-12; 2cor.11:2

·        Picture of bride and bridegroom

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

The Unity of Believers

 

The causes of disunity in the early church & solutions offered

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify causes of disunity in the early church

·        Explain the solutions offered by Paul to the problems in the early church

·        Give suggestions

·        Read the Bible

·        Ask questions

·        Note making

·        Answer Questions

 

·        Bible (RVS)

Rev.21:1-12; 2 Cor.11:2

·        Teachers note

   
   

4

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

Introduction

·        Definition of terms

·        Categories of Prophets

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term ‘prophets

 

·        Review of studied prophets (Moses, Elijah, Samuel, etc)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Short lectures

 

Bible(RSV)

Bible commentary

Bible dictionary

Chalkboard

Teacher’s notes

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

Importance of Prophets in Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the importance of prophets in Israel

·        Appreciate the role of Prophets today

 

·        Discussions

·        Giving examples

·        Learners to dramatise the role of prophets

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Bible dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2-4

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

·        The characteristics of prophets

And

·        The writing of prophetic messages

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the characteristics of prophets in Israel

·        Explain how prophetic messages were written

·        Desire to preserve God’s written word

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanation

·        Referring to class textbook

·        Assignment (making notes)

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Bible commentary

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

Relationship between the O.T prophecies and the New Testament

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the relationship between the O.T prophecies and the New Testament

 

·        Assignment (students to carry out a research)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Bible commentary

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

Similarities between the African Traditional prophets and the Old Testament prophets

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Draw parallels between the African traditional prophets and the Old Testament prophets

 

·         Review of Prophetic role in Israel

·        Questions & Answers

·        Explanations

·        Summary

 

·        Bible Commentary

·        Ref: Book: African Religions and philosophy by J.S.Mbiti

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RSV)

   
   

3

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

 

Differences between the African Traditional prophets and the Old Testament

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Draw parallels between the African traditional prophets and the Old Testament prophets

 

·        Assignment (Reading the class textbook and making note)

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible commentary

·        Ref: Book: African Religions and philosophy by J.S. Mbiti

   
   

4

 

Selected O.T Prophets and their Teachings

 

 

 

Relevance of prophets to Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the relevance of prophets to Christians today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Discussion in small groups

·        Note taking

·        Assignment

 

·        Bible commentary

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Audio-visual material on prophets

 

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

Prophet Amos

 

Introduction Background to Amos

(a)    Political

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to:

·        Describe the historical background to Amos under the following titles:

(i)                Political background

 

·        Brief lecture

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (Learners to read more and make notes

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible(RVS)

Amos1: 1;7:14-15

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Learner’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Prophet Amos

 

(b)    Social

 

(ii)              Social and religious background

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (learners to read more and make notes)

·        Brief lecture

 

Teacher’s note

Learner’s textbook

Chalkboard

Bible commentary

Bible (RVS)

   
   

3

 

Prophet Amos

 

The Call of Amos

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the call of Amos

·        Emulate the obedience of Amos at the time of his call

 

·        Bible reading

·        Teacher to give summary of the call of Amos

·        Explanations

 

·        Bible RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual

·        Bible commentary

   
   

4

 

Prophet Amos

 

The Visions of Amos

·        A great swarm of locusts

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the visions of Amos

 

·        Discussion

·        Note making

·        Explanations

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Chalkboard

   
 

EIGHT

 

2

 

Prophet Amos

 

Prophet Amos

 

·        Vision of great fire

·        Vision of crooked wall

·        Vision of a basket of ripe fruit

 

·        Dramatizing the visions

·        Drawing diagrams of the visions

·        Identification

·        Reading more from text and making notes

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Diagram of the vision

·        Drawings

·        Class text

·        Bible (RSV)

   
   

2

 

Prophet Amos

 

·        Vision of the destruction of the altar

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of the five visions of Amos

 

·        Reading more from text and making notes

·        Identification

·        Drawing diagrams of visions

·        Dramatising the Visions

 

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Teacher’s nptes

·        Diagram of the vision

·        Drawings

·        Class text

   
   

3

 

Prophet Amos Teachings

 

 

The Teachings of Prophet Amos-Social Justice and responsibility

(i)                Oppression of the poor

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Amos on social justice and responsibility

 

·        Group discussions

·        Explanation

·        Points on Chalkboard

·        Bible reading

 

·        Newspaper cuttings on social justices and responsibility

·        Bible (RSV)

   
   

4

 

Prophet Amos

Teachings

 

(2) Corruption and bribery

(3) Dishonesty

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State some of the social injustices in a modern society

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Suggestions

·        Assignment (read more and make notes from class text)

·        Teacher reviews the lesson

 

·        Articles on crimes

·        Chalkboard

   
 

NINE

 

 

1

 

Prophet Amos Teachings

 

 

(4) Sexual immorality

(5) Drunkenness

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the effects of social injustice and irresponsibility

 

·        Assignment (read more and make notes from class text)

·        Teacher reviews the lesson

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Articles on crimes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Prophet Amos Teachings

 

(6) Profaning the Name of God

(7) Pride in material possession

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Suggest solution to profaning the name of God

 

·        Suggestions by learners

·        Summary (Teacher)

·        Note taking (Students

·        Class discussion

 

·        Resource person

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

Amos:

Hypocritical religion in Israel

 

·        Insincere Worship

·        Empty sacrifices

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the following

(i)                Hypocrisy

(ii)              Syncretism

(iii)             Idolatry

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making

·        Group discussions

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Dictionary

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

   
   

4

 

Amos:

Hypocritical religion in Israel

 

·        Syncretism

·        Idolatry

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able

·        Summarize the teachings of Amos on

(i)                Syncretism

(ii)              Idolatry

 

 

·        Discussions

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (things worshipped as idols)

 

·          Bible Commentary

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Bible(RSV)

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

Amos Judgment against Israel and other nations

 

Punishment and repentance

·        Damascus

·        Gaza

·        Tyre

·        Edom Moab

 

By the end of the lesson, he learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Amos on Punishment and judgment

 

·        Listing nations to be punished

·        Questions and  answers

·        Defining the terms

·        Bible reading

Bible (RVS)

Dictionary

Bible commentary

Newspaper cuttings

   
   

2

 

Amos Judgment against Israel and other nations

 

·        Israel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the teachings of Amos on punishment and judgment

 

·        Listing nations to be punished

·        Questions and answers

·        Defining terms

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Dictionary

·        Bible commentary

·        Newspaper cuttings

   
   

3

 

Amos

 

Israel’s election

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the teachings of Amos on Israel’s election

 

·        Explanation (Teacher)

·        Discussion

·        Bible reading (Students)

·        Making notes (Students)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

Amos

 

The day of the Lord

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Amos’ teachings on the day of the Lord

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reading class textbook and making notes

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

   
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

Amos

 

The Remnant and Restoration

 

·        By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate God’s mercy and love for those who are faithful

 

·        Learners to ask questions

·        Resource person to answer

·        Making notes (students)

 

·        Bible Amos 9:8-15)

·        Resource person (pastor)

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Amos’ teachings and their relevance to Christians today

 

·        Universality of God

·        Hypocrisy

·        Justice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Amos’ teachings and their relevance to Christians today

 

·        Class discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

Amos’ teachings and their relevance to Christians today

 

·        Self indulgence

·        Bribery

·        Punishment

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Strive to live a life acceptable to God

 

·        Class discussion

·        Note making

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Audio-visual materials

   
   

4

 

Amos

 

·        Wealth

·        Obedience

·        Judgment day

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate Amos’ teaching on wealth, obedience and judgment to Christian understanding of the same

 

·        Group discussions

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Comments by teacher

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Class textbook 3

·        Bible commentary

   
 

TWELVE

 

1

 

Amos

 

·        Drunkenness

·        Salvation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Strive to live a life acceptance to God

 

·        Assignment(learners to read from class textbook and notes)

 

·        Audio-visual material

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Amos

 

·        Sacrifice

·        Repentance

·        Remnant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Strive to live a life acceptable to God

 

·        Assignment (learners to read from class textbook and make notes

 

·        Audio visual-material

·        Resource person

   
     

3

&

4

 

REVISION

AND

END TERM EXAM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss various topics covered

·        Answer adequately questions from the topics covered

       
FORM THREE CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM II

 

ONE

 

1-4

 

REVISION WORK

   

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer all the revision questions correctly

       
 

TWO

 

1

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

·     Introduction

·     Political Background

·     Kinds:

·     (Josiah) 640-609BC)

·     Jehoahaz (609 BC)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the political background of Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Brief lectures

·        View of map

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

 

Learners textbook

Map

Chalkboard

Teacher’s notes

The Bible (RVS)

   
   

2

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

(iii)             Jehoiakim (609-597 BC)

(iv)             Jehoiachin (597BC)

(v)              Zedekiah (597-587)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate God’s self-revelation in historical events

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (read and make notes)

·        Summary on chalkboard

·        Map

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s note

·        Learner’s CRE Bk 3

   
   

3

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Social Background

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the social background of Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Review previous lesson

·        Identification by social classes (students)

·        Group discussion (how different people of different classes relate

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible commentary

·        Learner’s CRE Bk 3

·        Bible (RSV)

 

   
   

4

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Religious Background

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the religious background of Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Discussions

·        Note making (assignment)

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Bible commentary

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

Persona life of Jeremiah

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the personal life of Jeremiah and state lessons learnt from Jeremiah’s example

 

·        Explanations

·        Note making

·        Narrating(students)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

 

Chalkboard

Audio-visual aids

Teacher’s notes

Bible (RVS)

   
   

2

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        The call of Jeremiah

·        Lesson from his call

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the call of Jeremiah

 

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Dramatization

·        Assignment(read and make notes)

 

Bible (RVS)

Bible commentary

Teacher’s notes

Chalkboard

Learner’s BK 3 CRE

   
   

3

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

·        Christian responsibilities

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Take up responsibilities at home, church and school

 

·        Guided discussion on issues of responsibility (from Jeremiah)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Learner’s Bk 3 CRE

   
   

4

 

Evils addressed by Prophet Jeremiah

 

(a)    Necromancy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term necromancy

·        Explain why Jeremiah condemned necromancy

 

·        Checking meaning of word (students)

·        Reading text

·        Class discussion

·        Summary (teacher)

·        Note making

 

Dictionary

Learner’s Bk 3 CRE

Teacher’s notes

Bible(RSV)

Real objects (stones, beads)

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

Evils addressed by Prophet Jeremiah

 

(b)    Dishonesty or Deception

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the terms ‘dishonesty’ and ‘deception’

·        Explain why Jeremiah condemned dishonesty

 

·        Checking meaning of words

·        Folktale

·        Role play (cheating in an exam

·        Examples from bible

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Dictionary

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Evils addressed by Prophet Jeremiah

 

(c)     False prophesy (Hannanaih)

·        Jeremiah’s encounter with Hannanaiah

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jeremiah’s teachings on false prophesy

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Dramatize/role play (encounter of the two)

·        Note making

 

 

Newspaper cutting on false prophets

Teachers notes

Chalkboard

Bible commentary

   
   

3

 

Evils addressed by Prophet Jeremiah

 

(d)    Human Sacrifice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jeremiah’s teachings on human sacrifices

 

·        Drawing examples from the Bible and the society

·        Discussion by learners

·        Oral questions

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible (TSV)

·        Newspaper cuttings on ritual killings

·        Pictures (on human sacrifice)

·        Resource person

   
   

4

 

Evils addressed by Prophet Jeremiah

 

(e)    Idolatry

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term idolatry

·        Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on idolatry to Christian life today

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation class discussion

·        Assignment on relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings to Christians

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Pictures

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Audio visual material

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

Jeremiah’s Temple Sermon

 

·        False belief about the temple

·        Hypocrisy

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jeremiah’s Temple sermon and identify the evils he condemned

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Class discussion

·        Assignment on relevance of Jeremiah teachings to Christians

 

·        The bible

·        A chart

·        Jeremiah’s picture

·        Bible commentary

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Jeremiah’s Temple Sermon

 

·        Defilement of the temple

·        Idolatry

·        Human sacrifice

 

By the end lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Show how people misuse the churches today

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

·        Discussions

 

·        The bible

·        A chart

·        Jeremiah’s picture

·        Chalkboard

·        Teachers notes

   
   

3

 

Jeremiah’s Temple Sermon

 

·        Dishonesty

·        Stubbornness and rebellion

·        Social injustice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List evils addressed by Jeremiah and show their effects to the society

 

·        Listing of evils addressed

·        Class discussion (on effects)

·        Note taking

 

·        Learner’s text book

·        Resource person

   
   

4

 

Jeremiah’s Temple Sermon

 

Relevance of the teachings of Jeremiah on evils and false Prophecy to Christians

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on evil and false prophets to Christians today

 

 

·        Class discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reviewing previous lesson

 

Bible(RSV)

Learner’s textbook

Guiding questions from the teacher

Chalkboard

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Jeremiah’s Temple Sermon

 

Relevance of the teachings of Jeremiah on evils and false Prophecy to Christians

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the need to live a righteous life

 

·        Assignment (use class textbook and Bible to make notes

 

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Guiding questions from the teacher

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Jeremiah’s Teaching on Judgment and Punishment

 

·        God is a just judge

·        God judges people by looking at their hearts

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Analyse Jeremiah’s teachings on judgment and punishment

 

·        Questions &Answers

·        Explanations

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible commentary

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

Jeremiah’s Teaching on Judgment and Punishment

 

 

·        Judgment would befall Judah’s people as a group

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should b able to:

·        Strive to live a righteous life

 

·        Assignment (Reading the class textbook and making notes)

 

·        Bible commentary

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RSV)

   
 

SEVEN

 

1-2

 

 

Jeremiah’s Teaching on Judgment and Punishment

 

 

 

·        Judgment by means of political historical event

·        Divine punishment in form of natural disaster

·        Unavoidable God’s punishment

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able  to:

·        Discuss the teachings of prophet Jeremiah on God’s judgment and punishment

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Listing disasters in society today

 

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Manila paper

   
   

3-4

 

Jeremiah’s Teaching on Judgment and Punishment

 

 

 

·        God’s Judgment meant for correction

·        Chance for repentance before punishment

·        God’s judgment is universal

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the purpose of God’s judgment on the Israel

 

·        Researching and reporting

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reviewing lesson and summarizing the main points

 

·        Teachers notes

·        Chalkboard

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

Jeremiah’s Teaching on Judgment and Punishment

 

 

 

·        Suffering as a punishment from God

·        God’s judgment is real

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Write down Christian teaching about God’s judgment

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Note taking

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Learner’s Bk 3

   
   

2

 

Jeremiah’s Symbolic Acts related to Judgement and Punishment

 

·        Linen waistcloth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be albe to:

·        Relate the symbolic act of the wearing of a linen waistcloth

 

·        Bible reading

·        Dramatization

·        Listing all Jeremiah’s symbolic action

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Jeremiah’s Symbolic Acts related to Judgment and Punishment

 

·        Jeremiah’s personal life as a symbol

·        His visit to the Potter’s house

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner  should be able to:

·        State the importance of Jeremiah’s life of celibacy and solitude

 

·        Explanation

·        Role play

·        Note making

·        Bible reading

 

·        Regalia

·        Teacher’s note

·        Chalkboard

·        Class text

   
   

4

 

Jeremiah’s Symbolic Acts related to Judgment and Punishment

 

·        Broken Clay flask

·        Two baskets of figs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Narrate Jeremiah’s visit to a Potter

 

·        Bible reading

·        Note taking

·        Dramatization

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanation

 

·        Regalia

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s note

·        Class text

   
 

NINE

 

1

 

Jeremiah’s Symbolic Acts related to Judgment and Punishment

 

·        Wearing of the yoke

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Narrate Jeremiah’s wearing of the yoke

 

·        Suggestions

·        Reading both bible and class text to make notes

·        Questions and Answers

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Regalia

   
   

2

 

Jeremiah’s Suffering and Lamentation

 

Rejection by his own family and relatives

 

By the end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the rejection of Jeremiah by his family and relatives

 

·        Bible reading

·        Teachers comments

·        Note making and taking

·        Discussions

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Audio visual material

·        Bible commentary

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Jeremiah’s Suffering and Lamentation

 

 

 

·        Jeremiah is accused falsely

·        Jeremiah received death threats

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to Identify the false accusations made against Jeremiah

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Reading more and making notes

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Bible commentary

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

Jeremiah’s Suffering and Lamentation

 

 

 

Jeremiah suffered loneliness and solitude

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the trials of faith that Jeremiah experienced

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible reading

·        Class discussion

 

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

·        Bible (RSV)

   
 

TEN

 

1 &2

 

 

Jeremiah’s Suffering and Lamentation

 

 

 

·        Jeremiah inner personal struggle

·        His spiritual

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Strive to overcome temptations

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

3 & 4

 

Jeremiah’s Suffering and Lamentation

 

 

 

·        Jeremiah suffered physical assault and imprisonment

·        Relevance of Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations to Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the physical assault of Jeremiah and the death threats he received

 

·        Role Play

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Note making

 

Audio visual material

Chalkboard

Bible commentary

Teacher’s notes

Bible (RVS)

   
ELEVEN  

1&2

 

Jeremiah

 

The New Covenant

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Jeremiah’s teaching on the New Covenant

 

·        Bible reading

·        Checking the meaning

·        Group discussion

·        Note making

 

·        Bible/Dictionary

·        Class textbook

·        Dictionary

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3 & 4

 

Jeremiah

 

Symbolic acts to hope and restoration

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the symbolic act of the buying of land and its importance

 

·        Review previous lesson

·        Class discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making after reading text

 

·        Bible

·        Bible commentary

·        A title deed

   
 

TWELVE

 

 

 

REVISION WORK

   

By THE end of the term, the learner should be able to:

·        Answer all the questions from all the areas (topics) covered

 

·        Group discussions

·        Assignments

 

·        Class textbook exercise duties

·        Group work

·        Note book

·        Past papers

·        Schemes of marking

   
 

THIRTEEN

   

END OF TERM TWO EXAM

           
FORM THREE CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM III

 

ONE

 

1-4

 

Revision for the previous term’s exam

   

By the end of each lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand what was required as correct answers in the previous exam

 

·        Group presentations

·        Questions and Answers

·        Discussions

·        Explanations

 

·        Question paper

·        Teacher’s marking scheme

·        Student’s notes

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s guide

   
 

TWO

 

1

 

(Continuation)

Prophet Jeremiah

 

The fall of Jerusalem and the exile of the Israelites

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the fall of Jerusalem

 

·        Bible reading

·        Displaying map

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanations

·        Note making

 

Bible (RVS): Jer 39

Picture of Zedekiah

Map showing location of Jerusalem

Chalkboard

Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Prophet Jeremiah

 

Relationship between Jeremiah’s teachings to the N.T and Christian life today.

·        His personal life as a teaching

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate the personal life, suffering and lamentations of Jeremiah to the N.T and Christian life today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Reviewing(Teacher)

·        Explanation (Teacher)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment(read text and make notes)

 

·        Bible (RVS): 39

·        Picture of Zedekiah

·        Map showing location of Jerusalem

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Social and religious background

 

By the end of the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the social and religious background to Nehemiah

 

·        Learners to describe in their notebooks..

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Bible commentary

·        Teachers notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Map showing Babylon

   
   

2-4

 

Nehemiah

 

Occasions when Nehemiah prayed

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify and explain occasions when Nehemiah prayed

 

·        Brief lectures

·        Reading Bible

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reading text and making notes (assignment)

 

·        Resource person

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

Nehemiah

 

 

 

Importance oF prayer in Christian Life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the importance of prayer in Christian life

 

·        Reviewing occasions when Nehemiah prayed

·        Preparation of sample prayers

·        Explanations

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Samples of prayers

   
   

2

 

Nehemiah

 

 

 

Good leadership qualities in Nehemiah

·        Trust in God

·        Being prayerful

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe how Nehemiah demonstrated good leadership qualities

 

·        Class text reading

·        Bible reading

·        Group work to identify from Bible and class text boo

·        Presenting in class

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Courage

·        Hard work & Commitment

·        Team Spirit

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Develop good leadership qualities

 

·        Points on Chalkboard in outlined form

·        Assignment (learners to refer to points chalkboard and make notes)

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

   
   

4

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Planning & Organizational skills

·        Compassion

·        Patriotism

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Strive to acquire good leadership qualities

 

·        Class text reading

·        Bible reading

·        Group work to identify from Bible and Class textbook

 

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Class textbook

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Wisdom & Decisiveness

·        Role model

·        honesty

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

·        Strive to acquire good leadership qualities

 

·        Presenting in class

·        Points on chalkboard in outlined form

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Nehemiah

 

Relevance of Nehemiah’s Leadership to Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain what Christians today can learn from Nehemiah’s leadership

 

·        Class discussion

·        Learners to identify

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Writing in groups

 

·        Class notes

·        Class texts

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

3

 

Nehemiah’s

 

Problems faced by Nehemiah

·        Lack of co-operation

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the problems faced by Nehemiah during his mission

 

·        Text reading

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Role play on Nehemiah’s problems

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Learners textbook

·        Picture from class textbook pg 158

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource person

·        Bible:Neh.5:1-18

   
   

4

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Opposition from enemies

·        Oppression from the poor

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List down the enemies who opposed Nehemiah

 

·        Debate (How leaders today face opposition)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Nehemiah 5:1-18

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Picture from class textbook page 158

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource person

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Misuse of the temple and the offerings

·        Violation of the Sabbath

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        show ways in which the Jews were breaking the Sabbath law

 

 

·        Class discussions

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

·        Dramatise how Jews were influenced by foreigners

 

·        Bible (RVS)

Neh 13:4-13, 15-22

·        Learners textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Picture from class textbook pg 158

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Nehemiah

 

·        Foreign influence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how the Jews were influenced by foreigners negatively

 

Dramatise how Jews were influenced by foreigners

 

Bible (RVS)

Learner’s textbook

Chalkboard

Picture from class textbook page 158

Teacher’s notes

Resource person

   
   

3

 

Nehemiah

 

Relevance if Nehemiah’s experiences to Christians today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain what Christians today can learn from Nehemiah’s experiences

 

·        Review previous lesson

·        Identify problems

·        Listing

·        Suggestions

·        Assignment (learner to make notes

 

Bible (RVS)

Learner’s textbook

Chalkboard

Audio-visual aids

Newspaper cuttings

   
 

EIGHT

 

4&1

 

Nehemiah

 

Renewal of the covenant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss how the covenant was renewed

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Dramatisation

·        Dictating and explaining notes

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Audio-visual aids

   
   

2&3

 

Nehemiah

 

Dedication of the wall of Jerusalem

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Summarize

·        Assignment(Learner to make note

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Models of musical instruments

   
 

NINE

 

4-2

 

Nehemiah

 

 

Nehemiah’s final reforms

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Nehemiah’s final reforms

 

·        Mime reforms

·        Explanations

·        Note making

·        Dramatisation of reforms

·        Bible reading

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Learner’s textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible commentary

   
   

3

 

Nehemiah

 

Relating Nehemiah’s good life to Luke’s gospel

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate the teachings from Nehemiah’s exemplary life to St. Luke’s gospel

 

·        Review and revise notes

·        Questions and Answers

·        Getting examples from Luke’s gospel

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Learners Bk 3

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

Nehemiah

 

Relating Nehemiah’s good to Christians life today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Relate the teachings from Nehemiah’s exemplary life to Christian life today

 

·        Reviewing and revising

·        Discussing

·        Carry out a survey

·        Comparing

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Learner’s textbook 3

·        Chalkboard

   
 

TEN

&

ELEVEN

 

1-4

 

Revising Sample Test Papers

       

Class textbook 3

Gateway Secondary Revision C.R.E

   
 

TWELVE

   

END OF TERM EXAM

           
FORM FOUR CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM I

 

ONE

 

1

 

Introduction to  Christian ethics

 

Definition of Christian ethics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the meaning of Christian ethics

 

·        Brief lecture

·        Case study on moral judgement

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook 4

·        Chalk board

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Introduction to  Christian ethics

 

Basis of Christian ethics

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the basis of Christian ethics

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reading text

·        Note making

·        Group discussions

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Cl;ass textbook 4

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Definition of terms

(i)                Human sexuality

(ii)              Marriage

(iii)             Family

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give the meaning of the following terms:

(i)                Human sexuality

(ii)              Marriage

(iii)             Family

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reporting group findings

·        Note making

·        Assignment

 

·        Class textbook 4

·        English dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual aids

·        Diagram of male/female

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Traditional African understanding of human sexuality

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the traditional African understanding of human sexuality

 

·        Class project (Read from class text and African Religions and Philosophy and make notes

·        Summary by teacher

·        Class discussions

 

·        Class textbook 4

·        African Rel. & Philosophy by Mbiti

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

   
 

TWO

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Christian teaching on human sexuality

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to :

·        Explain Christianity teachings on human sexuality

 

·        Reviewing definitions

·        Reading the bible

·        Explanations

·        Other information’s sources

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person (Pastor)

·        Other related materials

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Traditional African practices related to male-female relationship during

(i)                Childhood

(ii)              Adolescent

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe Traditional African practice related to male-female relationships at:

(i)                Childhood

(ii)              Adolescent

 

·        Group discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Learner’s notes

·        African Religions & Philosophy

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

(iii)             Marriage

(iv)             Old age

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe Traditional African practice related to male-female relationships at

(iii)             Marriage

(iv)             Old age

 

·        Group discussion

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

·        Reading test

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Learner’s textbook 4

·        Resource person

·        Bible (RVS)

·        African Religions & Philosophy

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Christian teaching on male-female relationship at various levels

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain \Christian teachings on male-female relationship at various levels

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Discussion

·        Listening/watching audio visual aids

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook 4

·        Audio visual aids

·        Chalkboard

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Christian teaching on responsible sexual behaviour

 

By the end of the l lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Christian teachings on responsible sexual behaviour

 

·        Explanation

·        Role play

·        Assignment

·        Note making

·        Summarise points on chalkboard

 

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook 4

·        Audio visual aids

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Christian teaching on irresponsible sexual behaviour

·        Incest

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify different forms of irresponsible sexual behaviour

 

·        Identifying cases from Bible

·        Group discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

 

·        Written case study (ies)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

3

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Rape

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain what the causes of rape are in the society

 

·        Bible reading

·        Group discussion

·        Points of chalkboard

·        Note making

 

·        Written case studies

·        Dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource Person

·        Class textbook

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Fornication

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss factors which lead people to fornication

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Outlining the teachings

·        Suggesting solutions

·        Note making

 

·        Dictionary

·        Resource person

·        Bible(RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Written case studies

   
 

FOUR

 

1

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Adultery

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the bible teaching on adultery and show causes of this evil in our society

 

·        Group discussion

·        Outlining the causes and effects

·        Questions and Answers

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Assignment (make notes)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Resource person (pastor)

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Homosexuality

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define homosexuality

·        List down the bible teachings on homosexuality and suggest solution to this evil

 

·        Explanation

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (make notes)

·        Outlining the causes and effects

 

Bible (RVS) Gen 1:28: Rom 1:26-29

Newspaper cuttings

Dictionary

Teacher’s notes

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Prostitution

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Show why some people engage in prostitution today

 

·        Class discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Teacher’s comments

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

·        Bible (RVS)

Gal5:19-21

Luke 7:36-59

·        Newspaper cuttings

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Christian teachings on effects of irresponsible sexual behaviour

·        HIV & AIDS

 

By The end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Define HIV and STDs

·        Explain the effects of irresponsible sexual behaviour with reference to HIV and AIDS and STIs

 

·        Reading relevant bible verses

·        Listing down STIs

·        Brief talk from guest speaker

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        HIV and AIDS manual for facilitators

·        Doom or Bloom, your choice

·        Audio visual aids

·        Chart/guest

·        Newspaper cuttings

 

 

   
 

FIVE

 

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Sexually transmitted Infections (STIs)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the causes of STIs to the victims and the family at large

 

·        Group discussion

·        Case study

·        Assignment (research more and record in book)

 

 

 

·        Resource person (medical doctor)

·        Audio-visual material

   
 

 

 

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Abortion

·        School drop out

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define abortion

·        Show how irresponsible sexual behavior leads to school drop out

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Reports of group discussion

·        Recite poem

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper

·        Magazine

·        Chalkboard

·        Posters, pictures

·        Diagram

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Separation and Divorce

·        Death

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how irresponsible sexual behavior can lead to death, separation and divorce

 

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and Answers

·        Explanations

·        More research

·        Note making

 

·        Dictionary

·        Magazine

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible (RVS) 1 Cor 7:11, 15-16

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Unplanned pregnancies

·        Street children

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define unplanned pregnancy

·        Explain why children live in the streets

 

·        Group discussion (brainstorming on causes)

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Learners to review the points and express their views and make notes

 

·        Bible

·        Resource person

·        Written case study

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio visual aids

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Psychological problems:

·        Stress

&

Depression

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the causes of stress and depression

 

·        Stories from bible

·        Check meaning

·        Bible stories (Lot, Joseph and Potiphar’s wife)

·        Research more and make notes

 

·        African Religions & Philosophy

·        Charts/posters

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Newspaper

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Self-pity

&

·        Withdrawal

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the solutions for self-pity and withdrawal

 

·        Discussion

·        Questions and answers

·        Note making

·        Bible stories

·        Mime self pity and withdrawal

 

·        Dictionary

·        Charts/posters

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Video tapes

·

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

·        Aggressiveness

&

·        Violence

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Distinguish between aggressiveness and violence

 

·        Brain storming

·        Dramatise violence

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment  (learners to research more from class text and make notes

 

·        Picture showing violence

·        Magazines/newspaper

·        Class textbook

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Traditional African understanding of marriage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the traditional African understanding of marriage

 

·        Talk from resource person

·        Questions and Answers

·        Research and note making

 

·        African Religions and philosophy

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

·        Resource Person

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Christian Teaching on marriage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Christian teaching on Marriage

 

·        Review of previous lesson

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalk board

·        Audio visual aids

·        Class textbook

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Preparation for marriage in Traditional African Society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the traditional approaches to marriage preparation

 

·        Brief talk from Resource person

·        Questions and Answers

·        Assignment (read more from text and make notes)

 

·        African Religion and Philosophy

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Christian teachings on preparation for marriage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe Christian approaches to marriage preparation

 

·        Talk from marriage counselor

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Making and taking notes

 

·        Guest speaker

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

·        Church and marriage by Okullu

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Celibacy as an alternative to marriage

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define celibacy

·        Explain the Christian teaching on celibacy

 

·        Talk from Catholic priest or nun

·        Watching a video

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note taking

 

·        Dictionary

·        Resource person (Catholic priest/nun)

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Video tape

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

Traditional African understanding of the family

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the traditional African understanding of the family

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussion

·        Assignment (read more and make notes from class text)

 

·        African Religion & Philosophy

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Christian understanding of  the family

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the Christian understanding of the family

 

·        Teacher reviews previous lesson

·        Bible reading

·        Debate

·        Summary in point form

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
 

 

 

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Value of responsible parenthood

 

By the end of the lesson ,the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the values of responsible parenthood

 

·        Teacher to give a case study

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussions

·        Assignment (read class textbook and make notes

 

·        Bible(RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Magazines

·        Newspaper

·        Written case studies

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

 

Problems related to family life today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify problems related to family life today

·        Discuss problems related to single family life

 

·        Brainstorming

·        Questions and Answers

·        Discussing the case study

·        Views from students

·        Assignment (Further research & report preparation)

 

·        Class text CRE Bk 3

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Magazines

·        Written case studies

   
 

NINE

 

1

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Traditional African approaches to problems related to family life today  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Evaluate traditional African approaches to family life problems

 

·        Brief talk from resource person

·        Dramatisation (wife beating)

·        Note making and taking

 

·        African Religion & philosophy

·        Chalkboard

·        Learner’s textbook 4

·        Resource person

·        Magazine

·        Audio visual aids

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

Christian approaches to problems related to family life today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Outline the various Christian approaches to family life related problems today

 

·        Bible reading

·        Case study presentation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Watching videos

·        Assignment (note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Written case study

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Magazine

·        Audio-visual aids

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

 

·        Introduction

·        Definition of terms ‘work’ & vocation’

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the terms ‘work’ and ‘vocation’

·        Explain the traditional African attitude to work

 

·        Making notes

·        Class discussion

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Checking meaning

 

·        Photos

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible (RVS)

·        CRE learner’s BK 4

·        Newspaper cuttings

   
   

4

Christian approaches to human sexuality, marriage and family

 

 

 

Christian teachings on work

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the Christian teaching on work

 

Bible reading

Questions and Answers

Explanation

Note making

 

·        Bible(RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

TEN

 

1

 

Christian Approaches to work

 

Roles of professional ethos, ethics and codes in society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the role of professional ethos, ethics and codes in society

 

·        Checking meanings from dictionary

·        Listing common professions

·        Discussions

·        Note making

 

 

·        Dictionary

·        Class textbook BK4

·        Bible (RVS)

·        T.S.C code of regulation

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Christian Approaches to work

 

Virtues related to various types of work:

·        Diligence

·        Honesty/integrity

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Desire to acquire virtues related to work

 

·        Check the meaning from the dictionary

·        Discussing importance of each virtue

 

·        Dictionary

·        Class text Bk

·        Resource person

·        Bible (RVS)

·        T.S.C code of regulation

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

 

 

3

 

Christian Approaches to work

 

·        Faithfulness

·        Responsibility

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be ale to:

·        Outline the benefits of an employee being faithful and responsible to his/her employer

 

·        Discussion in Groups & presenting points on chalkboard

·        Note making

 

·        Resource Person

·        Bible (RSV)

·        T.S.C code of regulation

·        Class text Bk 4

·        Dictionary

·

   
   

4

Christian Approaches to work

 

 

Loyalty & Tolerance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define loyalty and tolerance in relation to work ethics

 

·        Discussion in groups & presenting points on chalkboard

·        Note making

 

·        Dictionary

·        Resource person

·        Bible(RSV)

·        T.S.C code of regulation

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Class textbook 4

   
 

ELEVEN

 

1

 

Christian Approaches to work

 

Moral duties and responsibilities of employers and employees

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the moral duties and responsibilities of employers

 

·        Review previous lesson

·        Questions an d Answers

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Presentations

·        Assignment (writing an essay on same topic

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Group presentations

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        TSC code of regulations

   
   

2

Christian Approaches to work

 

 

Christian approaches to issues related to employment

·        Wages/industrial action

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the biblical teachings on wages

·        Identify the conditions that should be fulfilled to make a strike morally justified

 

·        Review previous lesson

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Case study

·        Assignment (Research on industrial action)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Pictures

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Newspaper cuttings (on strikes)

   
   

3

 

Christian Approaches to work

 

 

Child labour

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the causes of child labour in Kenya

·        Explain why child labour is against Christian teachings

 

·        Group discussion guided by teacher

·        Presentations of findings

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Assignment (write down rights of children)

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Pictures

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Placards

·        Resource person

   
   

4

Christian Approaches to work

 

 

Unemployment and self-employment

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the causes of unemployment in Kenya

·        Appreciate work

 

·        Brainstorming

·        Questions and Answers

·        Group discussion

·        More research and note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Learner’s Bk 4

·        Newspaper cuttings or photos

·        Dictionary

   
 

TWELVE

  REVISION FOR EXAMS    

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Answer questions from all covered areas adequately

  ·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Learners notes

   
 

THIRTEEN

   

END OF TERM ONE EXAM

           
FORM FOUR CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM II

ONE  

1-4

 

Revision of the previous Term’s exam

   

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand what was required as correct in the previous exam

 

·        Discussing in groups

·        Presenting answers

·        Explaining answers

     
 

TWO

 

1

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

·        Introduction

·        Definition of leisure

·        Types of leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the meaning of leisure

·        Appreciate the importance of leisure

·        Identify the different types of leisure

 

·        Questions and Answers

·        Looking for meaning

·        Listing

·        Comparing

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Pictures

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

Traditional African understanding of leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the Traditional African understanding of leisure

 

·        Reviewing

·        Class discussion

·        Singing

·        Reciting poems on work

·        Listing T.A leisure

·        Note making

 

·        Class textbook 4

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

·        Drawings/pictures

   
   

3

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Christian teaching on leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        State the Christian teaching on leisure

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Brief visit to church

·        Observe church activities

·        Assignment from text book

 

·        Collected stories

·        Articles

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Importance of Leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the importance of leisure

·        Appreciate the importance of leisure

 

 

 

·        Text reading

·        Class discussion

 

·        Bible(RVS)

·        Pictures

·        Resource person

·        Class textbook 4

   
THREE  

1

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Various forms and uses of leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        outline various forms of leisure

·        Explain the uses of leisure

 

·        Listings/outlining

·        Definitions

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Audiovisual aids

·        Pictures

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Misuse of leisure today

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain how leisure activities are misused in society today

 

·        Group discussion

·        Essay writing

·        Presentations

·        Assignment(note making

 

·        Pictures

·        Class textbook

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

3

 

 

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Misuse/abuse of drugs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the causes and effects of drug abuse

 

·        Role play

·        Assignment (bible reading and note making)

·        Questions and Answers

·        Brief lecture

 

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Abuse of alcohol

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the causes of alcohol abuse

·        Strive to discourage alcohol abuse in the community

 

·        Bible reading

·        Teacher’s comment

·        Talk from resource person

·        Role play

·        Assignment (note making)

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Resource person

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Bible (RVS)

   
 

FOUR

 

1

 

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Effects of drug abuse

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the effects of drug abuse

·        Strive to live a productive life

 

·        Group discussion

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Questions and Answers

·        Role play

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

 

Remedies of drug abuse

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss what Christians can do in order to curb the abuse of drugs

·        Strive to live a productive life

 

·        Draw examples from society and Bible

·        Sharing with a resource person

·        Assignment

·        Making notes

 

Bible (RVS)

Class text CRE Bk 4

Resource person

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to leisure

 

 

Christian criteria for evaluating the use of leisure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the Christian criteria for evaluating the use of leisure

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Highlighting main points (teacher)

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class text CRE BK 4

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

·        Introduction

·        Definitions

ü  Wealth\

ü  Money

ü  Poverty

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the concept wealth money and poverty

·        Appreciate wealth as a blessing from God

 

·        Short lecture

·        Questions /Answers

·        Checking meaning

·        Note making

 

·        CRE Bk 4

·        English dictionary

·        Realia (money)

·        Audio Visuals

·        Chalkboard

   
 

FIVE

 

1

 

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

Traditional African understanding of wealth and poverty

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the tradition of African understanding of wealth and poverty

 

·        Talk from resource person

·        Explanation

·        Question and Answers

·        Views from student

·        Summary & note making

 

·        Modern Christian living pg 138

·        Introduction to African Religions by Mbithi

·        Audio-visual material

·        Resource person

   
   

2

 

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

Impact of money economy in Traditional African Society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be albe to:

·        Describe the impact of the introduction of money economy on traditional African society

 

·        Group discussion

·        Points on Chalkboard

·        Summarise explanations (teacher)

·        Assignment (essay writing on same topic)

 

·        Regalia

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual material

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

Christian teachings on money, wealth and poverty

(i)                money

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain Christian teachings on money and wealth

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanations

·        Group discussions

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note taking

 

·        Modern Christian living

·        Chalkboard

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

4

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

(ii)              Wealth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Appreciate the Christian teachings on money and wealth

 

·        Reading more from class textbook

·        Making notes

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Audio-visual material

·        Chalkboard

·        Modern Christian living

   
 

SIX

 

1

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

(iii)             Poverty

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define poverty

·        Explain Christian teachings on poverty

 

·        Checking meaning

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Song presentation

·        Note making

 

·        Dictionary

·        Audio-visual material

·        Chalkboard, posters, songs

   
   

2 & 3

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

 

Christian approaches to issues related to wealth

·        Fair distribution

·        Bribery/corruption

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss Christian approaches to fair distribution of wealth

·        Desire to lead a life free of bribery and corruption

 

·        Check meaning

·        Class discussion

·        Explanations/Answers

·        Assignment project

 

·        Photographs

·        Dictionary

·        Posters

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

Life skills

·        Decision making

·        Critical thing

·        Creative thinking

·        Self-esteem

·        Assertiveness

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the importance of the following life skills:

·        Decision making

·        Creative thinking

·        Assertiveness

 

·        Brief lecture

·        Questions & Answers

·        Explanation to the steps

·        Assignment: read more and  make notes

 

·        Chalkboard

·        English dictionary

·        Audio-visual materials

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

SEVEN

 

1

 

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

Christian Values

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Uphold Christian values of love and honesty in acquisition and use of wealth

 

·        Finding meaning of terms

·        Bile reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions/answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Audio-visual material

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

·        Introduction

·        Definitions of terms:

-Law

Order

-Justice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the term ‘law’, ‘order’ and ‘justice’

·        Show the relationship between law, order and justice

 

·        Check meaning

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Reading textbook

·        Making notes

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Dictionary

·        A set of school rules/regulations

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

Traditional African practices that promote law, order and justice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe the traditional African practices that promote law, order and justice

 

Review of past lesson

Question & Answers

Talk from resource person

Note taking

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Resource person

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

Biblical teachings on law, order and justice

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the biblical teachings on law order and justice

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Question &  Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Class textbook

·        Teacher’s notes

·        Modern Christian living

   
 

EIGHT

 

1

 

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

The need for law, order and justice in the society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Give reasons for law, order and justice in the society

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Group discussion

·        Question & Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Class textbook

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Pictures, chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

2

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

 

Rights and duties of citizens

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Explain the rights of citizens

·        Strive to be obedient citizens

 

·        Questions and answers

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making

 

·        A chart

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Class textbook

   
   

3

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

Causes of Social disorder

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Discuss the causes of social disorder

·        Shun discrimination

 

·        Group discussion

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Questions and Answers

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Dictionary

·        Chalkboard

·        Newspaper/magazine

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

Remedies to social disorders

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Strive to promote law, order and justice

 

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Questions and Answers

·        Resource person’s talk

·        Note making

 

 

·        Bible (RSV)

·        Pictures

·        Dictionary

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

NINE

 

1

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

Christian participation in the

(i)                Society

(ii)              Economic life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Evaluate the role of Christian society

 

·        Class discussion

·        Question and answers

·        Points on chalkboard

·        Read bible references

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Chalkboard

·        Teachers’ notes

   
 

 

 

2

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

(iii)             Political Life

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the role of Christians in transforming the economic and political life of the society

 

·        Explanation

·        Reading text CRE bk 4

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

3 & 4

Christian approaches to money, wealth and poverty

 

 

The Church and the State relationship

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to:

·        Discuss church-state relationship

 

·        Group discussion

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Highlight main ideas

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Church and politics in Kenya by Okullu

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Chalkboard

   
 

TEN

ELEVEN

TWELVE

THIRTEEN

 

 

 

REVISION & MOCK EXAMS

           
FORM FOUR CRE

SCHEMES OF WORK

TERM III

 

ONE

 

1

 

 

4

 

Revision of End of Term II Mock Exam

   

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Understand what was required as the correct answers in the Mock Exams

 

·        Group discussions

·        Questions and Answers

     
 

TWO

 

1

 

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

·        Introduction

·        Definition of

(i)                Science

(ii)              Technology

(iii)             Environment Euthanasia

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define the terms

(i)                Science

(ii)              Technology

(iii)             Environment

·        Explain the Christian views on euthanasia

 

·        General overview

·        Bible reading

·        Questions and answers

·        Explanations

·        Group discussions

·        Summarize

·        Assignment (learners to make notes)

 

·        Class textbook 4

·        Bible (Gen 1:1-31)

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Teachers notes

   
   

2

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

 

·        Blood transfusion

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

·        Define blood transfusion

·        Explain the Christian view on blood transfusion

·        Appreciate the sanctity of life

 

·        Define terms

·        Questions and answers

·        Resource person (nurse) to give talk on the issue

·        Listing dangers of blood transfusion

·        Note making

 

·        Resource person

·        Dictionary

·        Saline solution, Ringer’s solution

·        Class text book 4

·        Bible (RVS)

   
   

3

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment  

·        Organ transplant

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define organ transplant

·        Make morally upright decisions on the issue of organ transplant

 

·        Check meaning

·        Group discussion

·        Mentioning organs

·        Listing on chalkboard

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Note making

 

·        Documentary

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

·        Dictionary

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Teacher’s notes

   
   

4

 

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

·        Genetic Engineering

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Define genetic engineering

·        Make moral decisions on the issue of genetic engineering

 

·        Check meaning

·        Sharing in groups

·        Presentations and discussion

·        Note making

 

·        Types of genetically engineered foods

·        Pictures

·        Resource person

·        Class textbook 4

·        Chalkboard

·        Teacher’s notes

   
 

THREE

 

1

 

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

Plastic surgery

 

By the end of the lesson, the learners should be able to:

·        Define plastic surgery

·        Explain the Christian view on plastic surgery

·        Bible reading

·        Explanation

·        Mentioning ways of improving a person’s appearance

·        Debate

·        Note making

·

 

·        Resource person

·        Audio-visual aids

·        Pictures

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Chalkboard

   
   

2

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

 

·        The Christian views on the effect of Science and Technology on the environment

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define pollution and desertification

·        Appreciation our environment

 

 

·        Check meaning

 

·        Bible reading

 

·        Explanation

 

·        Question and answers

 

·        Note making

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cutting

·        Class textbook

·        Pictures

   
   

3-4

 

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

 

Pollution & the environment

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the types of pollution

·        State the effects of pollution on our environment

 

·        Brief visit (Field trip)

·        Discussing the role of a Christian in keeping the environment clean

·        Assignment (more research and report writing

 

·        Bible (RVS)

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Pictures

   
 

FOUR

 

1-2

 

Christian approaches to issues related to modern science, technology & Environment

 

 

Desertification

By The end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        List causes of desertification

·        State the effects of desertification on the environment

 

·        Brief visit (field trip)

·        Discussing the effects of desertification on the environment

·        Assignment (more research and report writing

 

·        Bible

·        Newspaper cuttings

·        Resource person

·        Chalkboard

   
   

3-4

 

Sample Examination Papers

           
FIVE 1-4  

REVISION FOR NATIONAL EXAMS

           
    NATIONAL EXAMS            

 

 

 

Grade 3 Free Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work

Grade 3 Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work |

Looking for free Grade three learning resources? You are now at the right place. Access free Grade 3 assessment exams, notes, and schemes of work on here. Improve your child’s learning with our comprehensive resources.

[bsk-pdfm-pdfs-columns id=”345,346,347,348,349,350,351,352,353,354,355,356″ columns=”2″ target=”_blank”]

 

 

 

.

Schemes of work grade 1 term 1 to 3

Download all grade one CBC schemes of work here. Also available in this site are notes, exams and all revision materials.

FREE AND UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK- GRADE 1

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- CRE

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- MUSIC

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- KISWAHILI

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- HYGIENE AND NUTRITION

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- ART AND CRAFT

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- KISWAHILI

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- ENGLISH ACTIVITIES

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- LITERACY ACTIVITIES

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- HYGIENE & NUTRITION ACTIVITIES

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- MATHEMATICS TERM 3

GRADE ONE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK- MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES TERM 3

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES OF ACTIVITIES- CRE ACTIVITIES SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 1 TERM 3

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES- HYGIENE AND NUTRITION  TERM ONE

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES – MUSIC ACTIVITIES GRADE 1 TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES- MUSIC ACTIVITIES GRADE 1 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES- HYGIENE & NUTRITION GRADE 3 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC)

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES- ART & CRAFT ACTIVITIES GRADE 1 SCHEME OF WORK FOR TERM 2 COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM(CBC) 

FREE GRADE ONE SCHEMES – SCHEMES OF WORK CRE ACTIVITIES GRADE 1

Popular

free schemes of work pdf,
grade one schemes of work term 2,
schemes of work grade 1 2021,
grade one schemes of work 2021,
free cbc schemes of work grade 4,
schemes of work grade one term two,
mathematics scheme of work for grade 1,
schemes of work grade 1 term 3,

FORM 3 GEOGRAPHY JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES PDF

 FORM GEOGRAPHY   CONTEST PAPER

TIME: 2: 00 HRS

INSTRUCTION TO THE CANDIDATES

This paper contains five sections

Answer all questions in this paper in the answer sheet provided

Answer all the questions in English

SECTION A : (PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-STRUCTURED)(20 MARKS)

  1. (a) What is equinox ? (2 marks)

 

(b)    State two reasons for high temperatures in the interior of the earth                       (2 marks)

 

  1. (a) Name two features formed due to earth movements.             (2 marks)

(b)   Outline three evidences supporting continental drift theory                        (3 marks)

 

  1. Name three features resulting from extrusive volcanic activity. (3marks)

 

  1. (a) Define weathering. (2 marks)

(b) List two types of weathering.                                                                                   (2 marks)

  1. Use the diagram below to answer question (a)

 

(a) Identify the features labelled S and T                                                           (2 marks)

 

(b) Name two types of river erosion                                                                   (2 marks)

 

            SECTION B: MAP WORK                                (20 MARKS)

 

  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer the following questions.

 

(a)(i) Give the longitudinal extent of the area covered by map.                              (2 marks)

(ii) Name two types of scale used in the map                                                        (2 marks)

(iii) Identify two human features at grid square 3699                                          (2 marks)

(b) Name three types of natural vegetation in the area covered by map.              (3 marks)

(c ) Draw a rectangle 8cm by 6 cm to represent area bound by Easting 30 and 34 and Northing 90 and 93.                                                                                                 (2 marks)

On it mark and label.

  •                                                               (1mark)
  • All weather road bound surface. (1 mark)
  •                                                   (1 mark)

(d) Describe the relief of the area covered by map.                                                   (5 marks)

 

    SECTION C:    STATISTICS                              (20 MARKS)

  1. The table below shows the forest products of different countries in Kenya between 2009 and 2011 in tones.

Use it to answer the questions below.

 

COUNTY 2009 2010 2011
UASIN GISHU 320 340 380
KAKAMEGA 260 280 300
BOMET 200 240 280
KERICHO 300 350 370

 

 

(a ) (i) . Use a scale 1 cm represents 100 tonnes to draw a compound bar to represent the above data.                                                                                                                        (8 marks)

(ii) Give three advantages of using compound bar graphs as a method of data presentation                                                                                                                       (3 marks)

(b) (i) What is agroforestry?                                                                                          (2 marks)

(ii) Give three reasons why the government is encouraging agroforestry in Kenya.

(3 marks)

(c ) State four factors favouring development of softwoods in Kenya.                    (4 marks)

   SECTION D: PHOTOGRAPH WORK                                      (20 MARKS)

  1. Study the photograph shown and answer the questions that follow
  • (i) Identify the type of photograph                                                          (1 mark)
  • Draw a rectangle 10cm by 6cm to represent the main features in the photograph. (5 marks)
  • (i) Name the type of mining shown above.                                                       (1 mark)

(ii) Explain three effects of this type of mining to the environment.             (6 marks)

(c ) (i) Name three areas of gold mining in South Africa.                                      (3 marks)

(ii) State four significance of gold mining to the economy of South Africa. (4 marks)

 

SECTION E:    CLIMATE, VEGETATION AND FIELD WORK)       (20MARKS)

  1. (a ) i) Give three characteristics of convectional rainfall.                                      ( 3 marks)
  2.  ii)    Name two instruments kept in a Stevenson screen                                     (2 marks)

(b). (i) State three characteristics of climate experienced in the Kenya Highlands. (3  marks)

(ii) List two greenhouse gases.                                                                                   ( 2 marks)

(c ) (i) Outline four characteristics of the dominant natural vegetation in the Narok region.                                                                                                                                               (3 marks)

(ii) Describe the characteristics of coniferous forests.                                            (4 marks)

(d ) You intend to carry out fieldwork in a forested area:

  • State two objectives you might formulate for the study. (2 marks)
  • Give one reason for drawing a time schedule.  ( 1 mark)



         FORM    THREE   GEOGRAPHY   

                                          MARKING SCHEME

                     

SECTION A : (PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-STRUCTURED)(20 MARKS)

  1. (a) What is equinox ? (2 marks)
  • is the date when the sun is overhead at the equator at mid day

(b)    State two reasons for high temperatures in the interior of the earth                       (2 marks)

 

  • The interior of the earth cooled slowly after breaking away from the sun hence retained much of its original temperatures
  • The weight of the overlying materials / layers exerts pressure on the core resulting in high temperatures
  • Radioactivity taking place within the earth releases a lot of energy in form of heat(2 x 1 = 2mks).

 

  1. (a) Name two features formed due to earth movements. (2 marks)

 

  • Fold mountains
  • Formation of trenches
  • Mid-ocean ridges

 

(b)   Outline three evidences supporting continental drift theory                         (3 marks)

 

  • paleontological evidence(similar fosills
  • Jigsaw fit of continental margins
  • Geological evidence /similarity in rocks
  • Paleoclimatic evidence
  • Biological evidence
  • Sea floor spreading
  • Evidences of continental drift
  1. Name three features resulting from extrusive volcanic activity. (3marks)

 

  • Composite cones
  • Lava domes
  • Plug domes
  • Spine / volcano plug
  • Hot springs and geysers
  • Lava plateau
  • Crater / caldera
  • Ash and cinder cones.
  1. (a) Define weathering. (2 marks)

Weathering is mechanical breakdown or chemical decay of rocks in situ (without movement)

(b) List two types of weathering.                                                                                   (2 marks)

  • Mechanical /physical
  • Biological /biotic
  • Chemical weathering
  1. Use the diagram below to answer question (a)

(a) Identify the features labeled S and T                                                           (2 marks)

S-resistant rock cap/horizontal rock

T-Plunge pool

 

(b) Name two types of river erosion                                                                   (2 marks)

  • Head ward erosion /Spring sapping
  • Lateral erosion
  • Vertical erosion
  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer the following questions.

(a)(i) Give the longitudinal extent of the area covered by map.                              (2 marks

 

  • 36 0 30’E to 36 0 45’ E =15’

(ii) Name two types of scale used in the map                                                        (2 marks)

  • Linear scale

ratio scale.

(iii) Identify two human features at grid square 3699                                          (2 marks)

  • Houses
  • Dry weather

 

 

(b) Name three types of natural vegetation in the area covered by map.              (3 marks)

  • Wood land
  • Bamboo
  • Scrub
  • Thickets
  • Forests
  • Scattered trees

 

(c ) Draw a rectangle 8cm by 6 cm to represent area bound by Easting 30 and 34 and Northing 90 and 93.                                                                                                 (2 marks)

On it mark and label.

  • (1mark)
  • All weather road bound surface. (1 mark)
  • (1 mark)

 

A RECTANGLE SHOWING THE BY  AREA BOUND BY EASTING 30AND 34 AND NORTHING 90  AND 93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) Describe the relief of the area covered by map.                                                   (5 marks)

  • The area covered by the map has conical hills eg Kijabe hill
  • The area covered by the map has escarpment .
  • The area covered by the map has valleys eg Ewaso Kedong Valley
  • The area covered by the map has many river valleys .
  • The highest point in the area covered by the map is 2660m and the lowest is 1720m
  • The land is flat around the plantations in the northern part of the map
  • The Eastern part of the area covered by the map is gently sloppy this is evidenced by wide spread contours
  • The area has steep slopes on the north eastern part

 

    SECTION C:                                                     STATISTICS                              (20 MARKS)

  1. The table below shows the forest products of different countries in Kenya between 2009 and 2011 in tones.

Use it to answer the questions below.

 

COUNTY 2009 2010 2011
UASIN GISHU 320 340 380
KAKAMEGA 260 280 300
BOMET 200 240 280
KERICHO 300 350 370

 

(a ) (i) . Use a scale 1 cm represents 100 tonnes to draw a compound bar to represent the above data.                                                                                                                        (8 marks)

(ii) Give three advantages of using compound bar graphs as a method of data presentation                                                                                                                       (3 marks)

The create a good visual impression

The can be used to show many commodities

It is used where there is need for comparison

(b) (i) What is agroforestry?                                                                                          (2 marks)

is a land use system, which enables the production of trees, crops and livestock on a given unit of land either in spatial arrangement

(ii) Give three reasons why the government is encouraging agroforestry in Kenya.

(3 marks)

 

(c ) State four factors favouring development of softwoods in Kenya.                    (4 marks)

  • Cool climate in the Kenya highlands for tree growth
  • Fertile soils-Volcanic soils within the Kenya highlands
  • High precipitation ranging between 1000-2000 which favours growth of trees
  • Rugged landscape in some areas which discourages settlements and agriculture leaving growing of trees as the only alternative
  • Varied altitude which favours growth of different types of trees due to varied temperatures and rainfall
  • Creation of forests reserves which enables forests to develop without interference form humans

 

   SECTION D:                           PHOTOGRAPH WORK                                      (20 MARKS)

  1. Study the photograph shown and answer the questions that follow
  • (i) Identify the type of photograph                                                          (1 mark)
  • ground general view
  • Draw a rectangle 10cm by 6cm to represent the main features in the photograph.                        (5 marks)

 

 

A SKETCH OF THE PHOTOGRAPH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • (i) Name the type of mining shown above.                                                       (1 mark)
  • open cast mining

(ii) Explain three effects of this type of mining to the environment.             (6 marks)

  • The land is left with gaping quarries which are ugly and interferes with the beauty of land. √
  • The heaps of rocks hinder any other forms of land use. √
  • The clearing of land before extraction of minerals exposes it to soil erosion. √
  • dust produced is a health hazard and pollutes the atmosphere. √
  • It causes shortage of land as people are displaced. √
  • Open cast mines create ponds which become habitat for disease vectors. √
  • It destroys the natural vegetation. √
  • Large scale blasting of rocks leads to instability of the basement rocks. √ 6marks.

(c ) (i) Name three areas of gold mining in South Africa.                                      (3 marks)

  • The Rand/Witwatersrand.
  • Orange Free State.

(ii) State four significance of gold mining to the economy of South Africa. (4 marks)

  • It earns Republic of South Africa foreign exchange through exports.
  • It’s a major source of employment thus helping raise the living standards.
  • It has led to widespread urbanization contributing to the formation of conurbation in the Rand.
  • The profit accrued from gold has been used to develop infrastructure- roads, railways, and social amenities.
  • It has led to the development of industries in the Orange Free State and Trans-vaal.

SECTION E:    CLIMATE, VEGETATION AND FIELD WORK)       (20MARKS)

  1. (a ) i) Give three characteristics of convectional rainfall.                                      ( 3 marks)
  • Occurs in the afternoon
  • Is short lived
  • Occurs in large drops
  • Is Torrential
  • Is accompanied by thunder and lightning
  • Usually accompanied by hailstones
  1. ii) Name two instruments kept in a Stevenson screen                                     (2 marks)
  • Thermometer
  • Hygrometer

(b). (i) State three characteristics of climate experienced in the Kenya Highlands. (3  marks)

 

  • Temperature ranges between 170C to 240C
  • Annual rainfall totals are between 1000mm – 1500mm
  • Humidity is moderate
  • Annual range of temperature is 30C to 50C
  • Coolest months are between June and August the rest are warm
  • Orographic / relief rainfall is experienced
  • Has double maxima rainfall regime.
  • Rainfall occurs throughout the year (long rains between March and May, short rains between September and December )

 

(ii) List two greenhouse gases.                                                                                   ( 2 marks)

  • Carbon dioxide (CO2)
  • Chlorofluorocarbons (CFS)
  • Methane
  • Nitrous oxide (N2O)

(c ) (i) Outline four characteristics of the dominant natural vegetation in the Narok region.                                                                                                                                               (3 marks)

  • Consist of a mixture of trees and grass.
  • Grass is the dominant type of vegetation of the savanna./ Grass dominates the vegetation
  • Most of the trees are umbrella-shaped.
  • The common tree species are acacia, baobab, palms and ceiba.
  • Some trees are stunted barks and are drought resistant.
  • Most of the trees shade their leaves during the dry season and the grass withers and dry up.
  • Some of the trees have long tap roots which develop in the ground.
  • Some of the trees like baobab have thick stems.
  • Along some river valleys there are tall trees and thick bush /River valleys have tall trees and thick bushes/ riverine vegetation
  • In the wetter areas the grass is tall and close together
  • The grass dominates the undergrowth ( in the woodlands)
  • In the drier areas, the grass is shorter and tufted
  • The trees are shorter more scattered
  • During the wet season, the grass withers away/ trees shed their  leaves/trees are deciduous
  • During the dry season, the grass sprouts and the dormant seeds germinate.

(ii) Describe the characteristics of coniferous forests.                                            (4 marks)

  • Trees respond to harsh climatic conditions which include cold winters, cool summers and high summer rainfall.
  • Trees have needle leaves that help to reduce transpiration.
  • Trees have a conical structure which helps in stability during strong winds and also in dripping snow to the ground.
  • Trees have deep roots that spread out widely to absorb maximum amount of water.
  • Trees have great uniform stands with little undergrowth.
  • The forest species are generally few, covering large tracks of land.

 

(d ) You intend to carry out fieldwork in a forested area:

  • State two objectives you might formulate for the study. (2 marks)
  • To find out the uses of the vegetation in the tropical rain forest.
  • To identify the plant species in the forest.
  • To investigate the influence of aspect on vegetation.
  • To determine the relationship between attitude and vegetation.
  • Give one reason for drawing a time schedule. ( 1 mark)

 

  • To ensure proper time management and reduce tendency of wasting time.
  • To ensure that all important areas are adequately covered.
  • Ensures that the researcher remains on course.
  • It is a pointer as to how much time will be required for the study.

Free SCHEMES of work Downloads

Primary School CBC schemes of work free downloads

Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for …

https://educationnewshub.co.ke › fre…
Download our free schemes of work for all classes, grades and PP1-3. These schemes are for Term 1, 2 and 3. Do not pay for schemes of work when you can download …

Primary schools free CBC schemes of work for all grades

Download free Primary schools Competency Based Curriculum, CBC, schemes of work for all grades, here. These schemes and other resources are absolutely free. GRADE 1…

Latest primary school schemes of work for all grades and classes (Complete CBC schemes)

You can now get complete and latest primary school schemes of work for all grades and classes (Complete CBC schemes). Check and download all…

Schemes of Work For Primary Schools (All Grades and Classes)

Looking for Schemes of Work For Primary Schools (All Grades and Classes)? Look no further. Download all the updated schemes of work for primary…

Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for all classes, grades and PP1-2…

Are you in need of free and updated primary school schemes of work? Download our free schemes of work for all classes, grades and…

KNAT CLASS 8 EXAMS 2021-2022 WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Download the latest KNAT EXAMS 2021-2022 WITH their MARKING SCHEMES. These resources are available at no cost. You can also get unlimited free secondary…

JESMA exams 2021-2022 Class 8 With Marking Schemes

You can now download unlimited JESMA exams 2021-2022 Class 8 With Marking Schemes. Also available are latest Examination Series from Signal, Mentor, Targeter, KNAT…

The new Diploma in Primary Education (DPTE) Course; Full details, intakes and requirements

Are you looking forward to undertake the new the new Diploma in Primary Education (DPTE) Course? Well. With the phasing out of the P1…

2022 Kenya Certificate of Primary Education – KCPE Results Analysis

Kenya Certificate of Primary Education – KCPE | See the latest Kenya Certificate of Primary Education KNEC – KCPE exams results for 2021/2022 academic…

Physics Schemes of work term 1-3, Form 4

In need of free Physics Schemes of work? Download them below at no cost.. Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of work…

Grade 3 schemes of work free downloads

Are you in need of free grade 3 schemes of work? You can now download all the grade 3 schemes of work here at…

GRADE 3 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

Get free grade 3 term 3 schemes of work here at no cost; GRADE 3 SCHEMES- Literacy Activities or Braille Literacy Activities GRADE 3 SCHEMES- Kiswahili…

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK FORM ONE TERM 1-3

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK FORM ONE  TERM I REFERENCES: Secondary Physics KLB Comprehensive Secondary Physics Principles of Physics Golden Tips Teacher’s Book WK LSN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES L/ACTIVITIES L/T AIDS REFERENCE REMARKS 1-4   REPORTING   5 1-2 Introduction To Physics Physics as a…

STANDARD 8 ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

English schemes of work Standard Eight Term I References New progressive primary English teacher’s guide book 8 New progressive primary English pupil’s book 8 Primary English…

Form 1 to 4 free exams and marking schemes

Here is a collection of the latest termly examinations for form one, two, three and four. Get the free termly examinations for all subjects…

Form 4 latest exam papers plus their marking schemes

Looking for the latest Form four exam papers plus their marking schemes? Well. Download all these examinations here at no cost. The exams are…

Grade PP2 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Get free access to all the latest PP2 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the cost…

Grade 3 scheme of work pdf Term 1-3

Download free Grade 3 CBC scheme of work pdf for Term 1-3. Get these and many more free teaching materials at the Teachers’ Resources…

Free Updated Grade 5 Schemes Of Work Term 1,2 And 3

Get unlimited free downloads of all Updated Grade 5 Schemes Of Work Term 1,2 And 3. GRADE FIVE FREE SCHEMES OF WORK. AGRICULTURE FREE GRADE 5…

Form three latest updated notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free

Form three latest updated notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FOR FORM 3 UPDATED Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  0 SCHEME …

TSC latest recruitment guidelines for primary school teachers; Interview score sheet, marking schemes

The Teachers Service Commission, TSC, usually carries out annual mass recruitment for new teachers in July/ August yearly. The commission at the same time periodically…

STANDARD 8 SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK STANDARD EIGHT TERM I REFERENCES: SCIENCE IN ACTION PUPILS BOOK8, OXFORD PUBLISHERS SCIENCE IN ACTION TEACHER’S GUIDE BOOK 8 OXFORD PUBLISHERS PRIMARY SCIENCE…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 2

    SCHEMES  OF  WORK             FORM TWO GEOGRAPHY                   TERM ONE YEAR 20………….     WK NO   L/ NO TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES   TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS & RESOURCES   REF.   REMARKS     1 1 INTERNAL LAND-FORMING PROCESSES   Earth movements.   By the end of the lesson, the leaner…

KCSE AGRICULTURE REVISION PAPERS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

AGRICULTURE  I SECTION A.  State two uses of a rotavator. 1mk List two methods of controlling coffee berry disease 1mk Identify four sources of…

ENGLISH FORM ONE TO FOUR ALL UPDATED SCHEMES

  ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING punctuation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be…

COMPUTER FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 TO 3

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 1 Reporting from home and settling for the first term   2   1       Definition of networking terms   By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

CLASS 8 ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

English schemes of work Standard Eight Term I References New progressive primary English teacher’s guide book 8 New progressive primary English pupil’s book 8 Primary English…

Free updated schemes of work for all subjects (Secondary; Form 1-4)

You may be looking for the latest Schemes of work for all Secondary school subjects. You have reached the right place as these new…

FORM 1 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

REFERENCES: Longhorn Secondary Agriculture Book Top mark Agriculture Certificate Agriculture Book Gateway Agriculture revision KLB Secondary Agriculture Teacher’s Guide WK LSN     TOPIC     SUB-TOPIC SUB-TOPICS   OBJECTIVES   L/ACTIVITIES   L/T AIDS   REFERENCE   REMARKS   4               1   Introduction to Agriculture     Definition and branches…

History Schemes of work term 1-3, Form 1 to 4

Looking for free History and Government Schemes of work? Download them below at no cost.. Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of…

KCPE 2020 results analysis for top schools- Eronge Adventist Primary Boarding

KCPE 2020 top 100 schools- Eronge Adventist Primary Boarding School in Nyamira County recorded impressive results in the 2020 Kenya Certificate of Primary Education…

Grade 1 Term 2 Schemes Of Work For 11 Weeks

Looking for Grade 1 Term 2 CBC Schemes Of Work for the revised school calendar? Well. Get all the schemes here for term 2…

Grade 5 CBC schemes of work free- term 1 to 3

Download free grade 5 schemes of work here; GRADE 5 FREE CBC SCHEMES FOR English  GRADE 5 FREE CBC SCHEMES FOR Kiswahili or Kenya Sign Language GRADE…

Grade PP1 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Get free access to all the latest PP1 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the cost…

End of term 1, 2 and 3 Free Exams; Questions plus marking schemes for…

Download free end term exams in all subjects for form 1-4. The exams are for all terms and their marking schemes are available for…

Class 8 free latest schemes of work downloads

You can now download free standard 8 schemes of work for all subjects. The schemes are updated and also in editable (word) format. You…

Schemes of work for all subjects, free updated downloads- Secondary schools

If you are in need of schemes of work in all subjects, then this is the right place to get them. Here you will…

AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM ONE TO FOUR: UPDATED

Here are updated agriculture schemes of work for all forms. The schemes have been drafted by using a number of reference materials; Longhorn Secondary…

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK FORM ONE LATEST

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK FORM ONE TERM I REFERENCES: Secondary Physics KLB Comprehensive Secondary Physics Principles of Physics Golden Tips Teacher’s Book Physics by Nelkon WK LSN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES L/ACTIVITIES L/T AIDS REFERENCE REMARKS 1-4   REPORTING   5 1-2 Introduction To…

Pre-Primary Two (PP2) Free CBC Exams

Get the latest Pre-Primary Two (PP2) Free CBC Exams downloads here. These Assessments are available absolutely at no cost. Get these and many other…

Free Grade 5 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes

Looking for free Grade 5 Competency Based Curriculum, CBC, Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes? Well. You can download all the CBC resources on this…

Free Secondary and Primary school notes, exams, schemes, lesson plans, revision materials, Home and…

Looking for free Secondary and Primary school notes, exams, schemes, lesson plans, revision materials, Home and Holiday Assignments? Look no further. Here you can…

PHYSICS FORM 1-4 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

PHYSICS FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 5 1-2 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS Physics as a science By the end of the lesson, the learner should be…

Agriculture Schemes of work term 1-3 Form 1

Here are the Form One Agriculture schemes of work for term 1, 2 and 3. Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of…

PP2 schemes of work term 1-3 pdf

Get free downloads of all the CBC PP2 schemes of work for term 1-3. LATEST CBC PP2 SCHEMES OF WORK FOR TERM 2. ART & CRAFT…

PRIMARY EDUCATION SYLLABUS

1 REPUBLIC OF KENYA MINISTRY OF EDUCATION PRIMARY EDUCATION SYLLABUS Volume Two SUBJECTS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE, SOCIAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION, HINDU RELIGIOUS EDUCATION & ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS EDUCATION KENYA INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION APRIL 2002 2 Fist Published in…

GRADE 1 TERM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK FREE

Get free grade 1 term 3 schemes of work here at no cost; GRADE 1 FREE SCHEMES- Literacy Activities or Braille Literacy Activities GRADE 1 FREE…

Free primary and secondary notes, schemes and exams

Looking for free primary and secondary notes, exams, schemes of work and revision materials? Get all these and many more resources below; Your free education…

Latest TSC 2022 employment guidelines and marking schemes for teachers; 2022 teacher recruitment guidelines

TSC LATEST GUIDELINES FOR RECRUITMENT OF TEACHERS POST PRIMARY INSTITUTIONS (SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES)  1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Following the advertisement for recruitment of teachers by the…

Latest Chemistry Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Chemistry Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free CHEMISTRY FORM 3 END TERM EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS Teachers’ Resources Media…

CLASS 8 SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK STANDARD EIGHT TERM I REFERENCES: SCIENCE IN ACTION PUPILS BOOK8, OXFORD PUBLISHERS SCIENCE IN ACTION TEACHER’S GUIDE BOOK 8 OXFORD PUBLISHERS PRIMARY SCIENCE…

Free form 1, 2, 3, and 4 revision materials and marking schemes (Topic by…

Are you looking for Free form 1, 2, 3, and 4 revision materials and marking schemes (Topic by topic questions and answers for all…

BIOLOGY SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (TERM 1-3 EDITABLE)

BIOLOGY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY Definition of Biology By the end of the lesson, the learner…

Grade 4 free schemes of work, notes and exams

Get free Grade four (4) schemes of work, notes and examinations here. Click on the links below to get the lower primary teaching/ learning…

Latest Home Science Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans,…

Latest Home Science Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free HOME SCIENCE TEACHING UPDATED NOTES Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  0 Home…

HISTORY SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS SCHEMES OF WORK HISTORY FORM ONE TERM I   4                 1   Introduction to History and Government       –         Meaning of history –         Meaning of Government   By the end of the lesson, the learner…

Class 5, 6, 7 and 8 free schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and…

Get free class 5, 6, 7 and 8 updated schemes of work in this site. Check below for absolutely free schemes of work. FREE AND…

KCSE 2020 exam papers and marking schemes in free pdf download

The 2020 Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE) examination papers and marking schemes are now available in free pdf download. Simply find all the…

Latest English Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest English Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free FORM TWO ENGLISH LATEST NOTES Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  0 FORM TWO…

Latest Computer Studies Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans,…

Latest Computer Studies Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free COMPUTER STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4 Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  4 COMPUTER…

Form four latest updated notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free

Form four latest updated notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free Click on the titles/ headings below to download respective resources at…

Free CBC schemes of work grade 4 term 2

Looking for free and updated Grade four CBC Schemes of Work? Download all the schemes here at no cost. Do not hesitate to download…

Latest Physics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Physics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free KISII BOYS HIGH SCHOOL FORM 2 PHYSICS EXAMS Teachers’ Resources Media…

Class 7 schemes of work term 1-3

Download free Class 7 Schemes, below. For these and many more free teaching materials, for both learners and teachers, visit; The Teachers’ Resources Portal. FREE…

Primary Schools To Benefit From Padding Girls Initiative

Padding the Girl Initiative, an NGO targets to provide 1,500 girls in 12 primary schools in Nambale Constituency with free sanitary pads in a programme dubbed ‘Zero…

Latest Kiswahili Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Kiswahili Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free Free Kiswahili notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams,…

Free Grade 2 schemes of work; Download now

Looking for Free Grade 2 schemes of work? Download all the grade two schemes of work in this page for free. Just click on…

Computer Studies Schemes of work term 1-3, Form 1-4

Get free Computer Studies Schemes of work, below. Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of work here; Free updated schemes of work for all…

GRADE 2 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

Get free grade 2 term 3 schemes of work here at no cost; GRADE 2 SCHEMES- Literacy Activities or Braille Literacy Activities GRADE 2 SCHEMES- Kiswahili…

COMPUTER FORM 1-4 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1 TO 3

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS   1                 1     DEFINITION OF A COMPUTER   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to ·       …

FORM FOUR MOKASA HISTORY EXAMINATIONS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES

311/1 HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT PAPER 1 TIME: 2½ hours FORM FOUR MOKASA 2 EXAMINATION WITH MARKING SCHEME Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT Paper 1 Section A (25 marks) …

Free Grade 3 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes

You can now download Free Grade 3 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes here. The CBC resources are available at no cost. Get these…

KCSE HISTORY/GOVERNMENT PAST PAPERS AND MARKING SCHEMES

HISTORY/GOVERNMENT PAPER 1 (1996) Give two functions of the council of elders among the Akamba during the pre-colonial period. (i)        They had powers to declare war…

CLASS 8 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK STANDARD EIGHT TERM I References New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8 New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8 Primary mathematics…

Grade 1 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Get free access to all the latest Grade One CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the…

Class 8 schemes of work term 1-3

Download the latest Class 8 schemes of work for term 1 to 3. Be sure to get free and thousands of free Primary and…

Free Lower Primary (Grade 1-6), PP1 and PP2 free notes, Schemes and exams downloads

Get unlimited Free Lower Primary (Grade 1-6), PP1 and PP2 free notes and exams downloads in this site. The materials are absolutely free of…

COMPUTER SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS   1                 1     DEFINITION OF A COMPUTER   By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to ·       …

Biology Schemes of Work Form 1-4

BIOLOGY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK ? TERM 1. Download PDF and Editable Biology Schemes of work here; Free updated schemes of work for all subjects…

HISTORY PAPER 1 JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES

SECTION  A  ( 25 MARKS) What evidence exists to prove that the Khoisan lived in Kenya in the Past (2mks) Archaeologists have excavated their…

COMPUTER FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 TO 3

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 1 1 Data Representation in a computer DEFINITION & INTRODUCTION     By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to ·        Define data ·       …

Grade 3 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Get free access to all the latest Grade 2 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the…

Updated CBC schemes of work for all subjects and grades (Tusome and Literacy Free…

Looking for free CBC schemes of work for all subjects and grades? Look no further. You can now download all these schemes here at…

FORM 4 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK

SCHEME  OF  WORK           AGRICULTURE  FORM  FOUR             TERM  ONE   WK/NO L/ NO TOPIC   / SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS / RESOURCES REF. REM. 1 1 POULTRY PRODUCTION Composition of an egg. By the end of the lesson, the learner…

AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1- 4, TERM 1-3 FREE

AGRICULTURE FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1   WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS     4               1   Introduction to Agriculture     Definition and branches of Agriculture   By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

COMPUTER STUDIES FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 1 1 Data Representation in a computer DEFINITION & INTRODUCTION     By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to ·        Define data ·       …

Latest Mathematics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Mathematics Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free Mathematics Free Syllabus Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  0 121 Knec Mathematics Syllabus…

Free High school and primary school notes and exams

DOWNLOAD FREE HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS FREE UPDATED NOTES FORM ONE NOTES FORM TWO NOTES FORM THREE NOTES FORM FOUR NOTES FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES FORM ONE EXAMS FORM TWO EXAMS FORM…

Grade Five (5) CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2

Get free access to all the latest Grade Five (5) CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the…

Primary Science Syllabus

SCIENCE Introduction The Science syllabus covers areas in Science, Home science and Agriculture. In the first three sessions of this INSET, the three areas have been integrated…

Class 8 exams with marking schemes Free Downloads

You can now download unlimited standard eight examinations on this site. All these examinations and other education materials are provided at no cost. Share…

AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

AGRICULTURE FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1   WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS     4               1   Introduction to Agriculture     Definition and branches of Agriculture   By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

Free Secondary School Exams and Marking schemes (Form 1 to 4)

You can now download the latest Secondary School Exams and Marking schemes for all subjects, here. Get all the Form one top four examinations…

ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

ENGLISH FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1 WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS 1 1 LISTENING AND SPEAKING punctuation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be…

Grade 5 Free, Updated CBC Schemes Of Work Free (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Download free Grade 5 Schemes, below. For these and many more free teaching materials, for both learners and teachers, visit; The Teachers’ Resources Portal. FREE…

AGRICULTURE FORM 1 UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

SCHEME  OF  WORK   FORM  ONE  AGRICULTURE  TERM  ONE  WK NO L/ NO TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS / RESOURCES REF. REM. 1 -4 SELECTION &  INTAKE OF STUDENTS        5         1       2 INTRODUCTION           TO AGRICULTURE   Introduction.       Branches of Agriculture. By the end of…

AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 FREE

AGRICULTURE FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1   WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS     4               1   Introduction to Agriculture     Definition and branches of Agriculture   By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

Free PP1 schemes of work Updated

Download all the Pre-primary Schemes of wok here. The PP1 Schemes of work are absolutely free. Check more free CBC resources at the Teachers’…

AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (EDITABLE)

AGRICULTURE FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1   WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING ACTIVITIES TEACHING/LEARNING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS     4               1   Introduction to Agriculture     Definition and branches of Agriculture   By the end of the lesson, the learner should…

Free Class 7 Exams, Assignments and Homework pdf downloads

Looking for free class 7 Exams, Assignments, Notes and Homework pdf downloads? Well. All these resources are available here at no cost. All that…

Grade One Term 1-3 Updated Schemes Of Work

Download free and updated grade one schemes of work for term one, two and three. These schemes and other resources found at the Teachers’…

CBC schemes of work,
Free SCHEMES of work,
Free CBC schemes of work,
Teachers arena Schemes,
Grade 5 schemes of work,
Teachers arena free Schemes of Work,
Free SCHEMES of work 2022,
Teachers arena Schemes of Work 2022,

PHYSICS FORM ONE NOTES LATEST

INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS

The primary school science syllabus covers topics such as matter and its properties, energy in its various forms for example heat, light, sound and their corresponding sources, machines and the way they make work easier, balancing and weighing of various shapes of objects, electricity and magnetism.

These topics and more are covered in physics.

MEANING OF PHYSICS

Physics is the study of matter and its relation to energy. Matter is anything that occupies space and has weight.

The study of physics allows one to understand and enjoy other subjects

As a subject, the study of physics involves measurement of quantities and collection of data. Through experimentation and observation, hypotheses are drawn, test and laws and principles established.

Physics explain the how and why behind the following phenomena;

 

  • Formation of rainbow.
  • Occurrence eclipse.
  • The falling of the objects towards the earth’s surface.
  • The seasonal occurrence of ocean and sea tides
  • The crackling sound heard when nylon cloth is removed from the body.
  • Formation of shadow and many more.

Physics gives scientific, systematic and consistent explanation based on the concepts of physics.

 

BRANCHES OF PHYSICS

Physics may be split into the following key areas;

  • Mechanics- is a branch of physics that deals with the study of the motion of the bodies under the influence of forces. It is divided into two key areas namely; kinematics and dynamics. Kinematics is the study of the motion of the bodies disregarding the forces acting on it while dynamics is the study of the motion of bodies with regard to forces acting on the body. Under this branch, we look into details the aspects of linear, circular and oscillatory motions as well as motion of fluids.
  • Electricity and magnetism- this branch looks at the interaction between electric fields and magnetic fields and the applications of such interactions g. electric motors, microphones, electric speakers etc.
  • Thermodynamics- This branch looks at how heat as a form of energy is transformed to/from other forms of energy.
  • Geometrical optics- This branch takes a keen look at the behavior of light in various media g. optic fibre, microscopes, and lenses e.t.c.
  • Waves- It deals with the study of the propagation of energy through space. It involves properties of waves such as refraction, reflection, diffraction and polarization
  • Atomic physics– This area of study is targeted at the behavior of particles of the nucleus and the accompanying energy changes. It involves radioactivity, nuclear fission and fusion. It is the basis of the production of nuclear energy.

 

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PHYSICS AND OTHER SUBJECTS

Physics does not only relate the remaining two science subjects but also enjoys a relationship with other subjects as well.  For instance, it is the foundation of technological development in any country.

  • Physics and history- Carbon dating is an application of radioactivity which serves as a crucial tool to history in establishing fossil age and hence past pattern of life.
  • Physics and Geography- Establishment of weather patterns rely on accurate use of instruments like thermometer, wind vane and hygrometer .Heat transfer by convection explains the formation of conventional rainfall and pressure variation that determine wind patterns. All these are physics concepts.
  • Physics and Home Science
  • Physics and religion- Systems in the universe reveal great orderliness which can be traced back to the creator. Study of physics has come up with findings which are in total agreement with orderliness. Matter can be reduced to nothing scientifically the reverse is true which confirms that matter was created from nothing by God.
  • Physics and Biology- Knowledge of lenses in physics are used in making microscope used in study of cells in biology. Physics formulae are used in calculation of magnification by microscopes.
  • Physics and Chemistry- Physics has helped in explaining forces within atoms and therefore atomic structure. It is this structure of the atom that then determines the reactivity of the atom as explained in chemistry
  • Physics and Mathematics- Many physics concepts are expressed mathematically. Many physics formulae are expressed mathematically.
  • Physics and Technology- some areas of technology that requires knowledge of physics are:
  1. a) Medicine; in medicine, x-rays, lasers, scanners which are applications of physics are used in diagnosis and treatment of diseases.
  2. b) Communication; satellite communication, internet, fibre optics are applications of internet which requires strong foundation in physics.
  3. c) Industrial application; in the area of defense, physics has many applications e.g. war planes, LGB (laser-guided bombs) which has high level accuracy.

In entrainment industry, knowledge of physics has use in mixing various colours to bring out the desirable stage effects. Is application of science to solve problems in everyday situation most forms of technology are due to Physics e.g. Information and Technology, Computer Science, Mobile Phones, building technology, automotive technology.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN PHYSICS

The study of Physics can open up many avenues of professions including engineering, degree, diploma or certificate courses.

A physics student will have the following opportunities in the following areas;

  • Bachelor of Architecture.
  • Bachelor of pharmacy.
  • Bachelor of medicine.
  • Bachelor of dental surgery.
  • Bachelor of science(nursing)
  • Bachelor of education science(physics)
  • Bachelor of science(Electrical and electronic Engineering)
  • Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine.

At college level, some of the courses are offered.

  • Diploma in building and construction.
  • Diploma in mechanical Engineering.
  • Diploma in physiotherapy.
  • Diploma in electrical Engineering.
  • Diploma in computer science.

 

BASIC LABORATORY RULES

LABORATORY– This is a room containing facilities, apparatus and equipment that aid the investigative study of physics

BASIC LABORATORY RULES

  • Proper dressing
  • Note the location of electricity switches, fire-fighting equipments, First aid kit, gas supply and water supply taps.
  • When in the laboratory open doors and windows to let in fresh air.
  • Follow instructions given carefully.
  • No eating or drinking in the laboratory.
  • Turn off electrical switches, gas and water taps when not in use.
  • When handling electrical apparatus hands must be dry.
  • Do not plug foreign objects into electrical sockets.
  • Keep floors and working surfaces dry.
  • Clean and return all apparatus used in their correct location.
  • All equipments should not be taken out of the laboratory.
  • Wash your hands before leaving the laboratory.
  • All instructions given must be followed strictly. Never attempt anything while in doubt.
  • Windows and doors should be kept open while working in the laboratory
  • Any wastes after experiments must be disposed appropriately after use

 

FIRST AID MEASURES

  • CUTS -These may result from poor handling of glass apparatus or cutting tools like razors and scalpels. In case of cuts, assistance should be sought to stop bleeding and for immediate depressing up of the wound.
  • BURNS – Burns may result from naked flames or even splashes of concentrated acids and bases. In case of burns caused by acids or bases, quickly run cold water over the affected part as you seek help for further treatment.
  • POISONING – This may result from inhaling poisonous fumes or actual swallowing of poisonous chemicals. Assistance should be sought immediately.
  • EYE DAMAGE -Eyes must be safeguarded from dangerous chemicals and bits of solids. In case an irritating chemical lands in the eye, it should be washed off immediately with a lot of cold water
  • ELECTRIC SHOCK -This may result from touching exposed wires or using faulty electrical appliances. When such an accident occurs, first put off the main switch before treating for the shock.

 

TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT

Scientists from various parts of the world were giving measurements in different units and languages. Some used pounds, inches and seconds while others were using grams, centimetres and seconds. This was undesirable, especially when a comparison of results was necessary.

This made it impossible for them to compare discoveries. Consequently, scientists agreed on one international system of units to be used, the Systeme International d’Unites (International System of Units), shortened to SI units, in all languages. This system has seven basic physical quantities and units on one Universal System of units called system international d’ unites (International system of units) SI units which assigned seven basic quantities as shown below.

UNIT Symbol of quantity S.I UNIT SYMBOL OF UNIT
1.     Length L metres m
2.     Mass m kilogram kg
3.     Time t seconds s
4.     Electric Current I ampere A
5.     Thermodynamic temperature T kelvin K
6.     Luminous Intensity   Candela Cd
7.     Amount of Substance   mole mol

These quantities above cannot be obtained from any other physical quantities. Measurements are made by comparing the magnitude of a quantity with that of a given unit of that quantity. A physical quantity is a measurable aspect of matter.

Basic Physical Quantity -These are quantities that cannot be obtained by any other quantity e.g. mass, time, length.

Derived Quantity-These are quantities obtained by multiplication or division of basic physical quantities e.g. Area, Volume, Density.

 

LENGTH

This is the distance between two fixed points. It is the measure of distance between two points in space. The SI unit for length is the metre (m).

Other units of length include;

 

unit symbol Equivalence in metres
Kilometre Km 1000
Hectometre Hm 100
Decametre Dm 10
Decimetre dm 0.1
Centimetre Cm 0.01
Millimetre mm 0.001
Micrometre μm 0.000001

 

MEASUREMENT OF LENGTH

Length can be estimated or measured accurately using appropriate measuring instrument. The type of instrument to be used at any time depends on two factors:

  • The size of the object to be measured
  • The desired accuracy

The methods used include;

  1. Approximation/ Estimation
  2. Accurate measuring using standard instruments
  3. Estimation

This method involves comparing the object to be measured with another of standard measure. For example, the height of a tall flag post can be compared with that of a wooden rod whose length is known. Thus at any given time;

Height of flag post                 =          Length of shadow of post

Height of rod                                      Length of shadow of rod

 

From this expression, the height of the flag post can be estimated.

Example;

Suppose the height of the rod= 1m, length of shadow of rod= 120cm and length of shadow of post= 480cm, then the height of the flag post is given by;

Height of post, Hp           =         480cm

100cm                         120cm

 

Height of post, Hp           =          100 x 4

=          400cm

Also, the thickness of a sheet of paper may be estimated by taking several sheets of the paper and measuring their thickness then dividing by the number of sheets of paper;

Thickness of a sheet of paper =          Thickness of n papers

Number of papers, n

 

  1. Using a standard measure(instruments)

This involves the use of standard measure or instruments. To measure length accurately, the instruments used are metre rules, half metre rules, tape measure, vernier calipers and micrometer screw gauges

  1. Metre rule

A metre rule is marked in centimetres. It is marked 0 and 100cm at its extreme ends.

 

 

 

0                                                           100cm    

  • a metre rule

                                                                                                                           

The smallest scale division of a metre rule is 0.1cm (1mm). The smallest scale division of any instrument is known as its accuracy. Thus the accuracy of a metre rule is 0.1cm.

When using a metre, one must ensure the following:

  • That the object to be measured is in contact with the metre rule.
  • That one end of the object is at 0cm mark i.e. zero (0) mark to coincide with the start of the object to be measured.
  • That the eye is perpendicular to the scale so as to avoid parallax error. This ensures that accurate reading is obtained.

 

Metre rules and half metre rules used are graduated in centimetres and millimetre.

They are made of wood, plastic or steel.

When using a ruler the following precautions should be taken;

  • Never drop a metre rule
  • Never use it as a walking stick
  • Never use it as a cane
  • Keep it in a dry place away from corrosive substances

EXAMPLE 1

The reading should be taken in terms of the least count of the metre rule. For a metre rule the least count is 0.001m=0.1cm=1mm.

 

The reading shown above is 0.0165m=1.65cm=16.5mm.The metre rule cannot read 4th, 2nd or 1st decimal places of metre, centimeters or millimeters respectively. This is only approximated.

EXAMPLE 2

Figure below shows a fencing post whose length is being measured using a strip of a measuring tape.

(a) State the accuracy of the tape:

(b)What is the length of the post?

SOLN

(a)Accuracy of measuring tape is 10mm or o.1 cm + 5cm or o.o5m.

(b)Length of post is 1.5 m

 

  1. Tape measure

It is graduated in millimetre (mm) or centimetre (cm)

 

They are three types;

  1. Tailor’s tape measure
  2. Carpenter’s tape measure
  • Surveyor’s tape measure

NOTE: The choice of a tape measure depends on accuracy required and the size of object to measure. A tape measure can be made up of cloth, steel or flexible plastic. Always ensure that the tape measure is taut when measuring.

 

MEASUREMENT OF CURVED LENGTH

Curved length can be measured using a thread. The thread is placed along the required length and the length is found by placing the thread on a scale.

 

EXPERIMENT: Measuring the circumference of a cylinder using a thread.

APPARATUS: A cylinder, a thread and a metre rule

PROCEDURE

  1. Wrap a thin thread say 10 times around the cylinder
  2. Mark with ink the beginning and end of turns as shown
  • The circumference of the cylinder will be given by;

Circumference            =          [length of thread]

10

But; Circumference    =π d or 2πr (where r is the radius of the cylinder)

 

ESTIMATION OF LENGTH

EXPERIMENT: To estimate the height of a tree

APPARATUS: A metre rule, tape measure

PROCEDURE

  1. Measure the length of the metre rule when upright using a tape measure followed by measuring its shadow.
  2. Measure the shadow of the tree in the school compound.

 

RESULTS

Height of metre rule   = …………Cm

Height of shadow of metre rule=…………Cm

Height of shadow of the tree =……………Cm

Estimation of the height of the tree is given by the formula provided above.

 

AREA

Area is defined as the measure of surface enclosed by the boundaries of the body. Its SI Unit is the square metre (m2). Since it is measured in metre-square (m2), this means it’s a derived quantity.

Other multiples and sub-multiples of area are; cm2, mm2, km2, hectares etc.

Area can also be estimated or calculated accurately.

CONVERTING

  1. mm2 to m2

 

1m2         =          1000 X 1000

=          1000000 mm2

1mm2 =          {1÷1000000} m2        (Divide by 1million)

=          0.000001 m2

 

  1. m2 to  mm2

1m2         =          1000000 mm2              {multiply by 1 million}

 

  1. cm2 to m2

1cm     =          0.01m

1cm2    =          0.01m X 0.01m

=          0.0001m2                                  {multiply by 0.0001}

  1. m2 to cm2

1m       =          100cm

1m2     =          100cm X 100cm

=          10000cm2                    {multiply by 10000}

 

EXERCISE

  • Convert 7.5m2 to cm2
  • Convert 940mm2 to cm2
  • Convert 12000mm2 to m2

 

Measurement of area (Accurate Measurement)

The area of regularly shaped objects can be found by applying an appropriate formula shown below;

 

APPROXIMATION OF AREA OF IRREGULAR BODIES

We trace their outline on the square paper of 1cm2 e.g.

Full squares    =          …………cm2

½ full squares =          ………..cm2

AREA             =          full square+½full squares

Consider the figure below of an irregularly- shaped object.

 

             
               
               
               
               
               

 

The number of complete squares covered by the shape= 14

The number of incomplete squares covered by the shape=19

Therefore, the number of complete squares covered by the shape is approximately (14+ 19/2) = 23.5 squares.

Suppose the area of one square is 1cm2, and then the area of the shape is approximately;

Area    =          23.5 x 1

=         23.5 cm2

EXAMPLE 3

Estimate the area of the irregular surface shown below by counting the small squares.

           

SOLN

The number of complete squares = 39

Number of incomplete squares = 34

These are equal to     34 = 17 complete squares

2

Therefore, the number of complete squares = 39 + 17 = 56

Hence, the estimated of the area of the surface = 56 x 1 cm2= 56cm2

 

VOLUME

Volume is the amount of space occupied by space. The SI unit of volume is cubic metres [m3].

It is a derived quantity of length

Multiples and submultiples are; mm3, cm3 and km3

 

CONVERTING

  1. a) From m3 to mm3

1m       =          1000mm

1m3     =          1000mm X 1000mm X 1000mm

=          1000000000mm3

To change m3 to mm3 you multiply by 1 billion

  1. b) From mm3 to m3

To change m3 to mm3 you divide by 1 billion i.e. 1/10000000000

EXAMPLE 4

  • Express 9cm3 in m3
  • Express 9000000000mm3 in m3
  • Express 0.0546m3 to cm3

 

MEASUREMENT OF VOLUME

The volume of regularly shaped solids can be obtained by applying the appropriate formula i.e

EXAMPLE 5

A block of glass is 5.0 cm long, 4.0 cm thick and 2.5 cm high. Calculate its volume.

SOLN

Volume of the glass block     =          area of cross section x height

=          5.0 x 4.0 x 2.5

=          50.0 cm3

EXAMPLE 6

Find the volume of cylindrical tin of radius 7.0 cm and height 3.0 cm.

SOLN

Volume of the tin       =          area of cross section x height

=          22 x 7 x 7 x 3

7

=          462.0 cm3

EXAMPLE 7

Find the volume of the triangular prism shown below given that base length is 12.0 cm, h= 5.0 cm and the width 6.0 cm:

 

h

 

 

 

                              h

SOLN

                        Volume of the prism =          area of cross section x height

=          ½ x 6.0 x 5.0 x 12.0

=          180.0 cm3

EXAMPLE 8

Find the volume of a sphere whose radius is 3.0 cm

SOLN

Volume of a sphere    =          4/3 πr3

=          4 x 22 x 3.0 x 3.0 x 3.0

3     7

=          113.14 cm3

EXAMPLE 9

A sphere of diameter 6.0 cm is moulded into a thin uniform wire of diameter 0.2 mm. Calculate the length of the wire in metres. (Take π = 22/7)

SOLN

Volume of the sphere and the wire are equal

Volume of the sphere             =          volume of the wire

4 x 22 x 3.0 x 3.0 x 3.0           =          22 x 0.01 x0.01 x L

3     7                                                     7

4 x 3.0 x 3.0 x 3.0       =   L

3 x 0.01 x 0.01

Therefore, length L                =          360000cm

=          3600 m

 

MEASUREMENT OF VOLUME OF LIQUIDS

Liquids have no definite shape but they assume the shapes of the container in which they are put.

One of the methods which can be used to measure the volume of liquids is to pour the liquids into a container with a uniform cross-section as shown,

 

Volume           =          Area of cross-section x height

=          A h; where A=LX b

=          l b h

Instruments can also be used to measure the volume of liquids. They include; Burette, Pipette, Measuring cylinder, graduated beaker and Volumetric flask.

NOTE: The scale of the Burette begins from zero at the top and increases downwards to the maximum value e.g. a reading of 31.0ml on the burette means that volume of the liquid is [50-31] ml      =          19ml.

MEASUREMENT OF VOLUME OF IRREGULAR OBJECTS

  1. Using a measuring cylinder

PROCEDURE

                               

  • Fill the measuring cylinder with water.
  • Record the volume of water as V1
  • Submerge gently a stone [irregular object] tied around a thread.
  • Record the volume of water and the stone as V2.
  • Volume of the stone =          V2 – V1

 

  1. Using a Eureka can

A Eureka or displacement can is a container with a spout from the side.

Apparatus; Eureka can, measuring cylinder, irregular object e.g. a stone, water

Procedure

  • Fill the Eureka can with water until it flows out of the spout.
  • Place a measuring cylinder under the spout of the can.
  • Tie the solid [irregular object] with a thread and submerge it gently inside the can.
  • The result [water] collected to the measuring cylinder is the volume of the irregular object.

EXERCISE 2.5 KLB

MASS

Mass is a quantity of matter in a body. Its S.I unit is kilogrammes (Kg)

It is measured using a beam balance or top pan balance.

The multiples and submultiples include;

Unit                 symbol            Equivalence in Kg

Tonne              t                      1000

Gram               g                     0.001

Milligram       mg                   0.000001

The mass of an object is the same everywhere because the number of particles in an object remains constant.

MEASUREMENT OF MASS

There are two common types of balances for measuring mass; Electrical and mechanical types.

Electrical types are very accurate and the mass of the object is read on display

(Top Pan Balance).

A Mechanical type (Beam Balance), the object whose mass to be measured is balanced against a known standard mass on an equal level.

The three balances used in measuring are;

1) Top Pan Balance

2) Beam balance

3) Level balance

In a level balance combination of levers moves the pointer along a scale when the mass is placed on it.

EXERCISE 2.6 KLB

DENSITY

The density of a substance is defined as its mass per unit volume. Its symbol is rho (ρ).

The SI unit is kilogram per cubic metre (Kg/m3)

Conversion from kg/m3 to g/cm3

1g/cm3 = 1000kg/m3

 

EXAMPLE 10

A Block of glass of mass 187.5g is 5cm long, 2.0cm and 7.5cm high. Calculate the density of the glass block.

Solution

Density           =          mass

Volume

=        187.5g

2.0cm X 5cm X 7.5cm

=          2.5g/cm3 or 2500kg/m3

 

EXAMPLE 11

A block of glass of mass 187.5 g is 5.0 cm long, 2.0 cm thick and 7.5 cm high. Calculate the density of the glass in kgm-3.

SOLN

Density           = mass / volume

= (187.5 /1000) / (2.0 × 7.5 × 5.0 /1,000,000)

= 2500 kgm-3.

 

EXAMPLE 12

The density of concentrated sulphuric acid is 1.8 g/cm3. Calculate the volume of 3.1 kg of the acid.

 

SOLN

Volume           = mass / density

= 3,100 / 1.8

= 1722 cm3 or 0.001722 m3.

 

MEASUREMENT OF DENSITY

The density of an object is calculated from the formula;

Density           =          mass

Volume

Density of common substances

DENSITY BOTTLE

A Density bottle is a small glass bottle fitted with a glass stopper which has a hole through which excess liquid flows out.

Normally, the density bottle has its capacity indicated on the side.

 

To find the density of the liquid using a density, measure the mass m1 of a dry clean density bottle with its stopper.

Fill the bottle with liquid and replace the stopper. Dry the bottle on outside (excess liquid overflows through the hole in the stopper).

Measure the mass m2 of the bottle plus the liquid.

If the volume of the liquid is V then;

Density           =          (m2-m1)

V

PRECAUTIONS

  • The bottle is held by the neck when wiping it dry. This is because when held in hands, it may expand due to warmth from the hand.
  • The outside of the bottle must be wiped carefully.
  • Ensure that there is no air bubbles when the bottle is filled with liquid

 

TO MEASURE THE DENSITY OF A SOLID USING A DENSITY BOTTLE

This method is used for solids in form of grains, beads or turnings

Apparatus: density bottle, lead shots and beam balance.

 

PROCEDURE

  • Measure the mass m1 of a clean dry empty density bottle
  • Fill the bottle partly with the solid (lead shots) and measure mass m2
  • Fill up the bottle with water up to the neck and measure its mass as m3.
  • Empty the bottle and rinse it
  • Fill it with water and replace it with the stopper, wipe outside dry and measure the mass m4 of the bottle filled with water.

RESULTS

Mass of water                         =          (m4 – m1) g

Volume of water         =          (m4 – m1) cm3 (since density of water is 1g/cm3)

Mass of lead shots (solid) =   (m2 – m1) g

Mass of water present when the bottle is filled with lead and water = (m3 – m2) g

Volume of water         =          (m3 – m2) cm3

Volume of lead shots =          (m4-m1)-(m3-m2) cm3 (since density of water is 1g/cm3)

Therefore density of lead shot           =          (m2-m1)-{(m4-m1)-(m3-m2)}

NOTE: This method is unsuitable for solids which are either soluble or react with it.

 

EXAMPLE 13

The mass of a density bottle is 20g when empty and 45g when full of water. When full of mercury, its mass is 360g. Calculate the density of mercury.

SOLUTION

Mass of water        =       45-20 =25g

Volume of water    =        25g/1g/cm3

=        25cm3

Volume of bottle    =        25cm3

Mass of mercury    =        360-20 =340g

Volume of mercury=       25cm3

Density of mercury=        340 ÷25

=13.6g/cm3 or 13600kg/m3

EXAMPLE 14

In an experiment to determine the density of sand using a density bottle, the following measurements were recorded:

Mass of empty density bottle =43.2g

Mass of density bottle full of water =66.4g

Mass of density bottle with some sand =67.5g

Mass of density bottle with some sand filled up with water=82.3g

Use above data to determine the;

(a) Mass of water that completely filled the bottle.

(b) Volume of water that completely filled the bottle.

(c) Volume of the density bottle.

(d) Mass of sand.

(e) Mass of water that filled the space above the sand.

(f) Volume of the sand.

(g) Density of the sand.

SOLN

  1. a) 66.4 – 43.2 = 23.2g
  2. b) 23.2cm3
  3. c) 23.2cm3
  4. d) (67.5 – 43.2) g = 24.3g
  5. e) 82.3 – 67.5 = 14.8g
  6. f) Volume of the sand = volume of bottle – volume of added water

= 23.2 – 14.8= 8.4cm3

  1. g) P = M/V = 24.3g / 2.893cm3

=          8.4cm3

 

EXAMPLE 15

The mass of an empty density bottle is 20 g. Its mass when filled with water is 40.0 g and 50.0 g when filled with liquid X. Calculate the density of liquid X if the density of water is 1000 kgm-3.

SOLN

Mass of water        = 40 – 20 = 20 g    = 0.02 kg.

Volume of water    = 0.02 / 1,000

= 0.00002 m3.

Volume of liquid   = volume of bottle

Mass of liquid        = 50 – 20

= 30 g = 0.03 kg

Therefore density of liquid        = 0.03 / 0.00002

= 1500 kgm-3

 

DENSITY OF MIXTURES

A Mixture is obtained by putting together two or more substances such that they do not react with one another. The density of the mixture lies between the densities of its constituent substances and depends on their proportions.

Density of the mixture           =          mass of the mixture

Volume of the mixture

 

EXAMPLE 16

100cm3 of fresh water of density 1000kg/m3 is mixed with 100cm3 of sea water of density 1030kg/m3. Calculate the density of the mixture.

 

Solution

Mass of fresh water  =          density x volume

=          1g/cm3 x100cm3

=          100g

Mass of sea water       =          1.03 x 100

=          103g

Mass of the mixture   =          100+103

=          203g

Volume of the mixture=         100+100

=          200cm3

Density of the mixture =        203÷200

=          1.015g/cm3

 

Exercise 2.7 no. 2 &3 KLB

 

 

 

 

TIME

It is a measure of duration of an event. Some ancient measuring instruments were the sundial and the hour glass

The SI unit of time is seconds (s)

MULTIPLES AND SUBMULTIPLES OF TIME

 

Time symbol Equivalent in seconds
Microsecond µ s 0.000001
millisecond ms 0.001
Minute min 60
Hour hr 3600
Day day 86400
Week wk 604800

Measurement of time

Time is measured using either a stopwatch (digital) or stop clock

They are used depending on the accuracy required.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State two factors that should be controlled in manufacturing a cylindrical container of uniform thickness, which should normally be in a standing position.
  2. The figure shows a measuring cylinder which contains water initially at level A. A solid mass 11g is immersed in the water, the level rises to B.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the density of the solid. (Give your answer to 1 decimal point)

A butcher has a beam balance and masses 0.5 kg and 2 kg. How would he measure 1.5 kg of meat on the balance at once?

  1. Determine the density in kg/m3 of a solid whose mass is 40g and whose dimensions in cm are 30 x 4 x 3
  2. Record as accurately as possible the masses indicated by the pointer in figures A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Figure 1 shows the reading on a burette after 55 drops of a liquid have been used.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the initial reading was at 0cm mark, determine the volume of one drop

  1. 1 shows the change in volume of water in a measuring cylinder when an irregular solid is immersed in it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the mass of the solid is 567g, determine the density of the solid in gcm-3. (Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

  1. A thin wire was wound 30 times closely over a boiling tube. The total length of the windings was found to be 9.3 mm.   Calculate the radius of the wire.
  2. (a) Given that a kilogram of copper contains about 1025 atoms and that density of copper is about 9000kg/m3, estimate the diameter of the copper atom?

(b)       State the assumption made in (9a) above.

  1. The density of concentrated Sulphuric acid is 1.8gcm-3. Calculate the volume of 3.6kg of the acid.
  2. 1600 cm3 of fresh water of density l g/cm3 are mixed with 1400cm3 of seawater of density 1.25g/cm3. Determine the density of the mixture.
  3. With the aid of a diagram, illustrate the meaning of the parallax error
  4. Describe how you can measure the density of a rock which has no definite shape.
  5. A shopkeeper has a scale balance and masses of 250g and 2kg. How would he measure 1.75kg of flour on this scale at once
  6. A pebble of mass 50g is placed in a measuring cylinder containing some water. The reading of the water level increased from 75cm3 to 95cm3. Calculate the density of the pebble
  7. The container shown below is filled to a depth of 5cm with a liquid.

3.5cm

 

9cm

Liquid            5cm

 

 

  • Using pie as 22/7, determine the volume of the liquid.
  • If the mass of the liquid in the container is 2.554kg, estimate the density of mercury in g/cm3.
  • Calculate the mass of water that would be needed to completely fill the remaining space in the container above the liquid. (Density of water is 1g/cm3)
  • A pebble of density 9g/cm3 is gently dropped into the container full of water and the liquid. Describe and explain what is observed.

 

SOLUTIONS

 

  1. height, base area
  2. Volume of one molecule = 18/ (6×1023) = 3x 10-23cm

X3 = 3x 10-23 cm3

                    X = 3.11 x 10 -8 cm3

  1. d= m/v=40g/ 30 x 4 x 3cm3 = 1111 g/cm3
  2. 5 kg
  3. D= m/r =567/(150-80) = 576-80 /70g/cm3
  4. 2000 cm3
  5. 12g/cm3

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 3: FORCE

Force is a pull or a push or that which changes a body way of motion and distort it

Its SI unit is newtons (N)

EFFECTS OF FORCE

  • It can increase the speed of a moving object or make a stationary object start moving.
  • Slow down or stop a moving object.
  • Change the direction of a moving object.
  • Distort (change) the shape of an object.

Force is that which changes a body’s state of motion or shape. Some forces are small and others are large.

Force is represented by a line with an arrow showing the direction it acts. i.e.

F

Force can be categorized in two ways. These are:

  • As either a push or a pull
  • As either contact or non-contact force

Contact forces are those forces between bodies which are in contact e.g. action and reaction, viscous drag, friction etc. Non-contact forces act between bodies at a distance e.g. gravitational force, magnetic force, electrostatic force etc.

 

            TYPES OF FORCES

  1. Gravitational force
  2. Tensional force
  • Upthrust
  1. Frictional force
  2. Magnetic force
  3. Centripetal force
  • Cohesive and adhesive force
  • Molecular force
  1. Electric force
  2. Nuclear force
  3. Electrostatic force

 

  • GRAVITATIONAL FORCE

This is a force of attraction between two bodies of given mass. Objects thrown from the earth’s surface always falls back to the surface of the earth. This force which pulls the body towards the centre of the earth is called Gravitational force.

Moon and other planets also have their gravitational force to objects.

The pull of gravity on the body towards the centre is called weight. The weight of an object varies on different planets because of different gravitational pull.

  • TENSION FORCE

Tension force is as a result of two opposing forces applied. The pull or compression of a string or spring at both of its ends is called Tension.

Compressed or stretched object will tend to regain its original shape, when the stretching or compressing force is removed .Materials that can be extended without breaking are called elastic materials. Such materials can be used to make a spring balance an instrument used to measure force. Other examples include; bows and catapults.

  • UPTHRUST FORCE

The upward force acting on an object immersed in a fluid (liquid or gas) is called upthrust force.

An object in a vacuum will not experience upthrust.

                                                EXAMPLE 1

An object weighs 80N in air and 60N when immersed in water. Calculate force acting on the object.

            Solution

Upthrust force            =          weight of object in air –weight of object in the liquid

=          80 – 60

=          20N

Exercise

  1. An object weighs 100N in air and 26N when immersed in water. Calculate the apparent loss weight of the object. Calculate also the mass of object in water. (1Kg=10N).
  2. 2kg blue band weighs 20N when placed in air .The apparent loss in water is 2N .Calculate the mass of blue band in water.

 

  • FRICTIONAL FORCE

Frictional force is a force that opposes relative motion between two surfaces in contact.

The opposing force involving a fluid is called viscous drag (viscosity).This viscous drag limits the speed with which a body can move in a liquid.

Friction can be applied during walking.

            EXPERIMENT: To investigate frictional force.

Apparatus: wooden block, rollers.

Procedure:

  1. Put a block of wood on a horizontal surface such as a bench as shown.
  2. Pull the block gradually, increasing the force.
  3. Repeat the experiment, this time resting on rollers as shown above

            Conclusion

The wooden block starts to move when the applied force is just greater than frictional force between the block and the surface of the bench.

Frictional force can be reduced by using rollers, oiling and smoothening.

  • MAGNETIC FORCE

Magnetic force is the force of attraction or repulsion between a magnetic material and a magnet.

A magnet has two types of poles, a north pole and a south pole. Like poles repel while unlike poles attract. Some materials are attracted by a magnet while others are not .Those that are attracted are called magnetic materials e.g. iron ,steel ,nickel and cobalt while those that are not attracted are called non-magnetic materials e.g. wood and aluminium.

  • COHESIVE AND ADHESIVE FORCES

The force of attraction between molecules of the same kind is known as cohesive force e.g. A water molecule and another water molecule. The attraction between molecules of different kinds is known as adhesive force e.g. between water molecules and molecules of the container in which the liquid is put.

            EXPERIMENT: To see the behaviour of water on different surfaces.

  1. Water wets glass

            Observation

Water on the glass slide spreads

  1. Water forms spherical water drops on waxed surface

 

            OBSERVATION

Small spherical balls was observed on a waxed glass

            EXPLANATION

Water wets the glass surface because the adhesive forces between the water molecules and the glass molecules are greater than the cohesive forces between water molecules.

Water does not wet the waxed glass surface because the cohesive force is greater than the adhesive.

If mercury was used in the experiment it could be observed that small drops on a clean glass dish collect into spherical ball as shown below

This is due stronger cohesive forces between mercury molecules which forms small spherical drops. The adhesive force between mercury and glass makes mercury not wet glass.

N/B: Mercury is poisonous and should not be handled in ordinary laboratory.

EXPERIMENT: To demonstrate cohesive and adhesive forces of liquids on narrow tubes

 

APPARATUS: narrow tubes of different size of bore, beaker and water

 

  1. a) Glass tubes dipped in water b) Glass tubes dipped in mercury

            OBSERVATION

The level of the water inside the tubes is higher than outside the tubes. A meniscus is formed at the top of the water level and it curves upwards (concave).

The rise in the tube with a smaller bore is higher than in the tube with a larger bore.

Different liquids rise by different heights depending on the diameter of the glass tube.

When mercury is used, the level of mercury inside the tubes goes lower than that outside the tubes. The surface of the mercury will curve downwards (convex).

            EXPLANATION

Adhesive forces between the water and glass is greater than cohesive forces between the water molecules, the water rises up the tube so that more water molecules can be in contact with the glass. This wets the glass. Liquids such as glycerol, kerosene and methylated spirit rise in tubes.

On the other hand, the force of cohesion with the mercury is greater than the force of adhesion between glass and mercury. The mercury sinks to enable mercury molecules to keep together.

  • SURFACE TENSION

This is a force that causes the surface of a liquid to behave like a stretched plastic skin.

The force is due to the force of attraction between individual molecules in a liquid. Its due to this force that liquids form drops, water wets the surface but runs off others, some insects like pond skaters manage to rest on the surface of water without sinking, water rises up in narrow glass tubes but mercury is pushed down to a lower level in the same tube and steel needle or razor blade floats on water even though steel is denser than water

EXPERIMENT: To investigate the behaviour of a liquid surface

APPARATUS: Beaker, water, soup solution, razor blade or steel needle.

PROCEDURE:

  • Fill the beaker with clean water to the brim as shown

 

  • Place a dry steel needle or razor blade at the edge of the beaker and carefully introduce it on the surface of water. Take care not to break the surface of water. Observe what happens.
  • Put a few drops of soap solution and observe what happens.
  • Depress the tip of the needle into the water and observe what happens.

OBSERVATIONS

  • The razor blade/needle floats on the surface of water and remains resting so long as the water surface is not broken.
  • When drops of soap solution are put on the surface of the water around the razor blade/steel needle, the razor blade/steel needle sinks after a few minutes.
  • Depressing the razor blade highly allows it to sink very quickly

EXPLANATION

The razor blade/needle floats because the surface of water behaves like a fully stretched, thin, elastic skin. The force which causes the surface of a liquid to behave like a stretched skin is called surface tension. This force is due to the force of attraction individual molecules of the liquid (cohesive force)

The needle or blade sinks when drops of soap solution are put near the razor/needle because the soap solution reduces surface tension of the water.

When the tip of the needle or razor is depressed into the liquid, it pierces the surface skin and sinks.

            MOLECULAR EXPLANATION OF SURFACE TENSION

                       

A Molecule say C deep in the liquid is surrounded by molecules on all sides so that the net force in it is zero. However, molecules of the surface, say A and B will have fewer molecules on the vapour side and hence it will experience a resultant inward force causing the surface of the liquid to be in tension.

                        FACTORS AFFECTING SURFACE TENSION

  1. Impurities – impurities reduces surface tension of a liquid. Detergents weaken the cohesive forces between the liquid molecules.
  2. Temperature – Increasing the temperature of a liquid increases kinetic theory of molecules. The inter-molecular distance increases and the force of cohesion is decreased hence surface tension is lowered.

            CONSEQUENCES/EFFECTS OF SURFACE TENSION

  1. Water insects can rest on the surface of water without breaking the surface. The insects skate across the surface at high speed.
  2. Mosquito larvae float on water surface. Oiling the surface using kerosene lower surface tension making larvae to sink

NOTE:

  1. Behaviour of soap bubbles- the soap bubbles flatten into thin films and try to rise up the funnel. This is because the surface tension makes it to behave as if it is a stretched elastic skin. As it tries to make its surface as small as possible, the bubble rises up the funnel.
  2. Behaviour of soap film-the soap films in the wire loop with thread loosely tied across are used in this case. It is observed that when the film is broken on one side, the thread assume a perfect curve. This is because the surface tension will act on one side of the thread. Water tries to make its surface as small as possible, thus pulling the thread in such a way that it forms a perfect curve.
  3. The appearance of water drops coming out of a tube- it is observed that the water drop grows to a large spherical drop before falling down. The water behaves as if there is an elastic membrane which stretches as more water gets into it. When it can not hold any more water, it falls.
  4. Surface tension of soap is less than that of water- A matchstick or a small toy boat is rubbed with soap at one end and placed on the water surface, it start moving immediately. It moves in one direction only and in such a way that the end that is not rubbed with soap is always in front. The soap lowers/weaken/reduce the surface tension at the end of the stick. The surface tension at the other end which is now greater pulls the stick and makes it move in that direction. The movement gradually weakens and ultimately ceases when the whole surface of water is covered with soap solution. Camphor has the same effect as that of soap.
  5. A glass tumbler can be filled with water above the brim. This is because the surface of the water behaves as if it is a thin elastic membrane as it stretches to hold more water.
  6. When a brush is in water, the bristles spread but when it is taken out of water, they cling together. When in water, there in no surface tension since the tension is only on the exposed surface. When the brush is taken out of the water, the surface tension acting on the surface of water tends to be as small as possible thus pulling the bristles together.
  7. When it is raining, it is advisable not to touch a canvas tent from inside. Touching the canvas tent or umbrella with lower/reduce/weaken the surface tension thus making water to leak into the tent.
  • ELECTROSTATIC FORCE

This is a type of force which causes attraction or repulsion between charges.

Charges can be positive or negative.

Like charges repel and unlike charges attract

                                    EXAMPLES

  1. A plastic pen or ruler rubbed on a dry hair or fur picks up small pieces of paper lying on a table when it’s brought near them. (Charges are created on the pen and attract the pieces of paper). The same pen or ruler attracts a stream of water from a tap. The rubbing creates static charges
  2. When a glass window is wiped with a dry cloth on a dry day, dust particles are attracted on it.
  3. When shoes are brushed, they tend to attract dust particles
  4. When you remove cloth at night you observe sparks. The sparks are due to neutralization of the static charges formed when a nylon cloth is being pulled off.

 

  • ELECTRIC FORCE

It’s a force which acts on two conductors carrying electricity.

  • ACTION AND REACTION

They are two equal forces but acting in opposite to each other. When a block of wood is placed on a table, its weight acts on a table (action).  It is pressed on the surface downwards. The reaction (opposite force) of the table acts on the block.

 

When one force acts on a body, an equal and opposite force acts on one another.

                        MASS AND WEIGHT

Mass is the quantity of matter in an object while weight is a measure of the pull of gravity on an object. The S.I unit of mass is kg (kilogram) and of weight is Newton (N).

Mass of an object is a scalar quantity while weight is a vector quantity (since weight is a pull of gravity directed to the centre of the earth).

Due to the shape and rotation of the earth, the weight of an object varies from place to place while mass is constant (does not change).

A body weighs more at the poles than at the equator.

            DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MASS AND WEIGHT

 

            Mass Weight
1. Its a quantity of matter on a body. 1. It is a pull of gravity on a body.
2. It’s measured in kg. 2. It is measured in (N)
3. Same everywhere. 3. Varies from one place to another.
4. Measured using a beam balance. 4.Measured using a spring balance
5.Has magnitude only (scalar quantity) 5.Has both magnitude and direction.(vector quantity)

 

 

            RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MASS AND WEIGHT

Weight            =          Mass x gravitational

W        =          mg

 

                                    EXAMPLE 2

  1. Find the weight of an object whose mass is 50 kg.

W        =          mg

=          50 x10

=          500 N

  1. Find the mass of an object whose weight is 900N

W        =          mg

900/10 =          10/10m

Mass, m          =          90kg

  1. An astronaut weighs 900N on earth .On the moon; he weighs 150 N.

Calculate the moon’s gravitational strength. (g=10N/Kg)

Mass, m          =          w/g

=          900/10

=          90kg

On moon, w    =          mg

g          =          w/m

=          150/90

=          1.67N/Kg

  1. 3.2(NOs. 1, 2, 4) KLB

            MEASURING FORCE

Force is measured using an instrument called a spring balance.

The extension of a spring can be used to measure an applied force. The larger the force, the more the spring extends.

A spring balance measures forces and should therefore calibrated in newtons.

Some spring balances are calibrated in kilograms. In such cases, one is advised to convert from kilograms to newtons. (1Kg=10N)

 

 

                                                EXAMPLE 3

The length of a spring is 16.0cm. Its length becomes 20.0cm when supporting a weight of 5.0N. Calculate the length the length of the spring when supporting a weight of; a)2.5N b)6.0N c)200N

Solution

  1. a) 5N – 4cm b) 5N – 4cm                     c)         5N = 4cm

2.5 N- ?                                   6 N- ?                                      200N =?

(2.5 x 4)/5=2cm                      (6 x 4)/5 =4.8cm            (200 x 4)/5= 160

2+16=18cm                          4.8+16 = 20.8cm       160+16 =176cm

Note; In c) extension is too large and spring may straighten out.

EXAMPLE 4

A spring stretches by 8.0mm when supporting a load of 2.0N. (i) By how much will it stretch when supporting a load of 6.0N? (ii) What load would make the spring extend by 2.5cm?

                Solution

  1. i) 0mm -2.0N ii)        8.0mm -2.0N

?-5.0N                                                 25mm=?

  • x 8)/2 =20mm        (25 x2)/8 = 6.25N

                                                EXAMPLE 5

8kg

The figure below shows two identical spring balances supported as shown:

 

                                                                     A                            B

 

 

 

State the reading on each spring balance.

Each spring will read =80/2=40N

                                    EXAMPLE 6

Three identical arranged as shown below were used to support a load of weight 20N. If the beam has a weight of 1N and each spring would extend by 1cm if a load of weight 4N is suspended from it, determine the extension of each spring.

20N

 

                                                                                       A                          B

 

                                                                                       C

 

Extension in spring A         =        Extension in spring B

=        {(21/2) x1cm}/4N

=        2.265cm

Extension in spring C         =        (20Nx1cm)/4N

=        5cm

Exercise 3.3 no.2 KLB

                        SCALAR AND VECTOR QUANTITIES

A SCALAR QUANTITY – is a quantity which has magnitude (size) only. It can be specified by a number and unit. Examples include; mass, area, density, volume, energy, time, pressure, temperature, and length.

Scalar quantities are added by the normal rules of arithmetic e.g.3cm2+4cm2=7cm2

A VECTOR QUANTITY – is a quantity which has direction and magnitude (size). It can be specified by a number, unit and direction. Examples include; weight, force, velocity, displacement, acceleration, momentum and magnetic field strength.

A vector quantity is represented on a diagram by a straight line with an arrow i.e.

10N or 2N

The sum of two or more vectors is the resultant vector. Parallel forces which act on an object can be added arithmetically.

Examples of addition of parallel forces on a body

a)

 

b)

 

c)

 

d)

 

NOTE; Forces acting in opposite directions, the resultant is their difference.

To specify resultant force, both magnitude and direction are given

 

QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. A student was heard saying “the mass of a ball on the moon is one sixth its mass on earth”. Give a reason why this statement is wrong.
  2. In the study of a free fall, it is assumed that the force f acting on a given body of mass m is gravitational, given by F= mg. State two other forces that act on the same body.
  3. State how a lubricant reduces friction in the bearings of moving part of a machine.
  4. Distinguish between mass and weight of a body stating the units for each.
  5. State with reason the purpose of the oil that circulates in a motorcar engine.
  6. Name two types of forces which can act between objects without contact.
  7. A house in which a cylinder containing cooking gas is kept unfortunately catches fire. The cylinder explodes. Give a reason for the explosion.
  8. Give a reason why the weight of a body varies from place to place
  9. State why a pin floating on water sinks when a detergent is added.

 

  1. Fig 8 shows water drops on two surfaces. In 8 (a), the glass surface is smeared with wax while in 8 (b) the glass surface is clean.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain the difference in the shapes of the drops.

  1. An astronaut is on the moon. He drops a hammer from a height of 3.2m and it takes 2.0s to hit the lunar landscape. What is the acceleration due to gravity of the moon?
  2. An unloaded spring has a length of 15cm and when under a load of 24N it has a length of 12cm. What will be the load on the spring when length is 10cm?
  3. Give a reason why the weight of the body varies from place to place
  4. A metal pin was observed to float on the surface of pure water. However the pin sank when a few drops of soap solution were carefully added to the water. Explain his observation.
  5. A bag of sugar is found to have the same weight on planet earth as an identical bag of dry sawdust on planet Jupiter. Explain why the masses of the two bags must be different.
  6. Fig 4 shows water drops on two surfaces. In (a) the glass surface is smeared with wax while in (b) the glass surface is clean.

Explain the difference in the shapes of the drops.

  1. The diagram in figure 5 shows two glass tubes of different diameters dipped in water. Explain why h2 is greater than h1
  2. Name two forces that determine the shape of liquid drop on the solid surface.

 

SOLUTIONS

  1. The mass of the body is constant as the number of particles in a body remains constant. Mass is constant everywhere
  2. Up thrust and frictional force
  3. By going between two moving parts so that the parts slid on oil instead of each other.
  4. – Weight is a vector quantity while mass is a scalar quantity.

– Weight varies from place to place while mass is constant.

– Weight is measured using a spring balance while mass is measured using beam balance.

  1. To lubricate the engine/ reduce frictional force
  2. Magnetic, electrostatic and gravitational.
  3. Kinetic energies of molecules increase hence the pressure increases.
  4. Because gravitational force varies with distance from the centre of the earth. Since weight depends on the gravitational pull, then it also varies.
  5. The soap reduces the surface tension and hence the weight of pin becomes greater the surface tension.
  6. In (a) adhesive forces between glass and wax are weaker than cohesive forces between water & water. The opposite is true (b)
  7. 6m /s2
  8. 40N
  9. Either altitude or latitude/ radius of earth changes/ acceleration due to gravity from place to place away from the earth
  10. Addition of soap solution to pure water reduces the strength of the skin total was holding pin from sinking and so it sinks. Surface tension supports the pin. Addition of soap reduces tension/weakens/broken.
  11. Acceleration of gravity on Jupiter is higher than that of earth, so a bag of saw dust must be less massive if the greater acceleration on earth is to produce the same pull as sugar bag on earth.
  12. In (a) cohesive forces between water molecules are greater than adhesive forces between water and wax while in (b) adhesive forces between water and glass molecules are greater than cohesive forces between water molecules.
  13. Surface tension / adhesive forces supports water column or more capillarity in tube 2 than tube 1Surface tension is the same in both tubes and equal to the weight of water column supported Narrow tube has longer column to equate weight to wider tube. Volume of water in the tubes is same hence narrower tube higher column

 

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. Figure 2 shows a funnel dipped into a liquid soap solution.

 

 

 

 

Explain what happens to the soap bubble when the funnel is removed.

An alloy contains 40% by mass of lead and 60% by mass of tin. Determine the density of the alloy in kgm3. (Density of lead = 1 l.4g/cm3 and density of tin = 7.3g/cm3

 

  1. The water level in a burette is 35cm3. If 20 drops of water are added, what is the new level if each drop has a volume of 0.15cm3? A cylinder of height 25cm is completely melted and a sphere of the same radius made. Determine the radius of the sphere in metres and express your answer in standard form.
  2. The figure below shows the change in volume of a liquid in a measuring cylinder when an irregular solid is immersed in it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the mass of the solid is 540g, determine the density of the solid in g/cm3.

  1. Figure 2 below shows a measuring cylinder containing some water.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • New reading …………………
  • New reading

Another 10 cm3 of water was added to the cylinder from a burette delivering volume from 0cm3 to 50cm3.  Record in the spaces provided the new reading indicated on each vessel.

  1. Figure 1 shows a millimeter scale placed in a position to measure the length of a block. An observer takes readings from position A and then from position B
A

 

 

3cm  
2cm  
1cm  
O  

Fig 1

 

 

 

 

State the difference in readings.

  1. Two burettes A and B were arranged as shown below.

Burette A leaked into burette B at a rate of 10 drops per minute. If the initial reading on both burettes was 25ml, what would be their readings at the end of one hour if B does not leak and the average volume of one drop of water is 2.0 x 10-8m3?

  1. State any two factors that determine the choice of instrument for measuring length
  2. The figure 1 below shows the level of mercury and water in a beaker.

 

Water
Mercury

 

 

 

Explain the difference in the shape of the meniscus.

  1. The figure below shows part of a measuring cylinder containing a certain liquid

 

 

 

Use this information to answer questions below

  • State the accuracy of the measuring cylinder
  • What is the volume of the liquid in the measuring cylinder?

 

                       TOPIC 4: PRESSURE

Pressure is the force acting normally (perpendicularly) per unit area. The SI unit of pressure is N/m2 or Nm-2, which is also called Pascal (Pa).

Pressure in solids depends on two main factors i.e. force and area

                                    EXAMPLE 1

A force of 100N is applied to an area 100mm2. What is the pressure exerted on the area in Nm-2.

            Solution

Area; 100mm2                    =         .0000001m2 and Force = 100N

Pressure          =          F/A

=          100 ÷ 0.0000001

=          1.0 x 109Nm-2

 

A man whose mass is 90kg stands on a floor.

  1. If the area of contact between his feet and the floor is 0.0368m2, determine how much pressure he able to exert on the floor.

Pressure, P      =          F/A

=          900N/0.0368m2

=         24,456.5217N/m2.

  1. What pressure will he exert on the floor if now he stands on one foot?

Pressure, P      =          900N/ (0.0368/2)

=          48,913.0435N/m2

 

MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM PRESSURE

Maximum pressure    =          Force

Minimum area

Maximum Pressure Pmax             =         F

Amin

Minimum pressure     =          Force

Maximum area

Minimum pressure Pmin          =          F/Amax.

 

                                    EXAMPLE 2

A block of wood measures 2cm by 3cm by 4cm and has a mass of 6 kg.

Calculate its pressure when; a) Area is minimum (maximum pressure) b) Area is maximum (minimum pressure).

Area -2 x 3 =6cm2

-2 x 4 =8cm2

-3 x 4 =12cm2

  1. A min =6cm2 =0.006m2 and F =60N

P max =60/0.006 =100,000Nm-2

  1. A max =12cm2=0.0012m2 and f = 60 N

Pmin = 60/0.0012 =50,000Nm-2

EXERCISE

  1. A block of wood measures 3m by 6m by 2m and mass 3kg. Calculate;
  2. Maximum pressure
  3. Minimum pressure
  4. A brick 20cm by 10cm by 5cm has a mass of 500g. Find maximum and minimum pressure. (take g = 10N/kg)
  5. How much force must be applied on a blade of length 4cm and thickness 0.1mm to exert pressure of 5,000,000 Pa.?

Exercise 4.1 (no 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) KLB

            PRESSURE IN LIQUIDS

Pressure in liquids depends on the following;

Ø Depth of the liquid

Ø Density of the liquid

Pressure in liquids increases with depth and density.

            EXPERIMENT: To show variation of pressure in liquids

APPARATUS: A tall tin, nail and water

PROCEDURE

  • Using the nail, make 3 holes A, B, C of the same diameter on a vertical line of one side of the tin
  • Fill the tin with water as shown below.
  • Observe water jets from the holes A, B, C.

 

            OBSERVATION

The lower hole, A, throws water farthest, followed by B and lastly by c

            EXPLANATION

The pressure of water at A is greatest than pressure at B and pressure at B is greater than pressure at C. Hence, pressure increases with depth.

            QUESTION

Explain why a diver at the bottom of the dam experiences greatest pressure

At the bottom of the dam depth is greatest and therefore the diver experiences greatest pressure due to the weight above him.

 

                        LIQUID LEVELS

When a liquid is poured into a set of connected tubes with different shapes, it flows until the level are the same in all tubes as shown

 

This shows that the liquid flows to find its own level.

LIQUID LEVELS IN A U-TUBE

When water is poured into a u-tube, it will flow into other arm. Water will settle in the tube with the levels on both arms being the same.

When one arm is blown into with the mouth, the level moves downwards, while on the other arm it rises. This is caused by pressure difference between the two arms as shown,

 

Pressure in liquids increases with depth below its surface

Pressure in a liquid at a particular depth is same in all directions.

Pressure in a liquid increases with density of the liquid.

                        FLUID PRESSURE FORMULA

Consider a container containing a liquid as shown below;

 

If A is the cross-section area of the column, h the height of the column and ρ the density of the liquid then;

Volume of the liquid  =          cross-section area x density

=          Ah

Mass of the liquid      =          volume of the liquid x density

=                      A h ρ

Therefore, Weight of the liquid         =          mass x gravitational force

=          A h ρ g

From definition of pressure P            = force/area

Pressure          =          A h ρ g

A

=          h ρ g

From the formula (p = h ρ g) pressure is directly proportional to;

  • Height of the column
  • The density of the liquid

NOTE: Pressure in liquids does not depend on the cross-section area of the container.

The formula is also used to determine pressure due to a gas column.

                                                EXAMPLE 3

A diver is 10m below the surface of water in a dam. If the density of water is 1000kg/m3, determine the pressure due to the water on the diver. (Take g=10N/Kg)

                        Solution

                        Pressure         =          h ρ g

                                                =          (10 x 1000 x 10)

                                                =          100,000 N/m2

EXAMPLE 4

The density of mercury is 13600Kg/m3. Determine the liquid pressure at a point 76cm below mercury level.

                        Solution

                        Pressure         =          hρg

                                                =          0.76 x 13600 x 10

                                                =          103,360 N/m2

EXAMPLE 5

Calculate the pressure due to water experienced by a diver working 15m below the surface. (Take g = 10N/kg and density of sea water = 1.03g/cm3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                        TRANSMISSION OF PRESSURE IN LIQUIDS

Pressure applied at one part in a liquid is transmitted equally to all other parts of the enclosed liquid. (Plunger)

                       

This is the principle of transmission of pressure in liquids called Pascal’s principle which states that pressure applied at a given point of the liquid is transmitted uniformly or equally to all other parts of the enclosed liquid or gas.

Gases may transmit pressure in a similar way when they are confined and incompressible.

                                                HYDRAULIC MACHINES

The principle of transmission of pressure in liquids is made use in hydraulic machines where a small force applied at one point of a liquid produces a much larger force at some other point of the liquid.

  1. HYDRAULIC LIFT

The hydraulic lift consists of a small piston S of cross-section A1 and a large piston L of cross-section area A2. When a force is applied on piston S, the pressure exerted by the force is transmitted throughout the liquid to piston L.

 

At the smaller piston S the force applied F1 cause a pressure P1 at the cross section area A1.

Therefore, Pressure P1                                       =          F1

A1

The pressure is equally transmitted throughout the liquid to the larger piston.

Thus at small piston pressure is equal to the pressure at the large piston

                                    F2              =          P1 x A2

But,     P1       =          F1

                                                                                                    A1

F2              =          F1 x A2

A1

F2        =          A2

F1                    A1

NOTE; Equation applies if pistons are at the same level

EXAMPLE 6

Find F2 if A1 = 0.52m2, A2 = 10m2 and F1= 100N

                        F2        =          10

                        100                  0.25

                        F2              =          (100 x 10)

                                                     0.25

                                    =          4000N

 

                                    EXAMPLE 7

Determine f2 in the figure below. Density of the liquid =800kg/m3 and

g=10N/kg

 

Pressure at A, PA              =          Pressure at B, PB

(60 x 10)         =          (F2)      +          (0.15 x 800 x 10)

0.008                      0.00025

0.00025(7500 -1200) =          F2

F2              =          18.45N

Exercise 4.2 no.7

  1. HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM

                         

The force applied on the foot pedal exerts pressure on the master cylinder. The pressure is transmitted by the brake fluid to the slave cylinder. This causes the pistons of the slave cylinder to open the brake shoe and hence the brake lining presses the drum. The rotation of the wheel is thus resisted. When the force on the foot pedal is withdrawn the return spring pulls back the brake shoe which then pushes the slave cylinder piston back.

Advantage of this system is that the pressure exerted in master cylinder is transmitted equally to all four wheel cylinders.

The liquid to be used as a brake fluid should have the following properties;

  • Be compressible, to ensure that pressure exerted at one point is transmitted equally to all other parts in the liquid
  • Have low freezing point and high boiling point.
  • Should not corrode the parts of the brake system.

ASSIGNMENT (exercise 4.2 no 1, 2, 3,4,5,6 & 8) KLB

                        ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

Atmosphere means the air surrounding the earth. The air is bound round the earth by the earth’s gravity. The atmosphere thins outwards indicating the density of air decreases with the distance from the surface of the earth

The pressure exerted on the surface of the earth by the weight of the air column is called air pressure

Atmospheric pressure can be demonstrated by crushing can experiment.

EXPERIMENT: To demonstrate the existence of the atmospheric pressure

APPARATUS: Tin container with a tight-fitting cork, water, tripod stand, Bunsen burner.

PROCEDURE

  • Remove the cork from the container and pour in some little water.
  • Boil the water for several minutes.
  • Replace the cork and allow the container to cool or pour cold water to cool it faster.

 

            OBSERVATION

During cooling, the container crushes in.

  EXPLANATION

Steam from boiling water drives out most of the air inside the container. When heating, the steam pressure inside the container balances with atmospheric pressure outside.

On cooling the steam condenses. A partial vacuum is therefore created inside the container. Since pressure inside the container is less than the atmospheric pressure outside, the container crushes in.

NOTE: Steam inside the container condenses lowering the pressure. The outside atmospheric pressure exceeds the pressure inside the container thereby crushing it.

            MAXIMUM COLUMN OF LIQUID THAT CAN BE SUPPORTED BY

            ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE

When water is sucked up a straw, the air inside the straw reduces. The atmospheric pressure acting on the surface is now greater than the pressure inside the straw. Water is thus pushed up the straw by atmospheric pressure.

If the straw was long enough and sealed at the top, it would be possible to estimate the height of water that would be supported by atmospheric pressure

 

In case of water the column is too large.

At sea level the atmospheric pressure supports approximately 76cm of mercury column or approximately 10m of water column.

 

                                                            EXAMPLE 8             

A girl in a school situated in the coast (sea level) plans to make a barometer using sea-water of density 1030 kg/m3. If atmospheric pressure is 103,000 N/m2, what is the minimum length of the tube that she will require?

                        Solution         

                        P          =          h e g    but p is atmospheric pressure

            103,000           =          h x 1030 x 10

                        H         =          10m

EXAMPLE 9

 A sea diver is 35m below the surface of sea water. If the density of the sea water is 1.03g/cm3 and g=10N/kg. Determine the total pressure on him.

                        Solution

                        Total pressure, PT     =          Pa + h e g

                                                            =          103,000 + (35 x 1030 x 10)

                                                            =          463,500N/m2

EXAMPLE 10

The air pressure at the base of a mountain is 75cm of mercury while at the top is 60cm of mercury. Given that the average density is 1.25kg/m3 and density of mercury is 13,600kg/m3. Calculate the height of the mountain.

                                    Solution

            Pressure difference due to column of air     =          pressure difference due to mercury                                                                                                          column

                                                            ha ρa g              =          hm ρm g

                                                            ha                                  =          hm ρm g

                                                                                                  ρa g

                                                            ha                     =          (0.15 x 13600 x 10)

                                                                                                      (1.25 x 10)

                                                                                    =          1632m

EXERCISE

  1. The barometric height at sea level is 76cm of mercury while that at a point on a highland is 74cm of mercury. What is the altitude (height) of the point? Take g =10N/kg, density of mercury =13600kg/m3 and density of air =1.25kg/m3.
  2. A student in a place where the mercury barometer reads 75cm wanted to make an alcohol barometer, if alcohol has a density of 800kg/m3, what is the minimum length of the tube that could be used?

                                    MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE

  1. THE U-TUBE MANOMETER

Is an instrument used to measure fluid pressure.

It consists of a u-tube filled with water or any other suitable liquid or gas as shown

 

Pressure at Z   =          Atmospheric pressure due to column of water.

Pressure at X  =         pressure at Z

Pressure at X  =         Pg

Pressure at Z   =          atmospheric pressure + pressure due to column of water

Pg         =          Pa + h ρ g.

Since the density of water and gravitational force is known we can determine pressure of a gas if the atmospheric pressure is known.

                                                EXAMPLE 11

Suppose h=20cm, Pa = 103,000N/m2 and density=1000kg/m3, determine the total pressure (Pg)

Solution

Pg         =          103,000 + (0.2 x 1000 x 10)

=          105,000N/m2

  1. SIMPLE MERCURY BAROMETER

                           

At sea level atmospheric pressure supports approximately 76cm of mercury column or 10m of water column. This difference in height column between mercury and water is that mercury is much denser than water.

Mercury column forms a simple barometer, its height changing inside on the glass tube as air pressure outside changes.

The space above mercury in the barometer tube must contain air or water vapour since the barometer reading will be as shown above.

The space above in mercury in the tube when upright is called toricellian vacuum

The height h of the column is a measure of the atmospheric pressure.

At sea level, h=76cm since density of mercury = 13600kg/m3.

            Atmospheric pressure, Pa     =          h ρ g

                                                            =          0.76 x 13600 x 10

                                                            =          103,360N/m2 (it is also referred as one                                                                                                        atmosphere 1 atm)

  1. FORTIN BAROMETER.

This is an improved version of a simple mercury barometer. Was designed by

FORTIN

 

The ivory pointer acts as the zero mark of the main scale. The leather bag acts as reservoir of mercury height.

Before taking the reading, the level of mercury surface in the reservoir is adjusted by turning the adjusting screw until the surface of mercury just touches the tip of the ivory index.

The height is the read from the main scale and vernier scale. The readings obtained from the barometer are in terms of the height of mercury column and written as mmHg or cmHg.

For example at sea level h=760mmHg and density of mercury=13600kg/m3

                        Pa        =          h ρ g

                                    =          0.76 x 13600 x 10

                                    =          103,360Nm-2

 

  1. ANEROID BAROMETER

Is a portable type of barometer consisting of a sealed, corrugated metal box as shown below

 

The pointer would indicate a particular value of atmospheric pressure of the surrounding so that any changes in pressure would be noticeable by movement of the pointer to either side of this atmospheric value on the scale.

The aneroid barometer movement makes it adaptable to measure heights.

Aneroid barometers (Altimeters) are used in aircrafts to measure heights. Its normally calibrated in millibars. 1 bar=100,000Nm-2

            1millibar (mbar)         =          100Nm-2

  1. PRESSURE GAUGES

They are portable and are used mostly for measuring gas pressure, tyre pressure, pressure of compressed air compressors and steam pressure

 

It is made of coiled flexible metal tubes which uncoil when the pressure inside increases. The movement of the tube is made to drive a pointer across a scale, through a combined system of levers and gears.

EXAMPLE 12

The pressure of a car tyre, measured with a pressure gauge is 40Ncm-2. What is the total pressure of the tyre in Nm-2?

 

PTotal       =         Pa +gauge pressure

=          103,360 + (40 x 10,000)

=          503,360Nm-2

                        APPLICATION OF PRESSURE IN LIQUIDS AND GASES

  1. THE BICYCLE PUMP

A bicycle pump is a simple form of compression pump.

 

The pump is connected to a tyre which has a rubber valve in it. When the pump handle is drawn out air below the washer expands and its pressure is reduced below the atmospheric pressure.

Air from outside the pump the flows past the leather washer into the barrel. The higher air pressure in the tyre closes the tyre valve.

When the pump handle is pushed in, the air in the pump barrel is compressed.

The high pressure in the barrel presses the leather washer against the sides of the barrel. When the pressure of the compressed air becomes greater than that of air in the tyre, air is forced into the tyre through the tyre valve which now opens.

NOTE: There is an increase in temperature of the pump barrel during pumping because work is done during compressing the air.

 

  1. THE LIFT PUMP

It is used to raise water from wells. It consists of a cylindrical metal barrel with a side tube. It has two valves P & Q.

 

UPSTROKE

When the plunger moves during upstroke, valve P closes due to weight and pressure of water above it. At the same time, air above valve Q expands and the pressure reduces below atmospheric pressure.

The atmospheric pressure on the water surface in the well below this pushes water up past valve Q into the barrel. The plunger is moved up and down until the space between P and Q is filled with water.

DOWNSTROKE

During down stroke valve Q closes due to its weight and pressure of water above its piston.

Limitations of Lift Pump

The atmospheric pressure support only 10m column of water, which is actually a theoretical value but practically this pump raises the water less than 10m because of;

  • Low atmospheric pressure in places high above sea level.
  • Leakages at the valves and pistons
  1. FORCE PUMP

This pump can be used to raise water to heights more than 10m.

 

UPSTROKE

During upstroke, air above the valve S expands and its pressure reduces below atmospheric pressure. The atmospheric pressure on the water in the well below pushes water up past valve S into the barrel.

NOTE: Pressure above valve T is atmospheric hence the valve does not open.

DOWNSTROKE

During down stroke, the valve S closes. Increase in pressure in the water in the barrel opens valve T and forces water into chamber C so that as water fill the chamber air is trapped and compressed at the upper part.

During the next stroke, valve T closes and the compressed air expands ensuring continuous flow.

Advantages of a Force Pump over a Lift pump

  • Force pump enables continuous flow of water.
  • Height to which water can be raised does not depend on the atmospheric pressure. It depends on;
  • Amount of forces applied during down stroke.
  • Ability of the pump and its working parts to withstand pressure.

 

  1. THE SIPHON

     

A tube can be used to empty tanks or draw petrol from petrol tanks in cars.

When used in this way it is referred as a siphon

Pressure on the surface of the liquid is atmospheric pressure. Since end C of the tube is below the surface A by height h, pressure at C is greater than that at the surface.

The tube is first filled with the liquid after which it will continue to run so long as end C is below the liquid surface.

Pressure at C = pa + h e g. The excess pressure (h e g) cause the liquid to flow out of end C

The siphon will work only if;

  • End of the tube C is below the surface of A of the liquid to be emptied.
  • The tube is first filled with the liquid, without any bubbles in it.
  • The tube does not rise above the barometric height of the liquid from the surface A of the liquid to be emptied.
  • One end of the tube is inside the liquid to be emptied.

NOTE: A siphon can operate in a vacuum.

 

REVISION QUESTIONS

  1. The atmospheric pressure on a particular day was measured as 750mmHg. Express this in Nm-2. (Density of mercury = 13600kg/m3 and g=10N/kg)

Solution

P          =          h e g

=          0.75 x 13600 x 10

=         

  1. A roof has a surface area of 20,000cm2. If atmospheric pressure exerted on the roof is 100,000Nm-2, determine the force on it. (Take g = 10N/kg)

 

  1. The diagram below shows a simple barometer
A

(i)Name the part labeled A

(ii)Explain what would happen to the level of mercury in the tube if the barometer was taken high up the mountain

Force applied to brake pads
  • Figure 2 below represents a car hydraulic braking system.
Fluid
Slave piston
Master piston
 

Foot pedal

 

Use the information given in the diagram above to answer questions

  1. a) State one property the fluid should have.
  2. b) Explain briefly how the system operates.
  3. The diagram below shows a water tank of height h?

What is the relationship between the velocity V of the water jet and the height h

  1. State the possible reason why, if water is used as a barometer liquid, the glass tube required to hold the column of the liquid is longer
  2. State the definition of atmospheric pressure
  3. What is the density of alcohol?
  4. A person’s lung pressure as recorded by a mercury manometer is 90 mm Hg. Express this pressure in SI units.
  5. The barometric height at sea level is 76cm of mercury while at a point on a highland it is 74cm of mercury. What is the altitude of the point? (Take g = 10m/s2, density of mercury = 13600kg/m3 and density of air as 1.25kg/m3)
  6. Figure 4 below shows a measuring cylinder of height 30cm filled to a height of 20cm with water and the rest occupied by kerosene
Fig. 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that density of water = 1000Kgm-3, density of kerosene = 800Kgm-3 and atmospheric pressure = 1.03×105 Pa, determine the pressure acting on the base of the container

  1. State Pascal’s principle of transmission of pressure
  2. A helical spring extends by 1 cm when a force of 1.5N is applied to it. Find the elastic potential energy stored in it.
  3. Two immiscible liquids are poured in a container to the levels shown in the diagram below.

 

 

 

 

If the densities of the liquids A and B are 1g/cm3 and 0.8g/cm3 respectively, find the pressure acting upon solid C at the bottom of the container due to the liquids

  1. Mark the position of the water levels in the manometer when the gas supply is fully turned on
  2. Calculate the pressure of the gas supply (Atmospheric pressure = 1.0×105Pa)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A small nail may pierce an inflated car tyre and remain there without pressure reduction in the tyre. Explain the observation
  2. (a) State two ways of increasing pressure in solids

(b) The figure 1 shows a liquid in a pail

 

 

 

 

Suggest a reason why pail manufacturers prefer the shape shown to other shapes

  1. A block measuring 20cm x 10cm by 5cm rests on a flat surface. The block has a weight of 3N. Determine the maximum pressure it exerts on the surface.
P
B
(Effort)
10KN
LOAD
X
Liquid X
60cm
F
  • The figure below shows a hydraulic press P which is used to raise a load of 10KN. A force F of 25N is applied at the end of a lever pivoted at O to raise the load

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) State one property of liquid X

(b) Determine the distance x indicated on the press if force on piston B is 100N

  1. Mercury –in-glass barometer shows a height of 70cm. What height would be shown in the barometer at the same place if water density 1.0 x 103kg/m3 is used. (Density of mercury = 13600kgm-3)
  2. The total weight of a car with passengers is 25,000N. The area of contact of each of the four tyres with  the ground is 0.025m2. Determine the minimum car tyre pressure
  3. (a) The diagram below represents a u-shaped glass tube sealed at one end and containing mercury

 

 

 

(i) What is the pressure of the gas as shown in the diagram above?

(ii) Explain why the gas should be dry if it is to be used to verify a gas law

(iii) Describe how the arrangement can be used to verify Boyle’s law.

(b) Use the kinetic theory of gases to explain why;

(i) The pressure of a gas increases with temperature increase

(ii) The pressure of a gas decreases as volume increases

  1. The reading on a mercury barometer at Mombasa is 760mm. Calculate the pressure at Mombasa (density mercury is 1.36xl04Kgm-3 )
  2. The figure below is a manometer containing water. Air is blown across the month of one tube and the levels of the water changes as the figure below.
Blow air

 

 

 

 

 

Explain why the level of water in the right limb of manometer is higher.

  1. In the diagram below, the U-tube contains two liquids; X and Y which do not mix. If the density of liquid Y is 900Kgm-3 and that of X is 1200Kgm-3, calculate the height of liquid Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOLUTIONS

  1. Because of its low density
  2. Atmospheric pressure is the pressure exerted on the surface of the surface of the earth by the weight of the air column
  3. hw ƍw g =  hw ƍw g

∴ hw ƍw =ha ƍa

Density of alcohol       = 16 cm x 1g/cm3   x 1000

20 cm

=          800 kgm-3

  1. P = h ƍ g

= 90 m x 13600kgm-3 x 10Nkg-1

1000

=          12 240 Nm-2

  1.       (76 – 74) X 13600 X 10  = h X 1.25 X 10

100

H         =          2 X 13600

100     1.25

=        217. 6 m

  1. Pressure due to kerosene =  h kg

=          800 x 0.1 x 10 = 800p.aÖ1

Pressure due to water =          w h w g

= 1000 x 0.2 x 10 = 2000p.aÖ1

Atmospheric pressure = 103,000p.a

Total pressure            = 800 + 2000 + 103000

=          105800 Pa

  1. Pressure applied at one pat in a liquid is transmitted equally to all other parts of the enclosed
  2. Pressure on = L f g

Solid at c        = (0.02 x 1000 x 10) + (0.04 x 800 x 10);

= 200 + 320

= 520 N/m2

  1. Difference in the level of water should be 20cm
  2. Pressure of the gas = Atmospheric pressure + ehg;

= 1.0 x 105 + 20 x 1000 x 10

100

= 1.0 x 105 + 2.0 x 103Nm-2

= 1.02 x 105Pa;

  1. – Rubber is elastic; and when a nail is pushed through it stretches and grips firmly the nail    without  allowing air leakage; or – Valve effect pressure from inside causes tyre rubber to press firmly on the nail;
  2. (a) – Increasing the force (weight)

(b) Slanting sides increase the area supporting the weight of the liquid, hence its effect

on the  bottom of  the container

  1. Max pressure = Force/ Min Area  Ö 1

= 3N/ 0.1 X 0.05Ö1

= 600N/m2 Ö 1

  1. (a) – Incompressible

– Not corrosive

– Has low freezing point and high boiling point       (any one)

  1. h1p1g = h2p2g

h = h1p1

p2

= 0.7 x 13600Kg/m3

1000kgm-3

= 9.52m

  1. Pressure =       Force

Area

= 2500

4 x 0.025

= 250,000Pa

 

  1. a)         i) Atmospheric pressure 1.05 x 105N/M2
  2. ii) Any water vapour available is near its condensing point. Intermolecular forces

are therefore appreciable Ö, so it does not behave like an ideal gas

iii) – Fix a millimeter scale to read the length ( L) of air column B Ö and the difference in  height (h) between the levels A and CÖ

– Adjust the level of C by adding more mercury a little at a time and record the

corresponding values of L and h each time Ö

  • A graph of L against h represents Boyle’s law Ö
  • i) Increase in temperature causes gas molecules to move faster(increases in kinetic energy), Ö hence they generate greater/ higher impulsive force on impact Ö
  • With increase in volume gas molecules are sparsely spaced Ö so the rate of collision  is reduced/ lowered

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. The total weight of a car with passengers is 25000N. The area of contact of each of the FOUR tyres with the ground is 0.025m2.

Determine the minimum car tyre pressure.

  • I Write an expression for pressure on a liquid in hydraulic jack
  • II While using a jack, a mechanic applied a force of 100N on the effort piston while raising the rear part of a car.
  1. Determine the maximum load that can be raised
  2. Give a reason why gas is not suitable for use in place of the liquid in a jack.
  1. The lift pump is effective for pumping water as long as the well is less than 10m deep. Explain.
  2. The reading on a mercury barometer at Mombasa is 760mm. Calculate the pressure at Mombasa (density of mercury = 1.36 x 104 Kgm-3)
  3. State one property of a barometer liquid and explain its effects.

Figure 1 below shows a liquid being siphoned from one beaker to another. Refer to this diagram where answering questions 5, 6 and 7

  1. Indicate on the diagram the direction of flow of the liquid
  2. Show that the force driving the liquid through the U – tube is proportional to the height, h
  3. State what would happen to the flow if the system in figure 2 were put in vacuum.
  4. Figure above shows a U tube containing two liquids L1 and L2 of densities 0.8 g cm-3 and 1.8 cm-3 respectively in equilibrium. Given that h2 = 8 cm determine the value of h1
  5. A small nail may pierce an inflated car tyre and remain there without pressure reduction in the tyre. Explain this observation
  6. The height of the mercury column in a barometer at a place is 64cm. What would be the height of a column of paraffin in barometer at the same place? (Density of paraffin = 8.0 x 102 kgm-3)
  7. A vacuum pump was used to pump out air from the glass tube immersed in liquids as shown in figure 3.

After sometime the level of paraffin rose to position X. Mark the corresponding position for the water level. Give a reason for your answer.

  1. A hole of area 2.0 cm2 at the bottom of a tank 2.0m deep is closed with a cork. Determine the force on the cork when the tank is filled with water. (Density of water is 1000kg/m3 and acceleration due to gravity is 10m/s2).
  2. The reading on a mercury barometer at a place in 700mm. What is the pressure at the place Nm-2 (Density of mercury is 1.36 x 104 kgm-3)
  3. In an experiment to demonstrate atmospheric pressure, a plastic bottle is partially filled with hot water and the bottle is then tightly corked. After some time the bottle starts to get deformed

(a) State the purpose of the hot water.

(b) State the reason why the bottle gets deformed. Explain your answer.

  1. Figure 4 shows a lift pump.

(a)Explain why, when the piston is;

  1. i) Pulled upwards, valve A opens while valve B closes.
  2. ii) Pushed downwards, valve A closes while valve B opens.
  3. After several strokes, water rises above the piston as shown in Figure 5.
  4. State how water is removed from the cylinder through the spout.
  5. c) A lift pump can lift water to a maximum height of 10m.

Determine the maximum height to which the pump can raise paraffin. (Take density of paraffin as 800kgm-3 and density of water as 1000kgm-3).

  1. State one factor that determines the height to which a force pump can lift water.
  2. Explain why a dam is thicker at its base than at the top.
  3. The pressure exerted by the atmosphere on a table is 100,000Pa. What does this mean?
  4. On a dining table of area 1m2, air pushes down with force of 101,000N (atmospheric pressure = 101,000Pa). Explain why the table does not collapse or break.
  5. Explain why the level of mercury in a mercury barometer varies from day to day.
  6. If atmospheric pressure is 101,000 N/m2, what force is exerted on a wall of area 12m2?
  7. Explain why you can fill a bucket from a downstairs tap quicker than from an upstairs tap
  8. Explain why a giraffe must have a stronger large heart compared to a human being.
  9. State why a barometer will show a greater reading when taken down a 200m pit.
  10. A hydraulic press has the small piston of area 5cm2 and a force of 40N is applied to it.
  11. (i) Calculate the pressure transmitted throughout the liquid.

(ii) If the larger piston has an area of 20cm2, what is the force exerted on it?

  1. Explain why a sharp knife cuts well than a blunt one.
  2. State Pascal’s principle of pressure.
  3. Explain why the atmospheric pressure decreases with increasing the height or altitude.
  4. Explain why we do not feel the great air pressure around us.
  5. Why do deep sea divers wear diving suits?
  6. Why are planes pressurized?
  7. Explain how a drinking straw operates when in use.
  8. Explain how a syringe operates when being used.
  9. Describe the working of a hydraulic press
  10. Study the diagram below:

 

 

ρ1                              ρ2                   20cm

h1

 

 

If ρ1= 2000kg/m3 and ρ2 = 1500kg/m3, calculate h1.

  1. Explain why walking on a murrum road in bare feet is more painful than walking on sand.
  2. A pressure of 2000Pa acts on an area of 0.05m2. What force is produced?
  3. At sea level, what is the approximate value of atmospheric pressure in

(a) Pa

(b) MmHg

(c) Atmospheres

  1. Why is mercury used in a barometer rather than water?
  2. Study the diagram below:

65                Mercury

Gas supply

40cm                                  meter rule

 

(a) Record the excess pressure shown by the meter in mmHg

(b) If the atmospheric pressure is 760mmHg, what is the pressure of the gas supply?

  1. State one advantage of fitting wide tyres on a vehicle that moves on earth roads.
  2. A small nail may piece an inflated car tyre and remain there without pressure reduction in the tyre. Explain this observation.
  3. The height of the mercury column in a barometer at a place is 74cm. What would be the height of a column of a water barometer at the same place? (Density of mercury is 13.2g/cm3 and water 1g/cm3.)
  4. Explain why it may not be possible to suck a liquid into your mouth using a drinking straw on the moon surface
  5. Derive the formula P=h ρ g where P = pressure, h = height or depth, ρ = density of liquid and g = gravity.
  6. The figure below shows a manometer connected to a small funnel whose mouth is covered by a rubber membrane. The funnel is dipped into water in a container.

 

 

 

h1

Water

Mercury

3.0m

 

 

Rubber and funnel

(a)       Given that the density of mercury is 13.6g/cm3 and that of water is 1g/cm3, determine the pressure indicated by the manometer.

(b)       Determine the height h1.

  1. The diagram below shows a liquid being siphoned from one beaker to another. Use this information to answer the questions that follow:

(a) Indicate on the diagram the direction of flow of the liquid

(b) Show that the force driving the liquid through the pipe is proportional to the height h.

  1. State and explain what would happen to the flow in question 2 above if the system in the diagram were put in a vacuum.
  2. Give a reason why water is not a suitable liquid for a barometer.
  3. A rectangular block measures 10cn x 5cm x 4cm and has a mass of 2.2kg.
  4. a) (i) If the gravitational field intensity is 10N/kg, what is the weight of the block?

(ii) What is the area of the smallest face of the block?

(iii) What pressure will the block exert when it is resting on a table on its smallest face?

(iv) What is the least pressure the block exerts on the table?

(b) Calculate the volume of the block.

(c) Determine the density of the material from which the block is made.

  1. A diving bell is pressurized inside to a pressure of 1,000,000Pa above atmospheric pressure. This diving bell is made for use at 100m below the sea surface for oil exploration. The pressure outside the diving bell must be equal to the pressure inside for its door to open. (Opens from inside.)
    1. Calculate the pressure at 100m depth in water.
    2. Explain what would happen to the diving bell when the door opens at :
      1. 10m below the surface.
      2. 200m below the surface.
  • When the diving bell is under the sea, how is the pressure on top of it different from that underneath it?
  1. Explain why the pressure difference in (c) produces buoyancy (upthrust).
  1. Study the figure below:

 

 

 

h

 

 

 

The piston can be pushed in and out but no water can escape. If the larger piston is pushed into the pipe by a force of 200N,

  1. Calculate the pressure applied to the water.
  2. Determine the force exerted on the smaller piston.

pipe

Piston area 500cm2                                                             water                                          piston area120cm2

  1. (a) The figure below shows two cylinders connected by a pipe. in each cylinder there is a piston and the space below each piston is full of water.

10kg mass

 

 

P                                                              Q

 

Water

The area of piston P is 40cm2 and the area of piston Q is 2500cm2. A 10kg mass is placed on piston P.

  1. Calculate the weight of the 10kg mass.
  2. What is the downward force on piston P.
  • Determine the pressure on the water
  1. State the pressure on the water at Q.
  2. Calculate the upward force on Q.

(b) Kamau suggested that the above device could be used as a car jack.

  1. Which piston (A, or B) would you use to support the car? Explain your answer.
  2. Name the above device.
  3. (a) If a lorry weighs 100,000N and has 4 tyres.
    • Calculate the force exerted on the road by each tyre
    • What assumption have you made in the calculation above
    • If each tyre has an area of 0.2m2 in contact with the road, calculate the pressure exerted.

(b) Using a diagram, explain how a bicycle pump operates when filling a tyre with air.

(c) A student sucks air out of the apparatus shown below, from the top.

clip

 

 

 

 

30cm                                                50cm

 

 

Density                                                                      density (ρ)

1000kg/m3

Calculate the density ρ of the other liquid.

  1. (a) A car containing six adults and their luggage weighs 20500N. The area of contact of each tyre with the ground is 0.025m2.
    • Calculate the pressure exerted by each tyre on the ground.
    • State any two assumptions made.
    • The car has to be driven off the road and cross a patch of soft damp sand. The driver thinks that the tyres will sink into the sand and stop the car moving. One of the passengers suggests that the sinking can be prevented by letting some air out of the tyres.
      • I What effect would this have on the shape of the tyres?
      • II How would letting air out of the tyres stop the wheels from sinking.
      • III What other change could be made to stop the tyres sinking into the sand.
    • The air pressure near the ground is about 101KPa. Some aircrafts fly at height of about 20km where the air pressure is only 27KPa.
      1. State two reasons why the outside air pressure is less at 20km than at the ground.
      2. If the air inside the aircraft is 101KPa, what is the difference in air pressure between the inside of the aircraft when fling at a height of 20km?
  • How does this difference in air pressure influence the choice of material used in the construction of the aircraft.
  1. The door of the aircraft is designed to fit into the door frame from inside the aircraft. Explain why the door is designed to fit in this way.
  2. If the fuselage of the aircraft has an area of 4000m2, determine the force acting on the fuselage due to the difference in air pressure between the inside and outside of the aircraft at a height of 20km.
  1. (a) The diagram below shows a manometer connected to a gas supply.

Gas in

U – Tube

 

 

 

The pressure of the gas supply above atmospheric pressure is equivalent to 20cm column of water.

  1. Complete the diagram by marking the position of the levels of the water in the manometer when the gas supply is connected.
  2. If the gas supply had only been partly turned on, what effect, if any, would this have had on the levels of the water in the manometer? Explain your answer.
  • Calculate the pressure of the gas supply above atmospheric pressure in Pascal’s. (ρw=1000kg/m3 )

(b) The diagram shows water standing to a depth of 20cm in a measuring cylinder. There are 500cm3 of water in the measuring cylinder.

 

 

 

Water             20cm

 

 

 

  • I If the density of water is 1g/cm3, calculate the mass and weight of the water in the measuring cylinder
  • II Using the weight in part (i), calculate the pressure exerted by the water on the bottom of the measuring cylinder.
  • III Mark with a letter P on the diagram above a position where the pressure exerted by the water is a quarter of the pressure calculated in part (ii)
  1. a) A newspaper article claimed that a woman wearing shoes with heels which had a small area exerted more pressure on the ground than a n elephant.
    • Explain in terms of the area how this is possible.
    • The article claims that the pressure exerted on the ground by a woman weighing 600N wearing shoes with heels each having an area of 0.9cm2 was 666.7N/m2. What assumption was made about the way the woman was standing? Explain your answer.
    • A typical elephant weighs 30,000N. If each of the elephant feet has an area of 600cm2, calculate the pressure exerted by the elephant on the ground.

(b) A water storage tank is 20m above a tap. Given the density of water as 1g/cm3,

  1. Calculate the pressure of the water at the tap in N/m2.
  2. The area at the end of the tap is 2.0x m2; calculate the force needed to stop the water leaving the tap.
  • When a shower is directly connected to another water storage tank, it is found that water will only flow when the shower head is lowered and not when it is raised. Why is this so? In which way can this problem be overcome?
  1. (a) Describe a laboratory experiment to show that the pressure in a liquid increases with depth.

(b) The experiment in (a) is repeated with a liquid of lower density. What effect, if any, does this have on the pressure at different depths? Explain your answer.

(c) How is the fact that pressure increases with depth

  1. Taken into account when constructing the wall of a dam.
  2. Used in the measurement with a manometer of the excess pressure of the gas supply.

(b) The diagram below shows the inner details of a device called bourdon gauge which can be used to measure air pressure.

 

B                           C                                     Pivots

D

Scale                                                                   Flexible tube

A

 

Air pressure

As the air pressure increases the flexible tube straightens out. Explain why the pointer moves towards B when the air pressure increases.

  1. The graph below shows how the pressure in water changes with depth below the water surface of a creek.

Pressure (kPa)

(880, 960)

 

 

(0, 100)                                                                Depth (m)

  1. Use the graph to find the pressure at a depth of 800m.
  2. Calculate the force exerted by the water on 2.0m2 of the outside surface of a submarine at a depth of 800m.
  • State why the pressure is not zero at the surface of the water.
  1. The part of the submarine containing the crew contains air at normal atmospheric pressure. Explain why the outside walls of this part of the submarine are usually made from very thick steel.
  2. Explain why at a depth of 100m the pressure in sea water is different from lake water.
  3. The diagram below shows a water storage tank supplying water to a tap at A.

Water storage tank

 

 

C

4m

 

B                   A

 

 

  1. If the water level in the tank is 4m above tap at A, calculate the pressure at A due to this water. (density of water = 1000kg/m3)
  2. The tap is moved from A to B. Explain why the water pressure at the tap is unchanged.
  • The diagram is drawn to scale. An object becomes stuck in the pipe at C and the water is unable to flow to the tap. Calculate the pressure at C due to the water and explain your calculation.
  1. If the cross section area of the pipe is 1.2x m2, what force is acting on the object at C due to the water above it?
  2. A pressure sensor attached to an airbag can be used to determine the weight of passengers in a train carriage. See diagram below.

 

 

 

Movable floor

 

Pressure sensor

Trail

In a trial using different number of passengers in a carriage the following results were obtained.

Numbers of passengers in a carriage 20 40 60 80 100 120
Pressure in MPa 8.8 11.2 12.2 14.0 15.0 16.8
  1. Plot a graph of pressure (y-axis) against the number of passengers in the carriage.
  2. What is the pressure when we have 55 passengers in the carriage?
  • Explain why
    1. The graph does not pass through the point (0,0)
    2. The points do not lie on a straight line
    3. Similar readings would have been obtained if the pressure sensor had been placed at the other end of the airbag.

Rubber sucker– this is a shallow rubber cap. Before use it is moistened to get a good seal then pressed firmly on a smooth surface so that the air inside is pushed out. The atmospheric pressure will then hold it firmly against the surface as shown below. They are used by printing machines to lift papers, lifting glass panes, heavy metal sheets

 

-Drinking straw– when a liquid is drawn using a straw air is sucked through the straw to the lungs. This leaves the space in the straw partially evacuated. The atmospheric pressure pushing down the liquid in the container becomes greater than the pressure inside the straw and this forces the liquid into your mouth.

-The syringe– they work in the principle as the straw. They are used by the doctors in hospitals for giving injections.

 

  1. State two reasons why mercury is preferred as a barometric liquid and not water
  2. The diagram in figure 5 below shows hydraulic brake system.
Oil
Master cylinder
Slave piston
5000N
 
Foot pedal
 
Fig 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A force of 20N is applied on the foot pedal to a piston of area 50cm2 and this causes a stopping force of 5000N.

Determine;

  • Pressure in the master cylinder.
  • Area of the slave piston.
  1. The height of mercury column in a barometer density 13600kg/ m-3, at a place is 64cm. What would be the height of a column of paraffin in barometer at the same place?

(Density of paraffin = 8.0 x 102 kg /m3).

  1. The figure 3 shows hydraulic press system using a lever of negligible mass, on the ride of the small piston pivoted at a point P. A force of 50N is applied at R.
R

 

 

Oil
Weight
Area 100cm2
Area 5cm2
50N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate

  • Force exerted by small piston on the liquid.
  • Pressure of liquid below the small piston.
  • The weight of object supported on the larger piston
  1. Water tanks in houses are erected as high as possible. Explain.

Water will flow at high pressure√1

Or- for water to have high potential energy √

  1. The figure below is a gas jar completely filled with water and covered with a wire gauze.

 

Water

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the observation when the set-up is suddenly inverted.
  2. Explain the observation made in (a) above.

 

 

TOPIC 5: PARTICULATE NATURE OF MATTER

Matter is anything that occupies space and has mass. Matter commonly exists in three states i.e. solid, liquid and Gas

The process of sub-dividing matter into smaller units and smaller units continues indefinitely, suggesting that matter is not continuous, but is made up of even smaller parts e.g. A piece of paper can be cut endlessly until a stage when the small pieces cannot be cut into pieces. This suggests that the sheet of paper is made up of tiny particles

 

DEMONSTRATION OF DILUTION

 

APPARATUS: Beaker and potassium permanganate crystals

PROCEDURE

  • Pour water into the beaker to half full.
  • Dissolve the potassium permanganate crystals until the solution is purple.
  • Transfer half of the solution to another beaker and add water
  • Continue the process with other beakers, comparing the colour to each other.

OBSERVATION

The process of dilution can continue until the solution appears colourless. This suggests that the particles of potassium permanganate are spread evenly on water.

As water particles increase, the particles of potassium permanganate are spread further, making the purple colourless and less until it appears colourless.

CONCLUSION

Potassium permanganate is made up of tiny particles.

DISSOLVING A SOLID IN A SOLVENT

  • 100g of salt is put into the flask and water added carefully using a pipette without shaking the salt until it is full.
  • The stopper is then inserted to the mouth of the flask and shaken to dissolve the salt.

 

OBSERVATION

The volume of the solution of salt is less.

CONCLUSION

Particles of salt are able to occupy some spaces between the water particles.

This suggests that the particles of salt differ in size.

The particles of the solution pack more closely in the available space, thus reducing the volume. This further suggests that particles of salt are broken down to fit into spaces between water particles.

BROWNIAN MOTION

 

This is the random movement of particles of a substance in fluids. A fluid is anything that is capable of flowing, e.g. a gas or a liquid.

The particles in a fluid are in a constant random motion.

 

BROWNIAN MOTION IN LIQUIDS

 

DEMONSTRATION OF THE BROWNIAN MOTION

Apparatus: Beaker, hand lens, chalk dust, transparent lid.

PROCEDURE

  • Pour water into the beaker about full as shown

 

  • Sprinkle pollen grains or chalk dust on the surface of water (particles should be small in size, light and sprinkled evenly).
  • Cover the beaker with a transparent lid and with the help of a hand lens observes what happens to pollen grains or chalk dust.

OBSERVATION

The pollen grains or chalk dust is in constant random motion.

CONCLUSION

The particles are hit continually by the movement of small invisible particles of water. The movement is random, suggesting that the particles of water are in constant random movement. This kind of movement is called Brownian motion a tribute to a scientist Robert Brown who first observed the effect.

BROWNIAN MOTION IN GASES

 

THE SMOKE CELL EXPERIMENT

 

DEMONSTRATION OF THE BROWNIAN MOTION IN AIR

Apparatus: Drinking straw, smoke cell, microscope and a bright light source

 

 

 

In this case, one end of the straw is burnt and let the smoke from the other end of the straw into the smoke cell as shown above. The smoke is then covered using a transparent glass lid. The smoke cell is covered to seal the content of the smoke cell. This ensures that the smoke molecules do not escape from the smoke cell. The lid is transparent to allow for easy visible of the smoke cell. The cell is illuminate with bright light. Therefore, the work of lamp in this case is to provide light which illuminates the content of the smoke cell. A hand lens is used to focus the light on the smoke particles in the smoke cell. The microscope is adjusted until bright specks are seen against the grey background. The work of the microscope is therefore to enlarge/magnify the smoke particles in the smoke cell for easy visibility.

OBSERVATION

In this experiment, the smoke particles (which are seen as bright specks) are seen moving in continuous random motion.

EXPLANATION

The smoke particles appear as bright specks since they scatter the light shining on them and appear as bright points. They move about in a continuous random movement because of uneven bombardment by the invisible particles or molecules in air. This suggests that air is made up of small particles which are in constant motion.

When this experiment is repeated at a higher temperature, the smoke particles move faster in a continuous random manner. This is due to increased kinetic energies of the molecules. The opposite is true when the temperature of the content is reduced.

CONCLUSION

From the experiments above, matter is made up of very small particles which are in constant random motion. This is called kinetic theory of matter.

ARRANGEMENT OF PARTICLES IN THE STATES OF MATTER

     

  1. SOLID
  • The particles of solids are closely packed together in an organised way.
  • The closely knit structure is due strong attractive forces (cohesive forces) between the particles.
  • In their fixed positions, they vibrate to and from so that increasing the temperature of the solid increases this vibratory motion.
  • At a certain temperature the solid breaks away from this knit structure and the solid is said to have melted.

 

  1. LIQUIDS
  • The particles are further apart. They are not fixed as in solids but move about in Brownian motion.
  • Liquids can break a solute put in it. It’s easier to dissolve a solute in hot water because the particles have increased energy.
  • The cohesive forces between the particles in liquids are weaker compared to those in solids. Due to this liquids can flow and take up the shape of the container in which they are put.
  • When a liquid is heated molecules gain kinetic energy, they vibrate about and expand. The space between them widens further apart and the liquid changes into gaseous state by a process called
  1. GASES
  • The particles are further apart and have increased random motion compared to those in the liquid state.
  • The cohesive force between the particles is extremely small and as the particles move they collide with each other and with the walls of the container in which they are trapped. This produces gas pressure.
  • Gases are easier to compress indicates that there exists a large intermolecular distance in gas than in liquids. Gas molecules or particles can lose some of their energy and fall back into the liquid state by a process known as

NOTE: Solids which when heated change directly into gas undergo the process called sublimation.

DIFFUSION

  • This is the process by which particles spread from regions of high concentration to those of low concentration. Diffusion takes place in solids, liquids and gases.
  • In solids, diffusion is exceedingly slow but occurs when two metals are placed in contact with each other e.g. lead and gold, metal block vibrating atoms breaks away from the substances to which they belong and enter the other substance to be trapped by its attractive forces. This process is speeded up by high temperature.
  • Diffusion in liquids occurs at a faster rate than in solids.
  • Diffusion in gases is faster due to their low density, high kinetic energy and weak cohesive forces.

DIFFUSION IN LIQUIDS

To investigate diffusion in liquids

Apparatus: Funnel, beaker, copper (II) sulphate solution.

PROCEDURE

  • Pour water into the beaker until it is half full.
  • Pour saturated copper (II) sulphate solution down the funnel slowly and notice how the two liquids settle.
  • Remove the funnel carefully so that the liquids are not disturbed.
  • Repeat the same steps for another set of apparatus but using warm liquids. Make observation.

OBSERVATION AND EXPLANATION

  • Initially, the water layer floats on top of the saturated copper (II) sulphate because it is less dense. After sometime, the boundary disappears and the liquids form a homogeneous pale blue mixture.
  • Formation of the mixture is faster with hot liquids than because the movement of particles is faster due to increased energy. There is greater movement of water particles (molecules) from the water layer into copper (II) sulphate layer because it has greater concentration of water molecules than copper (II) sulphate particles.
  • Similarly, there is a greater movement of particles from copper (II) sulphate layer into the water layer because of greater concentration of copper (II) sulphate particles than water molecules.

 

DIFFUSION IN GASES

OBSERVATION AND EXPLANATION

  • The bromine gas spreads into the gas jar B at a greater speed than it returns to gas jar A because of high concentration of bromine particles.
  • Likewise, air spreads in gas jar A at a greater rate than it returns to gas jar B because of high concentration of air particles in B.
  • A homogenous pale brown mixture forms in the two jars and because this happens in a very short time, it suggests that the random movement of particles is rapid (faster) than diffusion in liquids.

NOTE: Performing the same experiment with the jars held vertically instead of horizontally slows down the rate of diffusion because of the densities of the gases. The less dense gas diffuses much faster into the more dense gas.

RATES OF DIFFUSION

To investigate the rates of diffusion of ammonium gas and hydrochloric gas

OBSERVATION AND EXPLANATION

  • A white deposit of ammonium chloride forms on the walls of the glass tube in the region nearer end B. This suggests that ammonia gas diffused at a higher rate than hydraulic acid gas.
  • Different gases have different rates of diffusion. A gas of high density has heavier particles hence moves more slowly than lighter one.

 

DIFFUSION THROUGH POROUS MATERIALS

                       

  • The porous pot has very fine holes through which the hydrogen gas diffuses into the pot and air diffuses out.
  • Hydrogen gas bubbles out of the glass tube as shown in the set up above.
  • When the gas supply is stopped hydrogen gas diffuses out of the pot through the fine holes at a faster rate than air gets back to the pot. This decreases the gas pressure acting on the water surface in the beaker to push water up the tube.

NOTE: The beaker is used to confine the hydrogen gas around the porous pot.

QUESTIONS

  1. Explain why rotten eggs broken at one end soon spreads the room.
  2. Explain the cause of random motion of smoke particles as observed in Brownian motion experiment using a smoke cell.
  3. Two identical tubes A and B held horizontally contain air and water respectively. A small quantity of coloured gas is introduced at one end of A while a small quantity of coloured water is introduced at one end of B. State with reason the tube in which the colour will reach the other end faster.
  4. Distinguish between solid and liquid states of matter in terms of intermolecular forces
  5. A bottle containing a smelling gas is opened at the front bench of a classroom. State the reason why the gas is detected throughout the room.
  6. Motion of smoke particles can be studied by using the apparatus shown in figure 9 to observe the motion; some smoke is enclosed in the smoke cell and then observed through the microscope.

 

  • Explain the role of the smoke particle, lens and microscope in the experiment
  • State and explain the nature of the observed motion of the smoke particles
  • State what will be observed about the motion of the smoke particles if the temperature surrounding the smoke cell is raised slightly.

SOLUTIONS

  • The spreading is due to diffusion. The odour moves from a region of higher concentration to a region of lower concentration through diffusion.
  • Air molecules are in constant random motion; smoke particles collide with these air molecules hence their random motion.
  • A or tube with air; Gas molecules move faster/quicker than water molecules OR Diffusion of gases is Faster/more than in water/Grahams law the density of air is less than that of water
  • In solids the molecules are held in position by intermolecular forces that are very large. In liquids the molecules are able to roll over one another since the forces are smaller
  • The gas diffuse/ from the region of higher concentration to a region of low concentration.
  • (a) Smoke particles show the behavior or movement of air molecule

Smoke particles are larger than air molecules/ visible and light enough to move when bombarded by air molecules; Lens Focuses the light from the lamp on the smoke particle; causing them to be observable; Microscope enlarge the smoke particles that they are visible/ magnifies smoke particles.

(b) Smoke particle move randomly / zigzag / haphazardly Air molecules bombard the     smoke particles/ knock/ hit Air molecules are in random motion

(c)The speed of motion of smoke particles will be observed to be higher smocking particles move faster, speed increases, increased random motion  

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. Describe the motion solid molecules experience.
  2. What type of motion do molecules in the liquid and gaseous state experience
  3. Describe Brownian motion.
  4. When food is being cooked in the kitchen, why is it possible to smell this food in other rooms in the house?
  5. State the forms of energy possessed by particles in (a) solids (b) liquids (c) gases.
  6. State the type of motions described by a molecule in (a) solid (b) liquid (c) gas.
  7. What do you see when you use a microscope to study illuminated smoke floating in air?
  8. Describe the main difference between molecules in the gaseous state and those in the liquid or solid state.
  9. Describe and explain Brownian motion.
  10. Explain why perfume can be smelt some distance away from the person wearing it.
  11. A house in which a cylinder containing cooking gas is kept unfortunately catches fire. The cylinder explodes. Explain why.
  12. Two identical containers A and B are placed on a bench. Container A is filled with oxygen gas and container B with hydrogen gas. The two gases have equal masses. The containers are maintained at the same temperature. State with reason the container in which the pressure is higher.
  13. (a) A substance has molecules which are moving completely free and random manner.
    1. Is the substance a solid, liquid or gas?
    2. Draw below a diagram to show the path followed by one of these molecules when it is moving randomly.
  • How can the speed of such a molecule be reduced?
  1. What name is given to the temperature at which all molecular motion ceases?

(b) The behavior of substances as they change from solid state to the liquid state can be described using kinetic theory of matter. This assumes that matter is made of small moving particles or molecules.

  1. What is the typical diameter of one of these molecules?
  2. In the spaces in the table below describe the difference in solids and liquids.
  Solids Liquids
Type of motion of molecules    
Position of molecules    
Spacing of molecules    

 

  1. (a) A substance has molecules which are in a close packed regular arrangement undergoing vibrations about fixed positions.
    1. Is the substance a solid, liquid or a gas?
    2. What is meant by `undergoing vibrations about fixed positions’?
  • How can the size of these vibrations be increased?
  1. State the name given to the temperature at which the arrangement ceases to be close packed and regular.

(b) Describe a laboratory experiment using a syringe which shows that molecules of water are closely packed. How can this closely packed arrangement are completely destroyed.

(c) Matter exists in three states, solid, liquid, and gas. Complete the following table by writing in the state best described by each molecular property.

Molecular Property State
1. Close packed  
2.Spacing very large  
3. Moving independently  
4. Very strong forces of attraction  
5. Vibrating about a fixed point  

 

  1. A small amount of air is trapped in an open glass capillary tube by a pellet of mercury as shown below.

Glass capillary tube

Mercury pellet

 

 

Trapped air

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Describe the spacing and motion of the molecules in the liquid mercury and then the trapped air.
  2. How does the pressure of the trapped air compare with that of the air outside the tube?
  • What difference, if any, are there in the speed and spacing of the trapped air molecules compared with those of the outside air (Temperature of both samples of air is the same.)
  1. (a) The diagram below shows an apparatus which may be used for observing Brownian motion
  2. When the apparatus was being used, points of light were observed moving about in a random manner.
    1. What are these points of light?
    2. Why are they moving randomly?
    3. Name two ways by which this random motion could be made less vigorous.

(b) A sealed packet of crisps bought in a shop at sea level was found to appear like a balloon when taken to the top of a mountain.

  • Why did the packet appear to be inflated in this way?
  • Assuming there was no difference in temperature between sea level and the top of the mountain, what were the similarities and differences in motion of the air molecules inside the packet at sea level and on the top of the mountain.
  1. (a) Some smoke is trapped in a small glass cell containing air and is brightly lit. When the mixture is viewed through a microscope, small bright specks which dance about in a random fashion can be seen.
    1. What are small bright specks?
    2. Explain what makes them dance in a random fashion.
  • Complete the diagram below by adding lines to show the movement of the small speck shown.

 

 

  •                                         Bright speck

 

 

 

 

  1. State three assumptions of the kinetic theory of gases.
  2. Figure below shows apparatus used to observe the behaviour of smoke particles in a smoke cell.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain what was observed
  2. Explain what happens if the temperature was raised.
  3. State why diffusion is faster in gases than in liquids.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 6: THERMAL EXPANSION

TEMPERATURE

This is the degree of hotness or coldness of a body. Temperature of a body is measured by an instrument called a thermometer.

Temperature is a basic physical quantity and is measured in degrees celcious (0C) or Kelvin (K).

The S.I unit of temperature is Kelvin (K) which is a scalar quantity.

MEASURING TEMPERATURE

A thermometer is an instrument used for measuring temperature. There are various types of thermometers in use. A thermometer is designed according to the purpose for which it is required. The following are some of the commonly used thermometers:

  1. Liquid-in-glass thermometer.
  2. Clinical thermometer
  3. Six’s maximum and minimum thermometer
  • LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETER

A liquid-in-glass thermometer commonly in use is mercury or coloured alcohol as the thermometric substance.

The volume of the liquid changes uniformly with the change in temperature

The characteristics of the liquid in the bulb include;

  1. Be easily seen (visible).
  2. Expand or contract uniformly and by a large amount over a small range of temperature.
  • Not stick to the inside of the tube. (Should not wet the inside of the tube)
  1. Have a wide range of temperature.

 

THERMOMETRIC LIQUIDS

The most common in use is mercury and alcohol.

Mercury freezes at -39oC and boils at 357oC while alcohol freezes at -115oC and boils at 78oC. Alcohol is therefore suitable for measuring temperatures below – 39oC.

 

PROPERTIES OF THE TWO THERMOMETRIC LIQUIDS

ALCOHOL                                                    MERCURY

  • Low boiling point, 78oC – High boiling point, 357oC
  • Low melting point, -115oC – Relatively higher melting point, -39oC
  • Poor thermal conductor –  Good thermal conductor
  • Expansion slightly irregular – Expands regularly
  • Wets glass – Does not wet glass
  • Coloured to make it visible – Opaque and silvery

NB

Water is not used as a thermometric liquid because it undergoes anomalous expansion.

 

TEMPERATURE SCALE

The scale of a thermometer is obtained by selecting two temperatures called fixed points; the lower fixed point and the upper fixed point. The lower fixed point is the temperature of pure melting ice. It is taken to be 00C. The upper fixed point is the temperature of steam above pure boiling water at normal atmospheric pressure. It is taken to be 1000C. The temperature of steam is used since impurities do not affect its temperature but will raise the boiling point of water. The temperature of boiling water itself is not used because any impurities in water would raise its boiling point. The temperature of steam is not affected by impurities in water.

The range between these two points is then divided into equal divisions. Each division is called degree.

FEATURES OF A COMMON THERMOMETER

The basic features of a common laboratory are as shown below.

 

  • Bulb- Carries the liquid in the thermometer. It has a thin glass wall for effective heat transmission between the liquid and body whose temperature is taken.
  • Capillary bore – Liquid expands and contracts along the capillary tube. It is narrow for high degree of accuracy.
  • Glass stem – this is a thick wall surrounding the capillary bore. It also serves as a magnifying glass for easy reading of scale.

 

CELCIOUS AND KELVIN SCALE

They are the commonly used temperature scale. The celcious scale has the fixed points at 0oC and 100oC. In Kelvin scale, the temperature of pure melting ice is 273K while that of pure boiling water at normal atmospheric pressure is 373K.

The lowest temperature in the Kelvin scale (0K) is referred as absolute zero.

This is the temperature at which the energy of the particles in material is zero.

To change oC to Kelvin

T         = (ѳ – 273) K where ѳ is the temperature in oC

 

EXAMPLE 1

Convert 25oC in Kelvin

SOLN

T          =         (25 + 273)

=          298 K

To change Kelvin to oC

Ѳ         = (T- 273) 0C where T is the temperature in Kelvin

 

EXAMPLE 2

Convert 1 K

SOLN

Ѳ         =          1-273

=          -272oC

ASSIGNMENT

  1. Convert the following into Kelvin:
  1. 350C b) -1110C        c) -273 0C
  1. Convert the following into 0C:
  1. 123 K b) 323 K

NOTE: Temperature in Kelvin scale cannot have a negative value because the absolute zero, (0K), is the lowest temperature attainable.

  • CLINICAL THERMOMETER

A clinical thermometer is an instrument used to measure the temperature of a human body.

It uses mercury as its thermometric substance and has a narrow constriction in the tube just above the bulb.

The diagram below shows the main features of a clinical thermometer.

 

The constriction prevents the mercury level from falling down when it contacts with the human body.

The clinical thermometer has a short scale of temperature from 35oC to 43oC spread over its entire level. This is because the human body temperature falls slightly above or below 37oC which is the temperature of a normal and healthy person. Methylated spirit is used to sterilize the clinical thermometer. Boiling water is not used because its temperature is quite far away from the maximum temperature of the clinical thermometer. This can destroy the thermometer.  The thermometer can be reset by a simple flick.

  • SIX’S MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM THERMOMETER

This thermometer is used to record the maximum and minimum temperature of a place during a day. The thermometer consists of a U-tube connected to two bulbs. The U-tube contains mercury. The two bulbs contain alcohol.

The figure below shows the main features of a six’s maximum and minimum thermometer.

 

Working of the Thermometer

When temperature raises alcohol occupying volume of bulb A expand and forces mercury in the U-tube to rise on the right hand side.

The mercury in turn pushes the steel index A upwards. The maximum temperature can be noted from the lower end of the steel index A.

On the other hand when the temperature falls, alcohol in the bulb A contracts and the mercury is pulled back rising u the left hand side of the U-tube. The index B is then pushed up. During contraction of the alcohol, index A is left behind (in the alcohol) by the falling mercury.

The minimum temperature is then read from the lower end of index B.

NOTE: To reset the thermometer, a magnet is used to return the steel indices to the mercury surfaces.

  • THE BIMETALLIC THERMOMETER

It is made up of a coiled bimetallic strip whose one end is fixed and the other end connected to a pointer. Commonly used metals are brass and invar. When the temperature rises brass expands more than invar. The strip thus curls forcing the pointer to move over a calibrated scale.

THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF SOLIDS, LIQUIDS

AND GASES

All substances increase in size when heated. This increase in size of a substance is called expansion. On the other hand when a substance is cooled it decreases in size. This decrease in size is called contraction.

EXPANSION IN SOLIDS

Thermal expansion and contraction in solids can be demonstrated using a ball and ring experiment. Set the apparatus as shown below.

 

NOTE: The ball should pass through the ring when both are at room temperature

  • Heat the ball and try to pass it through the ring. Observe what happens.
  • Leave it for sometime

OBSERVATION

  • When both the ball and the ring are at the same room temperature, the ball just passes through the ring.
  • When the ball is heated; it does not go through the ring but when left there for sometime, it goes through.

EXPLANATION

  • When heated, the ball expands so that it cannot go through the ring.

When left on the ring for some time, the temperature of the ball decreases and it contracts.

  • At the same time, the temperature of the ring increases and it expands so that the ball goes through.

WHY SOLIDS EXPANDS ON HEATING

The molecules of a solid are closely packed together and are continuously vibrating in their fixed positions When a solid is heated the molecules gain more kinetic energy and therefore make larger vibrations about their fixed positions. This increase in vibration means that the molecules collide with each other with larger forces and the molecules increases and so the solid expand.

LINEAR EXPANSIVITY

The measure of the tendency of a particular material to expand is called its expansivity e.g. aluminium expands more than iron thus aluminium has higher expansivity than iron.

The knowledge of linear expansivity values is applied in the designing of materials to ensure that they are able to operate well under varying thermal conditions.

Ordinary glass expands at a higher rate than Pyrex glass. When hot water is poured into a tumbler made of glass it breaks but does break in Pyrex glass.

Concrete and steel are reinforced together because they are of the same linear expansivity. Hence cannot crack under varying thermal conditions.

THE BIMETALLIC STRIP

When two metals of different linear expansivity are riveted together they form a bimetallic strip.

Brass and iron are used to make the bimetallic strip.

On heating the bimetallic strip, brass expands more than iron. The brass thus becomes longer than the iron for the same temperature range. Hence, the bimetallic strip bends with brass on the outside of the curve as shown in (b) below

On cooling, the brass contracts more than iron. It therefore becomes shorter than the iron and thus ends up being on the inner side of the curve as shown in (c) above

 

 

APPLICATIONS OF EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION IN SOLIDS

  • RAILWAY LINES

Gaps are left between the rails. Expansion for the rail is provided by overlapping the plane ends using overlapping joints as shown in the figure below

 

If these gaps for the expansion are not provided then during hot weather, they rails may buckle out, bend and cause derailment of the train leading to destruction and accidents.

  • STEAM PIPES

Pipes carrying steam from boilers are fitted with loops or expansion joints to allow pipes to expand and contract easily when steam passes through and when it cools down.

 

 

  • TELEPHONE WIRES

They are loosely fixed to allow for contraction and expansion. During cold weather, they contract and when it is warm they expand.

Telephone or electricity wires appear to be shorter and taut in the morning.

However in hot afternoons, the wires appear longer and slackened.

  • STEEL BRIDGES

In bridges made of steel girders, one end is fixed and the other end placed on rollers to allow for expansion as shown

 

  • RIVETS

Thick metal plates, sheets and girders in ships are joined together by means of rivets.

The rivet is fitted when hot and then hammered flat. On cooling, it contracts, pulling the two firmly together as shown

 

  • ELECTRIC THERMOSTAT

A thermostat is used to maintain a steady temperature in some devices such as electric iron box, refrigerators, fire alarm and flashing unit for indicator lamp in motor cars.

EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION IN LIQUIDS

The experimental set up below can be used to demonstrate expansion of a liquid.

 

 

A glass flask is filled with coloured water and heated as shown above

OBSERVATION

Immediately the level of coloured water on the tube drops slightly at first and then starts rising.

EXPLANATION

The initial fall of the level of the water is due to the expansion of the glass flask which gets heated first. The water starts expanding when heat finally reaches it and it rises up the tube.

NOTE: The water expands faster than the glass.

QUESTION

Explain why there is a drop in the level of the water initially followed by a steady rise in the level of water.

 

Different liquids expand more than others for a given temperature as shown in the diagram

                                               

In this case, methylated spirit expands most, followed by alcohol and finally water.

 

EXPANSION IN GASES

The experiment below can be used to demonstrate expansion of air.

 

Invert the flask with glass tube dipped into the water as shown.

Warm the flask with your hands for some time and note what happens.

Remove your hand and let the flask cool while the tube is still inserted in water.

OBSERVATION AND EXPLANATION

When the flask is warmed the level of water column inside the glass tube drops indicating air expands. When the flask is warmed further, some bubbles are seen at the end of the glass tube.

On cooling the air inside the flask contracts and water rises up the glass tube.

THE ANOMALOUS (UNUSUAL) EXPANSION OF WATER

Solids, liquids and gases expands when heated and contracts when cooled.

Water however shows an anomalous (unusual) behaviour in that it contracts when it is temperature is raised from 0oC to about 4oc.

When ice is heated from say -20oC, it expands until its temperature reaches 0oC and it melts with no change in temperature. The melting is accompanied by contraction. The water formed will still contract as its temperature rises from

0oC as shown

 

Above 40C, the water expands with increase in temperature. Since volume of a given mass of water is minimum at 4oC, water at this temperature has a maximum density, slightly higher than 1g/cm3.

A sketch of the variation of density with temperature

                                               

At the melting point of water (o0C) there is a drastic increase in the volume, resulting in a large decrease in density as the ice forms.

EFFECTS OF ANAMALOUS EXPANSION OF WATER

  • Freezing of lakes and ponds

Water in lakes and ponds usually freezes in winter. Ice is less dense than water and floats on water. Since ice a bad conductor of heat it insulates the water below against heat losses to the cold air above.

Water remains at 40C being the most dense, remains at the bottom of a lake while ice being less dense floats on layers of water at different temperatures as shown.

 

Fish and other aquatic animals and plants can therefore survive by living in the liquid layers below the ice.

  • Icebergs

Since the density of ice (0.92g/cm3) is slightly less than that of water it floats with only a small portion above the water surface. The rest and bigger portion rests under water. A big mass of such submerged ice is known as an iceberg.

It poses a great danger to ships as navigators cannot see the submerged part.

  • Weathering of Rocks

When water in a crack in a rock freezes, it expands. This expansion breaks the rock into small pieces.

  • Water pipes

Water pipes bursts when the water flowing through the pipes freezes

 

QUESTIONS

  1. One property of a liquid that is considered while construction a liquid – in – glass thermometer is that the liquid expands more than the glass for the same temperature change. State any other two properties of the liquids that are considered
  2. Explain why a glass container with thick walls is more likely to crack than one with a thin wall when a very hot liquid is poured into them.
  3. Figure 1 shows a circuit diagram for controlling the temperature of a room.

Describe how the circuit controls the temperature when the switch is closed

  1. Fig 2 shows a fire alarm circuit. Explain how the alarm functions.
  2. Figure 3 shows a bimetallic strip at room temperature. Brass expands more than invar when heated equally.

Sketch the bimetallic strip after being cooled several degrees below room temperature.

  1. In the set up shown in Figure 5, it is observed that the level of the water initially drops before starting to rise.

Explain this observation.

  1. Figure 6 shows a bimetallic strip with a wooden handle, suspended horizontally using a thin thread.

The strip is heated at the point shown. Explain why the system tips to the right

  1. A clinical thermometer has a constriction in the bore just above the bulb. State the use of this constriction.
  2. 7 shows a flask fitted with a glass tube dipped into a beaker containing water at room temperature. The cork fixing the glass tube to the flask is airtight.

Explain what is observed when ice- cold water is poured on the flask.

  1. The melting point of oxygen is given as -281.30 Covert this temperature to Kelvin

SOLUTIONS

  1. The liquid expand uniformly, expansion is measurable (large enough), thermal conductivity
  2. Glass is a bad conductor of heart, the difference in temperature between the inside and the outside cause unequal expansion.
  3. Bimetallic strip bends and straightens or the metals expand differently. Current flows, heating takes place, temperature rises, strip is heated and bends way from contact; disconnects heater; temperature; drops reconnected heater or completes circuit.
  4. When mercury is heated (during a fire); it expands and makes contact, completing the circuit to ring the bell. Since the strip is bimetallic when temperature rises the outer metal expands more than the inner metal; causing the strip to try and fold more; this causes the pointer to move as shown
  5. Glass flask initially expands / Heating increases the volume of the flask; hence the level drops. Eventually water expands more than glass, leading to the level rising.; Cold water causes air in the flask to contract // reduces pressure inside flask or when cold water is poured it causes a decrease in volume of air the flask or pressure increases in the flask // volume of the flask decreases.
  6. On heating, the bimetallic strip bends; this causes the position of the centre of gravity of the section to the left to shift to the right causing imbalance and so tips to the right.
  7. Prevents/ holds, traps breaks mercury thread/ stops return of mercury to bulb When thermometer is removed from a particular body of the surrounding
  8. Water rises up the tube into the flask or water is sucked into the tube or bubbles are seen momentarily.
  9. 273+ -281.3  = 8.3K

 

MORE QUESTIONS

 

  1. Figure 5 shows a clinical thermometer which is not graduated.

 

 

B

 

 

  1. Name the parts indicated with letters: A and
  2. Mark the appropriate scale range in degrees Celsius
  1. A bimetallic strip is made from aluminium and copper. When heated, it bends as shown below.
Aluminium
Copper

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch a diagram showing the strip when cooled below room temperature.

  1. Explain why fish can survive under water when the surface is already frozen.
  2. Explain the purpose of the constriction in a clinical thermometer.
  3. It is not advisable to fix electrical cables tightly during the day. Give a reason for this.
Cell
  • The diagram below shows circuit of a fire alarm. When fire breaks it rings the bell to alert people that there is fire. Name two properties of mercury that makes it suitable to be used.

 

Mercury
Bell

 

 

  1. In an attempt to prepare a cup of tea, a student placed boiling water into a glass tumbler. The glass tumbler broke into pieces. Explain this observation.
  2. Figure 5 shows a flask fitted with a tube dipped into a beaker containing water at room temperature. The cork fixing the glass tube is tight.

 

 

 

 

 

 

State with reason what would be observed if cold water is poured on to the flask

  1. Explain why steel is selected for use to reinforce a concreter beam
  2. State two properties of mercury that make it a suitable thermometric liquid.
  3. The diagram below shows a six’s maximum and minimum thermometer.
Saturated vapour
Mercury  

 

 

 

 

 

  1. What is the thermometric liquid in the thermometer?
  2. Why is it necessary for the vapour in bulb B to be saturated?
  • Explain how the thermometer indicates maximum and minimum temperature.
  1. Indicate on the figure the two points where the reading of the temperature shown by the thermometer can be made.
  2. Explain why a lemon juice bottle always has space between the top of the liquid and the cap.
  3. Explain the difference between heat and temperature.
  4. Convert 4500C to Kelvin.
  5. The figure below shows a bimetallic strip.

 

Invar

Brass

This strip is at room temperature. Sketch the bimetallic strip after being cooled several degrees below room temperature. Explain your answer.

  1. A metallic disc is thin and has a hole passing through its centre. Describe what happens to the size of the hole when the disc is heated uniformly.
  2. Give a reason why a concrete beam reinforced with steel does not crack when subjected to changes in temperature.
  3. Describe the thermal expansion of a solid using kinetic theory of matter.
  4. Explain the application of expansion in telephone and electric overhead cables.
  5. Describe how a bimetallic thermometer works.
  6. Explain why aquatic animals are able to survive under water when the surface is already frozen.
  7. When a mercury thermometer is used to measure the temperature of hot water, it is observed that the mercury level first drops before beginning to rise. Explain this observation.
  8. The coefficient of linear expansion of lead is 2.7 x per 0 Explain this statement.
  9. Compare the expansion of brass and iron.
  10. Air in a bulb may be used as a thermometric substance. State:
    • One property of air that would enable the temperature to be measured.
    • One limitation of such a thermometer.
  11. What is meant by absolute zero temperature?
  12. Explain why a thick glass container is more likely to crack than a thin one when boiling water is suddenly poured in.
  13. One property of a liquid that is considered while constructing a liquid in glass thermometer is that the liquid must expand more than the glass for the same temperature range. State any other two properties of the liquid that are considered.
  14. Describe and explain the features of a thermometer which will make it: (a) sensitive (b) Quick acting.
  15. Why would you crawl close to the flow in a smoke filled room when trying to move out?
  16. State three properties of a liquid for it to be considered in constructing a glass thermometer.
  17. Sketch a volume against temperature graph for water that cools from 100C to – 40C
  18. The figure below shows a flask fitted with a glass tube dipped into a beaker containing water at room temperature. The cork fixing the glass tube to the flask is air tight. The flask is warmed with the hands.

Warm hands

Air

Flask

 

 

 

 

Water

State and explain the observations made.

  1. (a) Explain why in warm coastal regions, a cool breeze often blows from the sea to the land during the day time.

(b) Describe and explain what happens at night in question (a).

(c) Careful measurements are made on the density of pure water as shown in the table below.

State Temperature 0C Density (kg/m3)
Liquid 8.0 999.85
Liquid 6.0 999.94
Liquid 4.0 999.97
Liquid 2.0 999.94
Liquid 0.0 999.84
Solid 0.0 916.59

 

  • Use the density data above to describe how the volume of the liquid changes as it cools from 80C to 00C.
  • Describe the change in volume of water as it changes from liquid to solid.
  • Describe what happens to a sealed glass bottle full of water if it were placed in the freezing compartment of a refrigerator.
  1. (a) Two glass spheres contain equal volumes of air at the same temperature and pressure. The spheres are connected by a narrow glass tube containing a mercury pellet as shown below.

 

Glass sphere P                                                        air        glass sphere Q

 

Narrow glass tube

 

Mercury pellet

  • Describe how the air molecules exert a pressure on the walls of the glass spheres.
  • Describe and explain using the ideas of molecules what happens to the mercury pellet when sphere Q is gently heated while sphere P is kept at its original temperature.

(b) The diagram below shows an experiment which can be used to demonstrate the thermal expansion of a solid metal bar.      Pointer

 

Heavy weight                                          solid metal bar

 

Heat                                roller

Table

 

  1. Describe what happens when the bar is heated.
  2. Explain what happens in (i) using kinetic theory of matter.
  • Give an example of an everyday situation where allowance must be made for the expansion of a solid. Explain how this allowance is made for the expansion.
  1. (a) When liquids are stored in a sealed bottle, they are not completely filled out, but a space is left between the cap and the surface of the liquid as shown below.

Cap

Space

 

 

Bottle                                                liquid

 

 

  • Describe what happens to the contents of the bottle when the temperature is increased slowly and uniformly.
  • Explain what happens in (i) in terms of the expansion of liquids and solids.
  • Give a use of the above effect.
  • Describe and explain what happens to the gas in the space above the liquid using kinetic theory.
  • A cylindrical copper rod is heated. State and explain what happens to the density of copper as the rod is being heated.
  1. a) The diagram below shows a long silver rod, a light pointer and a pivot.

Fixed support

 

Long silver rod

 

  •       Light pointer

Pivot

 

  • Describe how this apparatus can be used to measure the expansion of the silver rod as its temperature increases.
  • State a problem of repeating the above experiment using a polythene rod of the same shape and size as the silver rod.
  • State two extra pieces of apparatus that would be needed
  1. (a) Place in ticks in the table below to show which liquid is better in each case.
Characteristic Mercury Alcohol
Expands more evenly    
Expands more    
A better conductor of heat    
Useful at higher temperatures    
Useful at lower temperatures    

(b) In terms of the forces of attraction between the particles, the particle spacing and their motion describe and explain the change in volume that occurs on boiling.

TOPIC 7: HEAT TRANSFER

 

HEAT AND TEMPERATURE

Heat is a form of energy which passes from a body at high temperature to a body at a lower temperature. When a body receives heat energy its temperature increases whereas the temperature of a body that gives away energy decreases.

Thermal equilibrium- Condition when if two bodies at the same temperature are in contact, there is no net flow from one body to the other.

The SI unit of heat is joules.

Heat cannot be measured directly by an instrument as temperature is measured by a thermometer.

 

MODES OF HEAT TRANSFER

Heat can travel through a medium as well as in a vacuum. There are three (3) modes of heat transfer namely;

  1. Conduction – takes place in solids.
  2. Convection – takes place in fluids (liquids and gases).
  • Radiation – takes place in gases (vacuum)

 

  1. CONDUCTION

In stirring a hot tea the handle of a spoon becomes warm. The mechanism to this is explained below,

  • Heat energy entering the spoon from the hot end increases vibrations of the atoms at this ends. These atoms in turn collide with neighbouring atoms, increasing their vibrations and hence passing the heat energy along.
  • Metals have free electrons which travel throughout the body of the metal. Heat energy injected at the hot end of the metal spoon increases the vibration of the particles at the end. The free electrons in that region gain more kinetic energy and because they are free to move, they spread heat energy to the other parts of the spoon.

 

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITIES OF VARIOUS CONDUCTORS

Different materials have different thermal conductivities. Metals are generally good conductors of heat. Non-metals are poor conductors of heat (insulator).

Solids that are good conductors of heat use both atom vibration and free electrons to conduct heat.

Solids that are poor conductors of heat like glass, wood, rubber make use of atom vibration as a mechanism to conduct heat because they have no free or mobile electrons.

The table below shows some of the good and poor conductors in decreasing order of thermal conductivity.

       Good conductors      Poor conductors
Silver Concrete
Copper Glass
Aluminium Brick
Brass Asbestos paper
Zinc Rubber

NOTE: During thermal condition, heat flows through the materials without the material shifting or flowing. Conduction is therefore transfer of heat as a result of vibration of particles.

 

CONDUCTIVITY OF WOOD AND IRON RODS

The following set up is used;

 

Observation and explanation

The paper gets charred (blackened) on the region covering the wooden rod. This is because the wood does not conduct heat from the paper. Wood is said to be a bad conductor of heat while iron is a good conductor.

 

FACTORS AFFECTING THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

Thermal conductivity in materials depends on the following factors;

  • Temperature difference ( Ѳ) between the ends of the conductor.
  • The length of the conductor.
  • The cross-sectional area (A) of the conductor.
  • The nature of the material (K)

 

  • Temperature difference

To demonstrate how temperature difference ( Ѳ) affects thermal conductivity, the following set up is used.

 

Observation

It will be observed that the rod placed in the flame becomes too hot faster than the one placed in the boiling water.

Explanation

The rate of heat flow (thermal conduction) increases with increase in temperature.

Thermal conduction in metals is by two mechanisms i.e. vibration of atoms and by free electrons.

A high temperature difference between the ends of the conductors sets the atoms into vibrations more vigorously and the vibrations are passed more quickly to the cooler end. The electrons on the other hand gain a lot of kinetic energy causing them to spread the heat energy to cooler parts of the metal within a short time.

 

  • Length of the conductor

Consider the set up below

Observation

It will be observed that the end of metal B held in hand becomes too hot earlier than metal A. Thermal conductivity increases with decrease in length.

Explanation

Heat travels within a conductor along imaginary lines called lines of heat flow.

These lines diverge from the hot end as shown

 

The graph of temperature (Ѳ) against length (l) is as shown.

 

When the heat energy gets to the surface of the metal it is easily lost to the surroundings.

The lines of heat are more divergent near the hot end than they are far away (position A and B).

The slope of the graph in the above figure is steeper at A (near the hot end) than at B further away. This indicates that the shorter the length of the material, the higher the rate of heat flow.

 

  • The cross-sectional area of the conductor

Consider the set up below,

Observation

The end of metal A held in the hand becomes too hot earlier than metal B.

Thermal conductivity increases with increase in area of cross-section of the conducting material.

Explanation

The number of free electrons per unit length of the thicker length A is more than those in the thin metal rod B.

 

  • The nature of the material K

To demonstrate how the type of the material K affects thermal conductivity, consider the diagram below,

Observation

In this case, it is observed that end of copper rod held in the hand becomes too hot earlier than iron rod.

This shows that thermal conductivity depends on the nature of the material.

Explanation

Different materials have different strength of force bonding the atoms within the material. The number of free electrons also differs from one material to another material.

Materials with many free electrons are better conductors of heat e.g. copper has more free electrons than iron.

Rate of heat flow =    thermal conductivity x cross-sectional area x temperature difference

                                                                         Length L

 

LAGGING

This is the covering of good conductors of heat with insulators to reduce heat loss through surface effects. For example, iron pipes carrying hot water from boilers are covered with thick asbestos material.

The figure below shows lines of heat flow in a lagged metal bar.

A graph of temperature (ѳ) against the position along the lagged conductor is as shown below.

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY IN LIQUIDS

To demonstrate that water is a poor conductor, the following set up considered,

Observation and explanation

It will be noted that water at the top of the boiling tube boils while ice remains unmelted. This shows that water is a poor conductor.

NOTE: The boiling tube is made of glass (poor conductor of heat) which limits possible conduction of heat down the tube.

The ice is wrapped in wire gauze to ensure it does not float. The fact that the wire gauze is a good conductor of heat and yet ice remained unmelted shows that there is very little heat conduction in water, unable to melt the ice.

Water is heated at the top to eliminate possibility of heat transfer to the ice by convection.

Although liquids are in generally poor conductors of heat, some liquids are better heat conductors than others e.g. mercury is a better conductor of heat than water.

 

Why Liquids Are Poor Conductors of Heat

Pure liquids have molecules further apart from each other. Although molecules move about within the liquid, they are slow to pass heat to other regions compared to the free electrons in metals. This is because there are large intermolecular distances between liquid molecules. There are also fewer and rare collisions between the molecules.

Electrolytes e.g. salt solution, are better conductors of heat than pure liquids because of increased compactness of the particles.

Mercury is a metal existing as a liquid at room temperature. Bromine, the only non-metal existing as a liquid at room temperature, is a poor conductor.

 

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY IN GASES

Since thermal conductivity is by means of vibration of atoms and presence of free electrons, gases are worse conductors of heat because of large intermolecular distance.

A match stick held within the unburnt gas region of a flame cannot be ignited by the heat from the hot part of the flame. This is because gas is a poor conductor of heat.

 

APPLICATIONS OF GOOD AND POOR CONDUCTORS

  • Cooking utensils, soldering irons and boilers are made of metals which conduct heat rapidly. For cooking utensils, the handles are made of insulators such as wood or plastic. Metal pipes carrying hot water from boilers are lagged with cloth soaked in a plaster of Paris to prevent heat losses.
  • Overheating of integrated circuits (ICs) and transistors in electronic devices can drastically affect their performance such components are fixed to a heat sink (a metal plate with fins) to conduct away undesired heat. The fins increase the surface area of heat sink and conduct more heat away to the surrounding.
  • Fire fighters put on suits made of asbestos material to keep them safe while putting out fire.
  • Birds flap their wings after getting wet as a means of introducing air pockets in their feathers. Air being a poor conductor reduces heat loss from their bodies.
  • In modern buildings where desired inside temperatures is to be stabilised, double walls are constructed. Materials that are good insulators of heat and can trap air put between the walls. Examples of such materials that are glass, wool (fibre glass) and foam plastic Air on its own may not effectively give the desired insulation because it undergoes convection. Double glazed windows used for the same purpose have air trapped between two glass sheets.
  • In experiment involving heating water or liquid, the beaker is placed on the wire gauze. The gauze is heated and spreads the heat to a large area of the beaker. If the gauze is not used, heat from the Bunsen burner may concentrate on a small area and may make the beaker crack.

 

  1. CONVECTION

Convection is the process by which heat is transferred through fluids (liquids and gases). The heat transfer is by actual movement of the fluid called convection currents, which arise out of the following;

Natural convection – It involves change in density of the fluid with temperature.

Forced convection – Mixing of hot and cold parts of the fluid through some external stirring like a fan or pump.

 

CONVECTION IN LIQUIDS

To demonstrate convection in liquids the set up below is used

Observation

A purple colourisation rises up from the potassium permanganate, forming a loop.

Observation

The colourisation arising from the potassium permanganate flow in clockwise direction

From the experiments, it is clear that when a liquid is heated, it rises while cold liquid replaces it.

Explanation

When a liquid is heated, it expands and this lowers its density. The less dense liquid rises and its place is taken by more dense colder liquid. This movement of liquid forms convection currents

 

CONVECTION IN GASES

To demonstrate convection currents in gases, consider the set up below

Observation

Smoke is sucked into the box through chimney A and exists through chimney B.

When the candle is put off, the smoke is not drawn into the box.

This shows convection currents are set up when air or gas is heated.

Explanation

The candle heats up the air above it, which expands and rises up because of lower density. Cold heavier air particles is drawn into chimney A, carrying along the smoke which replaces the air that is escaping through chimney B.

 

MOLECULAR EXPLANATION OF CONVECTION IN FLUIDS

Molecules in fluids are further apart and have negligible cohesive force. Heating a fluid increases the kinetic energy of the vibrating molecules and their random movement.

As the fluid rises, these molecules pass energy to the molecules in the colder regions which have less energy. Because the molecules are further away from the heating source, their temperature is reduced.

Pressure near the heating source decreases because of the depletion of molecules as they rise. Colder molecules move into the low pressure zone to fill up the void being created.

This movement of molecules constitutes convection currents. Convection currents are set up much faster in gases than in liquids because of relatively low cohesive force in gases.

 

APPLICATION OF CONVECTION IN FLUIDS

 

  • Domestic hot water system

Initially, the two beakers A and B have cold water. Water in beaker A is coloured to distinguish it from that in beaker B. When the water in beaker A is heated, it is observed to rise up through tube X and emerges on top of cold water in beaker B. The cold water flows down from beaker B to beaker A.

As long as heating continues, there will be movement of hot water into beaker B and cold water will flow down into beaker A. Thermometer will show increase in temperature for water in beaker B.

The commercial domestic hot water system utilizes the same principle of operation. The hot water rises up because of the effective lowering of density.

The force of gravity helps the cold water to flow down from the cold tank.

The hot water tap and expansion pipe are connected to the upper region of the cylinder. The expansion pipe is an outlet for excess water that could have resulted from overheating.

Once the cold water flows down the cylinder, the main pipe allows more cold water to flow into the tank. When filled to capacity, the ball cork floating on water closes a valve i the main pipe, stopping further in flow of cold water.

An overflow pipe lets out water from the cold tank when the valve is not sufficiently functional.

Lagging is done on the pipe that conveys hot water to minimise heat losses.

 

  • Ventilation

This is the supply of fresh air into the room. Air expelled by the room occupants is warm and less dense. It rises up and escapes through the ventilation holes.

Cold fresh air flows into the room to replace the rising warm air. The room gets continuous flow of fresh air.

NOTE: Some devices are fitted with air conditioning devices which cause forced convection of air, giving out cold dry air and absorbing warm moist air.

 

  • Car Engine Cooling System

Heat conduction and convection play a very crucial role of taking away heat from a car engine that would reduce its efficiency.

The engine is surrounded by a metal water jacket that is connected to the radiator. The metal surface conducts heat away from the engine. This heats up the water, setting up convection currents. The hot water is pumped into the radiator which has thin copper fins that conduct away heat from water.

Fast flowing air past the fins speeds up the cooling process.

 

  • Land And Sea Breezes

This is a natural convection of air, and occurs at sea shores because of temperature difference between the mass of water and the land.

The mass of water takes longer time than land nearby land by the same temperature from the sun. Water also takes a longer time to cool than the land after being raised at the same temperature.

During the day, the land heats up much faster than the sea. The air just above the land gets heated up and rises because of reduced density. Cold air above the sea blows towards the land to replace the void created by warm air rising. This is called sea breeze.

In the evening, temperature of the sea water is higher than that of the land. The air above the sea gets heated up and rises. Cold air from the land blows to the sea. This is called land breeze.

 

  1. RADIATION

Heat from the sun to the earth reaches us by radiation. Thermal radiation is heat transfer through a vacuum.

All bodies absorb and emit radiation. The higher the temperature of the object, the greater the amount of radiation A body emitting thermal radiation can also emit visible light when it is hot enough.

An electric bulb in a room produces both light and radiant heat. The radiant heat is absorbed by the materials in the room, which in turn give out radiant heat of lower energy.

 

NATURE OF RADIANT HEAT

To demonstrate the radiant heat;

Consider light rays travelling from sun light to hand lens as shown,

 

 

 

 

 

OBSERVATION

When light rays are focused onto the paper, it burns out.

EXPLANATION

Radiant heat, like light can be concentrated to a point using a lens. Thermal radiation is a wave like light and can be reflected. Because of the nature of production, radiant heat is an electromagnet wave which causes heating effect in objects that absorb it.

Radiation can also be described as the flow of heat from one place to another by means of electromagnetic waves.

 

EMISSION AND ABSORPTION OF RADIATION

To compare radiation from different surfaces (shiny and black surfaces),

Consider the set up below,

 

 

 

 

 

The two surfaces are heated to a certain temperature say 800C. The temperatures of the two tins taken after sometime

Observation

After sometime, it is noted that the temperature recorded by TB is lower than that recorded by TS.

Explanation

The experiment shows that black surfaces are better emitters than shiny surfaces.

A graph of temperature against time for temperatures recorded by each thermometer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The graph shows water in a shiny tin lost heat less rapidly than the blackened tin (good emitter).

To Compare Absorption of Radiant Heat by Different Surfaces

Set up the apparatus as shown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observation

The cork fixed on the dull/black surface falls off after the wax, melts, while the cork polished/shiny plate remains fixed for a longer time.

Consider also the set up below,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observation

The thermometer TB immersed in water in the blackened tin records higher reading than that of thermometer TS, when the heater is placed mid-way between tin A and tin B.

A graph of temperature (oC) against time (minutes) is as shown,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The graph shows that temperature of water in the polished tin does not increase as fast as temperature of water in blackened tin.

EXPLANATION

Black surfaces are good absorbers of radiant heat than polished surfaces.

NOTE: Good absorbers of radiant heat also good emitters while poor absorbers of heat are also poor emitters.

Poor emitters of heat are also good reflectors.

 

APPLICATIONS OF THERMAL RADIATION

  • Kettles, cooking pan and iron boxes have polished surfaces to reduce heat lose through radiation.
  • Petrol tanks are painted silvery bright to reflect away as much heat as possible.
  • Houses in hot areas have their walls and roofs painted with bright colours to reflect away heat, while those in cold areas have walls and roofs painted with dull colours.
  • In solar concentrators, the electromagnetic waves in form of radiant heat are reflected to a common point (focus) by a concave reflector. The temperature at this point can be sufficiently high to boil water.
  • The green house effect- A green house has a glass roof through which radiant heat energy from the sun passes. This heat is absorbed by objects in the house, which then emit radiation of lower energy that cannot penetrate through glass. The cumulative effect is that temperature of the houses increases substantially. Greenhouses are used in providing appropriate conditions for plants in cold regions.

NOTE: Carbon dioxide (CO2) and other air pollutants in the lower layers of the atmosphere show the same properties of glass, raising the temperature on earth to dangerous levels.

 

  • Solar heater

The solar heater uses solar energy to heat water. The figure below shows the solar heater,

The solar heater consists of a coiled blackened copper pipe on an insulating surface. Radiant heat from the sun passes through glass and is absorbed by black copper pipes that contain water, which is heated up. Copper pipes are used because they are good conductors and they are painted black to increase their absorbing power.

Lower energy emitted after absorption of radiant energy does not escape because it cannot penetrate the glass. The temperature of the air above the pipe thus increases boosting the heating of water. A good insulating material is used at the base.

 

  • THERMOS FLASK (VACUUM FLASK)

A thermos flask is designed such that heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation between the contents of the flask and its surrounding is reduced to a minimum.

The vacuum is a double walled glass vessel with a vacuum in the space between the walls. This minimises the transfer of heat by conduction and convection.

The inside of glass walls, in the vacuum side, is silvered to reduce heat losses by radiation (Poor emitter and absorber). The felt pads on the sides and at the bottom support the vessel vertically.

The heat loss by evaporation from the liquid surface is prevented by a well fitting cork.

 

QUESTIONS

  1. In the set up shown in figure 1, water near the top of the boiling tube boils while at the bottom it remains cold.

Give a reason for the observation

  1. When a Bunsen burner is lit below wire gauze, it is noted that the flame initially burns below the gauze as shown in Figure 2 (i).After sometime, the flame burns below as well as above the gauze as shown in Figure 3(ii).

Explain this observation

  1. Two identical aluminum rods as shown in figure 3. One rests on metal block the other on the wooden block. The protruding ends are heated on Bunsen burners shown.

State with reason on which bar the wax is likely to melt

  1. 4 shows a hot water bath with metal rods inserted through one of its sides. Some wax is fixed at the end of each rod. Use this information to answer questions below

What property of metals could be tested using this set-up?

  1. Two identical empty metal containers P and Q are placed over identical Bunsen burners and the burners lit. P is dull black while Q is shiny bright. After each container attains a temperature of 1000C the burners are turned off. Identical test tubes containing water are suspended in each container without touching the sides as shown
  • Explain why the container Q may become hot faster than P.
  • Explain why the water in test- tube in P becomes hot faster than in Q
  1. In a vacuum flask the walls enclosing the vacuum are silvered on the inside. State the reason for this.
  2. Give a reason why heat transfer by radiation is faster than heat transfer by conduction.
  3. A wooden bench and a metal bench are both left in the sun for along time. Explain why the metal bench feels hotter to touch.
  4. An electric heater is placed at equal distances from two similar cans A and B filled with water at room temperature. The outer surface of can A is shiny while that of can B is dull black. State with reasons, which of the cans will be at higher temperature after the heater is switched on for some time.
  5. In the set up shown in figure 4, it is observed that the level of the water initially drops before starting to rise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain this observation.

  1. In a vacuum flask the walls enclosing the vacuum are silvered on the inside. State the reason for this

Figure 4 shows two identical balloons A and B. The balloons were filled with equal amounts of the same type of gas. The balloons are suspended at distances X1 and X2 from a metal cube filled with boiling water and placed on an insulating material. Use this information to answers questions 12 and 13 below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the mode by which heat travels from the cube to the balloons
  2. The face of the cube towards A is bright and shiny and the face towards B is dull black. State with reason the adjustments that should be made on the distances X1 and X2 so that the rate of change of temperature in both balloons is the same.
  3. Temperature scale in clinical thermometer ranges from 350c to 430 Explain.
  4. State one application of expansion in gases
  5. Why is it that boiling is not used for sterilization of clinical thermometer?
  6. Describe ONE advantage and ONE Disadvantage of anomalous behavior of water.
  7. (a) Draw a well labeled diagram of a vacuum flask

(b) Stating the specific parts in the flask explain how heat loss is reduced through:

(i)        Conduction

(ii)       Convection

(iii)      Radiation

 

 

SOLUTIONS

  1. Water/ or glass are poor conductor of heat
  2. Initially the wire gauze conducts heat away so that the gas above does not reach the ignition temp/point. Finally the wire gauze becomes hot raising the temp of the gas above ignition point.
  3. Wooden Block; Wooden block is a poor conductor of heat all the heat goes in melting the wax.
  4. Heat conductivity/ rates of conduction/ thermal conductivity
  5. Dull surface radiate faster than bright surface P- Looses more of the heat supplied by burner than Q or Q shinny surface is a poorer radiator/ emitter of heat thus retains more heat absorbed Or P- Dull surface is a better radiator/ emitter i.e. retains less of the heat absorbed. Heat travels from container to test tube by radiation so the dull surface P, gives more heat to the test tube.
  6. Reduce/ minimize the transfer of heat by radiation OR Reduce the loss of heat OR gain of heat by radiation.
  7. Radiation is at the electromagnetic waves Φ infrared while conduction involves particles, which move at lower speed
  8. This is because metal is a good conductor, so that heat is conducted from outer parts to the point touched; while wood is a poor conductor
  9. Can B is a good absorber of radiation/better absorber of radiation or heat.
  10. Glass flask expands first (creating more volume for water) Water then expands using the tube.
  11. To reflect heat outwards or inwards hence reduce heat loss by radiation.
  12. – x2 is made larger than X1
  13. – Since B receives radiation at a higher rate, it must be moved further from source for rates to be equal.
  14. Since the quantity of water in A is smaller, heat produces greater change of temperature in A; a decrease in density causing the cork to sink further.

 

 

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. Figure below shows two corks X and Y fixed on a polished plate and a dark plate with candle wax

 

 

 

 

 

Explain the observation, when the heater is switched on for a short time.

  1. What feature of a vacuum flask minimizes heat loss by radiation? Explain how this is achieved.
  2. Explain why fuel carrying tankers are painted white or silvery.
  3. When a thermometer is immersed in ice cold water, the mercury thread is observed to rise before dropping steadily in the capillary tube. Explain.
  4. Figure below shows two glass bulbs C and D of the same size. Bulb C is painted dull black while D is polished. A hot metal ball is placed equidistant from the two bulbs.

 

 

 

 

 

State and explain what will happen to the levels of the liquid in the manometer.

  1. When a Bunsen burner is lit below wire gauze, it is noted that the flame initially burns below the gauze as shown in figure 4 below. After sometime the flame burns below as well as above the gauze.

 

 

 

 

 

Explain this observation

  1. State the reason why it is colder during the night when the sky is clear than when it is cloudy.
Wax
  • The figure below shows an experiment carried out by form one students.
Thin iron rod
Thick iron rod
 Hot water

 

 

 

 

 

  • The students dipped two iron rods of the same length but different thickness into a beaker of hot water at the same time. What was the experiment about?
  • State and explain the observations made after about 10 minutes.
  • If the two rods were much longer, state and explain any difference from C (ii) above that would be made in the observation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 8: RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION AND REFLECTION AT PLANE SURFACES

 

Light is a form of energy. It enables us to see the surrounding objects. Light itself is not visible but its effect is felt by the eye.

Light is also very essential as a source of energy for the process by which plants their own food (photosynthesis).

SOURCES OF LIGHT

Luminous (incandescent) source – these are objects that produce their own light e.g. sun, stars, burning candles, wood or charcoal, electric bulbs, television screens, glow worms e.t.c.

Non-luminous source – these are objects which do not produce light of their own. They are seen when light falling on them from luminous sources is reflected (bounces off their surfaces) e.g. the moon, planets, plants, people, books, walls, clothes e.t.c.

RAYS AND BEAMS OF LIGHT

A source of light produces pulses of energy which spread out in all directions.

The path along which light energy travels is referred to as a ray of light. Rays are represented by lines with arrows on them to show the direction of travel.

A stream of light energy is called a beam. It is also considered to be a bundle of rays of light. Beams of light can be seen;

  • In the morning as the sunlight breaks through the clouds or leaves.
  • When a spotlight is shown in a smoky room or a car driven along a dusty road at night with its headlamps on.
  • When sunlight streams into a smoky dark room through a small opening

TYPES OF BEAMS OF LIGHT

  1. Diverging beam
  2. Converging beam
  3. Parallel beam

Diverging beam – These are beams of light that appear to spread out (diverging) e.g. light from a spotlight.

Converging beams – these are beams which appear to collect (converge) to a point.

Parallel beam – are those beams which appear to be perfectly parallel to each other e.g. a beam of light from the sun reaching the earth’s surface.

OPAQUE, TRANSLUCENT AND TRANSPARENT OBJECTS

OPAQUE – these are objects that do not allow light to pass through them at all e.g. brick walls, metals, wood, stones e.t.c.

TRANSLUCENT – these are objects that allow light to pass through but we cannot see through e.g. glass panes used in toilets and bathroom window and greased paper.

TRANSPARENT – these are objects which allow light to pass through and we see clearly through them e.g. car wind screen and ordinary window panes.

 

RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION OF LIGHT

Light does not need a material medium to carry it. In a vacuum, the speed of light is 3.0 x 108m/s. Light from the sun reaches the earth having travelled mostly through a vacuum.

When light falls on an opaque object, it casts a shadow of the object with sharp edges on a screen behind it. This suggests that light travels in a straight line.

 

TO INVESTIGATE HOW LIGHT TRAVELS

Apparatus: three cardboards, source of light.

Arrange the apparatus as shown

 

 

 

 

 

 

The cardboards are arranged such that holes are exactly in line.

OBSERVATION

When the holes in the three cardboards are in line, the eye can see the lamp.

However when the middle cardboard is displaced, the eye can no longer see the lamp.

EXPLANATION

When the holes in the cardboards are in a straight line, light travels through the holes and the lamp is seen from the other side. When one of the cardboards is displaced, the beam of light is cut off and since light cannot bend to follow the displaced hole, the lamp cannot be seen.

CONCLUSION

Light travels in a straight line. This property is known as rectilinear propagation of light.

 

SHADOWS

Shadows are formed when an opaque object is on the path of light. The type of shadow formed depends on;

  1. The size of source of light.
  2. The size of opaque object.
  • The distance between the object and the source of light.

 

  1. To study the formation of shadows by a point source of light

Consider the set up below,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observation and Explanation

A uniformly and totally dark shadow is seen on the screen. This shadow is called umbra (Latin for shade)

The shadow has a sharp edge, supporting that light travels in straight lines.

 

  1. To study the formation of shadows by extended (larger) source of light

Consider the set up below (source of light made larger)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observation

The centre of the shadow remains uniformly dark as before, but smaller in size.

The shadow is edged with a border of partial shadow called penumbra.

Explanation

The centre of the shadow still receives no light at all from the source. Light from some parts of the extended source of light reaches the centre parts of the shadow on the screen, but light from other parts is cut off by the opaque object, resulting in a partial shadow at the edges.

NOTE: Extended light source produce light that is much softer and without sharp edges.

Application

It is used in frosted light bulbs and lamp shades to provide a more a more pleasant lighting with less sharp edges.

 

  1. To study the formation of shadows by extended (larger) source of light when object distance is changed

Consider the set ups below,

  1. Object moved closer to source

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Object moved away from the source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Observations

When the ball is moved closer to the source, a ring of penumbra is formed. No umbra is seen.

When the ball is far away from the source, there is umbra surrounded by penumbra.

Explanation

The centre of the shadow receives light from the extended source. Since the object (ball) is smaller than the source of light, its umbra does not reach the screen because of the distance.

When the object is moved away from the source, the tip of the umbra reaches the screen.

 

ECLIPSE

An eclipse is a phenomenon of shadow formation which occurs once in a while.

It’s the total or partial disappearance of the sun or moon as seen from the earth.

Eclipses are explained in terms of relative positions of the earth, the moon and the sun.

 

THE PHASES OF THE MOON

At any given moment, about half the surface of the moon is lit by the sun while another half is in darkness.

The lighted part is bright enough to be seen easily at night from the earth and can be seen at day time. The darkened part is usually invisible.

When we look at the moon, we normally notice only the shape of the lighted part.

 

  1. SOLAR ECLIPSE (ECLIPSE OF THE SUN)

When the moon, revolving around the earth, comes in between the sun and the earth, the shadow of the moon is formed on the earth. This is called eclipse of the sun.

Depending on the position of the moon, some parts of the earth lie in the region of umbra and some in the region of penumbra. Total eclipse occurs in the regions of umbra and partial eclipse in the regions of penumbra.

 

  1. ANNULAR ECLIPSE

Sometimes the umbra of the moon is not long enough to reach the earth because sometimes the distance between the moon and earth varies (the moon’s orbit is elliptical). When the moon is further away from the earth, its disc is slightly smaller than the sun’s disc. So when a solar eclipse occurs, the moon is not large enough to cover the sun totally. A bright ring of sunlight can be seen round the edge of the dark disc of the moon. This is called Annular or ring eclipse.

 

  1. LUNAR ECLIPSE (ECLIPSE OF THE MOON)

The moon is a non luminous object. It can only be seen when light from the sun is incident on it. When we look at the moon, we see only the shape of the lighted portion. When the earth comes in between the sun and the moon, lunar eclipse occurs. Depending on the position of the moon, a total or partial eclipse of the moon will occur. Total lunar eclipse will occur if the moon is in the region of umbra and partial eclipse will occur if any part of the moon is in the region of penumbra as shown,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A lunar eclipse occurs when the moon passes through the earth’s umbra.

PINHOLE CAMERA

A pinhole camera consists of a box with pinhole on one side and a translucent screen on the opposite side. Light rays from an object pass through the pinhole and form an image on the screen as shown

The image formed is real and is inverted. A pinhole camera has a large depth of focus i.e. objects that are far and near form focused images on the screen.

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF IMAGES FORMED ON THE PINHOLE

Consider the sets below;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the object is near the pinhole, the image is larger.

When the object distance is increased from the pinhole the image is smaller.

When more holes are added close to the first pinhole, images of each point are seen overlapping on the screen.

If the camera was made in such a way that it could be elongated by moving the screen farther away from pinhole but keeping the distance between the object and pinhole fixed, it could be seen that the image enlarges when length of the camera is increased and diminishes when the length of the camera is reduced.

  • Length of camera decreased, image smaller
  • Length of camera increased, image bigger (larger)

 

MAGNIFICATION

Magnification is the change in size of an image to that of the object or it’s the ratio of the height of the image and that of the object.

Magnification, m=     Image distance, v

Object distance, u

Also,

Magnification, m=       Height of the image, hi

Height of the object, ho

Hence, magnification, m        =           Image distance, v        =           Height of the image, hi

Object distance, u                      Height of the object, ho

                                                                                =           hi           =           v

ho                                  u

EXAMPLE 1

The distance between the pinhole and screen of a pinhole camera is10cm. The height of the screen is 20cm.At what distance from the pinhole must a man 1.6m tall stand if a full length is required

SOLN

hi           =           v

ho                                  u

But, hi=20cm, ho=1.6m and v=10cm

Magnification, m        =          20          =           10

160                             u

Hence, u            =           (160 x 10) / 20

=           80 cm or 0.8 m

 

EXAMPLE 2

An object of height 5m is placed 10m away from a pinhole camera. Calculate

  1. The size of the image if it’s magnification is 0.01
  2. The length of the pinhole camera.

SOLN

  1. a) Magnification, m = hi           =           v

ho                                  u

0.01      =           hi

                                                            5

Thus, hi           =0.05m (image is 0.05m high)

  1. b) hi =           v

ho                                  u

0.05      =           v

5                                    10

 

Hence, v          =0.1m (length of pinhole camera is 0.1m)

EXERCISE

  1. The length of pinhole camera is 25cm. An object 2m high is placed 10cm from the pinhole. Calculate the height of the image produced and its magnification.
  2. a) A pinhole camera of length 20cm is used to view the image of a tree of height 12m which is 40m from the pinhole. Calculate the height of the image of the tree obtained on the screen.
  3. b) If the pinhole is moved by 10m towards the tree, what will be the height of the tree on the screen?

 

TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS WITH A PINHOLE CAMERA

The pinhole camera can be used to take still photographs if it is modified as follows,

  1. The box should be painted black to eliminate reflection of light.
  2. The translucent screen should be replaced by a light-tight lid with a photographic film fitted on the inside. The film should be fitted in a dark room.
  • The pinhole should be covered with a thin black card which acts as a shutter as shown,

 

 

REFLECTION OF LIGHT (PLANE SURFACES)

All objects, except self luminous objects, become visible because they bounce light back to our eyes. This bouncing off light is called reflection.

There are two types of reflection namely regular and diffused reflections.

When light is reflected by a plane smooth surface, the reflection is regular (specular) and when reflection occurs at a rough surface it is called a diffused reflection. Plane mirrors forms images while shiny sheet of papers cannot. This is because with papers, there is irregular/diffused reflection while image formation requires regular/specular reflections only.

 

REFLECTION BY PLANE MIRRORS

A plane mirror is a flat smooth reflecting surface which forms images by regular reflection. It is often made by bounding a thin polished metal surface to the back of a flat sheet of glass or silvering the back side of the flat sheet of glass.

The silvered side is normally coated with some paint to protect the silver coating. If the clear and the silvered surfaces are in parallel plane, the mirror is called a plane mirror.

If the surfaces are curved, the mirror is called curved mirrors.

The silvered side of the mirror is shown by shading behind the reflecting surface.

 

DEFINITION OF TERMS USED IN REFLECTION

Consider the set up below,

Incident ray – is the ray that travels from the source to the reflecting surface.

Angle of incident (i) – is the angle between the incident ray and the normal.

Normal – is the line drawn perpendicularly at the point where the incident ray strikes the reflecting surface.

Reflected ray – is the ray that bounces from the reflecting surface.

Angle of reflection (r) – is the angle between the reflected ray and the normal.

 

LAWS OF REFLECTION

  • The incident ray, the reflected ray and the normal at the point of incidence all lie on the same plane.
  • The angle of incidence, i, equals the angle of reflection, r.

Experiments to show the laws of reflection (exp. 8.6) KLB

 

ROTATION OF A MIRROR THROUGH AN ANGLE

Consider the mirrors below,

 

 

 

 

In figure (a), the angle of incidence is 300. The angle of reflection is also 30o.

Therefore the angle between the incident ray and the reflected ray is 60o i.e., (30o + 30o).

In figure (b), mirror m1 is rotated by an angle 10o to the new position m2. The normal BN moves through an angle 10o. Angle between the two normals is 10o.

In figure (c), for the same incident ray AB, the new angle of incident = 30o +

10o =40o. The new angle of reflection = 40o. Hence the new angle between the angle of incidence and the angle of reflection = 40o + 400=800.

In figure (d), the angle between the two reflected rays BC and BD =20o.

For the same incident ray, the angle of rotation of the reflected ray is twice the angle of rotation of the mirror.

 

EXAMPLE 3

A ray of light is incident along the normal in a plane mirror. The mirror is then rotated through an angle of 200. Calculate the angle between the first reflected ray and the second reflected ray.

SOLN

Angle of rotation of reflected rays    = 2 x angle of rotation of the mirror

=2 x 200

=40o

EXAMPLE 4

The figure below shows a ray incident at an angle of 25o at position 1.

The mirror is turned through 60 to position 2. Through what angle is the reflected ray rotated.

SOLN

Rotation change the angle of incidence from 25o to (25+6) =310.

Hence the angle of reflection is 31o from the new normal. The total change in the angle of reflected ray is 12o

EXAMPLE 5

A suspended plane mirror makes an angle of 20o with a wall. Light from a window strikes the mirror horizontally. Find;

  1. Angle of incidence.
  2. The angle between the horizontal and the reflected ray

 

FORMATION OF IMAGES BY PLANE MIRRORS

Images formed are far behind the mirror as the object is in front of the mirror i.e. image distance is equal to object distance from the mirror

Characteristics of images formed by plane mirrors

  • Image formed is the same size as the object.
  • The image is formed far behind the mirror as the object is in front of the mirror.
  • Images formed are laterally inverted g. when you raise your right hand, the image raises its left hand.

Virtual images – are formed by rays that appear to come from the image. Such images are not formed on the screen as they are only imaginary.

EXAMPLE 6

A girl stands 2m in front of a plane mirror.

  1. Calculate the distance between the girl and her image
  2. If the mirror is moved 0.6m to the girl, what will be the distance between her and image.

SOLN

  1. 2+2 = 4m
  2. Object distance =2-0.6 =1.4m

Total distance        = 1.4 + 1.4 = 2.8m

 

IMAGES FORMED BY MIRRORS AT AN ANGLE

When an angle Ѳ is 90o, the number of images formed, n, is 3, i.e.

n          =          360− 1               =3 images

90

When the angle Ѳ is 60o, the number of images formed, n, is 5, i.e.

n          =          360− 1               = 5 images

60

In general if the angle between two placed mirrors is Ѳ, then the number of images formed, n, is given by,

n          =          360o − 1

Ѳ

EXAMPLE 7

Two plane mirrors are kept inclined to each other at 120o. Calculate the number of images formed by the mirrors.

SOLN

n          =          360− 1               =2 images

120

EXAMPLE 8

At what angle would the two mirrors inclined to form 17 images.

SOLN

17        =          360 – 1

Ѳ

18Ѳ       =          3600

Ѳ       =          20o

Mirror Parallel To Each Other

When the mirrors are parallel i.e. Ѳ= 0o, the number of images is given by,

n          =          360o− 1             =(infinite number of images)

0o

In this case, each image acts as an object in the second and first mirror as illustrated below;

 

 

 

EXAMPLE 9

Two parallel plane mirrors are placed 30cm apart. An object placed between them 10cm from one mirror. Determine the image distance of two nearest images formed by each mirror.

SOLN

Image distance           =          object distance

Image distance on mirror 1= 10cm

Image distance on mirror 2 = 20cm

EXAMPLE 10

Two plane mirrors inclined at an angle 60o to each other. A ray of light makes an angle of 40o with mirror M1 and goes on to strike mirror M2.

Find the angle of reflection on the second mirror M2.

The angle of reflection = 10o

APPLICATIONS OF PLANE MIRRORS

  1. The kaleidoscope

A kaleidoscope or mirror scope is a device used to produce a series of beautiful symmetrical images. Two plane mirrors are placed at an angle of 60o inside a long tube.

The bottom of the tube is a ground glass plate for admitting light. On this plate is small scattered small pieces of brightly coloured glass, which act as objects.

When one looks down the tube, five images of the object are seen which together with the object form a symmetrical pattern in six sectors as shown below

The instrument is used by designers to obtain ideas on systematic patterns.

  1. The periscope

This is an instrument used to view objects over obstacles. It is used in submarines and also to watch over crowds. The images seen with the aid of the instrument are erect and virtual.

A periscope uses two plane mirrors kept parallel to each other and the polished surfaces facing each other. Each plane mirror makes an angle of 45o with the horizontal. Light from the object is turned through 900 at each mirror and reaches the eye as shown

The rays from the object are reflected by the top and then reflected again by the bottom into the observer. The image formed is virtual, upright and same size as the object.

  1. Barber shops and saloon

 

QUESTIONS

  1. What is meant by a virtual image?
  2. The figure below shows an object O being viewed using two inclined mirrors M1 and M2.

 

 

Complete the diagram by sketching rays to show the position of the image as seen by the eye E

  1. The figure below shows an object O placed in front of a plane mirror

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the same diagram, draw rays to locate the position of the image 1 as seen from the eye E.

  1. The diagram shows a ray of light incident on a plane mirror at point O.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The mirror is rotated clockwise through an angle of 300 about an axis perpendicular to the paper. Determine the angle through which the reflected ray rotated.

  1. A luminous point object took 3 s to move from P to Q in front of a pinhole camera as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is speed in cm/s of the image on the screen?

  1. The diagram shows the image of a watch face in a plane mirror

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the time shown on the watch face?

  1. (a) Give two main reasons why concave mirrors are unsuitable as driving mirrors

(b) State one disadvantage of a convex mirror as a driving mirror

  1. Explain why a concave mirror is suitable for use as a make up mirror.
  2. In the space provided below, sketch a labeled diagram to show how a pinhole camera forms an image of a vertical object placed in front of the pinhole
  3. A building standing 100m from a pinhole camera produces on the screen of the camera an image 5 cm high 10 cm behind the pinhole. Determine the actual height of the building.
  4. What property of light is suggested by the formation of shadows?
  5. State the reason why when a ray of light strikes a mirror at 90o, the reflected ray travels along the same path as the incident ray.
  6. Figure 1 shows two point objects A, and B, placed in front of a mirror M

Sketch a ray diagram to show the positions of their images as seen by the eye.

  1. What is meant by virtual image?
  2. Figure 2 shows a ray of light incident on plane mirror at point O.

The mirror is rotated clockwise through an angle 300 about an axis perpendicular to the paper. Determine the angle through which the reflected ray rotated.

  1. 3 shows an object O being viewed using tow inclined mirrors M1 and M2.

Complete the diagram by sketching rays to show the position of the image as seen by the eye.

 

Sketch the same diagram, the path of the ray until it leaves the two mirrors. Indicate the angles at each reflection

  1. In a certain pinhole camera, the screen is 10cm from the pinhole. When the camera is placed 6m away from a tree, a sharp image of the tree 16cm high is formed on the screen. Determine the height of the tree
  2. Figure 4 shows three point sources of light with an opaque object placed between them and the screen.

Explain the nature of the shadow formed along B and C.

  1. State the number of images formed when an object is between two plane mirrors placed in parallel.
  2. Figure 5 shows a ray of light incident on a mirror at an angle of 450. Another mirror is placed at an angle of 450 to the first one as shown .Sketch the path of the ray until it emerges

  

SOLUTION

  • – Image that cannot be formed on screen.

– Always on the opposite side of the object

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Angle of rotation of reflected ray = 2(angle of rotation of mirrors)

= 2x 300

=600

  • Measure P1Q1 in cm (i.e. length of image on the screen as shown below)

 

 

 

 

 

Divide this value by 3 seconds i.e. velocity = distance / time

  • 4:05 p.m
  • a) -Key form real inverted images

-Highly magnified images which give a wrong perception of object distance.

-Small field of view.

  1. b) Very small images, giving the illusion that the objects are far away.
  • Can from magnified, erected images.

 

 

 

 

 

Where              O        = object; h       = pin-hole; u- Object distance; v- Image distance

  • u =100m

hi         = 0.5cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 9: ELECTROSTATICS 1

This is the study of static charges. There are two types of charges i.e. negative charge and positive charge.

When a plastic ruler is brought near to small pieces of paper, it will be noted that it cannot be able to attract the small pieces of paper. This is because the ruler is electrically neutral.

When the ruler is rubbed against fur or hair the static charges becomes active. In this case, between the ruler and fur or hair they interchange charges whereby one becomes positively charged and the other negatively charged. Because of this the ruler is able to attract the small pieces of paper.

The SI unit of charge is coulomb (C). Millicoulombs and micro-coulombs are also used.

1000 millicoulombs = 1 coulomb

1000000 micro-coulomb = 1 coulomb

Origin of Charge

Matter is made up of atoms. An atom has particles known as protons, electrons and neutrons. Protons are positively charged, electrons are negatively charged and neutrons are neutral.

Protons and neutrons are found at the centre and nucleus of the atom while electrons are found moving around the energy levels.

The nucleus has positive charge due to the charges on the protons. Electrons in the outermost orbit are weakly held by the nucleus and can be transfer easily from one material to another by rubbing.

The material that gains electrons becomes negatively charged and that which loses electrons becomes positively charged. A negatively or positively charged atom is called an ion.

Materials like polythene and plastic they acquire electrons when they are rubbed hence they become negatively charged while materials like acetate, Perspex and glass have their electrons removed from their surface when rubbed and they become positively charged.

In general origin of charge is based on the atom of any given substance; each atom contains protons, electrons and neutrons.

Basic Law of Charges

This law is based on the relationship between charges when they are brought near to each other. It states that unlike charges attract while like charges repel.

CHARGING MATERIALS

Materials can be charged by the following methods;

  1. Induction
  2. Contact
  3. Separation

 

  1. INDUCTION

This is the ability in which a body which is charged finds to influence another adjacent to acquire an opposite.

A positively charged material,  when it is brought near to another uncharged material, it will influence another body to acquire some charge.

The positive charges in B which has been repelled are removed by the process of earthing.

Earthing is the process through which electrons are made to the ground or from the ground through a conductor.

In the above case when a conductor is connected to B, electrons will flow from the ground to neutralise the positive charges.

After the positive charges have been neutralised, the conductor in B is removed fast while the two bodies are maintained adjacent to one another. This is to enable the electrons in B to remain within that body but if you remove body A while the conductor is connected with B, those electrons in B will escape to the ground.

When body A and B are separated as far as possible the negative charges will distribute uniformly.

  1. CHARGING BY CONTACT

In this method two bodies are brought directly into contact, because of this some charges are able to cross over between their surfaces.

In this method, one of the bodies must be charged. That charge will influence the other body to acquire some charge.

NOTE: When a body is charged by contact method, it acquires charges that are similar to the ones on the charging rod.

In the diagram above body A was charged positively and because of this charge when it is in contact to body B it attracts negative charges and repel with positive charge.

When the two are made to be in contact the negative charge in body B crosses to body A to neutralise part of its positive charge.

If this process continues with time the number of positive charges in A will reduce and the number of the positive charges in B will increase.

Finally when the two bodies are separated the positive charges in B will distribute uniformly.

  1. CHARGING BY SEPARATION

In this case two uncharged bodies are brought near to charged material. By the process of induction the two bodies will acquire an opposite charge because of attraction and repulsion.

The positive charge in A influence negative charges in X because of attraction while it influences positive charges in Y because of repulsion.

NOTE: In order to sustain the two opposite charge in X and Y in the two bodies, they are first separated while the position in body A is maintained. Finally when they are separated the two bodies will distribute uniformly as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE ELECTROSCOPE

This is an instrument which works on the principle of electrostatic charges. It is also used for investigating the effects of electric charges.

The gold-leaf electroscope consists of a thin gold or aluminium leaf of plate connected to a metal rod that has a brass cap at the top as shown,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The cap acquires the charges through induction or contact and spreads it through the rod to the plate and leaf.

The cap is circular to ensure uniform distribution of charges.

Both the leaf and the plate show the presence of charges by repelling each other, making the leaf to diverge. The absence of charges is also shown when leaf divergence decreases.

Metal casing is for protecting the leaf from the effects of draught. The casing has a glass window through which observations are made.

The rod is supported by passing it through a plug of good insulating material such as rubber. The insulator stops charge given to the cap from spreading onto the case and leaking away. The casing may be a terminal connected to the earth.

When the electroscope is touched by a finger or connected to the earth by a wire, electrons either flow to the earth, depending on the charge on the electroscope.

The process of losing to or gaining charges from the earth through a conductor is called earthing.

  • Charging an Electroscope by Contact Method

In this method, a charged body is brought into contact with the cap of the electroscope as shown in the figure below,

 

 

 

 

 

Because the positive charge on the rod are in contact with the negative charge at the cap, the two charges neutralise i.e. negative charges move to the rod and positive charge move to the cap.

It will be observed that at the leaf, the leaf diverges because of like charges at the point (positive charges).

The more positive charges at the leaf will make the leaf to diverge at a greater angle. If the process is continued, the electroscope will charge to a maximum point in which the leaf cannot diverge any further.

NOTE: The charged material coming into contact with the cap of the electroscope is an insulator. Only charges on the rod’s surface coming into contact with the cap are used in neutralizing the charges induced on the cap.

  • Charging Through Induction

In this method a charged body is brought near to the cap of the electroscope and because of attraction the cap is going to have opposite charge while at the leaf is going to have same charge because of repulsion as shown,

 

The positive charges at rod attract the negative charge at the cap and repel positive charge at the leaf. The positive charges at the leaf repel one another thus making the leaf to diverge through an angle.

In order to eliminate the charges at the leaf, one is required to earth the cap by the use of a finger or a wire while maintaining the position of the charging rod as shown;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Through earthing electrons are going to flow from the ground through the cap down the leaf to neutralise the positive charge hence making the leaf to fall.

These electrons when they are passing through the cap, they are not affected by the negative charge at the cap. This is because the negative charge at the cap and the positive charge on the rod are strongly attached because of attraction.

While maintaining the position of the rod removes the finger or the earth wire first in order to avoid the negative charge at the cap not to escape down to the ground.

Finally remove the positive charged rod away from the cap. Because of like charges at the cap they will repel one another in order to distribute uniformly on the cap and the leaf.

The negative charges which move to the leaf diverge once more indicating electroscope has been charged.

ASSIGNMENT

Use a negatively charged rod to explain how to charge an electroscope using induction method.

USES OF THE ELECTROSCOPE

  • To detect the presence of charge on a body

The material to be tested is placed on or close to the cap of the electroscope. If it is not charged, the leaf does not diverge.

  • To test the sign of charge on a charged body

Charge an electroscope negatively by contact method. Slowly bring a negative rod to be tested close to the cap of the electroscope. The leaf diverges more. It does so because the negative charges on the rod repel more charges from the cap to the plate and the leaf. Similar charges in the plate and the leaf are repelled more.

When a strong positively charged rod is brought from high position towards a negatively charged electroscope, the leaf divergence first decreases then increases as the rod approaches the cap. The leaf divergence reduces slightly first because the positive on the rod attract negative charges on the leaf and plate, making the electroscope neutral. On moving the rod, much lower, the leaf divergence increases again to higher position. This is because the strong positively charged rod attracts more electrons from the plate and leaf, making them more positive. Hence, they repel further.

 

NOTE:

The same observations are made when a negatively charged rod is brought towards a positively charged electroscope. On moving a neutral conductor close to a charged electroscope, leaf divergence decreases. Charges on the electroscope induce opposite charges on the conductor.

Charge on the electroscope Charge brought near the cap Effect on the leaf divergence
+                + Increase
               – Increase
+                – Decrease
               + Decrease
+ or –       Uncharged Decrease

An increase in divergence of the leaf is therefore the only sure way of confirming the kind of charge on a body.

  • To test the quantity of charge on a charged body

Small bodies have few charges compared to big ones of the same kind.

  • To test for insulation properties of a material

Materials like copper, iron, aluminium, zinc and graphite make the leaf divergence decrease. Materials like plastic, glass, charcoal and wood do not affect the divergence of the leaf. For metals and graphite, the leaf decreases in divergence because they allow electrons to flow between the electroscope and the earth. Such materials are called conductors. In conductors, electrons freely move from one atom to another. Such electrons are called free electrons.

For materials like plastic, glass, wood there is no change in leaf divergence because they do not allow electrons to flow between the electroscope and the earth. In these materials, electrons are not free to move and are strongly bound to their nuclei. These materials are called insulators. There are other materials like silicon and germanium which conduct under special conditions. This conductivity is between conductivity of insulators and conductors. Such materials are called semi-conductors.

 

CHARGES IN AIR

Air can also be charged. It is shown by heating air above a charged electroscope. It is observed that the leaf divergence decreases.

When fuel burns, chemical reactions yield ionised products. The ions move and collide with air molecules making air to be ionised. Ionisation produces both negative and positive charges.

The ions carrying opposite charge to the electroscope are attracted to the cap of the electroscope, resulting in the discharge of the electroscope.

 

APPLICATION OF ELECTROSTATIC CHARGES

  • Electrostatic precipitator

It is used in industries to reduce pollutants. The figure below shows a common precipitator used in chimneys.

 

 

 

 

 

 

It consists of a cylindrical metal plate fixed along the walls of the chimney and a wire mesh suspended through the middle. The plate is charged positively at a potential of about 5000V while the wire mesh is negatively charged.

A strong electric field is set up between the plates, which ionises the particles of the pollutants. These are attracted to the plate.

  • Spray painting

The can is filled with paint and nozzle charged. During spraying, the paint droplets acquire similar charges and therefore spread out finely due to repulsion.

As they approach the metallic body they induce opposite charges which in turn attract them to the surface. Therefore little paint is used.

  • Finger printing and photocopying

 

DANGERS OF ELECTROSTATICS

When a liquid flows through a pipe its molecules become charged due to rubbing on the inner surface of the pipe. If the liquid is inflammable it can cause sparks and explode.

Similarly, explosive fuel carried in plastic cans can get charged due to rubbing which may result in sparks and even explosion.

It is therefore advisable to store fuels in metal cans so that any charges generated continually leak.

 

QUESTIONS

  1. Explain why fuel tankers have a loose chain hanging under them to touch the ground as they move?
  2. Why do some motor tyres contain graphite?
  3. Two isolated and insulated spheres A and B carry the same positive charge. Sketch the electric lines of force of their field when placed close to each other but not touching some.
  4. State the observation on the leaves of a positively charged electroscope when a negative charge is brought near it.
  5. The fig shows sketches of two types of houses built in a lighting prone area. State with reasons, which house is safer to stay in during lighting and thunderstorms?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below shows a circuit with a capacitor C and a lamp L. When the sketch is closed at Y, the lamp L lights. When the switch is closed at X, L does not light. Explain the observation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the clothing and textile industries the machines experiences electrostatics forces at certain points. Suggest one method of reducing these forces.
  2. State two other factors to be considered in constructing a capacitor other than the surface area of the plates.
  3. State the precaution that is taken when charging a metal object.
  4. (a) (i)        State coulombs law of electrostatic force

(ii)       Define capacitance

(b)       Describe how the type of charge on a charged metal rod can be determined

(c)       The fig. Shows hollow negatively charged sphere with a metal  disk attached to an insulator placed inside. State what would happen to the leaf of an uncharged electroscope if the metal disk were brought near the cap of the electroscope. Give a reason for your answer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)       State two ways of charging the magnitude of the deflection of the leaf of an electroscope.

  1. Explain why the leaf of an uncharged object is brought near the cap.
  2. A glass rod can be charged positively by rubbing it with silk. Explain what happens when the glass rod is being charged.
  3. State the law of electrostatic charges.
  4. A positively charged rod is brought near the cap of a leaf electroscope. The cap is the earthed momentarily by touching with the finger. Finally the rod is withdrawn. The electroscope is found to be negatively charged. Explain how this charge is acquired.

 

SOLUTIONS

 

  1. To induce/effect earthing process thus allows unnecessary charges to leak to the ground, causing neutralization of the charges. This prevents the formation of sparks which can cause explosion

 

  1. Graphite has free and mobile electrons. This causes neutralizations of the electrostatic charges.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The leaf in the electroscope falls
  2. Metal roofed house. Because there is less resistance of the flow of charges to the ground so if struck by lighting it would conduct it to the ground. The other one would burn or have the people inside struck by the lightening.
  3. At x the capacitor is charged only once and the keeps charging and discharging in opposite directions hence current keeps alternating at the a.c frequency. This lights the bulb continuously.
  4. Earthing the machines/using spikes.
  5. Material used between the two plates of the capacitor.
  6. Well insulated / avoid touching
  7. a)Ability to store charge given by the quantity of charge it can store per unit p.d
  8. b) Bring it near a charged electroscope (say +vely). If not, charge the electroscope – vely and bring the rod near. If divergence is observed then they have the same charge. Note that if decrease in divergence is observed in both cases then the rod is simply a conductor and it’s not charged.
  9. c) Nothing would happen to the leaf of the electroscope. This is because in a hollow charged conductor, the charged conductor and not inside
  10. d) – Earthing or using another

– Charged body

  1. Like charges repel unlike charges attract.
  2. On earthing negative charges flow to the leaves from earth to neutralize positive charges when the rod is withdrawn the leaves are left with net negative

 

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. (a) The airplane shown below flies below a negatively charged thunder cloud.

__  __  __   __   __  __  __                __  __

 

 

 

 

  • On the diagram draw on the positions and signs of the induced charges on the aircraft
  • Explain, in terms of the movement of electrons, the distribution of the charges as shown in (i)
  • What would happen to the induced charges when the air craft flies away from the cloud?
  1. Two identical uncharged conducting spheres, each of which is on an insulating support, are placed as shown below. The spheres are electrically in contact.

Sphere

B                A     + + + + + + +

A positively charged rod is now moved close to the set up. The sphere B is then moved a distance away to the left. Finally the charged rod is removed.

  • What type of charges do the sphere A and B acquire.
  • Explain how the charges were acquired.
  • In what way, if any, would the final arrangement of he charges have been different if initially the charged rod would have been negatively charged?
  1. (a) The diagram below shows sphere A and B which are conductors.

+ + + +    A         B

+   +

Insulators

Sphere A is charged to a high positive charge and B is connected to the earth and close to A. Draw a diagram showing the resulting change distribution on B.

(b) B is replaced by the earthed metal needles C which is the same distance from A as was B.

+ + + +    A          C

+   +  +  +

Insulators

 

Draw a diagram to show the charge distribution on C, and explain why in this case A loses its charge more quickly.

  • Lightning conductors with pointed tops are put on high buildings to prevent them from being damaged by lightning but it is foolish to walk across an open space carrying an open umbrella in thundery conditions. State the physical reasons for the above statement.
  1. Given an earthed gold leaf electroscope and a positively charged Perspex rod describe using diagrams how you would charge the leaf electroscope, include, observations and explanations.
  2. Why is it difficult to clean nylon carpets?
  3. A charge polythene rod is brought close to, but not touching, the lap of an uncharged electroscope.
    1. State what happens to the leaf. Why?
    2. The polythene rod is then removed. State and explain what happens.
  4. A charged Perspex rod is firmly slid across the edge of the metal cap of a leaf electroscope.
    1. State and explain what happens to the leaf.
    2. The Perspex rod is then removed. State and explain what happens to the leaf.
  5. A Van-der- Graff generator is charged to a maximum, a point at which the machine starts sparking. A student approaches the dome with a pointed metal pin in her hand. Explain why the machine stops sparking?
  6. While standing on an insulator and touching the charged dome of a van- der –Graff generator a student aimed the pointed end of a pin at a candle flame.

 

To Van der Graff dome.                                                                           Candle flame

Pin

Describe and explain what happens to the candle flame.

CELLS AND SIMPLE CIRCUITS

 

Electrical energy is commonly used in various applications e.g. in operating devices like televisions, radios, telephones, computers and high speed trains.

We also use electrical energy in producing heat and light. The transfer of energy is due to the flow of electrons.

The complete path along which the charges flow is called electric circuit.

 

A SIMPLE ELECTRIC CIRCUIT

A simple electric circuit consists of a dry cell, a torch bulb, a switch and connecting wires connected as  shown below,

 

It is observed that when the switch is closed, the bulb lights.

 

EXPLANATION

The bulb lights because charges are flowing through it in a given time. The rate of flow of charges (charge per unit time) is called an electric current.

The SI unit of current is ampere (A).

From definition,

Current, I        =          Q        where I is current, Q is charge in coulombs and t is time in seconds.

t

 

EXAMPLE 1

Calculate the amount of current flowing through a bulb if 300 coulombs of charge flows through it in 2.5 minutes.

SOLN
I           =          Q

t

=          300

2.5 x 60

=          2.0 A

EXAMPLE 2

A charge of 180 Coulombs flows through a lamp every minute. Determine the current flowing the lamp.

SOLN

I           =          𝑄/𝑡

=          180

1𝑥60

=          3𝐴

EXAMPLE 3

A battery circulates charge round a circuit for 1.5 minutes. If the current is meld at 2.5 A, what quantity of charge passes through the wire.

SOLN

Charge, Q        =          It

=          2.5 x 1.5 x 60

=          225 C

EXAMPLE 4

If the current in a circuit is 2A, calculate:

  1. The charge that crosses a point in the circuit in 0.6s.
  2. The number of electrons crossing the point per second. Take e=1.6 x 10-19

SOLN

  1. a) I = Q/t

Q         =          It

=          2 x 0.6             =1.2C

  1. b) I = Q/t = ne/t

1.2/0.6 =          (n x1.6 x10-19)/0.6

N         =          1.2/ (1.6 x10-19)

=          7.5 x 1018 electrons.

EXAMPLE 5

A charge of 180C flows through a conductor for 3 minutes. Calculate the current flowing through the conductor.

SOLN

I           =          Q/t

=          180/ (3 x 60)

=         1A

 

An electric current circuit like the one shown above allows charges to move in a complete path when the switch is closed. This circuit is said to be closed circuit. Therefore, a closed circuit is one in which the switch is closed such that the current flows in a complete loop.

Copper wire readily allows electric charges (mainly electrons) to flow. The wires may be covered by an insulating material like rubber to prevent the user from electric shock if the current is too high.

The cell is the source of electrical energy in the circuit and maintains the flow of charges round the circuit.

When the gap is introduced, by opening the switch the charges stop flowing.

The circuit is then said to be open (broken circuit). Loose connection of wires or components in the circuit opens the circuit.

For clarity and neatness, symbols are used in representing an electrical circuit as shown,

The arrow heads indicates the direction of electric current.

 

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS USED IN DRAWING CIRCUITS

 

DEVICE                                                         USE

  • Cell -Provides the driving force for charges
  • Battery -More than one cell
  • Switch -Opens or closes the electric current
  • Bulb/filament -Shows the brightness of the current flowing
  • Wires crossing with no connection -Used for connection
  • Wires crossing with connection -Used for connection
  • Fixed resistor -Provides resistance to the flow of current
  • Variable resistor -Increase or decrease the amount of current
  • Potential divider – Controls the amount of current in the circuit
  • Fuse             -Control the amount of current passing in a circuit
  • Capacitor -Used to store charge
  • Ammeter -Measuring amount of current in a circuit
  • Voltmeter -Used to determine the potential difference between

two points in a circuit.

  • Galvanometer – To detect the direction of the flow of current
  • Rheostat – Controls  the amount of current in circuit

 

ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE AND POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE

The purpose of a cell/battery in a circuit is to provide energy to cause charges to flow.

This is measured in terms of potential difference (p.d) in volts. The force that pushes electrons around the circuit is voltage.

Potential difference-is the voltage measured across a cell/battery when supplying current.  It can also be defined as the voltage across the cell/battery in a closed circuit. Remember, a closed circuit is the one in which the switch is closed such that current flows in a complete loop. Therefore, in a closed circuit, the voltmeter readings will give the potential difference of the battery.

Electromotive force (e.m.f)

It is also measured in volts.

Electromotive force is the voltage across a cell/battery when it is not supplying current. It can also be defined as the voltage across the cell/battery in an open circuit.

Therefore, in an open circuit, the voltmeter readings will give the electromotive force (e.m.f) of the battery.

Electromotive force (e.m.f) is slightly greater than potential difference because some of the energy is used in drilling current across the cell itself.

The difference between electromotive force (e.m.f) and potential difference

(p.d) is called lost volts. The voltage is lost because of the opposition to the flow of charges within the cell (internal resistance).

 

ARRANGEMENT OF CELLS

We have two types or forms of arrangement of cells

  1. Series arrangement
  2. Parallel arrangement

 

CELLS IN SERIES

This is when cells are connected such that the positive terminal of one is joined to the negative terminal of another one. Two or more cells connected in series make a battery, i.e. the figure shows two cells in series,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppose three cells each of e.m.f 1.5V are connected in series, then the total e.m.f of the circuit is the sum of the e.m.f of the three cells. In series arrangement of cells, a positive terminal of one cell is connected to the negative terminal of the next cell. The current flowing through the circuit will be higher and hence the bulb would be brighter than when it would have been a single cell.

 

ADVANTAGE

Higher voltages can be achieved since the effective (total) voltage is the sum of each voltage.

 

EXAMPLE 6

5 cells of electromotive force (e.m.f) 1.2V are connected in series. What is the effective voltage?

SOLN

VT        =          (5 x 1.2) V

=          6V

DISADVANTAGE

Current is supplied for only a short time. This is because the cells produce a higher resistance to the flow of the current.

 

CELLS IN PARALLEL

This is when cells are placed side by side. The positive terminals is connected together and the negative terminals also connected together as shown,

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this case, the bulb uses an e.m.f equivalent to the e.m.f of one cell. The current flowing in the circuit will also be lower. The advantage this method of connection has over series connection is that it can supply current for a longer time. The total voltage is equal to that of a single cell in a parallel connection.

EXAMPLE 7

4 cells of e.m.f 1.5V each are connected in parallel. What is the effective e.m.f?

SOLN

VT        = 1.5 V

ADVANTAGES

  • The current is supplied for a long time since resistance is low.
  • It produces more current compared to series connection.

DISADVANTAGE

  • Lower voltages are produced.

 

NOTE: The ammeter is always connected in series while the voltmeter is connected across the cells. (Parallel)

To investigate the current flowing in a circuit when devices are arranged in series and parallel

Consider the two set ups below,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Series arrangement of bulbs         (b) parallel arrangement of bulbs

In (a), the bulbs have been connected in series. In this case, the current flowing through the bulbs is the same and is equal to the circuit current. The sum of the voltage drop across the bulbs is equal to the total circuit voltage. When one bulb is faulty, the remaining bulbs will stop working since the circuit will be incomplete.

In (b) where the bulbs have been connected in parallel, the voltage drop across the bulbs is the same and is equal to the voltage supplied by the cell. The sum of the current through the individual bulbs is equal to the circuit current. The advantage of this method of connection is that when one of the bulbs is faulty the remaining bulbs will still be working.

 

EXPLANATION

The same current flows through the devices connected in series. If one of the devices is disconnected, it introduces an open circuit. Electrical devices connected in series offer greater opposition to flow of current.

For devices connected in parallel, the current flowing in one does not affect the current flow in other devices. If one of the devices causes an open circuit, current will still flow in other devices.

This method is commonly used in wiring of lighting circuits in houses.

In domestic electrical wiring (lighting circuit), bulbs are connected in parallel as shown below,

 

S1                                  S2                    S3

To the

Supply

B1                    B2                    B3

 

 

The three bulbs can be switched on or off independently and if one bulb blows off, it does not affect other bulbs.

EXAMPLE 8

Study the figure below and answer the questions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain what happens, indicating the path of current when;

  1. S1 is closed while S2 and S3 are open.
  2. S2 is closed while S1 and S2 are open
  3. S1 and S2 are closed while S3 is open
  4. S1 and S3 are closed while S2 is open
  5. S2 and S3 are closed while S1 is open

 

SOLN

  1. B2 lights because it is in a closed circuit while B1 and B3 does not light.

Path of current; O P R S U

  1. B1 and B2will light because they are in closed circuit. The bulbs are less bright since they are in series.

Path of current; O P R S T U

  1. Bulb B2 lights brightly. B1 does not light since it is short-circuited. B3 is in an open circuit.

Path of current; O P R S U

  1. B1 does not light (open circuit).B2 and B3 are in closed parallel circuit. They light with the same brightness.

Path of current is; O P R S U and O P Q R S U

  1. The three bulbs light. B1 is brighter than B2 and B3.B2 and B3 share the current flowing through B1.

Path of current; O P R S T U and O P Q R S T U

 

CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS

Conductors – These are materials which can conduct electricity. They allow electric charges to pass through them e.g. copper, silver and aluminium.

Insulators – These are materials which do not allow electric charges to pass through them e.g. plastic, rubber and dry wood. They cannot be used in connection of circuits.

Conductors can either be good or poor. Examples of good conductors are copper, silver and aluminium. An example of poor conductor is graphite.

Generally metals are good conductors of electricity. They have large number of free electrons moving randomly within them. When a cell is connected across the ends of a conductor, the free electrons move in a given direction.

When electrons are made to drift in a given direction, current is said to be flowing through the conductor. Current is taken to flow in the direction opposite to that of electron flow. Poor conductors (e.g. graphite) have fewer free electrons.

Insulators have their electrons tightly bound to their nuclei of their atoms.

Because they cannot conduct electric current, insulators are used as cover materials for good conductors.

Semi-conductors – Their electrical properties fall between conductors and insulators e.g. silicon and germanium.

Electrolytes – These are liquids which are good conductors of electric charge e.g. dilute sulphuric acid, sodium chloride solution and potassium hydroxide.

 

SOURCES OF ELECTRICITY

The main sources of electricity presently are chemical cells, batteries, generators and solar cells/panels. Other sources include:

  • Thermocouples
  • Some crystals when under pressure (piezo effect)

 

CHEMICAL CELLS

A chemical cell provides the energy needed to drive an electric current in a circuit. It consists of two different metals called electrodes and a conducting liquid called electrolyte. The chemical energy stored in the cell is converted into electrical energy when an electric current flows in the circuit. Chemical cells are classified as either primary cell or secondary cell.

Primary cells cannot be renewed once the chemicals are exhausted while secondary cells can be renewed by recharging.

 

  • PRIMARY CELLS

In primary cells, chemical energy is directly changed into electrical energy.

Consider the set up below,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The voltmeter pointer deflects showing existence of an electromotive force (e.m.f) across the two plates. The voltmeter drops after a short time.

The two metal plates used must have different rates of reaction when immersed in the lemon fruit. In this case zinc is more reactive than copper thus when immersed in an acid such as citric acidic in lemon, an e.m.f is set up at the ends of the metals.

 

SIMPLE PRIMARY CELL

Simple primary cells consist of zinc and copper plates as electrodes and dilute sulphuric acid as the electrolyte in a container as shown,

mA

Switch

 

Zinc                                  Copper

                                                       _                                 +

                                                                                                                                                              Dilute sulphuric acid

 

 

Working of a simple cell

Dip zinc and copper plates into a beaker containing dilute sulphuric acid.

Connect the two plates to a bulb. Observe what happens to the bulb immediately when it is connected.

Allow the set up to run for sometime and note what happens to the bulb.

OBSERVATION

When the bulb is connected it lights brightly but dims after sometime. Bubbles form around the copper plate.

When potassium dichromate is added into the container, the bubbles on the copper plate disappear and the bulb brightness is restored.

EXPLANATION AND DEFECTS OF A SIMPLE CELL

The hydrogen ions in the electrolyte pick up electrons and form an insulating layer of hydrogen gas bubbles around the copper plate making it difficult for the electrons to flow. This is what causes the bulb to be dim. The process by which hydrogen bubbles form around the copper plate is called polarisation.

Polarisation can be minimized by adding a depolarizer e.g. potassium dichromate. A good depolarizer should not react with the electrolyte.

When zinc reacts with sulphuric acid, it dissolves and exposes hidden impurities of carbon and iron. These impurities form small cells called local cells. These local cells cause the zinc to be used up even when current is not being supplied.

This defect is called local action. It is minimized by applying a layer of mercury on the zinc plate. This process is called amalgamation. In this process mercury dissolves off zinc leaving the impurities buried in the electrode. It can also be minimized by use of pure zinc.

 

THE LECLANCHE’ CELL

The leclanche’ cell is an improvement of the simple cell. The defects of polarisation and local action have been minimized.

The carbon rod (positive terminal) is surrounded with manganese (IV) oxide mixed with carbon powder. The manganese (IV) oxide acts as a depolarizer, reacting with the hydrogen gas formed on the carbon rod to produce water. This process however is slow and hence large currents should not be drawn steadily for a long time. Carbon powder increases the effective area of plate, which in effect reduces opposition to the flow of current.

The zinc plate is dipped in ammonium chloride solution, which converts zinc to zinc chloride when the cell is working. Local action is still a defect in this cell.

The cell is used for purposes where current is not drawn from it for a very long time e.g. in operating bells and telephone boxes. It has a longer life span than the simple cell.

 

THE DRY CELL

This is referred as a dry cell because it has no liquid. The ammonium chloride solution in the leclanche’ cell is replaced with ammonium chloride jelly or paste.

Manganese (IV) oxide and carbon powder act as a depolarizer. The hydrogen gas produced is oxidized to form water, making the cell to become wet after being used up.

The zinc case acting as a negative electrode gets eaten away by ammonium chloride to form zinc chloride. Local action is still a defect in this cell. The cell cannot be renewed once the chemical action stops.

 

              Metal cap              Seal and insulator

 

 

 Carbon rod (positive)                                                      Manganese (IV) oxide and carbon powder

Ammonium chloride paste                                                                                                 Zinc case (negative)

NOTE: Large currents should not be drawn from the dry cell within a short time. Shorting its terminals can also ruin it.

The cells must be stored in dry places. They are used in radios, torches, calculators,  e.t.c

ASSIGNMENT

Write advantages and disadvantages of dry cells

 

  • SECONDARY CELLS

A secondary cell stores electrical energy in a chemical form. It must first be charged with electricity.

The chemical reactions in a secondary cell are reversible i.e electrical energy produced during charging is changed to chemical energy and stored in the cell.

When the cell is in use the stored chemical is once again changed to electrical energy.

 

MAKING A SIMPLE SECONDARY CELL

Dip two clean plates into a beaker containing dilute sulphuric acid. Connect the circuit as shown below,

Close the switch and allow the current to flow for sometime.

OBSERVATION

The lead plate connected to negative terminal of the battery becomes coated with a chocolate brown colour. The other plate remains grey. Gas bubbles are seen on the plates.

EXPLANATION

Sulphuric acid is electrolysed, giving off oxygen at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode. The oxygen reacts with the lead to give lead (IV) oxide, which is deposited at the anode.

Hydrogen gas formed at the cathode has no effect.

 

LEAD-ACID ACCUMULATOR

This is the most reliable, long lasting and cost-effective of the secondary cells.

A 12V lead acid accumulator has six cells connected in series. Each cell has several plates made in the form of a lattice grid, the positive plate carrying lead (IV) oxide and the negative plates having spongy lead.

The plates are very close to one another and are prevented from getting into contact (short circuiting) by having insulating sheets separating them.

The surface area and the number of plates in a given cell determine the current carrying capacity of the battery. The charge (electrical energy) stored is directly proportional to the surface area of the plates.

The container used in the construction of the lead acid accumulator must be mechanically strong, highly acid proof with insulating properties.

As electrical energy is taken from the cell, sulphuric acid reacts with lead (IV) oxide and lead to form lead sulphate (white solid). This makes the density of sulphuric acid to fall. When the density of sulphuric acid falls, the cell cannot provide any more electrical energy and is said to be discharged. To regain energy, the cell is recharged by connecting a direct current (d.c) source

When connected in this manner, chemical reactions are reversed. The density of sulphuric acid is restored. The lead sulphate is converted to lead and lead (IV) oxide. The charging is complete when hydrogen and oxygen bubbles are freely released from the plate.

 

CAPACITY OF LEAD – ACID ACCUMULATOR

The capacity of the lead-acid accumulator is the total amount of current that can be drawn in a given time from the battery. This is the total amount of charge,

Q         = It expressed in Ah.

Lead-acid accumulators give strong current over along time compared to other cells because of an effective low internal resistance.

EXAMPLE 9

A battery is rated at 30Ah. For how long will it work if it steadily supplies current of 3A?

Amount of charge, Q              =It but I           =3A and Q =30Ah

30        =3t

T          =10hrs

Maintenance of Accumulators

  1. The level of the electrolyte should be checked regularly and maintained above the plate.
  2. The accumulator should be charged when the e.m.f of the cell is below 1.8V and when the relative density of the acid is below 1.12.
  • Large currents should not be drawn from the battery for a very long time.
  1. The accumulator should not be left in a discharged condition for a long period.
  2. Shorting or overcharging the accumulator the accumulator should be avoided.
  3. The terminals should always be kept clean and greased.
  • The accumulator is not placed directly on the ground but not on an insulator.

 

ALKALINE ACCUMULATORS

The electrolyte in this case is an alkaline solution such as potassium hydroxide.

The common types are nickel-cadmium and nickel-iron accumulators.

 

Advantages of Alkaline Accumulators over Lead-Acid Accumulators

  • Large currents can be drawn from them.
  • Can be kept in a discharged condition for a very long time before the cells are ruined.
  • They require little attention to maintain.
  • They are lighter (portable).

 

Disadvantages

  • They are very expensive.
  • They have a lower e.m.f per cell.

 

Uses of Alkaline Accumulators

They are used in ships, hospitals and buildings where large currents might be needed for emergency.

 

 

QUESTIONS

  1. In a simple cell, the zinc plate gets negatively charged and the copper plate gets positively charged.
    1. Name the electrolyte in the cell.
    2. Explain how 🙁 ii) Zinc gets negatively charged. (ii)Copper gets positively charged.
    3. State what constitutes the current when a wire is used to connect the zinc and the copper plate externally?
  2. A student wishes to investigate the relationship between current and voltage for certain device X. In the space provided, draw a circuit diagram including two cells, rheostat, ammeter, voltmeter ad the device X that would be suitable in obtaining the desired results.
  3. In large current circuits large resistors in parallel are preferred to low resistors in series explain
  4. Fig 1shows the features of a dry cell
  5. State the polarities of the parts labeled A and B. Page 110 of 162
  6. chemical substance in the parts labeled C and D
  7. State one advantage of an alkaline cell over a lead – acid cell.
  8. A car battery requires topping up with distilled water occasionally. Explain why this is necessary and why distilled water is used.
  9. A current of 0.5A flows in a circuit. Determine the quantity of charge that crosses a point in 4 minutes.
  10. State the reason why a voltmeter of high resistance is more accurate in measuring potential differences, that one of low resistance.
  11. A student learnt that a battery of eight dry cells each 1.5V has a total e.m.f of 12V the same as a car battery. He connected in series eight new dry batteries to his car but found that they could not start the engine. Give a reason for this observation
  12. Distinguish between a primary cell and a secondary cell.
  13. What current will a 500Ω resistor connected to a source of 240V draw?
  14. A current of 0.08A passes in a circuit for 2.5 minutes. How much charge passes through a point in the circuit?
  15. In large circuits, large resistors in parallel are preferred to low resistors in series. Explain.
  16. State two advantages of an alkaline battery over a lead acid battery.
  17. A current of 0.5A flows in a circuit. Determine the quantity of charge that crosses a point in 4 minutes.
  18. State the purpose of manganese dioxide in a dry cell. (1 mark)

 

 

 

 

  1. A student wishes to investigate the relationship between current and voltage for a certain device X. In the space provided, draw a circuit diagram including two cells, rheostat, ammeter, voltmeter and the device X that would be suitable in obtaining the desired results.
  2. State one advantage of an alkaline cell over a lead acid cell
  3. Explain clearly the precautionary measures you would take to maintain the efficiency of an accumulator?
  4. State the advantage of Nickel-cadmium battery over the lead -acid type
  5. Draw a well labeled diagram of a dry cell
  6. When ammeter is connected between the two plates of a simple cell, the pointer deflects along the scale. Explain

 

 

SOLUTIONS

  1. Dry cells have a very high internal resistance hence give very little current that start a vehicle.
  2. Secondary cells are rechargeable while primary are not.
  3. Q = it =0.08 x 2.5 x 60 =12c.
  4. When connected in parallel, the total effective resistance is much less. The heating effect is reduced.
  5. Large amounts of current can be drawn from them without damaging them while in lead acid batteries.
  6. Q =          It

=          0.5 x 4×60

=          120C

  1. The overall resistance of cells and bulb is least and hence more current flows
  2. Each will provide about half of the power supplied to the bulb. So they are drained of power at a slower rate than rate than in figure 10(a).
  3. To oxidize hydrogen to water hence reduces polarization/internal resistance.
  4. –           Alkaline cell last longer than lead acid cell.

–           Alkaline is more rugged than lead acid cell.

–           Alkaline cell is lighter than lead acid cell.

\

  1. i)T he level of the acid in the accumulator should be inspected regularly. Add distilled water.

ii)T he terminals should be kept clean and smeared with grease.

iii) While charging the current used should be that specified by the manufacturer.

  1. The level of acid should be maintained 1cm above the plates.
  2. -They have a much longer life than the lead-acid ones.

-They supply larger amounts of current and for a longer period.

-Can be left unused for months without any damage.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Electrical energy is produced by chemical reaction between the plates of the cell (Zinc and copper) and the dilute sulphuric acid. Electrons are produced which flow on the external circuit and detected by the ammeter.

 

 

 

MORE QUESTIONS

  1. The circuit below shows lamps in parallel.

 

 

 

 

  1. Indicate on the diagram with an S where you would put a switch to control both lamps together.
  2. Indicate on the diagram with a K1 and K2 position of these two switches that each would control each lamp separately.
  3. What is the role a variable resistor in a circuit?
  4. Draw a circuit diagram to show how two 4V lamps can be lit with normal brightness from two 2V cell.
  5. A form one student made an electric circuit the one shown below.

Cells

Lamps

 

 

 

Ammeter

  • Are the lamps in series or parallel?
  • State the mistake made by the pupil in the circuit.
  1. What is polarization? State how it affects simple cells and how it can be prevented.

State another defect of a simple cell and it is prevented.

  1. State the purpose of manganese dioxide in a dry cell.
  2. State the materials that act as positive and negative plates of a dry cell?
  3. State the difference between primary and secondary cells. Give an example of each.
  4. State three cares given to lead acid batteries.
  5. Why must lead acid cells not be left flat for a length of time.
  6. How would you check the state of charge of a lead acid?
  7. State one advantage and one disadvantage of a lead –acid?
  8. Define the capacity of a cell or battery and state its SI unit.
  9. What is local action of a cell and how it is prevented?
  10. Distinguish between primary and secondary cell.
  11. In the circuit below the bulbs are identical

S1

 

S2

S3

State and explain the change in brightness of the bulbs in the circuit as the switches S1 and S3 are gradually switched on in turn.

  1. State the relationship between current and charge.
  2. If a lightning strike has an average current of 100,000A and carries a charge of 20C to the earth, how long does the strike last?
  3. The charge on an electron is 1.60 x10 -19 A copper wire carries a current of 1A for 2 seconds. Calculate the number of electrons that passed in the 2 seconds.
  4. State one advantage of a lead acid accumulator over a nickel iron (NiFe) accumulator.
  5. Explain how polarization reduces current in a simple cell.
  6. Name the instrument used for measuring potential difference.
  7. Define electric current.
  8. Currents of 3A, 4A and 2A flow into a junction in a parallel circuit. What is the current flowing out of this junction?
  9. The diagram below shows identical lamps connected to identical cells.

P                                                                                             Q

 

 

 

 

State and explain the circuit that lights the lamp the longest.

  1. State the purpose of the manganese dioxide in a dry cell.
  2. The diagram below shows three identical lamps P, Q, R connected in series to a 12V dc power supply.

X

                               P                         Q               R       

Y                                                                                                        +          –  –

  • Calculate the voltage across each lamp.
  • A wire is connected across X and Y. What is the new voltage across each lamp?

(i) P ____________    (ii) Q ___________________    (iii) R  ______________

  • Is the brightness of each lamp less than, the same as , or greater than before the connection X Y made? Explain your answer. 2mks)
  1. State the name of the electrolyte in a Leclanche cell.
  2. What material makes the positive rod of a dry cell?
  3. In a simple cell with sulphuric acid as the electrolyte, explain briefly how current is able to pass through the liquid.
  4. A car battery requires topping up with distilled water occasionally. Explain why topping is necessary and why distilled water.
  5. Define coulomb.
  6. Draw in the electrical circuit symbols for .(i) Cell             (ii) rheostat
  7. Describe a complete circuit.
  8. Name the instrument used for measuring current in a circuit and state how its connected to measure the current.
  9. Name the instrument used for measuring potential difference and state how its connected to measure the potential difference.
  10. State what happens to the chemical materials in a cell as it produces current .What is the effect of this?
  11. Name the liquid used in a simple cell.
  12. From which plate to which plate do electrons flew in a simple cell to constitute an electric current.
  13. Describe an open circuit.
  14. Describe the two ways in which hydrogen gas bubbles weaken the current during polarization in a simple cell.
  15. Why the electric current produced by a simple cell quickly does falls to zero.
  16. How is polarization in a simple cell overcome?
  17. State what causes the zinc plate in simple cell to be wasted.
  18. How is the effect stated in (Q) 14 overcome?
  19. State one advantage of dry cells.
  20. State the main disadvantage of primary cells.
  21. Describe secondary cells.
  22. State what happens to the sulphuric acid as the secondary cell gives current.
  23. State the instrument which is used to check on the condition of an accumulator.
  24. How is an accumulator connected when being charged?
  25. State three precautions to be taken in maintaining accumulators in good condition.
  26. The capacity of an accumulator 120n Ah. What does this mean?
  27. State the energy changes in cell as they provide current.
  28. (a) When the apparatus shown below is set up, the small conducting sphere swings repeatedly between the two plates and a current of 7.0 10 – 6 A is recorded by galvanometer.

 

 

 

 

 

G          A                                                                      B

 

 

+          —

(i) What particles are responsible for transferring charge round the circuit ?

(ii)Explain in terms of charges why the sphere moves from plate A to plate B repeatedly.

(iii) The sphere makes thirty five complete swings per second. Calculate the average charge transferred by each complete swing.

(b) The diagram below shows a series circuit.

mA

 

 

 

 

+                —

 

A current of 2mA flows around the circuit.

(i) State the charge carries present in the liquid.

(ii) How much charge passes through the liquid in?

  • 10s
  1. A form three student suggested that a battery which has gone flat can be revived by placing it in a warm environment. Describe an experiment which would help you investigate the above suggestion. In your answer include;
  2. Suitable means of warming the battery.
  3. How you would carry out the experiment safely.
  4. A table showing the readings you would record.
  5. A statement of the treatment of results.

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (SELECTION AND BREEDING) AGRICULTURE NOTES

LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (SELECTION AND BREEDING)

This topic entails:

  • Reproduction and reproductive systems
  • Cattle
  • Poultry
  • Selection in cattle ,sheep ,goats ,pigs and camels
  • Meaning
  • Factors to consider in selecting a breeding stock
  • Methods of selection
  • Mass selection
  • Contemporary comparison
  • Progeny testing
  • Breeding and breeding systems
  • Identification of livestock on heat/signs of heat
  • Description of methods used in serving livestock.
  • Signs of parturition in cattle ,pigs and rabbits
  1. What does the term ‘epistasis’ mean in livestock improvement?
  • The combination of genes which individually could have been undesirable or inferior. In this way the effect of some recessive genes are masked such that they cannot be expressed.

 

  1. What is upgrading as used in livestock production?
  • A type  of mating  where  the female of  low grade  is  mated  to a pure  bred sire of  superior  quality

 

  1. Differentiate between crutching and ringing in livestock management
  • Crutching is the cutting of wool around the vulva of sheep while ringing is the trimming of wool around the penis sheaths of rams.

 

  1. State the gestation period of the following farm animals
  2.  a) Pigs
  • 112 – 117 days/3months 3weeks 3days

 

  1. b) Rabbits
  • 28 – 32 days

 

  1. c) Cow
  • 270 – 285 days

 

  1. What is selection in live stock production
  • It is the process of allowing certain animals to be the parents of the future generations while culling others

 

  1. State three methods used in selection of livestock
  • Mass selection
  • Progeny testing
  • Contemporary comparison

 

  1. Outline two characteristics of livestock that are used in mass selection
  • Age of the animal
  • Size/weight of an animal
  • Physiological condition of an animal
  • Production level of the animal

 

  1. Give four advantages of contemporary comparison as a method of selection in livestock breeding.
  • Possible to compare animals of different age groups since heifer locations are used.
  • It eliminates differences brought about by the environment since average performance of the herd is used
  • It is possible to make direct comparison of bulls at different A.I centres since environmental differences are removed.
  • It is accurate.
  1. Give four signs of heat observed on female rabbit
  • Frequent urination.
  • Swollen vulva.
  • The doe throws itself on its side.
  • She (doe) rubs herself against the wall or any other solid object.
  • The doe tries to contact other rabbits in the next hutch by peeping through the cage walls.

 

  1. State four reasons for culling a breeding boar
  • Boar is infertile/lacks libido
  • Loss of sight, limb, cannot mate
  • Old age
  • Poor health/Perpetual sickness
  • Reproductive diseases
  • Boar is too fat and lazy
  • Develops bad temperament/Aggressiveness/wildness
  • Avoid inbreeding

 

  1. Describe five factors to consider when selecting a breeding boar
  • High libido
  • Fertile
  • Free from hereditary defects
  • High feed conversion ratio
  • Fast growing rate
  • Good body conformation
  • Free from physical defects
  • Suit environment conditions
  • Should be mature
  • Should be healthy

 

  1. Describe the factors a farmer would consider when selecting a young female pig (gilt) for breeding.
  • Good body conformation of the gilt.
  • Lack of physical defects
  • Have 12-14 teats
  • Prolificacy of gilt from records of the parent /ancestors
  • Healthy, without history of many diseases
  • Fast growth rate/fast maturing
  • Ability to withstand stresses
  • Good mothering ability from record of parents
  • Age
  • Temperament of behaviour
  • Adaptability

 

  1. Define the following terms as used in livestock breeding
  2. Heterosis
  • Increased vigour/ performance resulting from mating two superior unrelated Breeds
  1. Epistasis
  • The combination of genes which individually could have been undesirable or inferior. In this way the effect of some recessive genes are masked such that they cannot be expressed.

 

  1. State two advantages of natural mating
  • Accurate hence high conception rates.
  • Less laborious
  • Useful in silent heat

                                                                                                        

  1. State three disadvantages of natural methods of mating in cattle breeding
  • A lot of semen is wasted
  • High chances of inbreeding
  • Large males can injure small females
  • Expensive to transport bull over long distance
  • May need extra pasture, extra cost/Keeping males increase costs of production
  • Encourages transmission of breeding diseases
  • Few cows can be mated by one bull
  • Keeping breeding records is difficult
  • Spread of external parasites
  • Risky to keep aggressive bulls

 

  1. a) What is out crossing?
  • Mating unrelated animals within the same breed.

 

  1. b) Give four disadvantages of outcrossing
  • Harmful characteristics can be spread quickly by one bull to the offspring the bull sires.
  • It requires skilled labour
  • Low chances of conception because semen can die due to problems in storage and transportation/by wrong timing in respect to heat periods.
  • It requires more labour than natural service i.e. taking the cow to insemination centre and checking for heat signs.

 

  1. Distinguish between inbreeding and out crossing in livestock production
  • In breeding is mating closely related animals whereas out crossing is mating animals within the same breed.

 

  1. Differentiate between out crossing and cross- breeding
  • Out crossing – Mating of distantly related animals of the same breed.
  • Cross- breeding – Mating of animals of different breeds.                              

 

  1. How does crossbreeding improve livestock production
  • By concentrating genes from the parents to the offspring’s

 

  1. State three advantages of cross-breeding in livestock production.
  • Improves quality of offspring due to heterozygosity
  • Introduces new genes into the herd
  • Offsprings perform better than parents
  • Offsprings combine traits from parents leading to high performance
  • A quick method of producing the required animal
  • Offsprings can adapt well to different environments.

 

  1. Outline ten factors considered when selecting dairy cattle for breeding
  • age-young animals have  longer  productive live and are more productive and economical to keep than old animals
  • level of performance-animals  with highest production level  be kept
  • health-consider animals which are less susceptive to  disease
  • body confirmation  go  for ones well people dairy characteristics
  • temperature/behaviour select only decline animals which are easy to  handle mothering ability
  • adaptable under suitability to  the environment
  • prolificacy- ability to give  birth to  many  off springs at a time
  • physical defects
  • quality of products

 

 

  1. Describe the factors to consider when selecting a breeding stock.
  • Adaptability of breed to climate or area/ local ecological conditions
  • Production level – use the production level record of the parents and other contemporaries.
  • Physical fitness – select animals without any defects like extra teats for dairy animals.
  • Health – select disease free animals because their health determines their fertility, longevity and fecundity.
  • Body conformation to type of livestock. For example, for dairy cows, select those with wedge shaped body, well sprung ribs, well set hind quarters and large udder.
  • Temperament – the selected animals should be docile.
  • Quality of products-select animals with good quality product
  • Mothering ability incase of females – select animals with good instinct of taking care of their young ones up to weaning.
  • Prolifically – is used to denote whether many or few off springs result from a given mating or from a certain individual female during its lifetime.
  • Breeding efficiency – measures the reproducing ability of an adult animal. The breeding efficiency depends on the number of services per conception, the percentage of non-returns, length of the calving interval and pregnancy period
  • Fertility – should be fertile
  • Offspring performance should be good
  • Age of animal – young not given birth more than 3 times
  • Disease resistance

 

  1. Name the type of breeding system represented below
    • Ayrshire sire x Boran Dam          F1 heifer x Hereford
  • Upgrading/ grading up

                                                           

  1. State two reasons for breeding livestock.
  • Introduces new genes hence increasing productivity
  • For economic reasons; livestock with high growth rates mature faster thus cheap to produce.
  • Expands inherited potential of the animal.
  • Satisfy consumers’ taste
  • Overcome production problems caused by environment such as diseases, pests and adverse climatic conditions

 

  1. State two signs of farrowing in pigs.
  • Enlargement of vulva
  • Loss of appetite
  • Restlessness
  • Slackening of muscles on each side of the tail
  • Udder and teats become enlarged
  • Presence of milk in teats
  • Sow collects litter at one corner to build a nest.

 

  1. Describe the procedure of embryo transplant using non-surgical method
  • Remove embryo by flooding the uterus with a liquid media
  • Massage the uterus to dislodge the embryo the uterine lumen to flow out with the solution
  • Withdraw solution containing the uterus using a tube to a syringe
  • Syringe taken to the lab where the fertilized ova are selected and separated under high powered microscope
  • Recipient cow is then restrained anaesthetized and shaved on the area of operation
  • Incision made in the left flank to allow horn of uterus to be pulled out
  • Fertilized ovum inserted into the uterus using a pipette or syringe, through the tiny hole in the uterine wall
  • Pipette checked under microscope to ensure that the transplant is complete
  • Uterine horn retracted to its position

 

  1. The diagram below illustrates the reproductive system of a farm animal. Study it and answer the questions that follow
  2. Name the parts labeled A, B, C and D
  • A- Oviduct B-Ovary
  • C- Uterus D- Vagina

 

  1. State the functions of the parts labeled A and B
  • A-Passage of ova / female sex cells

                  -Site of fertilization

  • B-Production of ova

                 -Production of female sex hormones

 

  1. c) Give four signs of Oestrus in cows
  • Restlessness
  • Frequent mooing /bellowing
  • Frequent urination
  • Jelly-like mucus discharge from vulva
  • Mounting other animals
  • Stands still when mounted
  • Loss of appetite
  • Drop in milk production

 

  1. Give two signs that would show that a doe is just about to give birth.
  • Plucking off fur to line up the nest
  • Making nest

 

  1. Give the breeding system involved in each of the following cases

(a) Friesian sire mated with Ayrshire dam.

  • Cross breeding

 

(b) Friesian sire (father) mated with Friesian dam (daughter)

  • Inbreeding

                                                                          

  1. a) What is hybrid vigour?
  • Improved performance resulting from mating two unrelated superior breeds

 

(b) Give three ways in which an animal will express hybrid vigour

  • Increase in growth rate
  • Increase in production
  • Increased fertility
  • Improved body conformation

                                                           

  1. Study the diagram of an oviduct of a hen and answer questions that follow:

 

 

  1. Name the parts marked A, B, C, and E.

A- Ovary

B- Infundibulum/oviduct/fallopian tube

C- Magnum

E- Shell gland/uterus

 

  1. b) Describe two changes that occur on the yolk from part B to E.

B-(Infundibulum)

  • Fertilization occurs here
  • Addition of Chalaza

C-(Magnum)

  • Addition of albumen
  • Addition of water and salts

D-(Isthmus)

  • Addition of Albumen
  • Addition of water minerals and vitamins
  • Formation of shell membranes

E-(Shell gland/ uterus)

  • Addition of water and salts
  • Shell pigments are added
  • Formation of egg shell

 

  1. c) Give two functions of isthmus in female bird
  • Shell membranes formed/ determines shape of egg
  • Water mineral salts and vitamins added

 

  1. State four disadvantages of inbreeding
  • Leads to decline in fertility of animals
  • Leads to high rate of prenatal mortality/Increase embryonic mortality/abortion
  • Reduces disease resistance ability
  • Increase in embryo mortality / abortion
  • Reduce vigour / becomes weak/ heterosis
  • Reduce yield / performance

 

  1. Differentiate between artificial insemination and embryo transplant
  • I is the introduction of semen into the female reproductive tract by hand using syringes or tubes while Embryo transplant is where ova (eggs) are harvested from a female animal (donor) fertilized in test tubes and then embryo’s that develop are transplanted into foster mothers(recipient)
  1. a) Define Raddling in sheep management
  • Is the practice of fitting the rams with breeding chutes on the underside which are painted with colours during breeding

 

  1. b) State two reasons for raddling.
  • Used to identify rams which have mated.
  • Helps to identify ewes that have been mated.
  • Helps to identify fertile rams.

 

  1. The diagram below shows reproductive system of a hen. Study it and answer the Questions that follow.
  2. a) State one component added to the egg during formation at regions A and B.
  • A-Chalazae are added
  • B-shell is added round the egg.

 

  1. b) What happened if blood spot drops at the part labelled A.
  • The blood spot will be added to the egg contents during egg formation.

 

  1. Give two advantage of embryo transplant in livestock breeding
  • Improves performance / production
  • Stimulates milk production in a female that was not ready to produce milk.
  • Easier to transplant embryos in test tube than the whole animal
  • Embryo can be stored for a long time awaiting a recipient female
  • Highly productive female animal can be spread over a large area to benefit many farmers
  • It is possible to implant embryo from a high quality female to less valuable female and hence improve the performance of the offspring
  • Calf produced gains passive immunity to local diseases from mother.

 

  1. List three disadvantages of embryo transplant.
  • Expensive
  • Requires highly skilled labour
  • Require special equipment for fertilization & storage
  • If the uterus of the animals to receive the embryo is not ready implantation will not occur

 

  1. A cow gives birth to two offsprings in a period of three years. One offspring is a male named Chemosi and another, female named Lelkina.  Two years later Chemosi is mated to Lelkina and another offspring, called Daisy is given birth to.
  2. i) Identify the specific system of breeding between Chemosi and Lelkina.
  • Inbreeding

 

(ii) Give four disadvantages of such a system of breeding)

  • Leads to loss of hybrid vigour
  • May lead to decline in fertility leading to species extinction
  • Reduce disease resistance.
  • Bring reduction in performance.
  • Leads to high rate of pre-natal mortality/High embryonic mortality.

 

  1. Differentiate between the terms tupping and crutching as used in sheep management
  • a)Tupping
  • Removal of wool around the anus, vulva and udder in preparation for  lambing

 

  • b) Crutching
  • Removal of dung massed wool around the anus and vulva in preparation for mating.

 

  1. State four signs of infertility in a dairy cow
  • No heat signs
  • The cow has irregular heat period
  • The cow has prolonged heat signs
  • It produces abnormal discharges from the reproductive organs
  • The cow does not conceive after several services.

 

  1. Give four causes of infertility in cattle
  • Damaged uterus due to abortion, injury, infection.
  • Infections by venereal diseases e.g. virginities, brucellosis
  • Retained placenta after birth causing infections
  • Blocked fallopian tubes due to infections.
  • Lack of essential nutrients/elements e.g. Vitamin E, manganese, selenium
  • Freemartin, a heifer born twin with a bull is 90% infertile.
  • Hormonal failure/imbalance.                                                              

 

  1. Give two reasons why teaser rams are introduced to a flock of ewes some weeks before tupping
  • To induce heat /synchronize ovulation in ewes
  • To accelerate ovulation

 

  1. Suggest two factors that can lead to conception failure after the females have been served.
  • Poor nutrition (flushing)
  • Poor timing of service
  • Infertility of either bull or the female
  1. Give four disadvantages of using artificial insemination (A.I) in serving a cow
  • Collecting / storing and administering semen is labour intensive and time consuming.
  • Require skill / trained personnel
  • Not feasible in areas not easily accessible by A.I offices.
  • Poor detection of heat / oestrus period may lead to failure in administering A.I
  • Harmful traits/diseases can spread fast.
  • Low chances of conception due to poor timing/death of sperms.

 

  1. Give two reasons why artificial insemination is not popularly used as a mating system in pigs
  • Difficult to note heat signs
  • It requires long time for maximum fertilization of eggs
  • Difficult to preserve the semen while viable for long

 

  1. Describe five advantages of artificial insemination in livestock breeding.
  • Semen of one bull can serve many cows
  • Controls the transmission of breeding diseases
  • Eliminates fighting and injury during mating
  • Eliminates the expenses of keeping a bull as regards feed drugs
  • Semen can be stored for long period of time.
  • controls unwanted breeding on the farm eg inbreeding
  • enables correct keeping of breeding records on the farm
  • An effective research tool on the farm.
  • Small scale farmers who cannot afford superior bulls get their cows served at low costs.
  • Eliminates problems of bull specializing in one cow only .
  • Timely breeding.
  1. State four desirable characteristics to be considered when selecting heifer for milk production
  • Docile/mild temperament
  • High milk production records from ancestors
  • Free from physical deformities
  • Good health
  • Good size/weight for the breed.

 

  1. State two reasons for culling breeding sows.
  • old age
  • low fertility/production
  • difficulty in furrowing
  • Less milk/Agalactic
  • When offspring shows bad traits e.g. umbilical hernia, atrophic rhinitis.
  • Poor health/ chronic diseases/ serious injuries.
  • Poor mothering ability e.g. lying on young ones, refusing to suckle the young one(s)

 

  1. Give four methods that can be used to improve local breeds of livestock.
  • Cross breeding
  • Back crossing
  • Grading up/ up grading
  • Control of parasites and diseases
  • Proper feeding of animals
  • Proper housing

 

  1. State four signs of heat in pigs(sow)
  • Restlessness
  • Frequent urination
  • Swelling and reddening of vulva
  • Clear or slimy mucus discharge from vulva
  • Responds positively to riding test.
  • Frequent mounting others.
  • Sow mounts other pigs and allows others to amount it
  • Loss of appetite
  • Produces grunting noise
  • Sow tries to reach out to other pigs in adjacent pens.

 

  1. Explain the meaning of the following terms.
  2. Epistasis-The combination of genes which individually could have been undesirable or inferior. In this way the effect of some recessive genes are masked such that they cannot be expressed.

(b) Hybrid vigour –is the increased ability and performance of the offspring above the average of the two unrelated parents or one of the parents.

 

  1. State three signs of parturition in cows.
  • Restlessness/ Cow lies down frequently
  • Loss of appetite
  • Enlargement of udder
  • Enlargement of vulva/ Swollen vulva
  • Cow isolates herself from the rest of the herd.
  • Pelvic muscles relax.
  • Mucous discharge from the vulva
  • Presence of thick milk if teats are squeezed/pressed/ Presence of Colostrum in teats
  • Relaxation of pelvic muscles/Slackening of pelvic muscles or relaxing of hip muscles
  • Full and distended udder
  • Water bag appears which may burst.

 

  1. Outline four objectives of livestock breeders
  • Increase resistance to diseases
  • Increase tolerance to pests
  • Adapt animal to local environment.
  • Increase productivity
  • Increase prolificacy
  • Enhance good mothering ability
  • Maintain uniformity in colour.

 

  1. State two factors considered during tupping
  • Size of sire and dam.
  • Health of males and females
  • Ratio of sire to dam/females to males

 

  1. The diagram below shows a reproductive system of a bull. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
  2. a) Identify the parts labeled M, N, O and P

M – Scrotum

N – Testes

O-Urethra

P – Seminal vesicles                       

 

  1. b) State the function of the part labeled L
  • Carries the sperm to the urethra.

 

  1. If a dairy cow is noticed to be showing first signs of heat at 6.00am, what time should it be inseminated?
  • From 12.00 to midnight (any time between 12.00 and midnight.)

 

  1. List six causes of sterility in dairy cows.
  • Freemartinism
  • Nutrient deficiency
  • Damaged uterus
  • Retained placenta
  • Blocked fallopian tubes
  • Diseases of reproductive organs.

 

  1. Outline two reasons for adopting proper breeding programmes by farmers.
  • To prevent transfer of diseases
  • For high quality offsprings and/ or products

 

  1. What is the duration of oestrus cycle in a cow?
  • 18- 22 days

 

  1. Study the diagrammatic representation of breeding programme below occurring in two stages;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the specific breeding system at stages I and II.
  • Stage   1- upgrading
  • Stage – Inbreeding

 

  1. b) State two disadvantages of the breeding system represented by stage II
  • Bad traits may be expressed/ lowering production or vigour
  • High rate of pre -natal mortality
  • Reduction in performance
  • Decline in fertility / species extinction

 

  1. What term is used to refer to the condition during calving in which the hind legs come out first?
  • Breech/rear presentation/malpresentation.

 

  1. Study the illustrations of parturition F and G below and answer the questions that follow

 

(a) Which of the foetus is in the correct position of parturition?

  • G

 

(b) Name the type of parturition given to foetus F and G above.

  • F= Breech / Rear presentation
  • G= Normal presentation

 

(c) What name is given to the type of parturition when the foetus is born dead?

  • Still birth

 

  1. List two abnormalities which may arise during egg formation
  • Lack of shell
  • Soft shelled eggs
  • Double yoked eggs
  • Tiny eggs

 

  1. Give two function of testis in the reproductive system of male cattle.
  • Produce the spermatozoa
  • Produce male sex hormones

 

  1. What is the function of chalazae in a formed poultry egg?
  • Chalaza holds the egg yolk in position

 

  1. State two methods of service in livestock
  • Natural mating
  • Artificial Insemination.
  1. Distinguish between Caponization and embryo transplant as used in livestock breeding
  • Caponization: It is the act of making male birds loses their male characteristics. While Embryo transplant: ova are harvested from high quality animals, fertilized in test tubes and then embryos that develop are implanted into foster mother.

 

  1. The illustration below shows a livestock equipment. Study it and answer the questions that follow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the equipment
  • Artificial vagina

 

  1. b) Identify parts labelled L and K
  • L – warm water
  • K- Collected semen

 

  1. Diagram below illustrate livestock production tool

(a) What is the suitable name of the livestock production tool above?

  • Elastrator and rubber ring

 

  • (b) State one function of the above tool
  • Castration
  • Docking
  • Dehorning

 

  1. Differentiate between dominant gene and a recessive gene
  • Dominant gene is a breeding characteristic/trait while recessive gene is the trait suppressed by another characteristics/traits

 

  1. State four management practices that should be carried out during the mating season in sheep
  • Crutching of ewes
  • Ringing the rams
  • Raddling of rams
  • Flushing i.e. giving nutritious food during mating.

 

  1. The illustration below show different livestock families Use it to answer the questions that follow
      Zebu Family                                                   Hereford Family

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify the breeding system between

(i) C and A

  • Close breeding

 

(ii) D and T

  • (ii) Cross breeding

 

(b) State two advantage of the breeding system identified in a (ii) above

  • Offsprings exhibit hybrid vigour
  • Introduces new genes in the herd
  • Decline infertility
  • High rate of offspring mortality

 

(c) Why is the breeding system identified in a(i) not recommended in dairy cattle

  • Leads to loss of vigour

 

  1. Explain three methods of collecting bull’s semen.
  • Use of artificial vagina
  • Use of breeders bag
  • Recovery of semen from the female vagina soon after natural mating
  • Electrical stimulation of the bull to ejaculate
  • By the massage method of the bull to ejaculate

 

  1. Describe ten methods of pregnancy diagnosis in cattle
  • Absence of heat periods
  • Decline in milk output in lactating cows
  • Vaginal temperature raising slightly
  • Feel method, application of pressure on the right flank of the foetus.
  • Thick milk secretion in teats
  • Change in density of cervical mucus drastically.
  • Change in cervical pH drastically
  • Rectal palpation to feel minute movements of the foetus.
  • Blood analysis for the presence of pregnancy hormones.

 

  1. Name three systems of breeding used to improve livestock.
  • Upgrading
  • Inbreeding
  • Out crossing
  • Cross breeding

 

  1. Explain the following terms as used in livestock production
  2. Embryo transfer
  • Method of breeding  which involve  removal of ova  from a  superior animal, fertilize externally   in a test tube  then transfer to a foster mother which carry pregnancy to term
  1. Artificial insemination
  • Introduction of semen in to the females reproductive system by  use of a tube
  1. Line breeding
  • Is mating of distantly related animals but  within the same breed
  1. Cross breeding
  • Mating of animals  belonging  to  different breeds e.g. Friesian bull and  jersey cow
  1. Up-grading
  • Is the  mating  of high grade  bull/sire  to a low  grade cow/dam

Best Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads (All Subjects)

Best Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads (All Subjects)

Latest CRE Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Latest Kiswahili KCSE Predictions and Marking Schemes Free

MOKASA ENGLISH F4 PP2 JOINT EXAMINATIONS PLUS ANSWERS FREE

 

NAME……………………………………    INDEX NO. ………………………..……………

 

DATE…….………………………………    CANDIDATE’S SIGNATURE………………..

                                                                        CLASS: ……………………………………………                                                              

101/2

ENGLISH

PAPER 2

(COMPREHENSION, LITERARY APPRECIATION AND GRAMMAR)

TIME: 2 ½ HOURS

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

101/2

ENGLISH

PAPER 2

TIME: 2 ½ HOURS

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  • Answer ALL the questions in this question paper.
  • All your answers must be written in the spaces provided in this question paper
  • This paper consists of 12 printed pages. Candidates should check the question paper to ensure that all pages are printed as indicated and no questions are missing

For Examiners Use Only

Question Maximum Score Candidates Score
1 20  
2 25  
3 20  
4 15  
Total Score  

This paper consists of 12 printed pages.  Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all pages are printed as indicated and that no pages are missing.

(Comprehension, Literary Appreciation and Grammar)

  1. Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow. (20 marks)

Ask any youngster what living with their parents is like and they will most likely tell you it is pure hell. They hate being told what to do, or taking orders or having to explain where they are going or coming from, especially girls. Young people hate asking for permission to go anywhere, and even worse being told that they must be back by a certain time. They hate having to ask for permission to use something or do something at home and consider these requirements an infringement on their freedom. So while parents believe they are inculcating good behavior in their children, the youngsters see it as dictatorship.

Another thorny issue is religion. I dearly remember what happened when I decided to attend a church different from my mother’s. She told me in no uncertain terms that if I wanted to continue going to my new church, I would have to move out because she would not allow it. I found my parents’ restrictions rather stifling and could not wait for the day I would move out of home. I fantasized about going on outings that  were forbidden at home, returning home late, going wherever I wanted whenever I wanted, returning from work and just lazing on the couch, leaving my bed unmade or my clothes lying around with no one to tell me that my room was a mess.

When it came to resources, mum would scold us if we left the door of the jiko open while heating our bath water or left the food to cook for an unnecessarily long time on the kerosene stove. She would breathe fire about our wastefulness, while reminding us of the high cost of living. She would conclude by telling us that she would not allow it in her house. My dad would be equally furious if he found the lights on in a room that was not being used. On several occasions he threatened not to pay the electricity bill and leave us in darkness for a while so that we could learn to save resources. Sometimes my siblings would laugh and wonder what our parents were making such a fuss about. At other times we would be angry and grumble that they were stingy and did not want to see us happy; how we longed to get away from them.

But when the time to leave home finally came, I was apprehensive and wondered what life without my parents would be like. One moment I would be happy to be free, with no one to order me around, the next moment I would be having doubts. When you are young, you think you have the freedom to do as you please. But after doing something “forbidden” once or twice, you begin having second thoughts. You realize, since you never used to go on outings for instance, you won’t miss much by staying indoors most of the time instead of coming back late.

You now have to pay your bills and realize that you have to cut costs, you remove your bath water from the stove before it boils and do not allow milk to boil for a second longer than necessary, and of course you switch off the lights in any room that’s not being used. Suddenly, you realize that you are living by the very rules you resented in your parents’ home. You are learning to use resources wisely now that you have to take care of yourself. When you start a family, you impose the same restrictions on your children. If there is one thing you cannot run away from, it is responsibility. What I have learnt is that when your parents are tough with you, they are only teaching you to be responsible. As the saying goes “only the wearer of the shoe knows where the shoe pinches.” I now understand why my parents gave me a tongue lashing whenever I misused resources.

  1. Make notes on why youngsters say living with parents is pure hell.                   (3 marks)                                                                             …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
  2. What would youngsters prefer rather than give in to their parents’ dictatorship?

(2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. According to the passage, parents are economical. Validate this statement.    (2marks) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
  2. In your opinion, are parents out to punish children by setting rules and regulations in the homes?                                                                                                                   (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Explain the writer’s attitude towards leaving home when the time came.   (3marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Comment on the irony in the passage.

(2marks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  1. Explain the meaning of the following saying as used in the passage.

“Only the wearer of the shoe knows where the shoe pinches”                                                  (2marks) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Mother would breathe fire about our wastefulness while reminding us of the high cost of living. (Rewrite beginning: Not only ……….)  (1mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Explain the meaning of the following words as used in the passage                         (3marks)
  2. Stifling

………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Stingy

………………………………………………………………………………………………

  • Resented

………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Henrik Ibsen, A Doll’s House

Read the excerpt below and then answer the questions that follow. (25 marks)

Helmer: Miserable creature – what have you done?

Nora: Let me go. You shall not suffer for my sake. You shall not take it upon yourself.

Helmer: No tragic airs, please.(Locks the hall door.) Here you shall stay and give me an explanation. Do you understand what you have done? Answer me! Do you understand what you have done?

Nora: (Looks steadily at him and says with a growing look of coldness in her face) Yes, now I am beginning to understand thoroughly.

Helmer: (walking about the room) What a horrible awakening! All these eight years- she who was my joy and pride- a hypocrite, a liar – worse, worse – a criminal! The unutterable ugliness of it all! – For shame! For shame! (NORA is silent and looks steadily at him. He stops in front of her.) I ought to have suspected that something of the sort would happen. I ought to have foreseen it. All your father’s want of principle – be silent! – all your father’s want of principle has come out in you. No religion, no morality, no sense of duty -. How I am punished for having winked at what he did! I did it for your sake, and this is how you repay me.

Nora: Yes, that’s just it.

Helmer: Now you have destroyed all my happiness. You have ruined all my future. It is horrible to think of! I am in the power of an unscrupulous man; he can do what he likes with me, ask anything he likes of me, give me any orders he please –  I dare not refuse. And I must sink to such miserable depths because of a thoughtless woman!

Nora: When I am out of the way, you will be free.

  1. Explain what has happened immediately before this excerpt.                            (4marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. What does Nora mean by saying, “You shall not suffer for my sake.”? Explain.     (3 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. How is Helmer’s attitude towards Nora in this extract different from earlier in the book? Explain.  (3 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. What thematic concern is addressed in this excerpt?              (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. “I am in the power of an unscrupulous man; he can do what he likes with me, ask anything he likes of me, give me any orders he pleases – I dare not refuse.” Who is Helmer talking about and why does he make such comments about the person?                                         (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Discuss any style evident in the excerpt.           (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Identify and illustrate the prevalent mood in the excerpt. (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. “Here you shall stay and give me an explanation.” Rewrite beginning: You…. (1 mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. “When I am out of the way, you will be free.” Give two meanings of Nora’s words from the rest of the play. (2 marks)                                                                                                                                ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

  1. Explain the meaning of the following expressions as used in the extract. (4marks)
  2. Take it upon yourself ……………………………………………………………………………………….
  3. No tragic airs ……………………………………………………………………………….
  • Your father’s want of principle ……………………………………………………………..
  1. Unscrupulous man ………………………………………………………………………………

 

  1. Oral Narrative (20marks)           

Read the following narrative and then answer the questions that follow.

There was a great famine in the land where Obunde and his wife, Oswera, lived with their nine children. The only creatures who had some food were the ogres and before they would part with their food they demanded a lot of things.

One day, Oswera went to one ogre’s home and asked him for some food, for by then her children were almost dying of hunger.

“I have no more food except sweet potatoes,” the ogre told her.

“I shall be happy to have the potatoes. We have nothing, not a grain of food at my house and the children are starving. Please let me have some and I shall repay you after the harvest.”

“No, if you want food you must exchange with something right now. Will you give me one of your children in exchange for my potatoes?” Oswera hesitated, her children were dear to her, but then they would die without food.

“Yes, I shall let you have one of them, if only you could let us have some potatoes,” Oswera answered. Then she took a big basket full of potatoes and told the ogre the exact time he could go to her home to collect one of her children for a meal.

Oswera thought hard and decided she would not give a single one of her children to the ogre for a meal. She therefore cut young banana stalks and cooked them nicely.

When the ogre came, she gave them to him and the beast went away satisfied. Soon the potatoes were finished and she had to go back to the ogre again.

Oswera and Obunde kept cooking banana stalks for the ogre every time he came for one of their children, until one day she had no more banana stalks to cook for the animal.

“You have now eaten all my children, yet we still need the potatoes. What shall we give you now?” Oswera asked in despair.

“Then I shall come for you and your husband,” the ogre replied angrily as he helped Oswera to load her basket of potatoes on to her head.

“Yes come tomorrow at the usual time in the afternoon and get me. I shall have cooked myself for you,” Oswera said calmly.

The following day the ogre went promptly as Oswera had told him and he found the home almost deserted. He looked everywhere but apart from Obunde, there was no trace of anybody.

Then he looked at the usual place and found a huge bowl of a big meal Oswera had cooked for him. The Ogre did not realize they had prepared a dog instead of Oswera. When he had eaten the Ogre told Obunde he would come for him the following day. Obunde got very worried and that night he could not sleep. The following day he started crying:

“Ah Oswera my wife, how did you cook yourself and how shall I cook myself for the ogre?” He sat down in the dust of his compound and wept. Oswera became very annoyed with her husband.

“You, you stupid, foolish man! Why sit and cry there all day long? How do you think I cooked myself? Take one of the dogs and quickly prepare it for the ogre!”

Very quickly Obunde got up, caught, killed and prepared a dog for the ogre. Then he joined his wife and children in a huge hollow part of a tree in his compound where they had hidden.

That day the ogre knew he was going to have his last meal of juicy human flesh. Being a generous and unselfish ogre, he brought many of his fellow ogres. They were going to have a feast.

Suddenly as they were eating, they had a man singing happily. No they could not believe it! It was Obunde singing! And he was boasting of how he had cheated the ogre.

 

The greedy ogre ate banana stalks

Not my family

The greedy ogre ate a dog

Not Obunde Magoro!

The greedy ogre ate banana stalks

Not my family;

Now come and get Obunde,

His children and wife.

 

Obunde sang the words and the ogres got very angry. The first ogre rushed into the hollow of the tree, but Oswera had heated a long piece of iron until it was white. She pushed the iron into the ogre’s mouth. The beast fell down dead. The next one rushed into the hollow and Oswera killed him in all the same way. In this way she killed all the ogres and saved her husband and all their children.

My story ends there.

  1. Whom do you consider to be the hero in this story and why?                          (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. In your own words describe the setting of this story.                                            (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Compare Obunde and the ogre as they are presented in this story.                         (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. What are the roles of the song in this story?                                                        (2 marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Describe the character of Oswera, the wife, as seen in this story. (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Other than the song, identify and illustrate two other features of oral narratives in the story.     (4marks)  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
  2. i) Explain the moral teaching of this story.  (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. ii) Use an appropriate proverb to summarize this lesson. (1 marks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

  1. List down one characteristic of the above genre. (1mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. If you were to collect information on the story above, what method of data collection would you use? (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Grammar (15 marks)
  2. Rewrite the following sentences according to the instructions given in brackets. Do not change the meaning.                                                                                (4marks)
  1. This kind of movie fascinates the youth more than it does adults. (Begin: The youth…)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Judy’s mother told her that there was more food for the guests in the kitchen. (Rewrite in direct speech) ………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  • Jeff was bored of my nagging. He moved out of the house. (Rewrite using a participle)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. We can save time by getting to class before the bell goes. (Begin: Time…)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Rewrite the following sentences correctly. (3marks)                                                    
  1. If I was the president, I would have jailed corrupt people.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

  • The raging fire destroyed a lot of properties.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  • “Repeat the statement again. I did not understand.”

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Replace the underlined word(s) with appropriate phrasal verb.  (2 marks)
  2. I was excited when I accidentally met an old friend in town.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. The employer was disappointed by the lazy workers.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Fill in the blank spaces with the correct form of the word in brackets.     (3 marks)
  2. To ……………………. (they/them) everything is acceptable.
  3. It is ­­­­­­………….. ……(they/ them) who assisted the accident victims.
  • Joan, together with her friends, …………… (drive/ drives) the car.

 

  1. Use the correct form of the word in brackets to complete the sentences.     (2 marks)
  2. The election officials complained that it was …………………………………of the government not to pay them in time.(reason)
  3. The driver was accused of poor …………………….. ………..of the vehicle. (maintain)

 

  1. Explain the two meanings in the following sentence.                               (1mark)

Wambua loves swimming more than Kioko.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………




  ENGLISH PP2 MARKING SCHEME

Question 1 Comprehension

  1. a) Youngsters say living with parents is pure hell because they hate being told what to do, or taking orders or having to explain where they are going or coming from. Young people hate asking for permission to go anywhere, and even worse being told that they must be back by a certain time (3mks) *Should be in note form, if not deduct 1 mark.

 

  1. b) Youngsters would prefer to have their freedom as they see the requirements of parent as an infringement to their freedom. (2mks)

 

  1. c) parents are economical because when it came to resources, the author’s mum would scold them if they left the door of the jiko open while heating their bath water or left the food to cook for an unnecessarily long time on the kerosene stove. She would breathe fire about their wastefulness, while reminding them of the high cost of living. Their dad would even be equally furious if he found the lights on in a room that was not being used.

 

  1. d) No (1mk) – parents are out to teach children how to be responsible. (1mk) Do not award a mark for a ‘Yes’ answer. Should also start with ‘No’ then explanation.

 

  1. e) Apprehensive/ uncertain/doubtful (2 marks) At one point she would be happy to be free but again would wonder how life would be without her parents. (1 mark)

 

  1. f) It is ironical that what the writer resented as a child is what she actually embraces as a grown up. (2mks) (must illustrate to score 2mks)

 

  1. g) It means that the writer now pays her own bills and therefore understands why her parents were emphasizing on being economical/ responsible. (2mks)

 

  1. h) Not only would mum breathe fire about out wastefulness but also remind us of the high cost of living. (1mk)
  2. i) harsh/cruel (3mks)
  3. ii) economical

iii) hated

 

Question 2 Excerpt

  1. – Nora and Torvald bid each other goodnight as Helmer kisses Nora on the forehead

-Torvald takes his letters and goes into his room and shuts the door.

-Nora gropes around as she touches Helmer’s domino/mask and then her shawl and says that                           she will never see her husband and children again.

-Helmer opens his door just when Nora is about to rush out and questions her about the content in               the letter he is holding.

 

 

 

  1. – Nora’s forgery would affect Helmer’s career and his position if it is thought that they worked

-Nora wants to run away to save Helmer the scandal and any form of suffering.

  1. Earlier on, Helmer had a loving attitude as he used to call her sweet/pet names but now has a hostile/ contemptuous/despising/ hateful attitude since he has known the secret of Nora’s loan and

 

  1. Deception/ hypocrisy- Nora had kept a secret from her husband for eight years.

Family/ marriage conflict-Helmer and Nora are at logger heads because of Nora’s forgery.

 

  1. Helmer is talking about Nils Krogstad. Being in possession of the forged bond, Krogstad can make it public thereby tarnishing Helmer’s name or he can use it to blackmail Helmer in order for           him to get his way.

 

  1. Hyperbole- Now you have destroyed all my happiness. You have ruined all my future.

Flashback- Helmer talks about Nora’s father who before his death had no morals.

 

  1. Tense mood- The secret that Nora kept from Helmer is out and Helmer is angered by it. Their marriage is at the verge of breaking.

 

  1. You shall stay here and give me an explanation.

 

  1. – Nora thought of taking her own life/killing herself to get out of the sticky situation.

-Later she decides to run away so as to save Helmer from the scandal.

 

  1. – make it your responsibility

-No sadness/ suffering

-The father was not a man of his words

-Immoral man

Question 3 Narrative

  1. Oswera, the wife. (1 mark). This is able to trick the ogre to get the food from him and finally gets her husband to trick the ogre and the family survives.

 

  1. It is in the rural area (environment) (1 mark) where people grow bananas and potatoes. (1 mark)

 

  1. Both are foolish/gullible. Ogre and Obunde believed he (ogre) was eating Oswera and children. They did not realize that it was a trick.

 

  1. To pass information, that is, to inform the ogre about the family. To break the monotony of To delay the climax. Facilitates audience participation.

 

  1. Cunning/ wise- she is able to get food for her family, promising to give one of her children every time, but this never came to be. Any other appropriate trait.

 

  1. – Closing formula; my story ends there

– moral lesson

– fantasy; she killed all the ogres single-handedly

– Direct address; “I have no more food except sweet potatoes.”

– Timelessness; we are not told when the story took place.

  1. – Greed can lead to death. The ogre is finally killed because of greed. (should be a positive lesson and tied to the story)

-Any appropriate proverb, for example Akili ni mali mtu ana zake. (Swahili proverb. It should be translated).

  1. – The heroes always kill the ogre at the end of the story

-They highlight the evil in the society/ have a moral lesson.

-They are stories with strange creatures that have ability to change their appearance.

-The ogres usually lure people with an intention of eating them up.

 

  1. -Interview

-Recording

-Participation

-Note taking

Question 4 Grammar

  1. i) The youth are more fascinated by this kind of movie than adults.
  2. ii) “There is more food for the guests in the kitchen,” Judy’s mother told her.

iii) Bored of my nagging, Jeff moved out of the house or Jeff, bored of my nagging, moved out of   the house (If comma(s) is missing do not award)

  1. iv) Time can be saved by getting to class before the bell goes.

 

  1. i) If I were the president, I would have jailed corrupt people.
  2. ii) The raging fire destroyed a lot of property.

iii) “Repeat the statement. I did not understand.”

 

  1. i) ran into/ bumped into
  2. ii) let down

 

  1. i) them
  2. ii) they

iii) drives

 

  1. i) unreasonable
  2. ii) maintenance (do not award misspelt word)

 

  1. – Wambua loves to swim more than Kioko does.

-Wambua loves to swim more than she loves Kioko. (Award one mark only if the two meanings are brought out clearly)

CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FOR FORM 3 UPDATED FREE

SCHEME  OF  WORK        FORM III C.R.E.         TERM ONE  20………..  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.
1

 

 

 

 

 

1

THE GIFTS OF THE HOLY SPIRIT

 

The teachings of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit.

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Cite examples where the concept of the Holy Spirit is mentioned in the Old Testament.

Outline the teachings of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit..

 

 

 

 

 

Bible readings:

John 14:15-26,

16:5-15

Acts 1:7-8

Q/A & discussion.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 1-2

 

 

 

 

2

The Day of the Pentecost.

Explain the importance of the day of Pentecost to the disciples.

 

Q/A: review Jews’ annual festivals.

Acts 2:1-40.

The Bible.  

KLB BK III

Pg 3-4

 

 

 

 

3

Peter’s message on the Day of Pentecost.

Give an account of Peter’s message on the day of Pentecost. Q/A: review the life history of Peter.

Discussion: Peter’s Pentecostal message and results.

 

   

KLB BK III

Pg 5-6

 

 

 

 

4

Relevance of the Pentecostal experience to Christians.

 

 

 

Explain the relevance of the Pentecostal experience to Christians today. Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 7-8

 

 

 

 

2

1

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

 

 

 

Define the term spiritual gift.

Enumerate the gifts of the Holy Spirit as elucidated by Paul.

 

Assignment: reading 1st Corinthians 12,13,14.

Q/A & discussion.

The Bible.

 

KLB BK III

Pg 9-10

 

 

 

2

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

 

 

Discuss the gifts of the Holy Spirit as elucidated by Paul.

 

Assignment: reading 1st Corinthians 12,13,14.

Discussion based on the reading.

The Bible.

 

KLB BK III

Pg 10-11

 

 

 

3

Paul’s teachings on love.

Highlight Paul’s teachings on love. Discussion: supremacy of love over other spiritual gifts.   KLB BK III

Pg 12-13

 

 

 

4

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of prophecy.

Outline Paul’s teachings on the gifts of prophecy. Discussion on the gift of prophecy;

Answer related questions.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 14

 

 

 

3

1

Paul’s teachings on speaking in tongues.

 

Outline Paul’s teachings on speaking in tongues. Narrations;

Explanations; Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 12-13

 

 

 

2

Discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

Analyse the criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit. Matt. 7: 15-20,

1st Corinthians 12: 1-3.

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 14-15

 

 

 

3

The Fruits of the Holy Spirit.

Identify the three fruits of the Holy Spirit as postulated by Paul.

 

Galatians 5:16-26

Q/A & brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 16-17

 

 

 

4

Manifestations of the gifts of the Holy Spirit in the church today.

 

 

Outline ways in which the gifts of the Holy Spirit are manifested in the church today. Oral questions;

Brief explanations; Written exercise.

  KLB BK III

Pg 17-18

 

 

 

4

1

THE UNITY OF BELIEVERS.

 

Teaching on the unity of believers in the new testament.

 

 

 

Illustrate the concept of the unity of believers with the image of the people of God.

 

 

 

Probing questions on national unity in Kenya.

Discussion on unity of believers.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 20-21

 

 

 

2

Teaching on the people of God.

Outline the teaching on privileges of God’s people. Bible reading :

1Peter 2:9-10.

Narrations;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 22

 

 

 

3

Teaching on the body of Christ. Illustrate the teaching on the unity of believers with the image of body of Christ. Eph 4:1-12.

Discuss inferences from the reading.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 9-10

 

 

 

4

Teaching on the Vine and Branches. Highlight new testament teaching on the Vine and Branches. Bible reading :

John 15:1-10.

Narrations;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 24-25

 

 

 

5

1

Teaching on the Church as the Assembly  of God.. Illustrate the teaching on the Church as the Assembly  of God.. Bible reading Eph 5:21-32.

Q/A & discussion on

The vine and the branches, the assembly of God.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 25-26

 

 

 

2

Teaching on the Bride. Discuss marriage of the church believers and Christ. Probing questions;

Drawing an analogy between a wedding and marriage of  the church to Christ.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 226-27

 

 

 

3

The causes of disunity in the early church.

Church leadership.

Outline disputes in leadership in the early church and the solutions offered by Paul.. Bible reading;

1Corinthians1: 4-21.

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 27-28

 

 

 

5

4

 

 

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Sacrifices to idols.

Misuse of spiritual gifts.

Discuss issues relating to idol worship and spiritual gifts. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 8

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 28-29

 

 

 

6

1

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Abuse of Lord’s supper

 

Discuss issues relating to abuse of Lord’s supper. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 15

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 29

 

 

 

2

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Resurrection of the body.

 

Discuss issues relating to misunderstanding of resurrection of the body. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 15

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 29

 

 

 

3

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Mode of dressing during worship.

 

Discuss issues relating to mode of dressing during worship. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 5:1-13,

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 30

 

 

 

4

The causes of disunity in the early church.

— sexual immorality.

 

Discuss issues relating to sexual immorality. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 11:2-16

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 30

 

 

 

7

1

The causes of disunity in the early church.

-Disputes over marriage and divorce.

 

 

Discuss issues relating to disputes over marriage and divorce. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 7, 1Corinthians 6:1-6

Narrations;

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 31-32

 

 

 

7

2

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Disputes in civil courts.

 

Discuss issues relating to settling disputes in civil courts. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 7, 1Corinthians 6:1-6

Narrations;

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 31-32

 

 

 

3

Causes of disunity in Kenya today.

Outline causes of disunity in Kenya today.

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 32-35

 

 

 

4

Solutions to problems in churches today.

Suggest possible solutions to  problems threatening church unity..

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Open discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 32-35

 

 

 

8

1-2

TEST & MID TERM BREAK

       

3

THE WRITING OF THE PROPHETIC MESSAGES.

Definition of the terms prophet and prophecy.

 

 

 

 

Define the terms prophet and prophecy.

Identify other titles of a prophet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Oral questions and brief discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 37-38

 

 

 

4

Categories of prophets.

Identify  classes of prophets.

 

 

Oral questions and exposition of new terms.   KLB BK III

Pg 38-39

 

 

 

9

1

Characteristics of true and false prophets.

Classify prophets as either true or false on basis of their character and mission. Q/A & discussion on discerning true and false prophets.   KLB BK III

Pg 40,44

 

 

 

9

2

The role of prophets.

Outline ways in which the old testament prophets served God and humankind.

 

 

Oral questions and detailed discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 41-42

 

 

 

3,4

The contents of prophetic messages.

Analyze the contents of the prophetic books. Detailed discussion on prophetic sayings and narratives.

Jeremiah 36:1-2,

Isaiah 30:8.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 45-46

 

 

 

10

1,2

How the prophetic messages were written.

Describe how the prophetic messages were written. Jeremiah 36:4.

Narrations;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 46-47

 

 

 

3,4

Relationship between Old & New Testaments.

Explain the relationship of Old & New Testaments. Q/A: to review some previously learned concepts related to

O.T. & N.T.

Detailed discussion marked by oral questions.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 48-50

 

 

 

11

1,2

Comparison between traditional African prophets and Old Testament prophets.

 

 

Compare and contrast traditional African prophets and Old Testament prophets.

 

 

 

Q/A: Identify traditional prophets and prophetesses.

Q/A & discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 50-53

 

 

 

3,4

Relevance of Old Testament prophets to Christians.

Outline relevance of Old Testament prophets to Christians.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion

  KLB BK III

Pg 54

 

 

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM ASSESSMENT TEST

 

 

 

FORM  III C.R.E.    TERM TWO   20………….  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

PROPHET AMOS

 

Background to prophet Amos.

 

 

Outline the historical and political background of Amos.

 

 

Narrations & oral questions.

2 Kings 14:23-29

Amos 1:17:14, 5:26.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 56-8

 

 

 

2

 

Background to prophet Amos.

Outline the social- economic and religious background of Amos. Narrations & oral questions.

2 Kings 14:23-29

Amos 1:17:14, 5:26.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 59-61

 

 

 

3

The call of Amos.

Briefly describe the call of Amos.

 

 

Amos 1: 1, 3:87:10-15.

Oral questions & discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 62-3

 

 

 

4

The call of Amos.

Strike out lessons that Christians learn from the call of Amos.

 

Oral questions & discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 63

 

 

 

2

1-2

The Visions of Amos.

Identify the five visions in which God communicated his message of judgments to the people of Israel. Amos 7:1-9

8:1-3

9:1-4

Inferences from the Bible readings.

Q/A and discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 63-8

 

 

 

3

Teachings of prophet Amos on social justice and responsibilities.

Identify the evils condemned by Amos. Amos 2:6-8, 3:9-12, 4Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 69-70

 

 

 

4

Teachings of prophet Amos on sexual immorality.

Outline Amos’ teachings against sexual immorality. Amos 8:4-6.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 70-1

 

 

 

3

1

Teachings of prophet Amos on corruption and bribery.

Outline Amos’ teachings against corruption and bribery. Amos, 4:1-3.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 71

 

 

 

2

Teachings of prophet Amos on greed, dishonesty and self – indulgence.

Outline Amos’ teachings against greed, dishonesty and self – indulgence. Amos, 4:1-3.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 72-3

 

 

 

3,4

Relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians.

Recognize the relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians today.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 54

 

 

 

4

1-2

Teachings of Amos on hypocritical religion in Israel.

Outline hypocritical religious practices condemned by Amos. Amos 4:4-55:4-55:21-27

Q/A: examples of

hypocritical practices.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 76-7

 

 

 

3

Relevance of Amos’ teachings against hypocritical religion to Christians.

Recognize the relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians today.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 778-9

 

 

 

4

God’s judgment to the Nations.

Identify the crimes committed by certain nations and the nature of punishment meted out on them.

 

 

Narrations: Amos 1:3-15,

Oral questions drawn from the Bible readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 80-2

 

 

 

5

1,2

God’s punishment for Israel and Judah.

Identify ways in which God punished Israel and Judah. Amos 5:16-27

8:3, 6:11, 8:11-13, 5:14-15

Inferences from the Bible readings.

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 83-5

 

 

 

3

Relevance of Amos message on judgment for Christians.

 

Analyse the relevance of Amos message on judgment for Christians.

Q/A & brief discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 85-6

 

 

 

4

Israel Divine Election.

Describe Amos teaching on Israel election.

 

Amos 2:9-11, 3:1-2,

Oral questions based on the Bible readings.

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 86

 

 

 

6

1

Relevance of Israel Divine Election to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on Israel Election to Christian life.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 87

 

 

 

2

The Day of the Lord.

Outline Amos teaching on the day of the Lord.

Related teachings on the day of the Lord.

 

Amos 5:18-20, 6:3-5, 8:7-13

Observations from the readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 87-88

 

 

 

3

Relevance of  the Day of the Lord to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on the Day of the Lord to Christian life.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 89-90

 

 

 

4

The Remnant & Restoration.

Define the term remnant as used in the Israelites context.

Outline Amos’ teaching on the remnant for Christians.

 

Amos 9:8-15

Observations from the reading & discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 90-91

 

 

 

7

1

Relevance of the Remnant & Restoration to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on the Remnant & Restoration to Christian life today.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 91

 

 

 

2-3

TEST & mid – term break        

4

PROPHET JEREMIAH.

 

Background to prophet Jeremiah.

 

 

 

Outline the political, social & religious background to Jeremiah.

 

 

 

Narrations: teacher exposes Jeremiah’s background.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 93-7

 

 

 

8

1

Jeremiah’s call.

Identify circumstances revolving around his call. Jer 1.

Narrations;

 

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 97-101

 

 

 

2,3

Evils addressed by Jeremiah.

Recall evils committed by people of Judah during Jeremiah’s time.

 

 

Jer 14:14, 27:9,29:8-9, 28, 7:1-8

Oral questions based on the Bible readings.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 101-8

 

 

 

4

Jeremiah’s temple sermon.

Highlight Jeremiah’s teachings in the temple sermon.

 

 

Jer 7:1-8.

Narrations.

  KLB BK III

Pg 108-111

 

 

 

9

1-2

Jeremiah’s teachings to the church today.

Explain relevance of his teachings on evils and false prophets to Christians.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 111-2

 

 

 

3

&

4

JEREMIAH’S TEACHINGS ON JUDGMENT & PUNISHMENT.

 

Judgment

&

Punishment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe God’s punishment and judgment for Israelites.

Identify modes of punishment meted on Judah by Yahweh.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jer. 5:12-18,6:1-30

 

Oral questions;

Detailed discussion.

 

   

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 114-120

 

 

 

10

1

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

the waist cloth.

-the parable of wineskins

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 120-1

 

 

 
2

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

Jeremiah’s life

– The potter and clay

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 121-2

 

 

 
3,4

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

The earthen flask.

-Vision of fig baskets.

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 123-4

 

 

 

1

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

the wooden yoke

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 125

 

 

 

11

2-3

The fall of Jerusalem and the exile of the people of Judah.

Give an account of why and how Jerusalem was conquered by the Babylonians.

 

 

 

Jer.39.

Oral questions, narrations

& discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 126-8

 

 

 

4

Topic review

Answer question.

Revise the questions.

Written exercise;

Exercise review.

  KLB BK III

Pg 129

 

 

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM  TWO ASSESSMENT TEST  

 

FORM  III   C.R.E.   TERM   THREE  20…………  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

JEREMIAH’S TEACHINGS ON SUFFERING AND HOPE.

 

Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

-plot against his life.

-isolation

 

 

 

 

 

Describe Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

 

 

 

 

 

Jer .17:14-18

Brief discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 130-1

 

 

 

2

Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

-peoples’ mockery.

-torture.

Describe Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations Jer .17:14-18

Oral questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 132

 

 

3,4

Jeremiah’s arrest, trial and imprisonment. Describe Jeremiah’s arrest, trial, his defence and consequential imprisonment. Jer 26, 237,38.

Inferences from the readings.

Narrations.

Q/A & discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 133

 

 

 

2

1

Relevance of Jeremiah’s sufferings and lamentations.

Apply Jeremiah’s teachings on suffering and lamentations in Christians’ lives today.

 

 

Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 133-5

 

 

 

2-4

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to hope and restoration.

Identify Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to hope and restoration of Israelites.

Relate symbolic acts of judgment and punishment to acts of hope and restoration.

 

Jer 24:11

Q/A: review symbolic acts related to judgment and punishment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 135-7

 

 

 

3

1,2

The New Covenant.

Outline the characteristics of the New Covenant as foreseen by Jeremiah. Jer 23:5-6, 30-33

Q/A: review the theme of the covenant between God and Abraham & Sinai covenant.

Exposition of the New Covenant.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 137-9

 

 

 

3

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

Jeremiah;s call and suffering

-hypocrisy in worship.

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s call and suffering and his teachings  to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 140

 

 

 

4

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

message of repentance.

-the new covenant.

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on repentance and new covenant to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 142

 

 

 

4

1

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

judgement.

-hope and restoration.

 

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on hope  and restoration to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 143

 

 

 

2

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

-the righteous king.

-the temple of Jerusalem.

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on hope, temple and restoration to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 144-5

 

 

 

3

NEHEMIAH.

 

Background to Nehemiah.

 

 

 

 

 

Outline his social and political backgrounds.

 

 

Brief discussion & exposition.

  KLB BK III

Pg 146-150

 

 

 

4

Nehemiah’s religious background.

Identify religious practices observed by exiles in Babylon.

 

 

Brief discussion & exposition.   KLB BK III

Pg 150-3

 

 

 

5

1

Religious practices during the exile.

Describe the religious practices observed before the exile.

 

 

Exposition & narration.   KLB BK III

Pg 153

 

 

 

2

Religious practices  after the exile.

Describe the religious practices observed after the exile.

 

 

Q/A to review practices before exile.

Exposition & narration.

  KLB BK III

Pg 154

 

 

 

3,4

The Call and Mission of Nehemiah.

Describe the call and mission of Nehemiah.

 

Brief discussion:

the task ahead of Nehemiah.

  KLB BK III

Pg

 

 

 

6

1,2

Prayer life of Nehemiah.

Describe the prayer life of Nehemiah.

 

Highlight characteristics of his prayers.

Neh 1:5-11

Oral questions about prayer and fasting.

Deductions from the Bible reading.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 157-161

 

 

 

3

Importance of prayer in Christians’ life.

 

 

State the importance of prayer in Christians’ life. Q/A & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 160-2

 

 

 

7

4,1

C.A.T & MID – TERM BREAK        

2-3

Nehemiah’s character in leadership.

Describe the character of Nehemiah as a good leader. Selected verses.

Oral questions: characters of a good leader.

Discussion: Nehemiah’s character as a leader.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 162-4

 

 

 

4

Nehemiah in Jerusalem.

Describe the character of Nehemiah as a leader in Jerusalem. Brief description;

Narrations.

  KLB BK III

Pg 165-6

 

 

 

8

1-2

Problems experienced by Nehemiah.

 

 

 

Identify problems experienced by Nehemiah.

 

 

Neh 2:19-20,3:5, 5:1-13

Discuss inferences from the readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 168-172

 

 

 

3-4

Measures to redress the problems.

 

Explain Nehemiah’s measures to redress the problems.

 

    KLB BK III

Pg 173-4

 

 

 

9

1

Christians’ lessons learn from Nehemiah’s experiences.

 

 

Outline lessons leant from Nehemiah’s experiences. Probing questions.

Give a summary of qualities of good leadership.

  KLB BK III

Pg 174-7

 

 

 

2

Christians’ lessons learn from Nehemiah’s leadership.

 

 

Identify good qualities for good leadership as emulated from Nehemiah’s life. Probing questions.

Brain storming;

Give a summary of qualities of good leadership.

  KLB BK III

Pg 174-7

 

 

 

3,4

THE RESTORATION OF JEWISH COMMUNITY.

 

Renewal through the Mosaic Law

 

 

 

 

 

Explain the significance of the Mosaic Law to the renewal of the Jews.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brief discussion and narrations.

   

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 178-180

 

 

 

10

1,2

The Renewal of the covenant.

Describe the Renewal of the covenant between Israel’s faith and the Yahweh.

.

Neh 9:1-37,

Neh 12:27-43.

Narrations;

Oral questions;

Discussion

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 181-2

 

 

 

3

The Agreement.

Identify the provisions of the agreement Narrations;

Discussion

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 183

 

 

 

4

Dedication of the wall of Jerusalem.

Describe the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem. Narrations;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 184-5

 

 

 

11

1

Nehemiah’s reforms.

temple reforms

-about the Sabbath.

Give an outline of Nehemiah’s reforms relating to the temple and Sabbath day. Neh. 13.

Oral questions;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 185-8

 

 

 

2

Nehemiah’s reforms.

about foreigners.

– on inter-marriages..

Give an outline of Nehemiah’s reforms about foreigners and inter-marriages. Neh. 13.

Oral questions;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 188-9

 

 

 

3-4

Comparison of Nehemiah’s experiences with the life of Jesus as depicted in Luke’s Gospel.

 

Compare Nehemiah’s exemplary life as a reformer and leader with the life and teachings of Jesus as postulated in

St. Luke’s Gospel.

Discussion & Q/A.

Points to consider:

Prayerfulness, compassion, reforms, opposition.

Study Questions and activities.

 

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 190-3

 

 

 

 

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT TEST

 

       

 

Grade 6 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3

Get Grade 6 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3 here:

G6-AGRINUTRITION

G6-AGRINUTRITION-AUGUSTHOMEWORK (1)

G6-COMPOSITION

G6-CRE

G6-CREATIVE-1

G6-CREATIVE-ARTS (1)

G6-CREATIVE-ARTS

G6-CREATIVE-ARTS-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

G6-ENGLISH (1)

G6-ENGLISH (2)

G6-ENGLISH

G6-ENGLISH-AUGUSTHOMEWORK (1)

G6-INSHA (1)

G6-INSHA

G6-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE (1)

G6-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE

G6-KISWAHILI (1)

G6-KISWAHILI (2)

G6-KISWAHILI

G6-KISWAHILI-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

G6-MARKING-SCHEME (1)

G6-MARKING-SCHEME

G6-MATHEMATICS (1)

G6-MATHEMATICS (2)

G6-MATHEMATICS

G6-MATHEMATICS-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

G6-RELIGION-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

G6-SCIENCE-AND-TECHNOLOGY

G6-SCIENCE-AND-TECHNOLOGY-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

G6-SOCIAL-STUDIES (1)

G6-SOCIAL-STUDIES

G6-SOCIAL-STUDIES-1

G6-SOCIAL-STUDIES-AUGUST-HOMEWORK (1)

KPSEA Grade 6 Knec prediction, revision, sample exams

Grade 6 Latest Rationalized Notes

Grade 6 KPSEA Past Exam Papers

Grade 6 Rationalized Schemes of Work

Grade 6 Lesson Plans Free

Free CBC Lesson Plans Grade 6

Grade 6 Free CBC Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work

CBC Grade 6 Physical and Health Education Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

Kiswahili Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes

Grade 6 Science & Technology CBC Notes

Agriculture Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Science and Technology Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Grade 6 Exams: Fr

CBC Grade 6 CRE Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

Grade 6 CBC Home Work, Assignments Free Downloads

Junior School Free CBC Notes, Exams for Grade 6, 7 & 8

KPSEA Grade 6 Knec Exam Papers

Physical Health Education Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of

Maths Grade 6 Lesson Plans Free

CBC Grade 6 Social Studies Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

English Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

Kiswahili Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

Social Studies Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Agriculture Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

Kiswahili Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes

CBC Grade 6 notes, Exams, Schemes of Work Free pdf

Grade 6 Free CBC Schemes of Work

Social Studies Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

KPSEA Free Grade 6 CBC Exams

GRADE 6 CURRICULUM DESIGNS CBC

Maths Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Grade 6 Free Notes

KPSEA Grade 6 Free Exams, Past Papers

Grade 6 Term 1, 2 and 3 Schemes of Work Free Downloads

Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Grade 6 KPSEA Exams And Answers Free Downloads

KPSEA Grade 6 Knec prediction, revision, sample exams- Best Free Downloads Collection

Grade 6 KPSEA Exams

CBC Grade 6 English Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 6 Free KPSEA Exam Papers

KPSEA Grade 6 Exams

Grade 6 free CBC Notes Downloads

CBC Free Lesson Plans For Grade 6 – Maths

Art and Craft Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

Grade 6 CBC free Schemes of works, Exams & Notes (Updated)

Mathematics Grade 6 CBC Free Schemes of Work

CBC Upper Primary (Grade 6) Curriculum Designs KICD

 KPSEA Grade 6 CBC Exams

Integrated Science Grade 6 Notes, Exams & KPSEA Papers

How to upload Grade 6 Gaps Online- Knec ultimate guide

Knec Final Guidelines for Registration of Grade 6 Learners in the portal

KPSEA Grade 6 Learners Registration; KNEC Final Guidelines

KCPE 2023 Exam Papers Free Downloads

KCPE 2023 Exam Papers Free Downloads

CL 8 JESMA 009 EXAM 2022.pdf
KCPE TARGETER TRACKER TRIAL 5-23.pdf
KCPE TARGETER WINGS TRIAL 4.pdf
KCPE TIGLA SPARKS PREDICTION.pdf
CLASS 8 KNPT 2022 EXAM.pdf
KCPE DISTINCTION FINAL PREDICTION -22.pdf
KCPE DISTINCTION TRIAL 5 (1).pdf
KCPE DISTINCTION TRIAL 5.pdf
KCPE HIGH FLYER NATIONAL .pdf
KCPE JESMA FINAL PREDICTION .pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 1-21.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 2.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 5-22.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 8-22.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 9-22.pdf
KCPE PREDICTOR TRIAL $.pdf
KCPE REPLICA PREDICTION .pdf
KCPE REVEALED SUPER PREDICTION .pdf
KCPE REVEALED TRIAL 5.pdf
KCPE SIGNAL TRIAL 8.pdf
KCPE SOARING HIGH TRAIL 2.pdf
KCPE TARGETER FINAL TRAIL-22.pdf
KCPE TARGETER MERIT 001 2023.pdf
KCPE TARGETER MERIT TRIAL 5-2#.pdf
KCPE TARGETER MERIT TRIAL 7-22.pdf

GRADE ONE LESSON PLANS FOR ALL SUBJECTS- NEW CBC pdf

looking for grade 1 lesson plans for all subjects? Well. Get all the lesson plans here at no cost.

ALL LESSON PLANS ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 1

GRADE 1-care-for-the-environment-lesson-plans-environmental-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-environment-and-its-resources-lesson-plans-environmental-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-social-environment-lesson-plans-environmental-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-mwili-wangu-2-lesson-plans-kiswahili-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-vyakula-vya-kiasili-1-lesson-plans-kiswahili-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-karibu-darasani-lesson-plans-kiswahili-activities-word-format

GRADE 1-mathematics-activities-term-3-lesson-plans-word-format

GRADE 1-mathematics-activities-term-2-lesson-plans-word-format (1)

GRADE 1-mathematics-activities-term-2-lesson-plans-word-format

GRADE 1-mathematics-activities-term-1-lesson-plans-word-format

Oral Literature Best Study Revision Questions and Answers

STUDY QUESTIONS – ORAL LITERATURE

  1. Define the term oral literature. Spoken, acted and performed art whose transmission/ presentation/media is by word of mouth.
  2. Identify three main genres/ categories/forms/types/ kinds/ classes of oral literature.
  • Oral narratives
  • Short forms
  • Oral songs/ poems
  1. State eight (8) types/ sub-genres/ sub-categories/ sub-classes of oral narratives.
  • Legends
  • Myths
  • Dilemma
  • Aetiological/ Explanatory/ Why stories (tales)
  • Trickster narratives/ tales/ stories
  • Ogre/ monster narratives
  • Fables
  • Parables
  1. State all short forms:
  • Proverbs
  • Riddles
  • Tongue twisters.
  • Puns
  • Jokes
  • Idioms
  1. State at least 5 key characteristics of the 8 sub-genres/ sub-categories of oral narratives.
  2. Legends:
  • They are historical.
  • Based on community hero/ heroine.
  • Hero/ heroine have supernatural powers/ abilities.
  • True in nature.
  • Hero/ heroine usually sacrifices a lot on behalf of the community.
  • Have a moral lesson.
  1. Myths:
  • Are sacred/ religious.
  • Tell about origin of a community; certain beliefs and customs.
  • There is reference to superhuman being/ Involve superhuman being.
  • Based on history of a community.
  1. Dilemma tales/ narratives:
  • Protagonist has to make a tough choice.
  • None of the choice is easy to make.
  • Protagonist usually regrets the choice made.
  • Always ends with a question.
  • Have a moral lesson.
  1. Aetiological/ Explanatory narratives:
  • Explain the origin of natural phenomena/ occurrences.
  • Explain why things are the way they are.
  • Deal with the question: Why?
  • Heavily rely on the cultural background of the community.
  • Have a moral lesson.
  1. Trickster narratives/ tales/ stories
  • Involve treachery/ deceit/ cunning; trickster tricks another, dupe is tricked.
  • Involve small versus big animals.
  • Small animals are usually intelligent and cunning.
  • Big animals are usually mighty but gullible and foolish.
  • Test brain (intelligence) versus brawn (strength/ power)
  • Small animals always trick the big animals.
  • Have moral lesson.
  1. Ogre/ monster narratives
  • Involve interaction between ogres/ monsters and human beings.
  • Involve creatures from human imagination and fantasy (unreality).
  • Creatures have the ability turn themselves into human forms.
  • Creatures always take advantage of the vulnerable/ weak in the society.
  • Monsters/ ogres are pursued/ hunted by heroes/ heroines.
  • Teach a moral lesson.
  1. Fables
  • Involve animal characters.
  • The animal characters give human qualities and attributes (traits) – personified.
  • Derived from particular backgrounds.
  • Politely teach social norms/ standards/ rules.
  • Teach a moral lesson.
  1. Parables
  • Have a religious allusion/ reference.
  • Used to teach a moral lesson.
  • Are a form of education.
  • Use human characters.
  1. State the appropriate steps/ stages in a riddling process/ cycle.
  • Invitation – Challenger draws the attention of audience using an opening formula, for instance: ‘Have a riddle.’
  • Acceptance– Respondent responds or accepts to take the challenge, for instance: ‘Throw it.’
  • Challenge/Riddle– Challenger poses/ gives the challenge (riddle) itself.
  • Guesses or answers– Respondents try to answer; provide guesses.
  • Prize – Challenger asks for a prize in order to provide a solution in cases where respondents fail to answer it correctly. The prize is given, challenger finally accepts it.
  • Solution – Challenger gives the right answer.
  1. Highlight reasons why we study oral literature.
  • A form of education.
  • To understand our culture.
  • To understand our history.
  • As a form of entertainment.
  • For recreation; leisure.
  • National integration.
  1. Body languages:
  • Nodding
  • Smiling
  • Sitting posture (upright or leaning forward)
  • Dancing
  • Clapping/ applauding
  • Laughing
  • Frowning
  • Waving
  • Stamping feet.
  1. Verbal skills/ devices/ cues:
  • Voice projection; in order to audible.
  • Tonal variation; to break monotony & create interest.
  • Stress; to emphasize on certain issue/ point.
  • Intonation; to express different feelings/ moods and meanings.
  • Proper articulation (pronunciation)
  1. Non-verbal cues/ devices/ para-linguistic; extra-linguistic features:
  • Use of gestures (gesticulation); stretching hands, waving, swinging, pointing, clapping, thumbing, raising hand, spreading hands, shaking hands etc
  • Facial expression; smiling, nodding, frowning, blinking, widening eyes, eye contact, winking etc
  • Body movement; bending, stretching one’s body, enlarging stomach, curtsying ,bowing, shaking one’s body etc
  • Dramatization/ dramatic aspects; acting out scenes like jumping etc
  • Pregnant pauses; significant/ meaningful pauses (breaks) – to achieve certain effects such as suspense.
  • Mimicry; imitation of sounds specific certain animals or beings during narration.

 

 

 

  1. Oral devices:
  • These are devices (signals that support the verbal communication) cues used during an oral presentation/ performance to achieve meaningful and effective/ successful presentation:
  • NOTE: One must mention the exact cues and how they are applied practically.
  • Verbal cues.
  • Non-verbal cues.
  1. Body languages that show alertness on the part of audience:
  • Nodding
  • Smiling
  • Clapping
  • Applauding
  • Laughing
  • Sitting upright
  • Leaning forward
  1. Ways in which the audience can contribute towards a successful delivery of a narrative:
  • Joining in choral parts (singing).
  • Clapping/ applauding.
  • Telling parts of the story.
  • Nodding in agreement.
  1. Conventional ways of attracting attention:
  • Telling a relevant proverb
  • Giving an appropriate, summarizing riddle.
  • Using an appropriate opening phrase/ introductory statement: “I have a story/ take a story/ story story”
  • Challenging them with a tongue-twister.
  • Posing/ asking a surprising question.
  • Ringing a bell or drum
  • Whistling
  • Clearing throat
  • Clapping
  1. State at least 5 factors/ cues/ oral devices that make a story interesting/ thrilling/ captivating.
  • Use of facial expressions; smiling, frowning, nodding, blinking, eye contact etc
  • Use of gestures; waving, pointing, clapping, swinging hands, greeting, etc
  • Use of mimicry; imitation – Imitating the sounds typical to different characters in order to play their role in the performance.
  • Vary tone/ tonal variation; raising and lowering voice/pitch to express different moods/ atmosphere (lower voice for love and expressive situations; and high foranger and surprising/exciting/happy and joyous situations).

Voice projection – Say a word or line in a sharp, sudden and loud voice in order to reach the audience audibly and clearly as possible.

  • Dramatization/ dramatic aspects – Enacting/ acting out scenes as if they are real ones. Performing scenes to make them appear real, memorable and exciting. For instance, jumping.
  • Singing – Chanting/ singing in the course of narration in order to break the monotony of narration, enrich/ supplement the narration with certain information that would have otherwise been absent, allow audience participation in narration, capture the attention of the audience, allow smooth transition from one scene to another, help build audience-narrator rapport, sets the mood of the narrative and comic relief.
  1. State story telling devices that would enliven the narrative; if employed.
  • Use of facial expressions.
  • Use of gestures.
  • Use of mimicry.
  • Change of tone/ tonal variation.
  • Dramatization/ enactment of scenes.
  1. State qualities of a good storyteller/ narrator: He/ should have;
  • Good memory; must have good retention of the narrative.
  • Recreates the story afresh/ anew every time it is narrated.
  • Confident, courageous and determined; composed.
  • Creative; original and imaginative – should think artistically and creatively.
  • Should be able to use mimicry; imitate the speech and actions.
  • Should know his/ her (their) audience in terms of age, motivational level and preferences.
  • Observant; should be a good observer of what is happening in the immediate environment; should master elements in the community and use/ apply them appropriately and easily during narration.
  • Knowledgeable in terms of culture; should have interest in culture.
  • Open-minded
  • Employs dramatization and other para-linguistic features to enhance performance.
  1. State at least 12 typical features of narratives and songs/ poems.
  • Timelessness: The exact time when narrative took place is not mentioned.

It is indicated by the presence of opening and closing formula.

  • Elements of fantasy: They have elements/ aspects of imagination; things beyond the experience of a normal human being; for instance animals or inanimate objects talking.

The presence of ogres.

  • Moral lessons: Narratives have teachings (virtues/morals) drawn from them. They should be given positively. For instance, we should be honest.
  • Direct Address/ direct speech: Speaker talks directly to another person, animal or inanimate object (apostrophe).
  • Beginning/ opening formula:
  • Long ago….
  • Once upon a time….
  • There lived….
  • In older days….

Functions of opening formula:

  • It announces the start of the narrative.
  • It attracts the attention of the audience.
  • It identifies the narrator.
  • It takes the audience to the world of fantasy.
  • Closing/ ending formula:
  • That is the end of my story.
  • And that is my story.
  • Thereafter and they lived happily.
  • My story ends there.

Functions of closing formula:

  • It announces the end of the narrative.
  • It releases the audience from concentration.
  • It paves way for the next narrative.
  • It brings back the audience to the world of reality.
  • Ideophones: Repetition of actual natural sounds in which the words are not found in the dictionary. For instance, krrrr…Ouch! Hahaha…, tap tap tap….
  • Dialogue:Conversation between characters is evident in narratives.

This is to make it live, real and captivating.

  • Personification: Human qualities/ attributes are given to animals or inanimate objects. For instance, stone talking or hare laughing.
  • Repetition/ Refrain/ Chorus// Repetition of action: Aspects of repetition of words, phrases, clauses or sentences are evident in order to:
  • Emphasize on certain point(s), concept(s), issue(s), topic(s) or idea(s).
  • It also creates rhythm in the narrative.
  • It gives mood to the narrative.
  • Use of local/ ethnic words: Use of vernacular language i.eWat, ‘Mikai, Misumba, chik, dak’ in order;
  • Give the narrative a local flavour/ beauty.
  • Provide setting; place where the story was set.
  • Mimicry: Imitation of words or sounds of other characters.
  • Use of proverbs: This is in order to precisely/ briefly capture the moral lesson of the narrative.
  • Use of songs: This is in order to;
  • Allows the audience to participate in singing.
  • Creates rapport between the audience and the singer.
  • Breaks the monotony of narration.
  • It acts as a code/ system of communication between characters.
  • It allows as a comic relief; makes audiences laugh hence relieving tension.
  • Sets the mood of the narrative.
  • Allows smooth transition between scenes.
  • Lack geographical specificity:Narratives lack exact mention of particular places where the story is set. It just uses words such as:
  • Far far away.
  • In a distant place.
  1. Highlight 10 general features of songs.
  • Involves aspects of poetry and chants (singing and jumping).
  • Community property.
  • Have lots of traditional elements.
  • Dynamic; keep on absorbing new themes.
  • Reflect real experiences in contemporary society.
  • Use images and symbols from the immediate environment.
  • Have refrain/ chorus to allow audience participation.
  • Are in verse form (group of lines that form a single unit).
  • Use lots of repetition.
  • Have rhetorical questions, similes, metaphors, rhyme and rhythm.
  1. State 10 features of an oral song/poem.
  • Repetition
  • Transliteration/ direct translation
  • Direct address/ Apostrophe
  • Short stanzas/ lines
  • Parallelism; uniformity in structure
  • Simple vocabulary.
  • Figurative language.
  1. Describe the poetic language/structure evident in songs.
  • Repetition/ refrain
  • Rhetorical/ rhetoric questions
  • Similes
  • Metaphors
  • Rhythm
  • Rhyme
  • Verse form
  1. Explain the aspects of integration that exist between oral songs and oral poetry:
  • Sound pattern; rhyme – creates rhythm leading to musicality and memorability.
  • Repetition/ refrain. – creates emphasis and musicality and aid in memorability.
  • Figures of speech/ figurative language; simile, metaphors, personification etc.
  • Rhetorical questions
  1. Highlight key themes typical to legends:
  • Prophecy and supernatural powers.
  • Important service to the community.
  • Major struggles.
  • Victory and defeat.
  1. Identify 15 types of oral/ poems songs with their respective alternative names if applicable:
  • Work songs
  • Love songs
  • Political songs
  • Religious/ sacred songs
  • Wedding songs
  • Topical songs.
  • Initiation/ circumcision songs
  • Funeral songs/ dirges
  • War songs
  • Teasing/ satirical songs
  • Praise/ panegyric songs.
  • Lullaby songs
  • Children’s play songs/ singing games
  • Chain songs
  • Child naming songs
  1. Highlight typical, key and specific features and functions of every type of song:
  • Love songs;
  • Express love for the opposite sex; woo them.
  • They can express sorrow at being rejected.
  • Either performed by a group or individual.
  • They are romantic in nature.
  • They can involve dialogue between lovers.
  • Wedding songs;
  • They are sung by the bride and/ or her companions.
  • They are characterized by pomp/ show and celebration.
  • They are usually accompanied by drums, shakers, jingles etc
  • Praise the pride and groom and their family.
  • Express the role of the bride and that of the groom.
  • Express sorrow of leaving home and parting with friends.
  • Warn of the challenges likely to be faced at groom’s place.
  • Enhance happy mood during the wedding time.
  • War songs: They are sung in preparation for, during and after war by warriors.
  • They are highly repetitive.
  • Express fighter’s prowess/ heroism and courage.
  • Are exaggerated.
  • May scorn/ condemn opponent.
  • Praise political leaders.
  • Sung with lots of gusto/ enthusiasm/ passion/ enjoyment/ delight/ pleasure/ zest.
  • Sacred songs:
  • They have stanzas and a chorus.
  • They are structurally repetitive.
  • They are slow and solemn.
  • They have steady rhythm.
  • They address a supreme being and emphasize people’s helplessness.
  • Work songs:
  • They are hardly accompanied except with sounds of work tools.
  • They are fast so as to create rhythm for work.
  • They are repeated over to last the duration of the job at hand.
  • They may extol/ praise hardwork and denounce/ condemn laziness.
  • They may ridicule/ condemn/ deride a known miser or lazy person in the community.
  • Initiation/ Circumcision songs:
  • They are sung by initiates and elders.
  • They have elaborate accompaniments like shakers, horns, drums etc
  • They encourage the initiates to be brave.
  • They mock cowardice.
  • They emphasize the new roles of the initiates as men and women the community.
  • They appreciate forefathers of the community for upholding and bequeathing/ living this tradition for them.
  • They raise the bravery of the initiates.
  • Dirges/ Funeral songs:
  • They are sung by mourners.
  • They are somber/ sad/ melancholic.
  • They are repetitive.
  • They may be fast or slow.
  • They are accompanied with a lot of drumming and dancing to cheer up the bereaved.
  • They express sorrow and disbelief at the loss of loved one.
  • They praise the achievement and virtues of the dead.
  • Lullabies:
  • They are sung softly.
  • Are repetitive.
  • Have slow rocking rhythm.
  • Have soothing words that even lying to the child. Some lie that mother has gone away to bring the child a tantalizing/ enticing/alluring gift.
  • Singing games:
  • They are short and quick-changing from song to song to avoid children getting bored.
  • They are repetitive.
  • They are characterized with mockery/ ridicule.
  • Are highly playful.
  • Are rhythmic.
  1. Compare and contrast myths and legends:

Similarities;

  • They are stories- they have plot and characters.
  • Based on oral tradition.
  • They are mostly transmitted orally.
  • Usually specific to a group of people.
  • Involve things from the immediate environment; forests, lakes etc
  • Involve gods and supernatural world.
  • They are believed to be true.
  • They tell about someone or events in the past.

Differences:

  • Legends are solely based onexploits/ achievements of human characters while myths sometimes only involve gods and animals.
  • Some legends are attributed to historical characters, like LwandaMagere while myths are purely fictional/ imaginary.
  • Legends revolve around historical characters, events,their struggles and achievements while myths revolve around the origin/ creation of people and other things (customs, taboos etc), and events in their environment such as death.
  • Myths are religious (sacred) while legends

 

Legends Myths
1.      Involve exploits/ achievements of human characters. Involve gods and animals.
2.      Involve historical characters like LwandaMagere Involve fictional/ imaginary characters.
3.      They explain events, struggles and achievements of real, human characters. They explain the origin/ creation of people and other things (customs, taboos, death and other natural occurrences)
4.      They are religious (sacred). They are historical.

 

  1. Briefly describe the term didactic function in literature: They refer to educative function.
  2. State the main features of panegyric (praise) songs:
  • They use extensive metaphors; comparing people to animals to promote certain admirable/ valuable qualities.
  • They glorify people especially good leaders with admirable qualities.
  1. Similarities between tongue twisters and proverbs.
  • They both use mnemonics, sound patterns, alliteration and assonance.
  • They are brief.
  • They are fixed.
  • They are communally accepted.
  1. Highlight the key features of short forms; proverbs, riddles, tongue-twisters, puns and jokes:
  • Proverbs:
  • Precise/ short
  • Metaphorical; have hidden meanings
  • Have fixed wordings.
  • Express community’s wisdom and philosophy (principle)
  • Serious statement in nature.
  • Based on facts.
  • They can have two parts; proposition and completion.
  • Riddles:
  • Short/ brief
  • Metaphorical; have word puzzle that require solution.
  • Require two people to complete
  • Informal
  • In question-answer format.
  • Symmetrical (show balance and trimness in structure)
  • Has opening formula
  • Performed by children
  • Tongue twisters:
  • Are brief statements.
  • Are alliterative
  • May or may not make sense
  • May be formed at any time as they are not hard and fast.
  1. Define the terms: proverb, riddle, tongue-twister, pun, parable, idioms and joke.

 

  1. Describe the key aspects of plot commonly evident in narratives.
  • Exposition – The beginning
  • Rising action
  • Climax –   The middle
  • Falling action (denouement)
  • Resolution – The end.
  1. Identify the things lost when a tongue-twister is translated:
  • Authenticity; accuracy, originality
  • Local flavour; beauty.
  • Connotative
  • Sound pattern; alliteration/rhythm/ musicality.
  1. Define the term translation and transcription in orature.

Translation: changing oral literature material from original language to a language of study – for instance, English.

Transcription: writing down oral literature material from a tape without altering anything.

  1. Explain the term respondent in two different contexts:
  2. A person who accepts/ reacts to a challenge given by challenger in riddling process.
  3. A person who answers the informant upon questioning during the interview.
  4. Explain the importance of opening and closing formula:
  5. Opening formula;
  • Marks the start of the narrative.
  • Takes the audience to the world of fantasy (imagination).
  1. Closing formula;
  • Marks the end of narrative.
  • Brings the audience back to the world of reality.
  • Invites another narrator to take his/ her turn.
  1. State and explain 4 classification of proverbs:
  • Advisory proverbs; advise/ counsel.
  • Cautionary proverbs; warn/ caution.
  • Normative proverbs; reinforce/ strengthen what the society considers desirable/ valuable: ‘All that glitters is not gold.’
  • Summative proverbs; summarize words of wisdom to give moral lesson.
  1. State 6 aspects of performance:
  • Use of costume
  • Intonation
  • Sound track; recorded music accompanying performance.
  • Gestures
  • Movements
  • Props/ décor; anything movable/ portable on stage.
  1. State 5 ways of beginning a story in order to attract the attention of the audience:
  • Telling a relevant proverb
  • Giving an appropriate, summarizing riddle.
  • Using an appropriate opening phrase/ introductory statement: “I have a story/ take a story/ story story”
  • Challenging them with a tongue-twister.
  • Ringing a bell or drum
  • Whistling
  • Clearing throat
  • Clapping

 

  1. Outline the social functions of all short forms:

Proverbs:

  • Entertainment
  • Recording history
  • Cultural transmission
  • For education purposes
  • A measure of wisdom
  • Promotion of morality/ social norms
  • Enrich language
  • To console
  • To praise
  • To compare situations and things
  • To caution/ warn.

Riddles:

  • Entertainment
  • Recording history.
  • A commentary on human life.
  • Linguistic training
  • A form of education
  • To sharpen critical thinking/ wits.
  • Tongue twisters:
  • A pastime activity.
  1. Identify some social/ socio-cultural, socio-economic and economic activities evident in some narratives:
  • Farming
  • Fishing
  • Animal husbandry/ pastoralism
  • Hunting
  • Bee keeping
  • Brewing
  • Cattle raiding; social activity.
  1. Explain the meaning fieldwork.

 

  1. State reasons why fieldwork is necessary:

 

  1. Describe key stages in fieldwork:

 

  1. State the problems faced during fieldwork.

 

  1. State the importance of a song during narration:
  • Allows the audience to participate in singing.
  • Creates rapport between the audience and the singer.
  • Breaks the monotony of narration.
  • It acts as a code/ system of communication between characters.
  • It allows as a comic relief; makes audiences laugh hence relieving tension.
  • Sets the mood of the narrative.
  • Allows smooth transition between scenes.
  1. Describe some moral lessons derived from oral narratives appropriately.

NOTE: They must be framed/ written positively.Should not use NOT/ NEVER.

  • We should (learn to) be honest.
  • We should be generous.
  • We should share what we have/ get.
  • We should be obedient.
  • We should choose friends wisely.
  1. Based on some animals, describe their character traits appropriately.
  • Hare; intelligent, wise.
  • Hyena: greedy, gullible.

 

  1. Identify some themes based on some oral narratives.
  • Greed
  • Disobedience
  • Jealousy
  • Betrayal
  • Dishonesty
  • Pride
  • Hatred
  • Gullibility

 

#CHECKED#

 

 #THE END#

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1-4 (TERM 1-3 EDITABLE)

BIOLOGY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
5 1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY Definition of Biology By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1)       Define Biology

2)       List the branches of Biology

·         Define Biology

·         Linking biology with the science that students learnt in primary

·         Charts on various disciplines ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 1

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 1-4

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 1

·         Golden tips Biology Page 1

 
2 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY Importance of Biology

 

Characteristics of organisms

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Explain the importance of Biology

2.       State and explain some of the characteristics of organisms

·         Explain the importance of Biology

·         Naming common Characteristics of organisms.

·         Organisms in the school compound

·         Charts on the characteristics of organisms.

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 1-2

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 1-4

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 1-2

·         Golden tips Biology Page 1

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 14-16

 
3-4 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY Characteristics of organisms

 

External features of plants and animals

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       State and explain some of the general characteristics of organisms

2.       Explain the external features of plants and animals

3.       Write down the difference between plants and animals

·         Discussion on the other general characteristics of organisms

·         Collecting, observing and recording external features of plants and animals.

·         Organisms in the school compound

·         Charts on external features of plants and animals

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 2-3

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 1-4

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 2-6

·         Golden tips Biology Page 1-2

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 14-16

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 1-3

 
6 1 CLASSIFICATION 1 Definition

 

Use of magnifying lens

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Define classification

2.       Use the magnifying lens to observe the external features of plants/ animals

·         Define classification

·         Drawing of a magnifying lens

·         Using magnifying lens to observe the external features of plants and animals

·         Discussion on how to calculate magnification

·         Magnifying lens

·         Different specimen of plants and animals

·         Rulers with measurement in mm

·         Chart on external features of plants and animals

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 5

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 8

·         Golden tips Biology Page 3-5

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 14-16

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 5-12

 
2 CLASSIFICATION 1 Observation of features of organisms

 

Plant leaf forms

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Record observations of the main external features of plant leaf form

2.       Draw different types of leaf forms

·         Observing, recording the main external features of the leaf forms of plants ·         Different types of leaves

·         Chart on different types of leaves

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 6-8

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 8-10

·         Golden tips Biology Page 4-5

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 17-20

 
3-4 CLASSIFICATION 1 External features of plants and animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Observe, record and draw the main external features of plants

2.       Observe record and draw the main external features of animals

·         Observing, recording and drawing the main external features of plants

·         Observing, recording and drawing the main external features of animals

·         Different types of stems and roots

·         Different types of small animals

·         Chart on features of plants and animals

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 8-12

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 10-14

·         Golden tips Biology Page 3

 
7 1-2 CLASSIFICATION 1 Necessity and significance of classification

 

Major units of classification

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       State the necessity and significance of classification

2.       Name the major units of classification

3.       Name the five kingdoms of living things

  • Discussion on the necessity and significance of classification

 

·         Charts on classification

·         Charts with the five kingdoms and examples in each case.

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 12-13

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 14-15

·         Golden tips Biology Page 6-12

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 17-20

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 5-12

 
3-4 CLASSIFICATION 1 Taxonomic units in plants and animal kingdom By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       List the taxonomic units in plant and animal kingdoms

2.       Classify maize and human beings

  • Naming taxonomic units in plants and animal kingdoms
  • Classification of maize and human beings

 

  • Charts on Classification of maize and human beings

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 13-14

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 14

·         Golden tips Biology Page 6-12

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 17-20

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 5-12

 
8 1-2 CLASSIFICATION 1 Binomial nomenclature in naming organisms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Define Binomial nomenclature

2.       State the principles of Binomial nomenclature In naming organisms

  • Defining Binomial nomenclature on the principles of Binomial nomenclature
  • Classification of given organisms using generic and specific names

 

Charts on Binomial nomenclature ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 14

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 15-16

·         Golden tips Biology Page 6

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 17-20

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 5-12

 
3-4 CLASSIFICATION 1 Collection of plants and animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Use collecting nets, cutting instructions instruments and hand lens

2.       Preserve the collected specimen

  • Collecting plants and animals
  • Preserving Collecting plants and animals collected

 

·         Specimen bottle

·         Sweep nets

·         Cotton wool

·         Forceps

·         chloroform

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 14-16

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 9

·         Golden tips Biology Page 6-12

 
9 1-2 CLASSIFICATION 1 Grouping of organisms according to their similarities By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Observe and group collected and preserved specimen according to their similarities

  • Observing and grouping animals according to their similarities
  • Observing and grouping plants according to their similarities

 

·         Collected and preserved specimen

·         Hand lens

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 15

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 5-10

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 15-16

·         Golden tips Biology Page 7-9

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 17-20

 
3-4 THE CELL Introduction to light microscope By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Define a cell

2.       Draw and label the light microscope

  • Description of a cell
  • Drawing and labeling the light microscope

 

·         Light microscope

·         Diagram of light microscope

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 17

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 18

·         Golden tips Biology Page 15-16

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

 
10 1-2 THE CELL Parts of the light microscope and their functions

 

Calculation of magnification using light microscope

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Identify parts of the light microscope and state their functions

2.       Describe how to care for a light microscope

3.       Describe how a light microscope is used.

  • Discussion on parts of a light microscope
  • Caring for the light microscope
  • Demonstration on how to use the light microscope
  • Prepared slides

 

·         Light microscope

·         Chart of light microscope

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 20

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 21

·         Golden tips Biology Page 17-18

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

 
3-4 THE CELL Plant and animal cells as seen under a light microscope

 

Calculation of magnification using light microscope

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Draw and label plant and animal cells as seen under a light microscope

2.       Calculate the magnification of objects as seen under a light microscope

  • Drawing and labeling of plant and animal cells as seen under a light microscope
  • Demonstration on how to calculate magnification of objects as seen under a light microscope

 

·         Charts of plants and animal cells as seen under a light microscope

·         Microscope

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 20

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 18-20

·         Golden tips Biology Page 15-17

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 26-32

 
11 1-2 THE CELL Using the light microscope with prepared slides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Observe a prepared slide under a light microscope

2.       Prepare temporary slide of onion epidermis and observe it under a light microscope

  • Permanent slides of animal and plant cells
  • Light microscope
  • Microscope slide
  • Cover slip
  • scalpel
  • Distilled water
  • Iodine solution
  • Onion bulb
  • Droppers
  • Pointed forceps
  • Glass rod
  • Mounted needle
  • Blotting paper

 

·         Observing prepared slides of plant and animal cells

·         Preparing and mounting onion epidermal cells

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 33

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 22

·         Golden tips Biology Page 16

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 26-32

·         Longman biology page 31-32

 
3-4 THE CELL Cell structure as seen under the electron microscope By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Draw and label plant and animal cells as seen under electron microscope

  • Drawing and labeling plant and animal cells as seen under an electron microscope

 

·         Diagrams of plant and animal cells as seen under electron microscope

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 19-20

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 23

·         Golden tips Biology Page 18

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 26-32

 
12 1 THE CELL Physiology of the cell

Cell wall

Cell membrane

cytoplasm

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the structure and function of the cell

·         Cell wall

·         Cell membrane

·         cytoplasm

  • discussion on the functions of cell components

– cell wall

– cell membrane

– cytoplasm

  • drawing and labeling these parts  of the cell
·         chart  on plant and animal cells as seen under electron microscope

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 23-24

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 24-26

·         Golden tips Biology Page 18-19

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 26-32

 
  2 THE CELL Cell organelles

 

Estimating the size of a cell

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the structure and function of the cell organelles

·         Estimate the size of a cell as seen in the field of view of a microscope

  • discussion on the functions of cell organelles
  • Drawing and labeling the cell and organelles
  • Explain how to estimate the size of onion epidermal cells
  • Estimating the size of onion epidermal cells
·         chart  on    various cell organelles

·         cover slip

·         iodine solution

·         distilled water

·         scalpel

·         two droppers

·         pointed scalpel

·         mounting needle

·         filter paper

·         transparent ruler with mm markings

·         onion bulb

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 24-33

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 27-28

·         Golden tips Biology Page 15-20

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 27-32

·         Longman biology pages 30-31

 
  3-4 THE CELL Comparison between plant and animal cells

 

Cell specialization

–          Tissues

–          Organs

–          Organ systems

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down the differences between plants and animal cells

·         Write down similarities between plant and animal cells

·         List down specialized plant and animal cells

·         State the modifications and functions  of specialized cells

·         Define tissues, organs and organ systems

·         Give examples of tissues organs and organ systems

  • Distinguishing between plant and animal cells
  • Naming specialized cells and their functions
  • Drawing specialized cells
  • Explaining modification of cells to their functions
·         Table summarizing the differences between plant and animal cells

·         Charts on similarities between plant and animal cells

·         Charts on various specialized cells

·         Chart on plant and animal tissues

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 22-32

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 11-19

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 26-31

·         Golden tips Biology Page 17-20

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 23-25

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 26-32

·         Longman biology pages 32

·         Fly higher series pages 6-7

 
13 REVISION AND EXAMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1-2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Cell physiology

 

Properties of the cell membrane

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define the term cell physiology

·         Describe the structure and properties of cell membrane

·         Defining the term cell physiology

·         Describing the structure of the cell membrane and its properties

·         Charts on the structure of the cell membrane ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 37-38

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 32-33

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 32-36

 
2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Diffusion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define diffusion

 

·            Defining diffusion

·            Discussion on diffusion in liquids, gasses and solids

·         Charts on distribution of molecules during distribution ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 38

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 33

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 32-36

 
3-4 CELL PHSIOLOGY Diffusion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Carry out experiments to demonstrate

  • diffusion in liquids
  • diffusion in gasses

 

·            Carrying out experiments on diffusion in liquids and gasses

·            Discussions of results from experiments

·         Beaker

·         Potassium permanganate crystals

·         Cold water

·         Glass tube

·         Strong smelling perfume

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 38-39

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 33-34

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 32-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 23-24

 
2 1 CELL PHSIOLOGY Factors affecting Diffusion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the factors affecting diffusion
  • Explain the role of diffusion in living things

 

·            Discussing the factors affecting diffusion

·            Discussing the role of diffusion in living things

·         Charts on factors affecting diffusion ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 39

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 35-36

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 32-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 24

·         Longman biology page 36

 
2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Osmosis

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define osmosis
  • Describe movement of water molecules across semi-permeable membrane

 

·            Defining osmosis

·            Describing osmosis across a semi -permeable membrane

·         Diagram on movement of water molecules across a semi -permeable membrane ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 40

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 36-38

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 33-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 24-25

·         Longman biology page 37

 
3-4 CELL PHSIOLOGY Osmosis (practical lesson)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • demonstrate osmosis by using a Viking tubing
  • carry out an experiment on osmosis using Irish potatoes

 

  • carry out an experiment on osmosis using a Viking tubing
  • carry out an experiment on osmosis using Irish potatoes
  • Discussion on results of both experiments

 

·         Viking tubing

·         Thread

·         Tap water

·         Sucrose solution

·         Irish potatoes

·         Scalpel

·         Cork borer

·         Transparent ruler

·         Distilled water

·         20% sucrose solution

·         Two petri-dishes

·         Tissue paper

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 46

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 37-39

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 34-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 24-25

·         High flyer series pages 10-11

 
3 1-2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Terms used in the study of Osmosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to: define and describe the terms used in the study of osmosis such as:
  • Osmotic pressure
  • Osmotic potential
  • Isotonic solution
  • Hypertonic solution
  • Hypotonic solution
  • Turgor pressure
  • Hemolysis
  • Wall pressure
  • Plasmolysis
  • Deplasmolysis

 

  • Defining terms used in the study of osmosis
  • Discussion on the terms used in the study of osmosis

 

·         Charts on turgid cells and plasmolysed cells ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 42

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 37-39

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 33-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 24-26

·         High flyer series pages 37

 
  3-4 CELL PHSIOLOGY Osmosis in plant cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to carry out an experiment on selective permeability of membrane
  • carry out an experiment on selective permeability of membranes and movement of water in Irish potatoes

 

 

·         Scalpel

·         Ruler

·         Means of heating

·         3 Irish potatoes

·         3 petri-dishes

·         Viking tubing

·         20% starch solution

·         Iodine solution

·         50cm3 beaker

·         thread

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 47

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 40-42

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 34-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 26

·         Longman biology pages 37-38

·         High flyer series pages 10

 
4 1 CELL PHSIOLOGY Factors affecting Osmosis

 

Role of osmosis in organisms

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • State factors affecting osmosis
  • Explain the role of osmosis in organisms
  • Explain the factors affecting osmosis
  • Discussion on factors  affecting osmosis
  • Discussion on the role of osmosis in organisms

 

·         Charts on factors affecting osmosis and role of osmosis in organisms ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 40-41

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 43-44

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 33

·         Golden tips biology pages 27

·         Longman biology pages 37

·         High flyer series pages 10

 
2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Water relations in plant cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Describe what happens when a plant cell is placed in a hypertonic, hypotonic or isotonic solution
  • Discussion on how plant cells behave in hypertonic, hypotonic or isotonic solutions

 

·         Charts on water movement in and out of plant cells ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 42-43

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 40-42

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 34-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 25-26

 
  3-4 CELL PHSIOLOGY Plasmolysis in onion bulb cells By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Carry out an experiment  to show plasmolysis in epidermal cells of an onion bulb
  • Carry out an experiment to show plasmolysis in epidermal cells from an onion bulb
  • Discussion of results of the experiment on movement of water in and out of the cells

 

·         Distilled water

·         Two microscope slides

·         Two cover slips

·         10% sucrose solution

·         Forceps

·         Dropper

·         Light microscope

·         Onion bulb

·         scalpel

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 46

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 42

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 34-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 26

·         Longman Biology page 37

·         High Flyer page 10

 
5 1 CELL PHSIOLOGY Water relations in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Describe osmosis of animal cells in a hypertonic solution
  • Discussion on osmosis in animal cells when placed in hypertonic or hypotonic solution

 

·         Charts on cremated animal cell and haemolyzed animal cell ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 44

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 40

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 34-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 25-26

·         Longman Biology page 37

 
  2 CELL PHSIOLOGY Active transport By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • List down factors affecting active transport
  • Define active transport
  • Define the role of active transport in living things
  • Discussion on active transport factors affecting active transport and its role in organisms

 

·         Charts on factors affecting active transport and role of active transport ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 41-42

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 20-30

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 44

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 28-32

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 35-36

·         Golden tips biology pages 27-28

·         Longman Biology page 36

·         High flyer series pages 10-11

 
  3 and 4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Meaning importance and types of nutrition

 

External structure of a leaf

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define nutrition
  • Write down the importance of nutrition
  • List down the modes of feeding in organisms
  • Draw and label the external structure of a leaf
  • Discussion on definition of nutrition, importance and modes of feeding
  • Drawing and labeling the external structure of a leaf
  • Observing the external parts of a leaf

 

·         Green leaves

·         Chart on the external structure of a leaf

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 51

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 48-49

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 46-47

·         Golden tips biology pages 31

·         Longman Biology page 40

 
6 1 NUTRITION IN PLANTS internal structure of a leaf By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·         Draw and label the internal structure of the leaf

  • Drawing and labeling the internal structure of the leaf

 

·         Chart on the internal structure of the leaf ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 51-52

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 50

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 47-48

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 46-47

·         Golden tips biology pages 32

·         Longman Biology page 41

 
  2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Parts of a leaf and their functions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Name the parts of a leaf
  • State the functions of the parts of a leaf
  • Discussion on the functions of the different parts of a leaf

 

·         Chart on the internal and external structure of the leaf ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 52-53

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 50-51

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 47-48

·         Golden tips biology pages 33

·         Longman Biology page 41

 
  3 and 4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS photosynthesis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define photosynthesis
  • Draw and label the chloroplast
  • Describe the process of photosynthesis
Discussion on photosynthesis , the structure of the chloroplasts and the stages involved in photosynthesis ·         Chart on the stages of photosynthesis ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 54-55

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 53-54

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 48-49

·         Golden tips biology pages 33-34

 
7 1-2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Importance of photosynthesis and factors affecting photosynthesis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • List down the importance of photosynthesis
  • Explain some of the factors influencing photosynthesis
  • Discussion on the importance of photosynthesis
  • Discussion factors influencing photosynthesis
·         Chart on the factors influencing photosynthesis ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 55-56

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 55-59

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Factors affecting photosynthesis (continued) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Explain the factors affecting photosynthesis
  • Discussion on factors influencing photosynthesis
·         Variegated leaves

·         Charts on factors influencing photosynthesis

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 56-57

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 55-59

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 48-49

·         Golden tips biology pages 34

 
8 1-2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Adaptation of the leaf to photosynthesis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Explain how the leaf is adapted to the process of photosynthesis
  • Discussion on adaptations of the leaf to  photosynthesis
·         Green leaves

·         Chart showing internal structure of a leaf

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 52-53

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 51-52

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 47

·         Golden tips biology pages 32-33

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Factors influencing photosynthesis (practical lessons) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Test the presence of starch in a green leaf
  • Investigate whether chlorophyll is necessary for photosynthesis
  • Investigate whether light is necessary for photosynthesis
  • Carrying out experiments on
  • -presence of starch in a leaf
  • -factors influencing photosynthesis in plants
·         Green leaves

·         Boiling tube

·         Means of heating

·         Methylated spirit

·         Iodine solution

·         Dropper

·         White tile

·         Pair of forceps

·         Variegated leaf

·         Aluminum foil on carbon paper

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 64-66

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 55-59

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 48-49

·         Golden tips biology pages 35-36

·         Longman biology 42

 
9 1-2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Factors influencing photosynthesis (practical lessons) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to carry out an experiment to investigate whether
  • Carbon (IV) oxide is necessary for photosynthesis
  • Oxygen is produced during photosynthesis

 

  • carry out an experiment to investigate whether

Carbon (IV) oxide is necessary for photosynthesis and whether Oxygen is produced during photosynthesis

 

·         Potted plant

·         Heat source

·         Boiling tubes

·         Two conical flasks

·         Potassium hydroxide

·         Materials for testing for  starch in a leaf

·         Test tubes

·         500cm3 beaker

·         Funnel

·         Pod weed

·         Sodium hydrogen Carbonate

Wooden splint

·         leaf

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 66-67

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 15-59

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 48-49

·         Golden tips biology pages 35-36

·         Longman biology 42

 
  3 CONTINUOUS ASSESMENT TEST Work covered since previous test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able

 

  • To answer the questions asked

 

  • Learner to answer the given questions
  • Teacher to supervise test
·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

·         Work covered since previous test  
  4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Chemicals of life

carbohydrates

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define Chemicals of life
  • List down types of carbohydrates
  • Write down properties and functions of monosaccharaides

 

  • Defining Chemicals of life
  • Discussion on
  1. Types of

chemicals of life

  1. Types of carbohydrates
  2. Properties of monosaccharaides
·         Samples of sources of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and glucose ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 57-58

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 59-60

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology pages 49-50

 
10 1 NUTRITION IN PLANTS disaccharides By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define disaccharides
  • List properties and functions of disaccharides
  • Define hydrolysis and condensation

 

  • Defining disaccharides
  • Discussion on properties and functions of disaccharides
·         Charts on condensation and hydrolysis of disaccharides ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 58

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 60-61

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 50

 
  2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Polysaccharides

 

lipids

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define polysaccharides and lipids
  • Write down the properties of polysaccharides and lipids

 

  • Defining polysaccharides and lipids
  • Discussion on properties and functions of polysaccharides and lipids
·         Charts on properties of polysaccharides

·         Charts on properties of lipids

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 58-61

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 61-64

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 50-52

·         Golden tips biology pages 37-40

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Food tests By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to carry out tests on
  • Starch
  • Reducing sugars
  • Non-reducing sugar
  • Lipids
  • Proteins
  • Vitamin c

 

  • Demonstration of experiments on food tests
  • Carry out experiments on food tests
  • Discussion on results obtained from experiments
·         Food test reagents and apparatus

·         Benedicts solution

·         Dilute HCL

·         0.5% copper sulphate

·         10% sodium hydroxide

·         DCPIP

·         Iodine solution

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 67-68

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 61-64

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 51-52

·         Golden tips biology pages 39-40

·         Longman biology  page 43

 
11 1 NUTRITION IN PLANTS proteins By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Write down the properties and functions of proteins
  • Distinguish between carbohydrates, proteins and lipids

 

  • Discussion on  functions of proteins
  • Distinguishing between carbohydrates, proteins and lipids

 

  • Charts on  the properties  of proteins
  • Charts on a comparison between carbohydrates, proteins and lipids

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 60-61

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 65-67

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 50-51

·         Golden tips biology pages 38-39

·         Longman biology  page 43

 
  2 NUTRITION IN PLANTS enzymes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define enzymes
  • Write down the properties and functions of enzymes
  • Know the naming of the enzymes and their substrates
  • Explain the importance of enzymes

 

  • Discussion on properties and functions of enzymes
·         Charts on  the properties  enzymes ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 62-64

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 67-69

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 52-53

·         Golden tips biology pages 42

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN PLANTS Factors affecting enzymes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to carry out an experiment on
  • Effect of temperature on enzymes
  • Effects of enzyme concentration on the rate of  a reaction
  • Effect of PH on enzyme activities

 

  • Carrying out an experiment on factors affecting enzymes
·         Materials and apparatus for various experiments

·         Soaked beans

·         Hydrogen peroxide

·         Test tube (5)

·         Test tube rack

·         Water bath

·         Thermometer

·         Measuring cylinder

·         Watch

·           10% starch solution

·         0.1% and o.2% diastase

·         White tiles

·         Egg albumens

·         Distilled water

·         2m HCL

·         2m  sodium hydrogen carbonate

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 68-69

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 31-44

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 67-69

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page 53-55

·         Golden tips biology pages 40-41

·         Longman biology pages 43-44

·         High flyer series pages 15-16

 
12-13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMS

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Definition of heterotrophism

 

Modes of heterotrophic nutrition

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define hetetrophism
  • List down the different modes of heterotrophism  and describe them

 

  • Defining the term   heterotrophism
  • Discussion on modes of heterotrophism
·         Chart on modes of heterotrophism ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 73

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 72

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary biology page

 
  2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Dentition

 

Types of teeth

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Define dentition
  • Draw and label different types of teeth
  • Describe the structure of a tooth

 

  • Defining the term   dentition
  • Identifying and drawing different  types of teeth
·         Different types of teeth

·         Chart on different types of  teeth

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 74

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 73-76

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Adaptations of teeth to their functions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

1.       Identify different types of teeth

2.       Describe the adaptations of the teeth to their functions

 

·         Discussions on the adaptations of teeth to their functions ·         Different types of teeth

·         Chart on different types of teeth

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 75

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 75

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 56-58

·         Gold tips biology page 43

 
2 1 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Dental formulae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define dental formulae
  • Describe and write down the dental formulae of  herbivore carnivore and omnivore

 

·         Defining the term dental formulae

·         Discussion on the dental formulae of herbivores, carnivores, omnivores

·         Jaws of herbivore and carnivore

·         Model of human skeleton with teeth on the jaws (artificial teeth)

·         Chart on various dental formulae

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 75-77

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 73-75

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 56-58

·         Gold tips biology page 43-44

 
  2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Dental adaptations of herbivores, carnivores, omnivores By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down the definition of herbivores, carnivores and omnivores
  • Explain the adaptations of dental formulae in various groups of animals, to their  mode of feeding

 

·         Discussion on dental adaptation of herbivores and omnivores ·         Jaws of herbivore and carnivore

·         Model of human skeleton with teeth on the jaws (artificial teeth)

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 77

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 73-75

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 56-58

·         Gold tips biology page 42-43

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Internal structure of different types of teeth

 

Functions of the internal structure of a tooth

 

Common dental diseases

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label the internal structure of different types of teeth
  • Write down the functions of the different parts of the internal structure of teeth
  • Name and discuss common dental diseases

 

·         Drawing of internal structure of different types of teeth

·         Discussion on the functions of various parts of the teeth

·         Discussion on common dental diseases

·         Jaws of herbivores and carnivores

·         Model of human skeleton with teeth on the jaws (artificial teeth)

·         Chart on teeth with some dental diseases

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 77-78

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 75-76

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 56-57

·         Gold tips biology page 44

·         Longman biology page 46

 
3 1 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Adaptation to the modes of feeding in herbivores By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down the adaptations of herbivores to their mode of feeding

 

·         Discussion on adaptation of herbivores to their modes of feeding ·         Chart on the jaws of herbivores

·         Chart on the molars from the jaws of a herbivore

·         Jaws of a herbivore

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 76

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 73-74

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 55-56

·         Gold tips biology page 43

·         Longman biology page 45

 
  2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS carnivores By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down the adaptations of carnivores to their modes of feeding

 

·         Discussion on adaptation of carnivores to their modes of feeding ·         Chart on the jaws of a carnivores animal

·         Chart on the different teeth from the jaws of a carnivore

·         Jaws of a carnivore

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 77

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 74

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 56

·         Gold tips biology page 43

·         Longman biology page 45

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Digestive system of a rabbit By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify various organs associated with the digestive system of a rabbit

 

·         Dissecting a rabbit assisted by a few students (students to wear gloves) ·         Live rabbit

·         Gloves

·         Chloroform

·         Dissection kit

·         Cotton wool

·         Dissecting board

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 90-91

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 85-86

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 58-59

·         Gold tips biology page

·         Longman biology page

 
4 1 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Human Digestive system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label parts of the human digestive system

 

·         Drawing and labeling the human digestive system

·         Discussion on the parts of the human digestive system

·         Chart on the human digestive system ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 79

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 78-82

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Gold tips biology page

·         Longman biology page

 
  2 CONTINOUS ASSESSMENT TEST Topic covered so far By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Answer all the questions asked

 

·         Learners to answer all the questions asked

·         Teacher to supervise the students while they do the test

·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 73-80

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages  64-83

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Human Digestive system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the regions of the alimentary canal of human digestive system
  • Explain the functions of the human digestive system

 

·         Discussion on various regions of the human alimentary canal

·         Discussion on some of the human digestive system

·         Chart on the human digestive system ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 80-81

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 78-82

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 58-60

·         Gold tips biology page 45-47

·         Longman biology page

 
5 1 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Human Digestive system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the various regions of the human alimentary canal and their functions

 

·         Discussion on other parts of the human alimentary canal

 

·         Chart on the human digestive system ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 81

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 78-82

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 58-60

·         Gold tips biology page 45-47

·         Longman biology page

 
  2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Adaptation of the Ileum to its functions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how the ileum is adapted to its function

 

  • Discussion on how the ileum is adapted to its functions

·         Drawing of the intestinal villi

 

·         Chart on the intestinal villi ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 83

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 83-84

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 61

·         Gold tips biology page

·         Longman biology page

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Food content in alimentary canal of a herbivore

 

Breakdown of starch by diastase enzyme

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Analyze the food content in the alimentary canal of a herbivore
  • Carry out an experiment on the breakdown of starch by diastase enzymes

 

·         Dissecting a rabbit to obtain food content  from the ileum

·         Carry out analysis on food content of the ileum

 

·         Dead rabbit/rat

·         Dissecting board and kit

·         Cotton wool

·         Benedicts solution

·         Dilute HCL

·         Sodium hydrogen carbonate

·         1% diastase enzyme

·         Starch, test tube

·         Iodine solution

·         Means of heating

·         Test tube holder

·         Dropper

·         Measuring cylinder

·         Water bath

·         White tile

·         Boiled diastase

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 90-91

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 85-86

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 49-50

·         Gold tips biology page 40-42

·         Longman KCSE revision 48

·         Longman biology page 47- 48

·         High flyer series pages 14-15

 
6 1-2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS More adaptation of ileum to its function By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how the ileum is farther adapted to its functions

 

·         Discussion on further adaptation of ileum to its function

 

·         Chart on intestinal villi ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 82

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 81-82

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 61

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Products of digestion

 

Food assimilation

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the end products of the digestion of various food
  • Explain the function of the colon
  • Explain the process of assimilation of food substances

 

·         Discussion on the products of digestion and assimilation of food

·         Discussion on the functions of colon

 

·         Chart on the products of digestion ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 82

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 84

·         Golden tips biology page 49

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 61-62

 
7 1-2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Chemical digestion in alimentary canal By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down the summary of chemical digestion in alimentary canal

 

·         Discussion on chemical digestion In alimentary canal

 

·         Chart showing summary of chemical digestion in alimentary canal ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 82-83

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 80-81

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Golden tips biology page 48

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Importance of vitamins in human nutrition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down the importance of vitamins in human nutrition
  • Write down the sources of vitamins
  • State deficiency diseases of various vitamins

 

·         Discussion on the importance of vitamins, their sources and deficiency diseases

·         Test for vitamin C

 

·         Materials and procedure required ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 83-92

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 85-86

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 61-62

·         Golden tips biology page 49

 
8 1-2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Answer the questions
·         Learner to answer the questions asked

·         Teacher to supervise the students as they do the test

 

·         Question papers

·         Marking schemes

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 73-86

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 89-92

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 52-55

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Importance of mineral salts in human nutrition, their sources and deficiency diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down the importance of mineral salts in human nutrition

·         State the source of mineral salts

·         State the deficiency diseases of mineral salts

·         Discussion on importance of mineral salts in humans, their sources and deficiency diseases

 

·         Chart showing mineral salts, their sources and deficiency diseases ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 84

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 86-87

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 63

 
9 1-2 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Role of water and roughage in nutrition By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down the role of roughage in nutrition

·         Write down the role of water in nutrition

·         Discussion on the role of water and roughage in nutrition

 

·         Sample of sources of roughage ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 86-87

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 84

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 61

 
  3-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Factors determining energy requirements in humans By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Discuss factors which determine energy requirements in human beings
·         Discussion on the factors determining energy requirements in human beings

 

·         Chart showing factors that determine energy requirements in human beings ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 87-88

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 45-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 88-89

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55

 
10 1-4 NUTRITION IN ANIMALS Factors determining energy requirements in human beings (group activity) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Participate in group discussions and present findings on factors that determine energy requirements in human beings
·         Group discussions coordinated by the teacher

·         Group presentations by preventatives members

 

·         Research material obtained by students ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 1 page 87-88

·         Teachers bk. 1 pages 48-55

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book Page 88-89

·         KLB teachers book 1 pages 37-55 Gateway secondary Biology pages 63-64

 
12   REVISION & END YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY  FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1-2 TRANSPORT IN PLAN TS Introduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define the term transport

·         List substances transported in plants and animals

·         Link surface area to volume ratio of organisms to the transport system of the organism

·         Explain the necessity of transport in plants

 

·         Defining the term transport

·         Listing substances transported in organisms

·         Relating surface area to volume ratio of organisms to transport systems

·         Large and small cubes

·         Surface area

·         Surface area to volume ration of different cubes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 1-2

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 1

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 1

·         Golden tips biology pages 54-58

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84

·         Longman biology page 52

 
  3 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Structure of roots and root hairs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw the structure of roots and root hairs

·         Relate the structure of the root to their functions

 

·         Discussing the structure of root and root hairs

·         Drawing the root and root hair

·         Relating the structure to functions

·         Chart of root and root hair

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 2-4

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 2

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 1

·         Golden tips biology pages 55-56

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84

·         Longman biology page

 
  4 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Structure of roots and root hairs (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Observe prepared slides of roots and root hairs

·         Compare monocotyledons and dicotyledonous root sections

·         Observe charts and drawings of root sections

 

·         Observing and comparing prepared slides of monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous roots and root hairs under a light microscope

·         Observing charts and drawings of root section

·         Microscopes prepared slides of root sections and root hairs

·         Charts on root sections of monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous roots

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 2-4

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 1-2

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 2-5

·         Golden tips biology pages 56

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84

·         Longman biology page

 
2 1 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Xylem Vessels By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label the structure of the Xylem Vessel

·         Define Xylem Vessel

·         Relate the structure of the Xylem Vessel to its function

 

·         Defining the term Xylem Vessel

·         Drawing and labeling  the structure of the Xylem Vessel

·         Relating the structure of the Xylem Vessel to its function

 

·         Photographs of Xylem Vessels

·         Chart on Xylem Vessels

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 8-9

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 2-10

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 17-20

·         Golden tips biology pages 58

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84-85

·         Longman biology page

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Tracheid elements By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define Tracheid elements

·         Relate the structure of the Tracheid elements to their functions

·         Distinguish between xylem vessels and Tracheid elements

 

·         Defining Tracheid elements

·         Distinguishing between vessels and tracheids

·         Discussion on the structure of Tracheid elements

·         Relating the structure of the Tracheid elements to their functions

 

·         Photographs of Tracheid elements

·         Chart on Tracheid elements

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 8-9

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 10-11

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 5-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 19-20

·         Golden tips biology pages 58

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84-85

·         Longman biology page 53-54

 
  3 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Absorption water and mineral salts By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe water and salt uptake by roots from the soil

·         Explain the physiological process involved in the uptake of water and mineral salts

 

·         Explaining water absorption and mineral salt uptake by roots in plants

·         Discussion of water absorption and uptake of mineral salts in plants

 

·         Photographs of monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous stem sections showing the xylem

·         Chart on the stem sections

·         Chart on roots, roots hairs and section of roots

·         Photographs of roots and root hairs

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 2-5

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 7-9

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 2-8

·         Golden tips biology pages 54-56

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84-85

·         Longman biology page 54

 
3 1 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Internal tissues of the stem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw the monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous stem sections

·         Define the term transpiration and relate the structure of xylem to its role in transpiration

 

·         Defining transpiration

·         Discussion on the structure of the xylem to its function

·         Drawing the stem section

 

·         Photographs of monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous stem sections showing the xylem

·         Chart on the stem sections

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 6-7

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 5-7

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 4-10

·         Golden tips biology pages 59

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86-87

·         Longman biology page

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS The role of the leaf in transpiration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label the internal and the external structure of a leaf

·         Describe the functions of the leaf

·         Relate the parts of a leaf to their functions

 

·         Drawing and labeling the structure of a leaf

·         Discussion on the parts of a leaf and how they relate to their functions

 

·         Sample leaves of various pants

·         Charts on the section of a leaf

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 7

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 9-10

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 10-12

·         Golden tips biology pages 57-58

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84

·         Longman biology page 54

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Transport of water and mineral salts in plants (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Demonstrate the movement of water in plants

·         Observe prepared leaf sections to identify vascular tissues

 

·         Carrying out an experiment to demonstrate the movement of water in plants

·         Observing  prepared leaf section under a light microscope

·         Identifying vascular tissues in leaves

 

·         Sample leaves of various pants

·         Charts on the section of a leaf sections

·         microscopes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 14

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 14-16

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 7

 
4 1 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Movement of water in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Discuss the forces involved in movement of water in plants such as transpiration, pull, cohesion and adhesion capillarity and root pressures

·         Demonstrate the forces involved in movement of water in plants

 

·         Describing the forces involved in movement of water in plants

·         Discussion on forces involved in movement of water in plants

·         Carrying out experiments to show the forces involved

 

·         Tubes of different diameters

·         Beakers containing colored water

·         Fresh plant stump with fluid oozing

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 11-12

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 11-12

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 5-6

·         Golden tips biology pages 59-60

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86-87

·         Longman biology page

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS Importance of transpiration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the importance of transpiration in plants

·         Discuss the importance of transpiration in plants

 

·         Discussion on the significance of transpiration in plants

 

·         Wilted potted plants

·         Potted plants growing normally

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 12

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 12

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 12

·         Golden tips biology pages 54

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 84

·         Longman biology page

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS The phloem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain what the phloem is

·         Draw the structure of the phloem and relate its structure to its function

·         List down materials translocated in the phloem

 

·         Drawing the structure of the phloem

·         Discussing the functions of phloem in relation to its structure

·         Listing down the materials translocated in plants

 

·         Chart on structure of the phloem

·         Photographs of the phloem

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 12-14

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 1-13

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 24-26

·         Golden tips biology pages 61-62

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86

·         Longman biology page

 
6 1 TRANSPORT IN PLANTS The phloem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw the structure of the phloem

·         Relate the parts of the phloem to its functions

·         Drawing the phloem

·         Discussion on  the functions of the parts of the phloem

 

·         Chart of the phloem structure

·         Drawings of the phloem structure

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 12

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 17-18

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 24-25

·         Golden tips biology pages 62

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86-87

·         Longman biology page 55

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN PLAN TS Function of phloem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Discuss the function of the phloem

·         List down materials translocated and the sites of storage in the phloem

·         Discussion on the functions of the phloem

·         Listing down materials translocated and storage sites in the phloem

 

·         Chart of the phloem structure

·         Photographs of the phloem

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 12-14

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 17-18

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 24-26

·         Golden tips biology pages 61-62

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86-87

·         Longman biology page 55

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN PLAN TS Function of phloem (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Set up an experiment to investigate translocation of food substances in dicotyledonous plants

·         Set up an experiment to investigate translocation of food substances in a monocotyledonous plant

·         Explain the processes involved in the translocation of food in plants

·         Setting up an experiment to investigate translocation

·         Explaining the processes involved in the translocation of food in plants

·         Discussion on the result of the experiment

·         A young plant

·         Sharp knife

·         Saplings

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 14

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 12-14

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 25-26

·         Golden tips biology pages 62

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 86-87

·         Longman biology page

 
7 1-2 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Introduction

 

Transport in unicellular animals

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify unicellular organisms such as amoeba

·         Describe transport of substances in unicellular organisms

·         Explain the necessity of an elaborate transport system in most animals

 

·         Identify some unicellular organisms such as amoeba

·         Explaining transport in unicellular organisms

·         Explaining the need for an elaborate transport system in most animals

·         Chart showing movement of gasses in and out of an amoeba by diffusion

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 21

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 18

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 26

·         Golden tips biology pages 63

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88

·         Longman biology page  55-56

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Open circulatory system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define an open circulatory system

·         Discuss the open circulatory system

·         Draw the open circulatory system of an insect

 

·         Explaining open circulatory system in insects

·         Discussing the open circulatory system

·         Drawing the open circulatory system of an insect

·         Labeling the open circulatory system

·         Chart showing the circulatory system of a cockroach

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 21

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 18-20

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 26-27

·         Golden tips biology pages 63-64

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88

·         Longman biology page

 
8 1 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Closed circulatory system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define an closed transport system

·         Identify animals with the open circulatory system

·         Distinguish between closed and open circulatory systems

 

·         Defining closed circulatory systems

·         Stating organisms with closed circulatory systems such as human beings

·         Distinguishing between closed and open circulatory systems

 

·         Chart showing closed circulatory system

·         Chart showing the difference between closed circulatory system and open circulatory system

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 22-23

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 19-20

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 26-27

·         Golden tips biology pages 64-65

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88-89

·         Longman biology page  55-56

 
  2-3 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Double circulatory system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define an Double circulatory system

·         Draw and label circulatory systems in mammals

·         Dissect a rabbit and observe its transport system

 

·         Discussing the Double circulatory system

·         Observing the transport system in a rabbit

·         Drawing the double circulatory system of a mammal

·         Chart showing the circulatory system of a mammal

·         Dissected rabbit displaying the circulatory system

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 24-42-44

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 19-20

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 28-34

·         Golden tips biology pages 64-65

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88-89

·         Longman biology page  56

·         High flyer series pages 30-32

 
  4 CONTINOUS ASSESMENT TEST Topics covered so far By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to answer the given questions in the test ·         Learner to answer questions

·         Teacher to supervise the test

·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

 

   
9 1 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS The mammalian heart By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label the external parts of the mammalian heart

·         Draw and label the internal structure of the mammalian heart

·         Explain the functions of the heart

·         Relate the structure of the heart to its functions

 

·         Drawing and labeling the mammalian heart and relating its structure to its functions

·         Discussing the structure of the mammalian heart

·         Chart showing the structure of a mammalian heart

·         Model of a heart

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 24-25

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 21-23

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 28-32

·         Golden tips biology pages 65-66

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 89

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Blood flow in the circulatory system of mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Trace the path taken by blood from the heart to the body parts and back to the heart

·         State the substances supported by the blood of mammals

·         Describe the flow of oxygenated blood in and out of the body through the heart

 

·         Discussing the blood flow in mammals

·         Tracing the path taken by blood from the heart to all body parts and back to the heart

·         Chart showing the path of blood flow in the circulatory system of a mammal

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 25-26

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 19-20

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 31-32

·         Golden tips biology pages 65-67

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88-90

·         Longman biology page 56

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Blood vessels By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the structure of arteries, veins and capillaries

·         Relate the structure of the arteries, veins and capillaries to their function

 

·         Explaining and relating the structure to their functions

·         Drawing the arteries, veins and capillaries

·         Making medals of blood vessels

·         Chart showing arteries, veins, and capillaries

·         Modes of blood vessels

·         Different colours of Plasticine

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 29-31

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 25-30

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 33-43

·         Golden tips biology pages 67-68

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 88-90

·         Longman biology page 56

·         High flyer series pages

 
10 1 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Diseases and defects of the circulatory system By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Name the common diseases of circulatory system such as thrombosis, varicose veins

·         Suggest methods of control/prevention for the diseases.

 

·         Name the diseases of the circulatory system

·         Suggest methods of control/prevention

·         Resource person such as the school nurse

·         Photographs of people suffering from diseases of the circulatory system

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 32-33

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-15

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 31-32

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 43-45

·         Golden tips biology pages 73-74

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 92-93

·         Longman biology page 57

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS The structure and function of the blood By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         List the components of the blood

·         State the functions of each of the blood components

 

·         Listing components of blood

·         Relating blood components to their functions

·         Modeling red blood cells (RBC)

·         Resource person such as the school nurse

·         Model RBCs using Plasticine

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 33-37

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 32-35

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 45-50

·         Golden tips biology pages 69-71

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 90

·         Longman biology page 58-59

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS The structure and function of the blood By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain how oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported in the blood

·         Describe the mechanisms of blood clotting and its importance

 

·         Explaining how oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported in the blood

·         Describing  the mechanisms of blood clotting and its importance

·

·         Resource person such as the school nurse

·         Chart showing blood clotting mechanism

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 34-35

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 36-38

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 45-51

·         Golden tips biology pages 70-71

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 90

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
11 1 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Blood grouping and blood transfusion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the human blood group system

·         State the importance of blood groups  in blood transfusion

 

·         Describing blood groups

·         Stating the importance of human blood groups in blood transfusion

·         Playing cards/bottle tops in pairs

·

·         Resource person such as the school nurse

·         Chart showing blood groups and possible transfusions

·         Prepared cards/bottle tops

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 37-38

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 36-38

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 51-54

·         Golden tips biology pages 72-73

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 90-91

·         Longman biology page 56

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Blood grouping and blood transfusion By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Discuss the rhesus factor

·         State the role of the rhesus factor in blood transfusion

 

·         Discussing the rhesus factor and its role in blood transfusion

·

·         Resource person such as the school nurse

·         Blood transfusion personnel

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 38-39

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 37-39

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 52-55

·         Golden tips biology pages 72-73

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 92

·         Longman biology page 59

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS The structure of the heart (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Examine the external and internal structure of a cows heart

·         Investigate pulse rate at the wrist

 

·         Examining a mammalian heart structure and identifying various parts

·         Working in pairs to examine pulse rate before and after vigorous activities

·

·         Fresh heart of a mammal such as a cow

·         Dissecting kit

·         Hand lens

·         Stop watch

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 44-45

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 30-31

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 28

·         Golden tips biology pages 66

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 89

·         Longman biology page 59

·         High flyer series pages

 
12 1 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Immune responses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Defining immunity

·         Describe immune response

·         Differentiate between natural and artificial immunity

 

·         Defining immunity

·         Describing immune responses

·         Distinguishing between natural and artificial immunity

·         Chart showing types of immunity

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 39-41

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 40-41

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 56-58

·         Golden tips biology pages 74-75

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 93

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS vaccination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define vaccination

·         Describe importance of vaccination against diseases such as tuberculosis, poliomyelitis, measles, diphtheria, whooping cough

 

·         Defining vaccination

·         Describing the importance of vaccination

·         Drawing the vaccination table

·         Chart showing the vaccination table

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 40-41

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 41-43

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 58-59

·         Golden tips biology pages 75-76

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 93-94

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 TRANSPORT IN ANIMALS Allergic reactions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define allergic reactions and explain their causes

·         Carry out an experiment to demonstrate the unidirectional flow of blood in the cutaneous veins of the forearm

 

·         Defining allergic reactions and explaining  their causes

·         Carrying out an experiment to demonstrate the unidirectional flow of blood in the cutaneous veins

·         School nurse

·         Rubber bands

·         Bandages or handkerchiefs

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 41-42-45

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 14-25

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 43

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 15-34

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 58

·         Golden tips biology pages 76-77

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 93-94

·         Longman biology page59-60

·         High flyer series pages

 
13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Definition and importance of gaseous exchange By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define gaseous exchange

·         Identify the gases that are exchanged in the living organism

·         Explain the importance of gaseous exchange in organisms

 

·         Defining gaseous exchange

·         state the gases that are exchanged in the living organisms such as oxygen and carbon dioxide

·         discussion on the importance of gaseous exchange in organisms

 

·         charts on the importance of gaseous exchange in organisms

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 48

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 48-50

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 70

·         Golden tips biology pages 79

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 113

·         Longman biology page 62

·         High flyer series pages 36

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Gaseous exchange in the stomata By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the stomata

·         Draw and label open and closed stomata

·         Explain stomata and gaseous exchange

 

·         Describing  the parts of the stomata

·         Drawing and labeling of open and closed stoma

·         Discussion on stomatal gaseous exchange

 

·         Chart showing open and closed stomata

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 48-49

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 48-51

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 70-74

·         Golden tips biology pages 79-80

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 114

·         Longman biology page 62

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Stomata (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Investigate the presence of stomata on leaves

·         Investigate the shape of guard cells and the distribution of stomata on leaves

 

·         Investigating the presence of stomata on leaves in groups

·         Investigating the shape of guard cells

·         Discussion on the distribution of stomata on leaves of various plants

·         Water in a beaker

·         Leaves of various leaves

·         Means of heating

·         Clear nail varnish

·         Light microscope

·         Cover slip

·         Forceps

·         Microscope slide

·         Leaves of various plants

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 54

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 48-50

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 76

·         Golden tips biology pages

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 114

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
2 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Mechanism of opening and closing stomata By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the mechanism of opening and closing of stomata

·         Describe photosynthetic/glucose accumulation theory of opening and closing stomata

 

·         Explaining the mechanism of opening and closing of stomata

·         Discussion on the photosynthetic/glucose accumulation theory of opening and closing stomata

 

·         Chart showing open and closed stomata

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 49-50

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 50-51

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 71-74

·         Golden tips biology pages 79-80

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 114

·         Longman biology page 62

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Mechanism of opening and closing stomata By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe inter-conversion of starch and glucose and ion accumulation theories

·         Discussion on the inter-conversion of starch and glucose and ion accumulation theories ·         Chart showing open and closed stomata

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 50

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 50-51

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 76

·         Golden tips biology pages 79-80

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 114

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Internal structure of stems and leaves (practical lessons) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Investigate the internal structure of stems and leaf stalk in aerial and aquatic plants

·         Investigate tissue distribution in aerial leaves and stems

·         Investigation of the structure of stems and leaf stalks in aerial and aquatic plants ·         Microscope

·         Prepared permanent slides of aerial leaves and stems

·         Water lily leaf stalk

·         Bougainvillea twig

·         Beaker containing water

·         scalpel

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 55

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 50-52

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 75-76

·         Golden tips biology pages

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page 62

·         High flyer series pages

 
3 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS Cuticular and lenticular gaseous exchange By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe Cuticular and lenticular gaseous exchange ·         Discussion on lenticular gaseous exchange

·         Discussion on Cuticular gaseous exchange

·         Chart showing internal leaf structure and lenticels

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 52

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 51-53

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 75

·         Golden tips biology pages 81

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 114-115

·         Longman biology page 62-64

·         High flyer series pages 36-37

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS gaseous exchange through the roots By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

·         Draw the structure of the root

·         Describe how gaseous exchange takes place through the epidermis of the roots

·         Drawing the structure of the root

·         Discussion on gaseous exchange through the roots

·         Photograph of pneumatophic

·         Chart showing breathing roots

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 52-54

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 26-33

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 48-52

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 74-75

·         Golden tips biology pages 81-82

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 113-114

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN PLANTS gaseous exchange structures By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

·         Examine various types of gaseous exchange structure in different organisms

·         Relate the various types of gaseous exchange structure to their functions in different organisms

·         Examining various types of gaseous exchange structures

·         Relating the various types of gaseous exchange structure to their functions in different organisms

·         Tadpoles

·         Insects (alive)

·         Fish

·         Frog

·         earthworm

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 57

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 58-61

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 80-81

·         Golden tips biology pages 82

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 115

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
4 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange types and characteristics of respiratory surfaces in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

·         State the characteristics of gaseous exchange surfaces in different organisms

·         Discussion on characteristics of gaseous exchange surfaces

·         Discussion on mechanism of gaseous exchange surfaces

·         Discussion on mechanism of gaseous exchange in amoeba

·         Chart showing diagrams of different gaseous exchange surfaces such as insects fish, frogs and earth worms

·         Chart showing diagram on gaseous exchange in amoeba

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 57-58

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 53

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 80

·         Golden tips biology pages 82-83

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 115

·         Longman biology page 65

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2-3 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS gaseous exchange in an insect By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;

·         Examine the gaseous exchange structures of a grasshopper or a locust

·         Draw the gaseous exchange structure of an insect

·         Examining the gaseous exchange structures in insects

·         Drawing the gaseous exchange structure of an insect

·         Chart on tracheal system in insects

·         Live grasshoppers

·         Dissecting board

·         Pins

·         Hand lens

·         Dissecting kit

·         Chloroform

·         Cotton wool

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 58

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 54-56

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 81-84

·         Golden tips biology pages 83

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 115-116

·         Longman biology page 64

·         High flyer series pages 37-38

 
  4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS & PLANTS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to answer all questions asked in the test

 

·         Learner to write down the answers

·         Teacher to supervise test

·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

 

·  
5 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS gaseous exchange in bony fish By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to;
  • Draw and label the structure of gaseous exchange in bony fish
  • Relate the gills to their function
  • discussion on gills of a bony fish
  • drawing and labeling the gill chamber and gills of bony fish
  • discussion on functions of parts of the gills

 

·         Chart showing diagram of gill chamber of bony fish

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 59-60

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 56-58

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 84-88

·         Golden tips biology pages 84

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 116-117

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange in bony fish By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe the mechanism of gaseous exchange in bony fish

 

  • Discussion on the mechanism of gaseous exchange in bony fish

 

·         Chart showing diagram of gill chamber of bony fish

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 60-61

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 57-58

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 84

·         Golden tips biology pages 84

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 116-117

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages 38

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange in bony fish (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Examine the location and number of gills in gill chambers of bony fish
  • Examine, draw and label the gill of a bony fish
  • Examining the location and number of gills in gill chambers of bony fish
  • Examining, drawing and labeling isolated gills in bony fish

 

·         Tilapia fish

·         Hand lens

·         Gills of a bony fish

·         Dissecting kit

·         Pins

·         Dissecting board

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 69

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 58

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 84-85

·         Golden tips biology pages 84

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 116

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
6 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS gaseous exchange in frogs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe the gaseous exchange I a frog through its gills, skin, mouth and lungs.

 

  • Discussion on gaseous exchange in a frog

 

·         Chart showing position of mouth cavity, lungs and nostrils in a frog

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 61-62

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 58-59

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 88-90

·         Golden tips biology pages 84-85

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 117

·         Longman biology page 65-66

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS gaseous exchange in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State the structure involved in gaseous exchange in human beings
  • Explain the features of the structures involved in gaseous exchange in human beings
  • Draw and label the structures involved in gaseous exchange  in human beings
  • Stating the structures involved in gaseous exchange in human beings
  • Explaining the features of the structures involved in gaseous exchange in human beings
  • Drawing and labeling the structures involved in gaseous exchange in humans

 

·         Chart showing the lungs and rib cage in human beings

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 63-65

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 59-64

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 90-94

·         Golden tips biology pages 85-86

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 117-118

·         Longman biology page 66

·         High flyer series pages 38-39

 
6 3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS gaseous exchange in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Examine a dissected mammal to locate the gaseous exchange structures
  • Describe the mechanism of breathing in human beings

 

·         Identifying the structures of gaseous exchange in a dissected rabbit (mammal)

·         Discussion on mechanism of breathing in human beings

 

·         Chart showing the lungs and rib cage in human beings

·         Dissected rabbit displaying the gaseous exchange system

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 64

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 59-64

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 94-97

·         Golden tips biology pages 86

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 119

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages 38-39

 
7 1-2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Breathing mechanisms in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label the alveoli where gaseous exchange occur in human beings
  • Describe how gaseous exchange occurs in alveoli

 

  • Drawing  and labeling the alveoli where gaseous exchange occur in human beings
  • Describing  how gaseous exchange occurs in alveoli
  • Discussion on gaseous exchange at the alveoli

 

·         Chart showing the exchange of gases in alveoli of human beings

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 66

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 61-65

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 96-99

·         Golden tips biology pages 86-87

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 119-120

·         Longman biology page 67

·         High flyer series pages 38-39

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS AND PLANTS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·         Answer all questions asked in the test

  • Learners to write down the answers to the questions
  • Teacher to supervise the students

 

·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

 

·  
8 1-2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain how human beings are adapted to their functions
  • Able to examine the mammalian lung

 

  • Explaining how human beings are adapted to their functions
  • Discussion on the adaptations of lungs in humans and examination of mammalian lung

 

·         Lungs from a mammal eg. goat, sheep and cow

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 66

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 59-65

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page

·         Golden tips biology pages 86-87

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 120

·         Longman biology page 66-67

·         High flyer series pages 38-39

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange in mammals (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Demonstrate the breathing mechanism of the lungs and diaphragm in a model thoracic cavity
  • Demonstrate the breathing movement of ribs and muscles by using a model

 

  • Carrying out a demonstration of breathing mechanism in human beings using a model

 

·         A bell jar

·         Two balloons

·         Rubber stopper with a hole

·         Y-shape glass tube

·         Rubber sheet

·         String

·         Petroleum jelly

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 71

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 63

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 96-99

·         Golden tips biology pages 86-87

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 117-119

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
9 1 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Factors affecting the rate of breathing By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Examine the factors affecting the rate of breathing in human beings
  • Explain the factors which control the rate of breathing  in human beings

 

  • Examining the factors affecting the rate of breathing in human beings
  • Discussion on factors affecting the rate of breathing  in human beings

 

·         Chart with table showing factors affecting breathing

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 66-67

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 65-66

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 101-102

·         Golden tips biology pages 87

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 119

·         Longman biology page 67-68

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Respiratory diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State the causes of respiratory diseases
  • Discuss the symptoms of respiratory disease
  • explain the prevention measures of respiratory diseases

 

  • Discussion on causes, symptoms and prevention measures of respiratory diseases

 

·         Chart on respiratory diseases

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 71

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 67-70

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 104-107

·         Golden tips biology pages 87-88

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 121

·         Longman biology page 68

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 GASEOUS EXCHANGE IN ANIMALS Gaseous exchange in animals (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to demonstrate the effect of exercise on the rate of breathing
  • Carrying out experiment to show the effect of exercise on rate of breathing

 

·         Chair

·         Stop watch

·         Skipping rope

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 74

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 34-48

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 66-67

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 101-104

·         Golden tips biology pages

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
10 1 RESPIRATION Introduction

 

Tissue respiration

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define respiration

·         State the significance of respiration

·         Draw and label mitochondria

  • Discussion on definition and significance of respiration
  • Drawing and labeling mitochondria

 

·         Chart showing diagram of mitochondria

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 74

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 73-74

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 112-113

·         Golden tips biology pages 91

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 130

·         Longman biology page 71

·         High flyer series pages

 
  2 RESPIRATION Anaerobic respiration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define Anaerobic respiration

·         Describe Anaerobic respiration in plants

·         Describe Anaerobic respiration in animals

 

  • Defining Anaerobic respiration
  • Discussion on Anaerobic respiration in plants and animals

 

·         Chart showing diagram of mitochondria

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 76-77

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 77-78

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 116-119

·         Golden tips biology pages 92-93

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 131

·         Longman biology page 72

·         High flyer series pages 41-42

 
  3-4 RESPIRATION Respiration (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the gas given off when food is burnt

·         Investigate the gas produced during fermentation

 

  • Carrying out experiments to investigate the gas produced when food is burnt
  • Discussion on the gas produced when food is burnt

 

·         Retort stand

·         Maize flour

·         Test-tubes

·         Source of heat

·         Boiling tubes

·         Delivery tube

·         Rubber stopper

·         Lime water

·         clump

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 80-81

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 75-74

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 116-118, 120-121

·         Golden tips biology pages

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
11 1-2 RESPIRATION Economic importance of anaerobic respiration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         State the economic importance of anaerobic respiration

·         Discuss the economic importance of anaerobic respiration in both plants and animals

 

  • Discussion on economic importance of anaerobic respiration

 

·         Chart on the economic importance of anaerobic respiration

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 77

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 77-78

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 119-120

·         Golden tips biology pages 92-93

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 130

·         Longman biology page 71

·         High flyer series pages 41

 
  3-4 RESPIRATION Aerobic respiration By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain anaerobic respiration

·         Distinguish between anaerobic and aerobic respiration

·         Compare energy production in anaerobic  and aerobic respiration

 

  • explain aerobic respiration
  • Distinguishing between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration
  • Discussion on energy formation and energy output in aerobic and anaerobic respiration

 

 

·         Chart on the economic importance of aerobic respiration

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 74-76

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 74-76

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 113-115

·         Golden tips biology pages 91-92

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 130-131

·         Longman biology page 72-73

·         High flyer series pages 41

 
12 1-2 RESPIRATION Tissue respiration

(practical lesson)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Investigate the production of heat by germinating seeds

·         Demonstrate that respiration takes place in plants

 

·         Carrying out the various experiments in groups

·         Discussion on the observation or results observed

 

·         Two vacuum flasks

·         Two thermometers

·         Beans and cotton wool

·          Sterilizer such as formalin

·         Bell jar

·         Soda lime

·         Two conical flasks

·         Black cloth

·         Lime water

·         Potted plant

·         Delivery tube

·         Filter pump

·         Corks

·         Petroleum jelly

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 81-82

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 76-77

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 115

·         Golden tips biology pages 94

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 RESPIRATION Tissue respiration

(practical lesson)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Show aerobic respiration in animals

·         Show the aerobic respiration takes place in animals

 

·         Carrying out the experiments

·         Discussion on the results observed

 

·         Grasshopper

·         Two pieces of insulin cloth or wire net

·         Bicarbonate indicator

·         Two conical flasks

·         Measuring cylinder

·         Two rubber bands

·         Two labels

·         Bell jar

·         Lime water

·         Delivery tubes

·         Soda lime

·         Rat

·         Filter pump

·         Petroleum jelly

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 83-84

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 49-57

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 78

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 45-48

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 117

·         Golden tips biology pages 94

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Definition of terms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define terms stated
  • Distinguish between excretion and egestion
  • Explain the necessity of excretion in plants and animals

 

·         Defining excretion, homeostasis and secretion

·         Distinguishing between excretion and egestion

·         Explaining the necessity of excretion in plants and animals

·         Chart showing major terms and their definitions

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 86

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 83-84

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 124

·         Golden tips biology pages 96

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 141

·         Longman biology page 75

·         High flyer series pages 44

 
  2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the methods of excretion in plants
  • List down useful and harmful excretory products in plants

 

·         Describing the methods of excretion in plants

·         Listing excretory products in plants

 

·         Chart showing excretory products in plants and methods of excretion in plants

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 86-87

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 83-84

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 124-125

·         Golden tips biology pages 96-97

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 141

·         Longman biology page 75-76

·         High flyer series pages 44

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the uses of excretory products in plants
  • Describe  the uses of excretory products in plants

 

  • Identifying  the uses of excretory products in plants
  • Describing  the uses of excretory products in plants

 

·         Chart showing excretory products , sources and their economic importance in plants

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 88

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 84

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 125-127

·         Golden tips biology pages 96-97

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 141

·         Longman biology page 76

·         High flyer series pages 44

 
2 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion and homeostasis in Animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe excretion and homeostasis in unicellular animals such as amoeba
  • Draw an amoeba
  • Describe excretion in fresh water amoeba

 

  • Describing excretion and homeostasis in unicellular organism such as amoeba
  • Drawing of amoeba
  • Describing the excretion of water and nitrogenous wastes in amoeba

 

·         Chart showing an amoeba in stages of excreting water and wastes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 88

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 84-85

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 127-128

·         Golden tips biology pages 97-98

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 142

·         Longman biology page 77

·         High flyer series pages 44

 
  2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion and homeostasis in Animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the need for complex animals for excretion
  • List down organs involved In excretion in animals
  • List down waste products released by various organs

 

  • Explaining the need for complex excretory organs
  • Listing the excretory organs and substances released

 

·         Chart showing  the specialized organs and the main excretory products

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 88

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology

·         Students book 2 Page 84-87

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 128-131

·         Golden tips biology pages 98

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 142

·         Longman biology page 77

·         High flyer series pages 44-45

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS The human kidney By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Examine the kidney of a mammal
  • Draw and label the external structure of a kidney
  • Make a vertical section through the kidney
  • Identify the internal parts of the kidney

 

  • Examining the kidney
  • Making a vertical section and identifying the parts of the kidney
  • Drawing the internal structure of the kidney

 

·         Kidney of a mammal

·         Sharp knife

·         Chart showing section of a kidney

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 91, 105

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology 58-68

·         Students book 2 Page 88-92

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 132-135

·         Golden tips biology pages 100-101

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 144

·         Longman biology page 77

·         High flyer series pages

 
3 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Functions of the nephron By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label parts of the nephron
  • Relate its structure to its role in urine formation

 

  • Drawing and labeling the nephron
  • Discussion on the structure of the nephron in relation to its function

 

·         Chart showing the structure of the nephron

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 92-94

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology 58-68

·         Students book 2 Page 90-92

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 135-137

·         Golden tips biology pages 101-102

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 145

·         Longman biology page 77

·         High flyer series pages 47

 
  2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Neuro-endoctrine system and homeostasis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the hormones involved in Neuro-endoctrine system and homeostasis eg insulin
  • Explain the process of urine formation in the kidney
  • Describe the role of various hormones in urine formation

 

  • Identifying the hormones involved in Neuro-endoctrine system and homeostasis such as insulin, ADH and aldosterone I urine formation
  • Describing the role of insulin, ADH and aldosterone in urine formation

 

·         Diagram of the nephron showing the movement of sodium ions and water

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 93-94

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology 58-68

·         Students book 2 Page 97-100

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 139-142

·         Golden tips biology pages 103-104

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 145

·         Longman biology page 78

·         High flyer series pages 45-47

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Neuro-endoctrine system and homeostasis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the components and role of Neuro-endoctrine systems
  • Distinguish between internal and external environments
  • Explain the general working of the homeostatic mechanism

 

  • Describing the components and role of the Neuro-endoctrine system
  • Distinguishing between internal  and external environment
  • explaining the general working of the homeostatic mechanism

 

·         Flow chart showing homeostatic mechanism, positive and negative feedback

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 94-95

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology 58-68

·         Students book 2 Page 97-100

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 139-142

·         Golden tips biology pages 103-104

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 145-146

·         Longman biology page 78-79

·         High flyer series pages 49-51

 
4 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS osmoregulation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define osmoregulation
  • Describe the role of the kidney in osmoregulation
  • Explain the role of hypothalamus in osmoregulation

 

  • Defining

Osmoregulation

  • Describing  the role of the kidney in osmoregulation

 

 

 

·         Flow chart showing the homeostatic mechanism in regulating osmotic pressure by the kidney ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 95-97

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages 58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 100-101

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 140-142

·         Golden tips biology pages 105

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 145-146

·         Longman biology page 78

·         High flyer series pages 45-47

 
  2-3 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Diabetes insipidus and other common kidney diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain Diabetes insipidus and other common kidney diseases
  • Describe the causes of Diabetes insipidus and other common kidney diseases
  • State possible control/prevention methods of Diabetes insipidus
  • Explaining Diabetes insipidus and other common kidney diseases
  • Describing  the causes of Diabetes insipidus and other common kidney diseases

 

·         Chart showing the diseases, causes, symptoms and control/ prevention methods ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 96, 101-102

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 49-54

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 101, 93-94

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 142, 138-140

·         Golden tips biology pages 105, 102-103

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 147

·         Longman biology page 77

·         High flyer series pages 47

 
  4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Answer all the questions asked in the test
  • Learner to answer all the questions
  • Teacher to prepare and give the test
  • Teacher to supervise the students

 

·         Question paper

·         Marking schemes

   
5 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion and homeostasis in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label parts of the skin
  • Relate the parts of the skin to their functions
  • Discussion on the parts of the skin and their functions
  • Drawing and labeling parts of the skin and relating parts to their functions

 

·         Chart showing the section of the skin ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 89-90

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 85-87

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 129-132

·         Golden tips biology pages 98-100

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 142

·         Longman biology page 78

·         High flyer series pages 45

 
  2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS The role of the skin in  homeostasis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Distinguish between osmoregulation and thermoregulation
  • Describe the role of the skin in osmoregulation
  • Describe the role of the skin in thermoregulation
  • Distinguishing between osmoregulation and thermoregulation
  • Describing  the role of the skin in osmoregulation
  • Describing the role of the skin in thermoregulation
·         Chart showing diagram of the skin

·         Photograph of a section of the skin

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 98-99

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 98-101

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 131-132

·         Golden tips biology pages 98-100

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 142-143

·         Longman biology page 78

·         High flyer series pages 45-47

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Thermoregulation in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify behavioral and physiological means of thermoregulation in animals
  • Describe behavioral and physiological means of thermoregulation in animals
  • Identifying behavioral and physiological means of thermoregulation in animals
  • Describing behavioral and physiological means of thermoregulation in animals
·         Photographs of warmly dressed people during cold weather

·         Photograph of people with light cloth during hot weather

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 99-100

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 98-100

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page

·         Golden tips biology pages 106-108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 147-148

·         Longman biology page 78

·         High flyer series pages

 
6 1 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Heat loss and heat gain By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain Heat loss and heat gain
  • Describe the various methods of Heat loss and heat gain in mammals
  • Explaining Heat loss and heat gain
  • Discussion on methods of Heat loss and heat gain in mammals
·         Resource person e.g. physics teacher to describe methods of heat loss and heat gain ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 99-100

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 98-100

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 149-153

·         Golden tips biology pages 106-108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 148

·         Longman biology page 78-79

·         High flyer series pages 49-50

 
  2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Surface area to volume ratio in relation to thermoregulation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the terms Surface area to volume ratio in relation
  • Relate the body size of mammals to heat loss and heat gain
  • Explaining the terms Surface area to volume ratio in relation
  • Discussion on the relationship between the body size of mammals to heat loss and heat gain
·         Pictures of large sized mammals and small sized mammals ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 99

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 100-101

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 152

·         Golden tips biology pages 106-108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 148

·         Longman biology page 78-79

·         High flyer series pages 49-50

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS The role of the liver in homeostasis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label the liver and its associated parts
  • Describe the liver and its role in homeostasis
  • Drawing and labeling the liver and its associated parts
  • Describing  the liver and its role in homeostasis
·         Chart showing the external structure of the liver in relation to the gut, gall bladder and blood vessels ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 102-104

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 93-96

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 153-156

·         Golden tips biology pages 108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 148-149

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
7 1-2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Functions of the liver By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • List down some of the functions of the liver
  • Describe the functions of the liver
  • Listing down some of the functions of the liver
  • Describing  the functions of the liver
·         Chart showing the functions of the liver ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 103-104

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 95-96

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page

·         Golden tips biology pages 108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 149-150

·         Longman biology page 79

·         High flyer series pages 48

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Diseases of the liver By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify all the diseases of the liver
  • Describe the symptoms and possible control of diabetes mellitus and other liver diseases
  • Explain the causes symptoms and diseases of the liver

 

  • Identifying all the diseases of the liver
  • Describing  the symptoms and possible control of diabetes mellitus and other liver diseases
  • Explaining  the causes symptoms and diseases of the liver

 

·         Chart showing diseases of liver cause and control/treatment ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 103-104

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 96-97

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 156-158

·         Golden tips biology pages 109-110

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 149

·         Longman biology page 79-80

·         High flyer series pages 48-49

 
8 1-2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Excretion and homeostasis in animals (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • explain catalase enzyme and hydrogen peroxide
  • describe the role of catalase enzyme in breaking down hydrogen peroxide
  • use liver and kidney to investigate the reaction
  • explaining catalase enzyme and hydrogen peroxide
  • carrying out the experiment to investigate the effect of catalase enzyme in breaking down hydrogen peroxide
  • discussion on results obtained in the experiment
·         hydrogen peroxide

·         two beakers

·         measuring cylinder

·         piece of liver and kidney

·         splint

·         ruler

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 86-105

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 96

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 155-156

·         Golden tips biology pages 110

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Answer all the questions asked in the test

 

  • Learner to answer all the questions
  • Teacher to supervise students
·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

   
9 1-2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Role of the liver in the regulation of blood glucose By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the role of the liver in blood sugar control
  • Describe the role of insulin hormone
  • Describing the role of the liver in blood sugar control
  • Describing the role of insulin hormone
·         Chart showing steps in controlling blood sugar levels ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 97

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 102-103

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 153-156

·         Golden tips biology pages 105-106

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 149

·         Longman biology page 79

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Regulation of blood sugar By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the regulation of blood sugar
  • Describe a flow chart showing the regulation of blood sugar
  • Explaining the regulation of blood sugar
  • Describing a flow chart showing the regulation of blood sugar
·         Flow chart showing regulation of blood sugar ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 98

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 102-103

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 153-156

·         Golden tips biology pages 105-106

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 146

·         Longman biology page 78-79

·         High flyer series pages

 
10 1-2 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Thermo regulation in other animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Describe temperature regulation in other animals

 

  • Describing temperature regulation in other animals

 

·         Photographs of birds, reptiles and camels showing behavior of temperature regulation ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 100

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 98-100

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 49-54

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 146-152

·         Golden tips biology pages 106-108

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 148

·         Longman biology page

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 EXCRETION AND HOMEOSTASIS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Answer all the questions asked in the test

 

  • Learner to be able to answer questions in the test
  • Teacher to supervise students as they do the test
·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

   
11 1-2 REVISION Gaseous exchange in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Relate parts of the lungs to its functions
  • Draw and label parts of the lungs
  • Describing the parts of the lungs and relating the to its functions
  • Drawing and labeling parts of the lungs
·         Chart showing parts of the lungs ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 63-64,66

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 59-64

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 91-94

·         Golden tips biology pages 86

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 117

·         Longman biology page 66-67

·         High flyer series pages

 
  3-4 REVISION Gaseous exchange in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to describe the functions of the lungs as discussed during gaseous exchange
  • Reviewing gaseous exchange and functions of lungs
  • Reading notes on gaseous exchange
·         Notes on gaseous exchange

·         Charts showing lungs

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 63-65

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 59-62

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 91-94

·         Golden tips biology pages 85-87

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages 117-118

·         Longman biology page 65-67

·         High flyer series pages

 
12 1-4 REVISION Gaseous exchange in animals

(practical lesson)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify a mammals lungs
  • Observe and describe structures of lungs in relation to functions
  • Identifying fresh lungs of a mammal
  • Observing and describing the structure of a mammals lungs in relation to their functions
·         Fresh lungs of a cow

·         Livestock officer

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 2 page 63-65

·         Teachers bk. 2 pages  58-68

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 2 Page 63

·         KLB teachers book 2 pages 35-44

·         Longhorn secondary biology: students book 2 page 91-94

·         Golden tips biology pages

·         Gateway secondary Biology pages

·         Longman biology page 66-67

·         High flyer series pages

 
13 REVISION AND EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 Review of binominal nomenclature By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Classify common organisms into their main taxonomic units
  • Write scientific names of organisms correctly
  • List the kingdoms of organisms
  • Reviewing the work done in classification 1
  • Classifying and naming common organisms like maize, beans, domestic dog and jack
·         Local environment

·         Potted plant

·         Use of preserved specimen of plants and animals

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 1-2

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages  1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 1-3

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 1-3

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 1-4

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom monera By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom monera
  • Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom monera
·         Local environment on a typical bacteria cell and different types of bacteria ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 3-4

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom protoctista By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista
  • Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista
  • Listing down the members of kingdom protoctista
·         Local environment

·         Wall charts on protoctista

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 3-6

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 3-4

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 6-8

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom protoctista By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista
  • Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena
  • Observing, drawing and naming parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena
·         Local environment

·         Hand lenses

·         Microscope

·         Protozoa infusion (cultured)

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 3-6

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 6-8

 
2 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom fungi By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi
  • List down all the members of kingdom fungi
  • Describing  the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi
  • Naming and drawing organisms in this kingdom
·         Local environment

·         Wall charts on fungi

·         Specimen of fungi

·         Hand lenses

·         microscope

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 6-8

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 6

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom fungi By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms
  • Observing, drawing and labeling structures of yeast, bread mold and mushroom
·         Hand lenses

·         Charts on yeast, mushrooms and bread mold

·         Live specimens e.g. mushrooms

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 6-8

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 6

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the main characteristics of kingdom plantae
  • Describe the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

  • Discussion on the main characteristics of kingdom plantae
  • Describing and stating the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

·         Local environment

·         Wall charts

·         Live specimens of moss

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 8-9

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 7

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify examples of hyophyta
  • Observe draw and name parts of liverworts and moss plants

 

  • Observing drawing and labeling structures of moss and liverworts
  • Asking and answering questions

 

·         Local environment

·         hand lenses

·         Wall charts on bryophytes

·         Live specimens of moss plants

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 8-9

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 7

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 
3 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify examples of pleridophyta
  • Observe draw and name parts of fern plant

 

  • Discussing main characteristics of division pleridophyes
  • Stating and describing characteristics of pteridophytes

 

·         Live specimen of fern

·         Local environment

·         Hand lenses

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 9-10

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 8-9

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 16

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify examples of division spermatophyta
  • Identify major sub-division of spermatophyta

 

  • Discussing main characteristics pleridophyes
  • Stating main characteristics of pleridophytes and their sub-division of the same I.e ginkgoales, cycadales and coniferles

 

  • Live specimen spermatophytes
  • Wall charts on common spermatophytes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 10-11

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 9-10

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 17

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae -spermatophyta

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • List main characteristics of angiospermae
  • Differentiate between angiospermae and gymnospermae

 

  • Discussing the characteristics of angiospermae and gymnospermae
  • Differentiating between angiospermae and gymnospermae
  • Live specimen of corn leaves
  • Wall charts on angiospermae and gymnospermae
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 10-11

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 9-10

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 17

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom plantae angiospermapyta By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State the characteristics of angiospermapyta
  • Identify and state major characteristics of classes of angiospermapyta eg dicotyledonare &monocotyledonoe
  • Differentiating between class monocotyledonae and dicotyledonae
  • Observing drawing and labeling parts of monocotyledonous plants

 

·         Live specimen of both monocotyledenous and dicotyledenous plants

·         B;ade

·         Staining material

·         Handlenses

·         microscope

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 11-12

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 10-11

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 18-20

 
4 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 Kingdom animalia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of kingdom animalia

 

  • discussion on the main characteristics of phylum anthropoda
  • stating and describing general characteristics of kingdom animalia

 

  • Preserved specimen of kingdom animalia

·         wall charts showing different animals

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 12

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 12-13

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 20-24

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Phylum arthropda By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of Phylum arthropda
  • list down the classes of the Phylum arthropda
  • stating and describing the general characteristics of Phylum arthropda
  • discussing the characteristics of arthropods
  • Preserved specimen of arthropods

·         Wall charts showing different arthropods

·         Local environment

·         hand lenses

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 14

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 12-13

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 25-26

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Class crutacea By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of Class crutacea
  • describing  the general characteristics of Class crutacea
  • observing, drawing and labeling various types of  crutacea
·         preserved specimen of crutacea

·         wall charts showing diagrams of crutacea

·         local environment

·         hand lenses

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 14

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 13-14

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 29

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 Class arachnida and insecta By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of Class insect
  • describe the general characteristics of Class arachnida
  • list down the members of class arachnida and insecta
  • discussion on classes arachnida and insect
  • stating and describing the characteristics of classes arachnida and insect
  • observing, drawing and labeling parts of various types of arachnida and insecta
·         preserved specimen of class arachnida and insecta

·         wall charts showing diagrams of common members of class arachnida and insecta

·         local environment

·         hand lenses

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 14-16

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 25,30

 
5 1 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to
  • Answer all questions on the subtopics covered previously
  • Learner answers questions
  • Teacher supervises learners as they write down their examination
·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 30

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 1-8

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Classes chilopoda and diplopoda By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Classes chilopoda and diplopoda
  • List down the members of class chilopoda and diplopoda
  • Describing the general characteristics of Classes chilopoda and diplopoda
  • Observing, drawing and labeling of diplopods and chilopods
  • Differentiating between chilopoda and diplopoda classes
·         Preserved specimen of chilopods and diplopods

·         Wall charts showing diagrams of centipedes and millipedes

·         Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 15

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 14

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 31

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Phylum chordata By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Phylum chordata
  • Describing the general characteristics of Classes Phylum chordate
  • listing down the members of Phylum chordata
·         Preserved specimen of Phylum chordata

·         local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 16-17

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 16-17

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 32

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 Classes Pisces and amphibia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of Pisces and amphibia
  • describing the general characteristics of Classes Pisces and amphibian
  • observing, drawing and labeling different  types of fish
  • differentiating between bony and cartilaginous fish

 

·         Wall charts of fish

·         Live specimen amphibia

·         Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 17-19

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 32-33

 
6 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 Classes amphibian and reptilia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of reptilia
  • Describing the general characteristics of reptilia
  • Observing, drawing and labeling different  types of amphibia and reptilia

 

  • Photographs/diagrams of amphibia and reptilia
  • Preserved specimen reptilia

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 18-19

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 18-19

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 33-34

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 Class aves By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe the general characteristics of Class aves
  • Describing and stating the general characteristics of Class aves
  • Observing, drawing and labeling different  parts of aves

 

  • Photographs/diagrams of birds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 19-20

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 19-20

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 34-35

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Class Mammalia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the general characteristics of Class Mammalia
  • Identify different types of members of Class Mammalia
  • Describing and stating the general characteristics of Class Mammalia
  • Asking and answering questions
  • Photographs/diagrams of different mammals

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 20-21

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 21

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 35-36

 
  4-5 CLASSIFICATION 2 dichotomous key By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Construct a simple dichotomous to identify given organisms
  • Constructing a simple dichotomous key using common organisms
  • Common plant and animal species

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 21-22

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 22-26

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 37-41

 
7 1 CLASSIFICATION 2 dichotomous key By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use an already constructed dichotomous key to identify given organisms
  • Using a dichotomous key to identify arthropods
  • Chart showing a constructed dichotomous key

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 21-22

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 27-28

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 37-41

 
  2 CLASSIFICATION 2 dichotomous key By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use an already constructed dichotomous key to identify given organisms
  • Using a dichotomous key to identify plants
  • Chart showing a constructed dichotomous key

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 21-22

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 29

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 37-41

 
  3 CLASSIFICATION 2 Dichotomous key By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use an already constructed dichotomous key to identify given organisms
  • Using a dichotomous key to identify phylum chordata
  • Chart showing a constructed dichotomous key

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 21-22

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
  1 EVALUATION & REVISION OF THE TOPICS Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • answer all questions on the topic covered
  • draw and label organisms correctly
  • Learner answers questions
  • Teacher supervises learners as they write down their examination
·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page25-26

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 1-8

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 30

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 42-47

 
8 1 ECOLOGY Introduction to ecology By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define the term ecology and identify terms used in ecology
  • Defining the terms used in ecology
  • Wall chart showing terms used in ecology and their definitions and their Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 27-28

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 33-34

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 48

 
  2 ECOLOGY Introduction to ecology By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define the term ecology and identify terms used in ecology
  • Defining the terms used in ecology
  • Wall chart showing terms used in ecology and their definitions and their Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 27-28

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 33-34

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 48

 
  3 ECOLOGY Factors affecting the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem

 

Light

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the types of ecosystems
  • State and explain how light determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussing how light determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Instruments for measuring light or their diagrams
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 29

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 34

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 50

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Factors affecting the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem

 

temperature

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and describe how temperature  determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussing on the role of temperature in the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Drawing and labeling parts of  a thermometer
  • Instruments for measuring temperature or their diagrams
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 34

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 50

 
9 1 ECOLOGY Factors affecting the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem

 

Rainfall and humidity

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and describe how Rainfall and humidity determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussing on the role of Rainfall and humidity in the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Stating and describing how Rainfall and humidity determines distribution of organisms
  • Drawing of instruments e.g. rain gauge
  • Instruments for measuring Rainfall and humidity  or their diagrams/photographs
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 31

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 34-35

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 51

 
  2 ECOLOGY Factors affecting the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem

 

Wind and atmospheric pressure

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe how Wind and atmospheric pressure determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • describing how Wind and atmospheric affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Drawing and labeling of instruments used in measuring wind direction & strength
  • Instruments for measuring strength of wind, direction of wind and atmospheric pressure
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 29-30

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 34-35

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 51-52

 
  3 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down correct  answers to questions asked in the test
  • Learner recalls and writes down  answers questions asked
  • Teacher supervises learners as they write down their examination
·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 1-30

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 70

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 94

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Factors affecting the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem

 

salinity

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe how salinity affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystems
  • describing  how salinity affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystems
  • discussion on the role of salinity in distribution of organisms and methods of measuring salinity
  • diagrams of aquatic profile of lakes/oceans
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 31

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 35-36

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 51

 
10 1 ECOLOGY Factors in an ecosystem and how they affect distribution of organisms

Waves, curves and Tides

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • describe how waves, currents and tides affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystem
  • describing  how waves, currents and tides affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystems
  • diagrams of aquatic profile of lakes/oceans
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 31-32

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 36

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 49- 51

 
  2 ECOLOGY Factors in an ecosystem and how they affect distribution of organisms

 

Edaphic factors

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how Edaphic factors affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing  how Edaphic factors affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on the role of edaphic factors in distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Soil samples of different types from different places
  • petri dishes
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 32

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 36

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 52

 
  3 ECOLOGY Factors in an ecosystem and how they affect distribution of organisms

 

(practical lesson)

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Measure certain factors in samples of different soils
  • Measuring the PH and soil water content in sandy, clay and loamy soils
  • Samples of sandy, clay and loamy soils
  • Weighing balance
  • Source of heat
  • Universal indicator
  • Funnel/filter papers
  • Cotton wool
  • Measuring cylinders

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 32

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 36

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 92-93

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Factors in an ecosystem and how they affect distribution of organisms

 

Geological factors

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how Geological factors affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing how Geological factors affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on the role of geological factors in the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Local environment
  • Maps or photographs of various landscapes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 32-33

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 54

 
11 1 ECOLOGY Abiotic factors in an ecosystem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how Abiotic factors  affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing how other Abiotic factors affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on the role of pollutants, oxygen concentration in the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Local environment
  • Photographs of polluted environments

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 33

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 52-54

 
  2 ECOLOGY Biotic factors in an ecosystem

 

Competition

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how competition  affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing how competition affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on how competition affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Local environment
  • Graphs showing relation of different organisms in an ecosystem using a factor e.g. food

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 40

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 37-38

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 56-58

 
  3 ECOLOGY Biotic factors in an ecosystem

 

Predation and

Symbiosis

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe how Predation and Symbiosis  affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing how Predation and Symbiosis  affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on the role of Predation and Symbiosis  in the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Drawing and labeling parts of a leguminous root
  • Leguminous root
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 40-41

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 39-40

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 57-59

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Parasitism and saprophytism By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Differentiate between Parasitism and saprophytism
  • Describe how Parasitism and saprophytism influence the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem e.g. Tick and cattle
  • Differentiating between Parasitism and saprophytism
  • Describing  how Parasitism and saprophytism influence the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem e.g. Tick and cattle
  • Discussion on Parasitism and saprophytism and their role in distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Live/preserved specimen of common parasites
  • Diagrams or photographs of common Parasitism and saprophytism
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 41

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 39-40

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 58-59

 
12 1 ECOLOGY Recycling of matter and energy flow in an ecosystem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the interaction between organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describing the interaction between organisms in an ecosystem
  • Discussion on the role of producers, consumers and decomposers in an ecosystem
  • Construction of a pyramid of biomass and numbers
  • Chart showing pyramid of biomass and numbers
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 37-39

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 44-45

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 69-71

 
  2 ECOLOGY Nitrogen cycle & carbon cycle By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the role of decomposers in Nitrogen cycle & carbon cycle
  • Describing the Nitrogen cycle
  • Discussion on the role of decomposers in Nitrogen cycle
  • Construction of the Nitrogen cycle
  • Wall chart on Nitrogen cycle
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 41-42

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 41-42

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 71-73

 
  3 ECOLOGY Recycling of matter & energy flow in an ecosystem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define   the terms food chain and food web
  • Construct food chains and food webs
  • Defining   the terms food chain and food web
  • Discussion on food chains and food webs
  • Constructing food chains and food webs
  • Examples of food chains and food webs
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 37-38

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 42-44

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 74

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Recycling of matter & energy flow in an ecosystem By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe energy flow in a local ecosystem and Construct food chains and food webs
  • Studying energy flow in a local ecosystem
  • Constructing food chains and food webs
  ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 37-38, 39-40

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 42-44

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 69-70

 
13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 ECOLOGY population By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define population
  • List down the characteristics of population
  • Defining population
  • Listing characteristics of population
  • Photographs of population
  • Data on population of some organisms shown e.g. in a graph
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 33-34

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 46

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 75-81

 
  2 ECOLOGY Population estimation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the use of quadrants and transects as methods of Population estimation
  • Describing how  quadrants and transects as methods of Population estimation
  • Discussion on the use of quadrants and transects as methods of Population estimation

 

  • quadrants
  • wall charts with transects
  • 2 ropes with IM interval marks
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 35-36

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 46-48

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 82-84

 
  3 ECOLOGY Population estimation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain the capture –recapture method of population estimation
  • Describing capture recapture method of population estimation
  • Using capture –recapture method by estimating the total number of beads in a beaker

 

  • Beads of  two colours
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 36-37

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 49

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 84

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Population estimation (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Use quadrant method to estimate population of named organisms within the compound
  • Identifying, estimating and recording organisms in the school compound using quadrant method

 

  • School compound
  • Quadrant
  • herbs
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 36-37

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 47

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 82-83

 
2 1 ECOLOGY Population estimation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe total count, aerial count and aerial photography and other methods of population estimation
  • Describing  total count, aerial count and aerial photography and other methods of population estimation
  • Discussion on these methods of population estimation.
  • Photographs of populations
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 35

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 46

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 81-82

 
  2 ECOLOGY Adaptation of organisms to their habitats By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Relate to the adaptations of xerophytes to their habitats
  • Discuss the adaptations of xerophytes to their habitats
  • Photographs and diagrams of xerophytes
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 42-44

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 50-51

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 60-62

 
  3 ECOLOGY Adaptation of organisms to their habitats By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Relate to the adaptations of mesophytes  to their habitats
  • Discuss the adaptations of mesophytes to their habitats
  • Photographs and diagrams of mesophytes
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 44-45

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 51

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 62-63

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Adaptation of organisms to their habitats By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Relate to the adaptations of hydrophytes  to their habitats
  • Observe, draw and label parts of named hydrophytes, mesophytes and xerophyte plants
  • Discuss the adaptations of hydrophytes to their habitats
  • Observing, drawing and labeling structures of xerophytes, mesophytes and hydrophytes
  • Photographs and diagrams of mesophytes e.g. black jack
  • Hydrophytes e.g. papyrus
  • Xerophytes e.g. cactus
  • Hand lens
  • blade
  • Local environment
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 42-46

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 52-53

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 63-64

 
3 1 ECOLOGY Adaptation of organisms to their habitats By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Relate to the adaptations of halophytes  to their habitats

 

  • Discussion on the adaptations of halophytes  to their habitats
  • Describing  the adaptations of halophytes  to their habitats

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of halophytes
  • Local environment
  • Wall charts on halophytes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 46-47

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 53-54

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 65

 
  2 ECOLOGY Environmental pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Explain pollution and give examples of pollutants

 

  • Defining pollution and identifying various pollutants
  • Discussion on pollutants within and around the school compound

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of polluted areas
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 46-47

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 55-56

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 100-101

 
  3 ECOLOGY Air pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the various air pollutants

 

  • Identify various air pollutants
  • Describing various air pollutants

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  air pollution
  •  Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 47

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 56

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 100-104

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY Air pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss the effects of air pollution on the environment
  • Suggest methods of controlling air pollution

 

  • Discussing the effects of air pollution on human health and animals
  • Suggesting methods of controlling air pollution

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  areas polluted by air
  •  Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 47-50

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 56-59

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 101-104

 
4 1 ECOLOGY Land/ soil pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe various causes of Land/ soil pollution

 

  • Identification and description of various causes of Land/ soil pollution

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  polluted land
  • Local  environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 47-50

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 62-64

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 104-105

 
  2 ECOLOGY Land/ soil pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss the effects of Land/ soil pollution and human health in rural and urban centers
  • Suggest methods of controlling Land/ soil pollution

 

  • Discussion on the effects of Land/ soil pollution on human and animal health
  • Suggesting methods of controlling Land/ soil pollution

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  polluted land
  • Local  environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 47-50

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 62-64

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 104-105

 
  3 ECOLOGY Water pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the causes of  Water pollution

 

  • Identifying and describing  the causes of  Water pollution

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  polluted water
  • Local  environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 50-52

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 60-62

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 105-108

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY environmental pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify other causes of environmental pollution in rural and urban centers

 

  • Identifying and describing  the causes of  environmental pollution e.g. noise, radioactive pollutions

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  polluted environment
  • Local  environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 47-53

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 64

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 108-112

 
5 1 EECOLOGY Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down correct  answers to questions asked in the test
  • Learner recalls and writes down  answers questions asked
  • Teacher supervises learners as they write down their examination
·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page  33-52

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 100-110

 
  2 ECOLOGY water pollution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Discuss the effects  of water pollution on human health in rural and urban centers and other organisms
  • Suggest methods of controlling water pollution

 

  • Discussion on  the effects  of water pollution on human health in rural and urban centers and other organisms
  • Suggesting methods of controlling water pollution

 

 

  • Photographs and diagrams of  polluted areas
  • Local  environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 50-52

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 60-62

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 105-108

 
  3 ECOLOGY Human diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify symptoms of cholera and typhoid fever
  • State methods of transmission
  • Suggest control measures

 

  • Discussion on  the symptoms, methods of transmission and control of cholera and typhoid fever

 

 

  • resource person e.g. school nurse
  • Journals, periodicals and newspapers from library having information about cholera and typhoid fever

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 53-54

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 64-66

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 121-122

 
  4-5 ECOLOGY protozoan diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of malaria

 

  • Discussion on  the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of malaria

 

  • resource person e.g. school nurse
  • Journals, periodicals and newspapers from library having information about malaria

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 54-55

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 66-70

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 129-130

 
6 1 ECOLOGY protozoan diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission of amoebic dysentery
  • Suggest control methods of amoebic dysentery

 

  • Discussion on  the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of amoebic dysentery

 

  • resource person e.g. school nurse
  • Wall charts on life cycle of entomoeba hystolitica

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 55

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 66-67

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 131

 
  2 ECOLOGY Diseases caused by parasitic  worms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission of ascariosis

 

 

  • Discussion on  the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission of ascariosis

 

 

  • Resource person e.g. school nurse
  • Wall charts on life cycle of ascaris tumbricoides
  • Journals, periodicals and newspapers having information about ascaris tumbricoides

 

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 56

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 67-68

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 124-128

 
  3 ECOLOGY Diseases caused by parasitic worms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of schistomiasis

 

  • Discussion on  the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of schistomiasis

 

  • Recourse person e.g. school nurse
  • Wall charts on life cycle of schistomiasis

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 55-56

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 8-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 69-70

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 28-56

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 124-128

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Introduction to reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define reproduction and state its importance
  • Differentiate between asexual and sexual reproduction

 

  • Defining reproduction
  • Differentiation between asexual and sexual reproduction
  • Stating the importance of reproduction
  • Recourse person e.g. school nurse
  • Wall charts on significance of reproduction

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 64,103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 78

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 141

 
7 1 REPRODUCTION Concepts of  reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the appearance and location of chromosomes

 

  • Describing  the appearance and location of chromosomes
  • Modeling chromosomes using Plasticine
  • Drawing and labeling chromosomes

 

  • Chart showing chromosomes
  • Plasticine of different colours
  • Manila paper

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 64-65

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 79

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 141

 
  2 REPRODUCTION mitosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define mitosis
  • Describe chromosomic movement during mitosis

 

  • Defining mitosis and description  of stages of mitosis
  • Description of chromosomic movement in mitosis

 

  • Wall Chart showing mitosis
  • Plasticine of different colours
  • Use of mitosis  pictures

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 65-67

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 79-82

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 142-144

 
  3 REPRODUCTION mitosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe e the movement of chromosomes in mitosis
  • Identify stages of mitosis

 

  • Identifying  stages of mitosis
  • Describing  chromosomic movement in mitosis
  • Drawing the stages of mitosis

 

 

  • Wall Chart showing mitosis
  • Plasticine of different colours
  • Use of mitosis  pictures
  • photomicrographs

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 65-67

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 79-82

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 142-144

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION mitosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Identify and describe stages of mitosis

 

  • Identifying  stages of mitosis
  • Describing  the stages of mitosis
  • Drawing the stages of mitosis

 

 

 

  • Wall Chart showing mitosis
  • Plasticine of different colours
  • Use of mitosis  pictures
  • photomicrographs

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 65-67

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 79-82

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 142-144

 
8 1 REPRODUCTION Significance of mitosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State the significance of mitosis in reproduction

 

  • Stating the significance of mitosis in reproduction
  • Discussion on the significance of mitosis

 

  • Wall Chart showing stages of mitosis

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 66-67

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 82

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 142-143

 
  2 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Write down correct  answers to questions asked in the test
  • Learner recalls and writes down  answers questions asked
  • Teacher supervises learners as they write down their examination
·         Question papers

·         Marking scheme

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page  64-112

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 128-131

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 180-185

 
  3 REPRODUCTION meiosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Define meiosis
  • State the stages of meiosis
  • Describe the chromosome movement during meiosis

 

  • Defining meiosis
  • Describing the stages of meiosis
  • Describing the chromosome movement during meiosis

 

 

  • Wall Chart showing stages of meiosis
  • Plasticine
  • photomicrograhics

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 67-70

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 82-85

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 144-145

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION meiosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Observe the stages of meiosis
  • Describe the movement of chromosomes during meiosis

 

Observing, identifying and drawing stages of meiosis in anther cells under a microscope

 

  • Mature flower of hibiscus plant
  • microscopes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 104-105

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 86

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 144-145

 
9 1 REPRODUCTION Significance of meiosis in reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State the significance of meiosis in reproduction

 

  • Stating the significance of meiosis in reproduction
  • Discussion on the significance of meiosis in reproduction

 

  • Charts showing stages of meiosis
  • photomicrograhics

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 70

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 86

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 145

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Difference between mitosis and meiosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Differentiate between mitosis and meiosis
  • Discussion on the difference between mitosis and meiosis
  • Charts on meiosis and mitosis

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 70

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 87

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 145-146

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Asexual reproduction

 

Binary fission

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • State and describe the importance of Binary fission
  • Describing the importance of Binary fission
  • Drawing on stages of Binary fission in amoeba
  • Protozoan infusion
  • Microscope
  • Hand lenses

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 70-72

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 87-88

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 146

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Binary fission By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Observe spore formation in bread mould (mucor) and binary fission in paramecium

  • Description of  binary fission and sporulation in reproduction
  • Drawing and labeling bread mould showing pore-producing structures

 

  • Protozoan infusion
  • Light Microscope
  • Hand lenses
  • Bread mould (mucor) growing on bread

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 70-72

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 87-88

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 146-147

 
10 1 REPRODUCTION Asexual reproduction

 

Budding

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         State and describing the importance of budding in reproduction

·         Observing drawing and budding cells of yeast

  • Identifying, stating and describing the importance of budding in reproduction
  • Observing, drawing and labeling budding cells of yeast
  • Yeast fermentation (prepared an hour to the lesson)
  • Microscope, slides
  • Cover slips

Methylene blue  stain

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 72

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 89

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 146-147

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Asexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the external structure of a typical flower

  • Identifying the external floral parts
  • Observing, drawing and describing corolla and calyx of a flower

 

  • Big mature flowers e.g. hibiscus
  • Hand lenses

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 73

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 90-91

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 152-155

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the internal structure of a typical flower

  • Identifying the internal floral parts
  • Observing, identifying and describing stamens and carpels of a flower

 

  • Big mature flowers e.g. hibiscus & Nandi flame
  • Hand lenses
  • blade

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 73

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 91

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 154-156

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Observe, describe and draw different types of pollen grains

·         Describe the structure of ovules

·         Describe other characteristics of flowers

  • Observing, Identifying, and recording  other characteristics of flowers
  • Comparing insect pollinated and wind pollinated flowers

 

  • A variety of mature wind and insect pollinated flowers
  • Light microscope
  • Microscope slides
  • Cover slips

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 79,105

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 91-92

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 157-158

 
11 1 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and compare adaptations of wind and insect pollinated flowers

  • Observing, Identifying, and recording  other characteristics of flowers
  • Comparing insect pollinated and wind pollinated flowers

 

  • A variety of mature flowers still attached to their stem
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 74-75

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 94-95

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 159

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the features and mechanisms that hinder self-pollination and self-fertilization

  • Describing pollination
  • Stating the types of pollination
  • Comparing adaptations of wind pollinated and insect pollinated flowers

 

  • Insect and wind pollinated flowers
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 74-78

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 94-95

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 159

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the process of fertilization in flowering plants

  • Describing double fertilization in flowering plants
  • Describing features and mechanisms hindering self-pollination and self-fertilization

 

  • Variety of mature flowers
  • Local environment
  • Wall charts of various types of flowers

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 78

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 96-97

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 159-160

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and explain how embryo and seeds are formed in flowering plants

  • Describing and explaining the formation of embryo and seed in flowering plants

 

  • Wall charts showing embryo formation in flowering plants
  • Bean seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 79-80

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 97-98

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 161-162

 
12 1 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe how fruits are formed in flowering plants

  • Describing and explaining fruit formation in flowering plants

 

  • Specimen of fruits

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 80-82, 107

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 97-100

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 161-165

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Differentiate between a fruit and a seed

  • Differentiating between fruits and seeds

 

  • Fruits
  • seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 82, 107

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 97-100

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 161-165

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in flowering plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and explain how different  seeds and fruits are dispersed

  • Describing and explaining methods of fruit and seed dispersal

 

  • Different types of fruits and seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 80-82

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 102-104

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 164-165

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Classifying fruits By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Classifying various types of fruits and describe their placentation

  • Description and examination of placentation of various fruits

 

  • Handouts on types of fruits
  • Various types of fruits

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 84-87

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 101-104

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 162-165

 
13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Differentiate between internal and external fertilization

·         Describe external fertilization in amphibians

  • Differentiating between internal and external fertilization
  • Discussion on external fertilization in amphibians
  • Amphibian eggs in a jelly string
  • Hand lenses
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 91,107

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 104

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 165-166

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Relate the structure of mammalian male reproductive system to its functions

  • Relating the structure of mammalian male reproductive system to its functions
  • Drawing and labeling the male reproductive system
  • Wall chart on the male reproductive system
  • Dissected small mammal

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 93,107

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 105-106

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 166-167

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Relate the structure of mammalian male reproductive organ and spermatozoa to its function

  • Drawing and labeling the structure of the spermatozoa
  • Relating the spermatozoa to its function
  • Wall chart on spermatozoa

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 93-95

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 112

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 169

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Relate the structure of mammalian female reproductive system to its function

  • Discussion of the female reproductive system
  • Drawing and labeling and relating the female reproductive system to its functions

 

  • Charts showing female reproductive system
  • Dissected small animals

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 95,107

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 108-110

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 167-168

 
2 1 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Relate the structure of mammalian ovum to its function

  • Drawing and labeling and relating the structure of the ovum to its functions

 

  • Wall Charts showing structure of the ovum

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 92-93

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 108-109

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 169-170

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe internal fertilization in mammals

  • Defining fertilization
  • Discussion on internal fertilization in mammals

 

  • Wall Charts on fertilization process

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 95

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 111-113

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 171-172

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the fertilization process

  • Describing the fertilization process
  • Drawing  and labeling the fertilized ovum
  • Wall Charts on the process of fertilization

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 95

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 112-114

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 171-172

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe implantation and the role of the placenta in mammals

  • Describing implantation
  • Explaining the role of the placenta in mammals
  • Wall Charts showing the stages of implantation

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 95

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 114-116

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 173-174

 
3 1 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define gestation in mammals

·         Identify different gestation periods in different mammals

  • Defining  gestation
  • Identifying different gestation periods in different mammals
  • Wall Charts containing gestation periods of different mammals
  • Photograph of a foetus
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 97

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 116-117

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 173-174

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexual reproduction in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe birth and explain parental care

  • Defining  different terms used in birth
  • Explaining the parental care
  • Drawing and labeling the foetus

 

  • Wall Charts showing definitions of different terms in birth
  • Photographs on parturition
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 76

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 117-119

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 177-179

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Role of hormones in human reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the role of hormones in reproduction of humans

  • Discussion on role of hormones in reproduction of humans

 

  • Wall Charts showing hormones involved with reproduction in human beings and their effects
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 97-98

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 120-123

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 175-176

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Menstrual cycle By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the role of hormones in the menstrual cycle

  • Discussion on role of hormones in the menstrual cycle
  • Wall Charts on the menstrual cycle
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 97-98

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 121-124

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 175-177

 
4 1 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases/infections By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of gonorrhea and herpes simplex

  • Discussion on symptoms, methods of transmission and prevention of gonorrhea and herpes simplex
  • Photographs of body parts affected by STI’s
  • Resource persons e.g. school nurse
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 99-101

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 123-125

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of syphilis and trichomoniasis

  • Discussion on symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of syphilis and trichomoniasis
  • Photographs of body parts affected by STI’s
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 99-100

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 124

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179

 
  3 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted infections By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of candidiasis and hepatitis

  • Discussion on symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of candidiasis and hepatitis
  • Photographs showing the symptoms of candidiasis and hepatitis

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 100-102

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 124-125

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the causes and modes of transmission of HIV/AIDS and prevention of HIV and AIDS

·         Identify effects of HIV/AIDS in human economy

  • Identifying the causes and modes of transmission of HIV/AIDS
  • Discussion on the causes and modes of transmission of HIV/AIDS

 

  • Photographs of patients showing the signs & symptoms HIV and AIDS
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 100-102

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 125-127

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179-180

 
5 1 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the symptoms of HIV/AIDS and stages of HIV and AIDS

 

  • Discussion on symptoms of HIV/AIDS

 

  • Photographs of patients showing the signs & symptoms HIV and AIDS
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 102-103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 125-126

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 180

 
  2 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain ways of preventing and controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS

 

·         Explaining ways of preventing and controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS

·         Discussion on methods of preventing and controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS

 

  • Photographs of patients showing the signs & symptoms HIV and AIDS
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 102-103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 126

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179

 
  3 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Answer questions asked in the test

 

·         Learner recalls and writes down answers to questions asked

·         Teacher supervises the learners as they write examinations

 

  • Question papers
  • Marking scheme
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 64-103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 128-131

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 180-184

 
  4-5 REPRODUCTION Sexually transmitted diseases By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Discuss the social effects of  HIV/AIDS

 

·         Discussion on the social effects of HIV/AIDS

 

  • Handouts on STDs
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 127

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 180

 
6 1 REPRODUCTION Asexual and sexual reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the advantages and disadvantages of sexual and asexual reproduction

 

·         Explaining the advantages and disadvantages of sexual and asexual reproduction

 

  • Charts showing advantages and disadvantages of sexual and asexual reproduction
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 103

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 25-45

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 127-128

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 57-78

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 179-180

 
  2 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Concept of growth and development By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define the terms growth and development

·         Describe the sigmoid growth curve

 

·         Defining the terms growth and development

·         Describing the sigmoid growth curve

 

 

·         Charts showing sigmoid curve

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 113

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 132

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 186

 
  3 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Measurement of growth By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the phases of sigmoid curve

·         Describe the intermittent growth curve

 

·         Describing the phases of sigmoid curve

·         Describing the intermittent growth curve

 

 

·         Charts showing growth curves

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 113

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 133-135

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 186-190

 
  4-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Measurement of growth By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Analyze data on growth rate

·         Draw growth curves

 

·         Analyzing data on growth rate

·         Drawing growth curves

 

·         Charts showing growth curves

·         Data on growth rate

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 113,116-117,125

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 133-135

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 190

 
7 1 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Growth and development in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define seed dormancy

·         Identify factors affecting viability and dormancy of seeds

 

·         Defining seed dormancy

·         Identifying factors affecting viability and dormancy of seeds

 

·         Dry bean seeds

·         Dry maize seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 113-114

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 136-137

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 190,198

 
  2 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Growth and development in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify factors affecting seed dormancy

 

·         Identifying causes of seed dormancy

·

·         Dry bean seeds

·         Dry maize seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 113-114

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 136-137

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 190,198

 
  3 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Growth and development in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define seed germination

·         Differentiate between types of seed germination

 

·         Observing, drawing and labeling types of seed germination in beans and maize

·         Differentiate between  epigeal and hypogeal germination

·

·         Seedling of maize and beans at different stages of development

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 114-145

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 137,141-142

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol.2 pages 191

 
  4-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Conditions necessary for germination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identifying Conditions necessary for germination – oxygen

 

 

·         setting up experiments to investigate conditions (oxygen) necessary for germination of seeds ·         maize grains and beans seeds

·         cotton wool

·         flasks

·         pyrogallic acid

·         muslin bags

·         germination maize and bean seeds

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 114-115

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 138

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 192-193

 
8 1 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Conditions necessary for  seed  germination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Investigate the necessity of water and warmth

·         Investigating the necessity of water and warmth ·         Beans seeds

·         cotton wool

·         4 petri dishes

·         Labels

·         Thermometer

·         refrigerator

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 127-128

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 138,140

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 192

 
  2 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Conditions necessary for  seed  germination By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Investigate the necessity of water and warmth

·         Investigating the necessity of warmth ·         Beans seeds

·         cotton wool

·         4 petri dishes

·         Labels

·         Thermometer

·         refrigerator

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 127-128

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 138,140

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 192

 
  3 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down the correct answers to questions asked in the  test

·         Learner recalls and writes down answers to questions asked

·         Teacher supervises the learners as they write down the exams

·         Question paper

·         Marking scheme

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 132

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 134,138

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 203,206

 
  4-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Growth in seedling By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the region of growth in seedlings

·         Identify the regions of growth

·         Describing the region of growth in seedlings

·         Identifying  the regions of growth

·         Charts on shoot and root tips

·         Potted plants

·         Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 131-132

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 143-144

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 193-194

 
9 1 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Growth in seedling By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Determine the regions of growth in seedlings

·         Measure the aspect of growth in a given seedling

·         Determine the regions of growth in seedlings by measuring one parameter -height

 

·         Growing seedling

·         Rulers

·         Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 115-116

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 143-144

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 194, 196

 
  2-3 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Primary and secondary growth By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe growth in plants I.e. Primary and secondary growths

·         Investigate primary and secondary growth in a seedling

·         Discussion on Primary and secondary growth in plants

·         Investigating primary and secondary growth in a seedling

 

·         Bean seeds

·         Beakers

·         Cotton wool

·         Soft board

·         Piece of wire

·         Indian ink

·         Thread

·         Ruler

·         Petri dishes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 118-120

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 144-145

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 195-198

 
  4-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Role of hormones in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the role of hormones in regulation of growth and development in plants

·         Discussion on the role common hormones in growth and development of plants

·      cytokinius

·      eltylene

·      Doscisic acid

·      Auxines and gibbrellins

 

·         Chart on plant hormones and their effects

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 121-122

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 146-147

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 195-199

 
10 1 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Apical dominance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain Apical dominance in plants

·         Discussion on Apical dominance in plants

·         Explaining Apical dominance in plants

·         Stating the application of Apical dominance in agriculture

·         Photographs of plants

·         Specimen of plants that are pruned and others that are not

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 122

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 147-148

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 198-199

 
  2-3 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT metamorphosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define metamorphosis

·         Distinguish between complete and incomplete metamorphosis

·         Describe complete metamorphosis in housefly and anopheles mosquito

·         Defining metamorphosis

·         Distinguishing between complete and incomplete metamorphosis

·         Describing complete metamorphosis in housefly and anopheles mosquito

·         Chart on the life cycles of housefly and anopheles mosquito ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 118-120

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 148-149

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 199-203

 
  4-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Incomplete metamorphosis By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe incomplete metamorphosis in a cockroach

·         Describing incomplete metamorphosis in a cockroach

·         Discussion on the life cycle of a cockroach

·         Drawing and labeling Incomplete metamorphic stages

·         Chart on the life cycles of a cockroach

·         Preserved specimens showing stages of growth in a cockroach

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 124-125

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 144-150

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 203

 
11 1-2 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Role of growth hormones in insects By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and explain the Role of growth hormones in metamorphosis in insects

·         Discussion of the Role of growth hormones in metamorphosis in insects ·         Wall Charts on hormones involved in metamorphosis ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 125-126

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 150-151

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol 2 pages 203

 
  3-5 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Metamorphosis (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Observe metamorphosis in some insects

·         Observing, identifying, drawing and labeling various stages of insect development ·         Eggs of various insects

·         Pupae and caterpillars

·         Specimen bottles

·         Transparent reagent bottles

·         Green vegetables

·         forceps

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 3 page 129-130

·         Teachers bk. 3 pages 46-64

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 150

·         KLB teachers book 3 pages 79-98

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 200-203

 
12 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+

 

BIOLOGY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 GENETICS Introduction to genetics By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define the term genetics

·         Differentiate between heredity and variation

·         Distinguish between continuous and discontinuous variations

·         Defining the term genetics

·         Differentiating between heredity and variation

  • Demonstrating tongue rolling
  • Members of the class
  • Teacher to demonstrate tongue rolling

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 1

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 1

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 207

 
  2 GENETICS Variation within plants and animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe continuous and discontinuous variations

·         Observe variations in plants and animals

·         Describing continuous and discontinuous variations
  • Observing variations in plants and animals in the surrounding
  • Students to be observed on variations like tongue rolling, sex, finger prints, eye colour, height
  • Leaves of different plants
  • Seeds of different plants

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 1-4

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 1-4

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 207

 
  3

 

‘]

GENETICS

chromosomes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the structure, nature and properties of chromosomes

  • Reviewing the nature and structure of  chromosomes
  • Discussion on the structure and properties of chromosomes
  • Drawing and labeling the chromosomes
  • Wall chart on structure of chromosomes
  • Plasticine to mold the chromosomes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 4-6

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 4-7

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 221

 
  4-5 GENETICS chromosomes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the structure, nature and properties of DNA molecule

  • Describing  the basic nature of DNA molecule and gene
  • Illustrating the structure of the DNA molecules using models
  • Models of diagrams of DNA molecule
  • Wires and different colours of beads for DNA genes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 7-10

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 221-222

 
2 1 GENETICS chromosomes By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Differentiate between DNA and RNA

  • Differentiating between DNA and RNA
  • Discussion on differences between DNA and RNA molecules
  • Models of DNA and RNA strands
  • Charts on DNA and RNA molecules

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 5-6

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 9-10

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 221-226

 
  2 GENETICS First law of inheritance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Distinguish between F1 and F2 generation

·         Determine Mendel’s first law of inheritance

·         Differentiating between F1 and F2 off springs
  • Defining Mendel’s first law of inheritance
  • Discussion on the differences  between F1 and F2 off springs
  • Chart showing genetic crossing

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 6-10

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 11-15

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 211-213

 
  3 GENETICS First law of inheritance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define other terms used in inheritance such as phenotype, genotype, dominant gene, recessive gene, haploid and diploid

  • Defining terms used in inheritance
  • Chart on terms used in inheritance

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 7-8

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 13-14

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 210

 
  4-5 GENETICS First law of inheritance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Demonstrate monohybrid inheritance in plants and animals

·         Predict outcomes of various genetic crosses

·         Demonstrating monohybrid inheritance in plants and animals
  • Working out F1 and F2 offspring in monohybrid crosses
  • Predicting outcomes of various crosses
  • Illustrations on monohybrid crosses
  • Pannet squares on charts

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 6-9

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 12-15

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 207-209

 
3 1 GENETICS First law of inheritance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Construct and make use of pannet squares

·         Work out genotypic and phenotypic ratios

·         Predict outcomes of various crosses

·         Working out monohybrid ratio of F2 offspring

·         Working out phenotypic and genotypic ratios and probabilities

 

  • Chart showing punnet  squares and illustrations on monohybrid inheritance
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 7-9

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 14-16

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 213-214

 
  2 GENETICS Back cross or test cross By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Determine the unknown genotypes in a cross using a test cross

·         Defining a test cross or back cross

·         Explaining the use of test cross in determining unknown genotypes

  • Chart showing punnet  squares illustrating monohybrid inheritance (test cross)

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 10-11

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 22-23

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 212-213

 
  3 GENETICS Monohybrid inheritance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe albinism as an example of monohybrid inheritance in human beings

·         Describing inheritance of albinism in human beings
  • Chart showing crosses on punnet squares to show inheritance of albinism

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 21

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 25

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 213-214

 
  4-5 GENETICS Inheritance of ABO blood groups By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the inheritance of ABO blood groups in human beings

·         Explaining the inheritance of ABO blood groups in human beings

·         Demonstrating crosses

  • Chart showing blood group crosses on punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 11-12

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 20-21

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 220-221

 
4 1 GENETICS Inheritance of rhesus factor By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the inheritance of rhesus factor as an example of monohybrid inheritance in human beings

·         Describing the inheritance of rhesus factor in human beings
  • Chart showing blood group crosses on punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 12

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 21-22

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 221

 
  2 GENETICS Inheritance of blood groups By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Predict the inheritance of blood groups human beings

·         Predicting the inheritance of blood groups human beings
  • Demonstration of crosses
  • Punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 11-12

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 20-21

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 220-221

 
  3 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down the correct answers to the questions in the test

·         Learner recalls and writes down answers to questions

·         Teacher supervises as learners do the test

  • Question papers
  • Marking scheme
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 11-12

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 1-22

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 207-220

 
  4-5 GENETICS Incomplete dominance By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe incomplete dominance

·         Describe inheritance of colour in flowers of mirabis jalapa

·         Defining incomplete dominance

·         Describing inheritance of colour in flowers of mirabis jalapa

  • Punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 9-10

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 19-20

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 214-215

 
5 1 GENETICS Inheritance of sickle cell anemia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe Inheritance of sickle cell anemia in human beings

·         Describe Inheritance of sickle cell anemia as co-dominant
  • Illustrations of crosses
  • Punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 21-22

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 35-37

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 215-216

 
  2 GENETICS Sex determination in human beings By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain how sex is determined in human beings

·         Describe sex linkages in human beings

·         Explaining and describing sex determination

·         Explaining and discussing sex linkage in human beings

  • Charts showing diagrams of sex chromosomes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 13-14

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 23-24

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 217-220

 
  3 GENETICS linkage By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define linkage and sex-linkage

·         Describe linkage in human beings e.g.  colour blindness and hemophilia

·         Defining and describing linkage and sex-linkage

·         Demonstrating crosses on colour blindness and hemophilia

  • Charts showing crosses on colour blindness and hemophilia
  • Punnet squares
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 14-16

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 24-27

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 218-220

 
  4-5 GENETICS Inheritance of colour blindness By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe colour blindness as an example of sex-linked  trait in human beings

·         Interpret pedigree of inheritance

·         Describing colour blindness

·         Discussion on inheritance of colour blindness

·         Interpreting pedigree chart of inheritance

  • Charts showing pedigree chart of inheritance
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 15-16

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 25-26

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 218-219

 
6 1-2 GENETICS Inheritance of hemophilia By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the Inheritance of hemophilia as an example of sex-linked traits in human beings

·         Describing Inheritance of hemophilia as an example of sex-linked traits in human beings

·          Discussions on inheritance of hemophilia in human beings

  • Punnet squares
  • Pedigree chart of inheritance from texts
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 16-17

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 27

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 220

 
  3 GENETICS EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         write down the correct answers to the questions given

·         Students recalls and writes down answers to questions asked

·         Teacher supervises as students do the test

  • Question papers
  • Marking scheme
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 1-18

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 234-236

 
  4-5 GENETICS Sources of variations in organisms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define mutation

·         Differentiate between mutations and mutagens

·         List down causes of mutations

·         Defining mutations

·         identifying mutagens

·         Listing down causes of mutations

  • Pictures or photographs of organisms that have mutations
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 17-18

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 28-29

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 232-233

 
7 1-2 GENETICS Types of mutations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         State the types of mutations

·         List down the various chromosal mutations

·         Describe chromosal mutations

·         Stating  the types of chromosal mutations

·         Listing down the various chromosal mutations

·         Describing chromosal mutations

·         Discussion on duplication, inversion, translocation and non-disjunction

  • Chart on the various types of chromosal mutations
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 17-19

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 28-33

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 229-231

 
  3 GENETICS Effects of chromosal mutations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the Effects of chromosal mutations

·         Discussion on effects of Effects of chromosal mutations

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 19

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 30-33

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 230-231

 
  4-5 GENETICS Gene  mutations By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe gene mutations and their effects on organisms

·         Describing gene mutations

·         Discussion on substitution, point mutation, insertion and gene mutations

 

  • Chart showing diagrams on gene mutations
  • Photographs
  • Magazines
  • Newspaper cuttings
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 20-22

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 33-34

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 228-229

 
8 1-2 GENETICS Practical application of genetics By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe areas in which the knowledge of genetics has been applied

·         Discussion on scientific fields where genetic knowledge has been applied

 

  • Photographs
  • Magazines
  • Newspaper cuttings
  • Scientific journals
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 23-28

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 39-44

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 233

 
  3 GENETICS Practical application of genetics By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the practical applications of genetics

·         Discussion on  the practical applications of genetics
  • Photographs
  • Magazines
  • Newspaper cuttings
  • Scientific journals
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 23-28

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 1-13

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 39-44

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 12-30

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 233

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Introduction to evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define evolution

·         Explain the current concepts of the origin of life

·         Defining evolution

·         Explaining the current concepts of the origin of life

  • Local museum
  • Historical sites
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 35-36

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 49-51

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 238-239

 
9 1 EVOLUTION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Write down correct answers to questions asked

·         Learner to recall and  write down answers to questions asked

·         Teacher to supervise the learners as they do their exams life

  • Question paper
  • Marking schemes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 1-36

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 46-48

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 234-237

 
  2 EVOLUTION Origin of life By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the current concepts on origin of life

·         Explaining current concepts of origin of life

·         Discussion on evolution theory

  • Information from a local museum and historical sites
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 36

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 49-51

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol 2 pages 239-242-243

 
  3 EVOLUTION Evidence of organic evolution theory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the study of fossils as evidence of organic evolution theory

·         Describing the study of fossils

·         Discussion on evolution theory based on the study of fossils

  • Information from a local museum and historical sites
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 36-37

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 51-56

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 245-249

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Evidence of organic evolution theory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe competitive anatomy as evidence of organic evolution

·         Identifying homologous structures in organisms and describing divergent evolution

 

  • Diagrams and photographs of homologous structures
  • Information from local museums and historical sites
  • Vertebrate limbs
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 39-40

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 59-64

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 250-251

 
10 1 EVOLUTION Evidence of organic evolution theory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe competitive anatomy

·         Identifying analogous structures in organisms and describing convergent evolution

·         Discussion on divergent evolution

  • Diagrams and photographs of analogous structures in organisms
  • Information from local museums and historical sites
  • Wings of birds and insects
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 41

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 59-64

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 250-251

 
  2-3 EVOLUTION Evidence of organic evolution theory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe occurrence of vestigial structures and geographical distribution of organisms as evidence of organic evolution

·         Describing vestigial structures

·         Discussion on geographical distribution of organisms

  • Diagrams and photographs of vestigial structures
  • Chart of globe showing geographical distribution of organisms
  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 37-41

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 56,64

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Evidence of organic evolution theory By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe comparative embryology, cell biology and biochemistry as evidence of organic evolution

·         Describing comparative embryology, cell biology and biochemistry as evidence of organic evolution theory
  • Diagrams and photographs of embryos of different chorales and plant and animal cells
  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 39-42

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 59,64-65

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 252-253

 
11 1-2 EVOLUTION Human evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe evolution of hominids

·         Describing evolution of hominids from earliest common proconsul  ancestors to date

·         Discussion on evolution of hominids

  • Diagrams skulls and limbs of hominids
  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 42-44

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 52-53

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-34

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 256-261

 
  3 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe Lamarck’s theory

·         Describing Lamarck’s theory

·         Discussion on Lamarck’s theory

  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 45-46

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 67

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 238-239

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and discuss the struggle for existence and survival for the fittest

·         Discussion on Darwin’s theory of natural  selection

·         Discussion on struggle for existence and survival for the fittest

  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 46-47

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 68-69

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 240-241

 
12 1-2 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe and discuss new concepts of Darwin’s theory

·         Discussion on Neo-Darwinism with regard to new discoveries e.g. mutations
  • Information from local museums and historical sites

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 47

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 67-69

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 239-240

 
  3 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe natural selection in action

·         Describing mechanism of peppered moth
  • Photographs of peppered moth

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 46-47

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 69-71

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 261-262

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe natural selection in nature

·         Describing resistance to antibiotics, fungicides and pesticides by organisms
  • Journals, periodicals and magazines
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 48

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 70-71

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 262-263

 
13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1-2 EVOLUTION Mechanism of evolution By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the isolation mechanism in speciation

·         Discussion on the isolation mechanism in speciation
  • Journals, periodicals and magazines
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 48

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 31-37

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 243-244

 
  3 EVOLUTION Artificial selection By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe Artificial selection in plants and animals and how it leads to speciation

·         Identifying the role of artificial selection in evolution

·         Discussion on hybridization, cultivars and green revolution

 

  • Journals, periodicals and magazines
  • Local environment

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 48-49

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 263-264

 
  4-5 EVOLUTION Evolution and sexual reproduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the importance of sexual reproduction in evolution

·         Explaining the role of sexual reproduction in evolution

 

  • Journals, periodicals and magazines
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 47-48

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 14-24

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 243-244

 
2 1 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Introduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define stimulus

·         Define irritability

·         Define response

 

·         Defining stimulus, irritability  and response

·         Demonstrating how stimulus, response and irritability are related and coordinated

 

  • Pin
  • Candle
  • Match box
  • bell

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 52

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 73-74

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 266-267

 
  2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Reception response and co-ordination in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define tactic and tropic responses

·         List down tactic responses in plants

·         List down tropic responses in plants

·         Differentiate between tactic and tropic responses

 

·         Defining  tactic and tropic responses

·         Defining and demonstrating tropism in plants

·         List down tactic responses in plants

·         List down tropic responses in plants

·         Differentiate between tactic and tropic responses

 

  • Chart showing tactic and tropic responses in plants
  • Potted seedlings
  • Source of light
  •  Cotton box

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 52-54

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 76-78

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 294-299

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Geotropism By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define geotropism

·         Describe geotropism in roots and shoots of plants

 

·         Defining and illustrating geotropism

·         Discussion on geotropism

 

  • Plants with shoots and roots
  • Charts showing geotropism and phototropism

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 55

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 80-83

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 298-300

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Phototropism and Geotropism By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Differentiate between Phototropism  and geotropism

·         Carry out experiments demonstrating both Phototropism  and geotropism in a plant seedling

 

·         Differentiating between Phototropism  and geotropism

·         Carrying out experiments demonstrating both Phototropism  and geotropism

 

  • Potted plants
  • Carton/cardboard
  • Knife/blade
  • Source of light
  • Germinating bean seeds
  • Clinostat
  • Cello tape
  • Cotton wool
  • Pin
  • Plasticine
  • Petri dishes

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 82-83

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 82-83

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 297-300

 
3 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Reception response and co-ordination in organisms By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Carry out experiments to demonstrate tactic responses to light and water

·         Carry out experiments to show chemotactic response using fruit juice

 

·         Carrying out experiments to demonstrate tactic response and to show chemotactic response using fruit juice

 

  • 4 test tubes
  • Black paper
  • Woodlice
  • Silverfish
  • Termites or fly maggots
  • Plasticine
  •  Moist soil
  • Dry soil
  • 3 petri dishes with lids
  • Fruit flies drosophila melanogarta
  • Mashed over ripe bananas
  • Fruit insect net
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 81-82

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 79-80

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 294-295

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Hydrotropism and thigmotropism By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define Hydrotropism and thigmotropism

 

·         Defining Hydrotropism and thigmotropism juice

·         Discussion on Hydrotropism and thigmotropism

 

  • Charts on Hydrotropism and thigmotropism
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 55

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 83

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 301-302

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Tactic and tropic responses By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         State the importance of Tactic and tropic responses

 

·         Discussion on the importance of Tactic and tropic responses

 

  • Chart with listed survival values of Tactic and tropic responses
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 53-55

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 79-80

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 298-302

 
4 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Plant hormones and their effects on plant growth By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the production of Plant hormones and their effects on plants

 

·         Discussion on production of auxins and their movement and effect on plant

 

  • Chart showing plant hormones and their effects on plants
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 55

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 80-83

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 296-301

 
  3-4 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Hydrotropism (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Carry out experiment to investigate hydrotropism

·         Carry out experiment to investigate etiolation

 

·         Carrying out experiments to investigate hydrotropism and etiolation

 

  • Fine wire gauze
  • Wooden box
  • Blotting paper
  • Soil or sand
  • Soaked beans
  • Box or dark cupboard
  • Tins with perforated bases
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 83-84

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 77-78

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 300

 
  5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Simple reflex action By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Demonstrate the knee jerk in a reflex action

 

·         Demonstrating knee jerk (reflex action)

·         Discussion on the knee jerk

 

  • Wooden ruler
  • stool
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 64

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 89-90

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 271-272

 
5 1 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Answer the questions asked in the test

 

·         Learner to recall and writes down answers to questions in the test

·         Teacher to supervise students as they do the test

 

  • Question papers
  • Marking schemes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 86-87

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 107-109

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 304-308

 
  2-3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Conditioned reflex actions By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Defined Conditioned reflex actions

·         Describe Conditioned reflex action using parlous dog

·         Compare simple and conditioned reflex actions

 

·         Defining Conditioned reflex actions

·         Describing Conditioned reflex action

·         Differentiating between simple and conditioned reflex actions

 

  • Chart on the differences between simple and conditioned reflex actions
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 64-65

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-65

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 90

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 274-275

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN ANIMALS AND PLANTS The role of hormones in co-ordination in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain the role of endocrine system in a human being

·         Explain the effect over secretion and under secretion of thyroxin and adrenaline

 

·         Naming endocrine organs in human beings

·         Stating the functions of endocrine organs

·         Discussion on the effect of under secretion and over secretion of thyroxin and adrenaline

 

  • Chart on position of endocrine glands in females and males human beings
  • Charts showing feedback mechanisms of adrenaline and thyroxin
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 65-66

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 93-95

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 291-294

 
6 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN ANIMALS AND PLANTS The role of hormones in co-ordination in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Isolate and list the similarities and differences between the endocrine and the nervous system

 

·         Explaining the similarities and differences between the endocrine and the nervous system

 

 

·         Chart on the comparison between endocrine and the nervous system

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 66-67

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 95

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 291-292

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Effects of drug abuse on human health By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         State the effects of drug abuse on human health

 

·         Defining drugs and drug abuse

·         Discussion on drugs, drug abuse and effects on human health

 

 

·         Chart with table on effects of drug abuse on human health

·         Photographs of people affected by drug abuse

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 67-68

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 96

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Structure of mammalian eye By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label the mammalian eye

·         State the functions of the mammalian eye

 

·         Drawing and labeling the mammalian eye

 

·         Chart showing the human eye ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 68-69

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 96-97

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 279-281

 
7 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Structure of the human eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe how the structure of the mammalian eye is adapted to its functions

 

·         Discussion on the adaptations of the various parts of the eye to their functions

 

·         Chart showing the mammalian eye

·         Chart with table showing summary of parts, adaptations and functions of the mammalian heart

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 69-72

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 97-98

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 280-281

 
  3-4 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Structure of the mammalian eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Dissect and display parts of the mammalian eye

 

·         Dissecting mammalian eye and identifying the various parts (external and internal)

 

·         mammalian eye

·         dissecting tray

·         gloves

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 69

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 97

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 280

 
  5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION Image formation in the mammalian eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe how an image is formed and interpreted in the mammalian eye

 

·         Describing how an image is formed and interpreted in the mammalian eye

 

·         Chart on image formation in the retina ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 69

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 100-101

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 280-281

 
8 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Accommodation in the mammalian eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe Accommodation in the mammalian eye

 

 

·         Defining accommodation

·         Drawing diagrams on accommodation of the far and near objects

·         Discussion on accommodation

 

·         Chart on accommodation of distant and nearby objects in the mammalian eye ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 72-73

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 101-102

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 283-285

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Common eye defects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Name and explain the Common eye defects

 

 

  • Naming and explaining the Common eye defects

 

·         Chart on defects and their corrections ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 73-75

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 102-104

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 287-288

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Common eye defects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe Common eye defects and their corrections
  • Investigate the blind spot In the eye
  • Investigate which eye is used more during vision

 

 

  • Describing and illustrating common eye defects e.g. long sightedness and short sightedness

 

·         Chart on eye defects and their corrections

·         Pencils

·         Ruler

·         Paper

·         Biro

·         Window/door frame

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 73-75,84

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 102-104

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 289-286

 
9 1-2 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Common eye diseases

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Name and describe Common eye diseases

 

  • Naming and describing Common eye diseases

 

·         Resource person e.g. eye specialist ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 75-76

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 102-104

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 285-286

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Structure of the mammalian ear

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Draw and label the mammalian ear

 

  • Drawing and labeling  the mammalian ear

 

·         Chart showing parts of the mammalian ear ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 76-77

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 104-105

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 286

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Structure of the mammalian ear

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:
  • Describe the mammalian ear and how it is adapted to its functions

 

  • Discussion on the structures of the mammalian ear and how they are adapted to their functions

 

·         Chart showing parts of the mammalian ear ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 76-78

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 104-105

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 286-287

 
10 1-2 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Answer the questions asked in the test

 

·         Learner to recall and writes down answers to questions in the test

·         Teacher to supervise students as they do the test

 

  • Question papers
  • Marking schemes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 86-87

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 107-110

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 304-308

 
  3 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS The mechanism of hearing

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the mechanism of hearing

·         Discussion on the mechanism of hearing ·         Chart showing the mechanism of hearing ·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 79-80

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-38

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 106-107

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 287-289

 
  4-5 RECEPTION RESPONSE AND CO-ORDINATION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Common defects of the ear

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Discuss thick ear drum, damaged cochlea, raptured eardrum, fussed ossicles, otitis media, ostosceleross and tinnitus

·         Discussion on common ear defects ·         Chart showing common defects of the ear

·         Ear specialist

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 79-80

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 24-80

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 107

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages  38-58

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 289-290

 
11-13 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BIOLOGY FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Introduction By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define support and movement

·         Describe the necessity of movement in plants and animals

·         Defining support and movement

·         Describing the necessity of movement in plants and animals

  • Potted plants
  • Small animals e.g. Fish rabbits and rats

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 88-89

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 111-112

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 309

 
  2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS support and movement in plants By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Review the tissue distribution in monocotyledonous an dicotyledonous plants

·         Reviewing stem sections of monocotyledonous an dicotyledonous plants
  • Chart showing sections of tracheids and xylem vessels

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 89-90

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 112-114

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 327-328

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Plants with woody stems and tendrils By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe support in woody and non-woody stems

·         Describe the role of tendrils and tender stems in support

·         Describing support in woody and non-woody stems

·         Describing  the role of tendrils and tender stems in support

  • Plants with tender stems e.g. Morning glory
  • Plants with tendrils e.g. Passion fruit
  • Pictures of climbing plants
  • Pictures of woody plants

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 90-91

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 114-116

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Support and movement in plans (practical lesson) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Observe prepared sections of woody and herbaceous stems

·         Observe a wilting plant

·         Observing prepared sections of woody and herbaceous stems

·         Observing  a wilting plant

·         Discussion on the observations made

  • Wilting plant
  • prepared

sections of stems

  • slides
  • fine point brush
  • cover slips
  • scalpels
  • iodine solution
  • beaker
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 115-116

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 115-116

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages

 
2 1-2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Types of skeletons By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         List  he types of skeletons

·         Describe the role of exoskeleton in insects

·         Describe the role and components of endoskeleton

·         Listing  the types of skeletons

·         Describing  the role of exoskeleton in insects

·         Distinguishing between a bone and a cartilage

  • Earth worm
  • Insect e.g. Locust
  • Bones from a chicken or goat
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 92-96

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 116-117

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 310-312

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Supported movement in animals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Describe the role of skeleton in vertebrates

·         Draw the structure of a finned fish (tilapia)

·         Calculate the tail power

·         Description of skeleton in vertebrate

·         Drawing of a tilapia fish

  • Finned fish
  • Ruler
  • Chart showing finned fish
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 96-97

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 117-118

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol 2 pages 325-326

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Locomotion in a finned fish By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Explain how locomotion occurs in fish

·         Name and draw the different fins and state their functions

·         Describing external and internal features of the fish to explain how it is adapted to locomotion in water

·         Observing locomotion of tilapia fish in water

  • Finned fish in an aquarium
  • Chart showing tilapia fish
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 96-98

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 118

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 325-326

 
3 1 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Locomotion and support in mammals By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw the human skeleton and identify the component parts

·         Identify and draw the skull

·         Drawing and labeling the human skeleton

·         Using model to identify the components of the skeleton

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Chart on human skeleton
  • Skull of a goat
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 98-99

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 119-120

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 312-313

 
  2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Axial skeleton By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify bones of  Axial skeleton in the vertebral column

·         Identify the cervical vertebrae

·         Identifying bones of  the vertebral columns

·         Drawing the cervical  vertebrae

·         Relating the structures to their functions

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Chart on showing the cervical vertebrae
  • Axis, atlas and other cervical vertebrae
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 99-101

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 120-122

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 312-315

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS thoracic By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the structures of the  thoracic vertebrae

·         Relate the structure of the thoracic vertebrae to their  functions

·         Identifying, drawing and relating the structure of the thoracic vertebrae from goat

·         Charts showing thoracic vertebrae

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Chart on showing the cervical vertebrae
  • Axis, atlas and other cervical vertebrae
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 102

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 122

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 315

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS thoracic By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the structures of lumbar, sacral and candal vertebrae

·         Show how ribs articulate with thoracic vertebrae

 

·         Drawing and labeling the lumbar sacral and candal vertebrae

·         Relating the parts of the vertebrae to their functions

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Chart on showing the lumbar, sacral and candal vertebrae of a goat
  • Axis, atlas and other cervical vertebrae
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 102-103

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 122-124

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 315-317

 
4 1 EVALUATION Continuous assessment test By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Answer the questions asked in the test

 

·         Learner to recall and writes down answers to questions in the test

·         Teacher to supervise students as they do the test

 

  • Question papers
  • Marking schemes
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 120

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 12131-132

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 328-329

 
  2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Ribs and sternum By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label Ribs and sternum

·         Relate the structure to their functions

 

·         Drawing and labeling the Ribs and sternum

·         Relating the structure to their functions

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Rib bones
  • Sternum
  • Charts showing Ribs and sternum

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 104-105

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 120-121

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 315-316

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Appendicular skeleton By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify components of Appendicular skeleton

·         Draw the scapula bone and relate it to its functions

 

·         Identifying the bones of the Appendicular skeleton

·         Drawing and labeling scapula and relating the structure to its functions

  • Model of human skeleton
  • Scapula bones
  • Chart showing scapula bone
·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 105

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 124-125

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 317-320

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS The fore limbs By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the bones of the fore limbs

·         Draw the structure of the humerus, radius and ulna

 

·         Identifying drawing and labeling the structure of the humerus, radius and ulna

·         Discussing the adaptations of these bones to their functions

·         humerus, radius and ulna bones

·         model of human skeleton

·         charts showing humerus, radius and ulna

 

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 105-106

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 125

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 318-320

 
5 1 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Bones of the hand By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify the bones of the hands

·         Draw and label bones of the hand

 

·         Identifying drawing and labeling the bones of the hands

·         Relating the structure to their functions

·         Bones of the hand

·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Chart showing bones of the hand

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 106

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 126

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 318

 
  2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS The pelvic girdle By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw the pelvic girdle

·         Name the bones of The pelvic girdle

·         Relate the structure to their functions

 

·         Identifying drawing and labeling the pelvic girdle relating its structure to its functions ·         Pelvic  girdle bones

·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Chart showing the pelvic girdle

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 107

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 126

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 320

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS The hind limb By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Identify, draw and label the femur, tibia and tibula bones

·         Relate their structure to their functions

 

·         Identifying drawing and labeling the bones of the hind limb

·         Relating the structure to their functions

·         Tibia and tibula bone

·         Femur bone

·         Model of human skeleton

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 107-108

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 319,320,321

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Bones of the foot By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Draw and label the bones of the foot

·         Relate the structure of bones of the foot to their functions

 

·         drawing, labeling and relating the structure of the foot to its functions ·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Bones of the foot

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 108-109

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 119

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 319

 
6 1 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS joints By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define a joint

·         List the three types of joints

·         Describe the types of joints

·         Defining a joint

·         Identifying the  types of joints

·         Describing the types of joints

·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Chart showing types of joints

·         Bones showing all types of joints

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 109-112

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 127-128

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 320-321

 
  2 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Joints

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         List examples of movable joints, hinge joints and bell and socket joints

·         Naming examples of movable joints, hinge joints and bell and socket joints on a model skeleton ·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Chart showing all types of joints

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 110-112

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 127-128

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 320-321

 
  3 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS Immovable joints By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define Immovable joints

·         Name Immovable joints

·         Defining and naming Immovable joints ·         Model of the human skeleton

·         Chart showing Immovable joints , gliding joints and skull

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 109-110

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 127-128

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 320-321

 
  4-5 SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS muscles By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·         Define muscles

·         Explain the differences between the three types of muscles

·         Identifying biceps and triceps in the arm movement

·         Defining muscles

·         Differentiating between the three types of muscles

·         Describing the role of Biceps and triceps in movement of the arm

·         Chart showing smooth skeletal and cardiac muscles

·         Chart showing biceps and triceps muscles

·         Students arm

 

·         Comprehensive secondary Biology students Bk. 4 page 109-112

·         Teachers bk. 4 pages 39-58

·         KLB secondary Biology Students book 4 Page 129-131

·         KLB teachers book 4 pages 59-68

·         Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 321-325

 
7-12 REVISION AND END OF TERM EXAMINATIONS

 

Free Geography Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

Free Geography Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

SCHEMES OF WORK FORM FOUR GEOGRAPHY TERM 1-3
SCHEME OF WORK               FORM FOUR  GEOGRAPHY               TERM ONE   WK NO L/ NO TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS / RESOURCES REF. REM. 1 1 STATISTICAL METHODS OF PRESENTING DATA   Age- sex pyramids.     By the end of the lesson, the…

Geography Notes Form 1-4 Latest

FREE GEOGRAPHY NOTES FORM ONE TO FOUR FREE GEOGRAPHY NOTES FOR FORM ONE FREE GEOGRAPHY NOTES FOR FORM TWO FREE GEOGRAPHY NOTES FOR FORM 3 FREE GEOGRAPHY NOTES…

Geography free lesson plans for all topics (Form one to four)

Here are all the Geography secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below. FREE GEOGRAPHY…

KENYA HIGH SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY EXAMS FORM 4 PP2

312/ 2 GEOGRAPHY PAPER 2 2 ¾ HOURS KENYA  HIGH  SCHOOL  POST MOCK  EXAMINATIONS FORM  4  Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES This paper consists of two sections A&B Answer ALL questions…

GEOGRAPHY FORM ONE TEACHING NOTES NEW SYLLABUS

Introduction to Geography The meaning of Geography Scientific study of the earth as a home of man. Study of interrelationship on natural and human phenomena…

Latest Geography Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest Geography Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free Free Geography notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams,…

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY NOTES UPDATED

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY INTERNAL LAND FORMING/ENDOGENETIC PROCESSES -Processes operating in the interior of the earth resulting in the formation of natural physical features or landforms. They are…

Latest Geography Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads

Latest Geography Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads Latest Exams Set Series Geography P2 QS.docx Geography P2 MRK.docx Geography P1QS.docx ~$ography P1 MRK.docx ~$ography P1QS.docx Geography…

Geography Topic By Topic Questions And answers (All Topics)

In need of Geography Topic By Topic Questions And answers for All Topics? Worry no more. Download these materials here for free. GEOGRAPHY TOPICAL QUESTIONS…

Free Geography Latest Notes, Revision Materials

Free Geography Latest Notes, Revision Materials COMPLETE GEOGAPHY REVISION BOOK DOCX-1.docx COMPLETE GEOGAPHY REVISION BOOK.pdf FORM FOUR GEOG NOTES-1.pdf FORM ONE GEOGRAPHY NOTES-1.pdf FORM ONE GEOGRAPHY…

GEOGRAPHY NOTES FOR FORM ONE

FORM I GEOGRAPHY NOTES Introduction to Geography The meaning of Geography Scientific study of the earth as a home of man. Study of interrelationship on natural…

GEOGRAPHY TEACHING NOTES

GEOGRAPHY FORM 1 NOTES FORM I GEOGRAPHY INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY The meaning of Geography Scientific study of the earth as a home of man. Study of interrelationship…

Geography KCSE 2022 leakage

Geography 2022 KCSE These are the expected question areas in this year’s KCSE examination: Paper 1 -Introduction to Geography -Weather -Minerals and Rocks -Earthmovement(Introduction) -Folding -Faulting -Weathering -Action of Rivers -Oceans Seas and their Coasts -Glaciation -…

KCSE GEOGRAPHY PAPER 2 REVISION QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

(a)(i) What is nomadic pastoralism?         Nomadic pastoralism involves constant or seasonal movement/migration of nomads and their livestock (cattle, goats, sheep, donkeys and camels)…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 4

SCHEME OF WORK               FORM FOUR  GEOGRAPHY               TERM ONE 201   WK NO L/ NO TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS / RESOURCES REF. REM. 1 1 STATISTICAL METHODS OF PRESENTING DATA   Age- sex pyramids.     By the end of the lesson,…

Free Geography notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials,…

Geography is an elective subject that is tested by the Kenya National Examinations Council (KNEC) during the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE) examinations….

F 3 GEOGRAPHY NOTES NEW SYLLABUS

F 3 GEOGRAPHY STATISTICS                                                                       COMPOUND/CUMULATIVE/DIVIDED BAR GRAPH Major cash crops exported in Kenya in tonnes CROP 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 COFFEE 4500 5000 5200 6000 5900 TEA 1300 1100 2500 2100 2200 MAIZE 800 900 500 400 400 WHEAT 600 500 600 700 500 Steps CROP 1990 CT 1991 CT 1992 CT 1993 CT 1994 COFFEE 4500 4500 5000 5000 5200 5200 6000 6000 5900 TEA 1300 5800 1100 6100 2500 7700 2100 8100 2200 MAIZE 800 6600 900 7000 500 8200 400 8500 400 WHEAT 600 7200 500 7500 600 8800 700 9200 500 TOTAL 7200 7500 8800 9200 9000 Set cumulative totals for the data each year   Draw vertical axis(Y) to…

Geography latest termly Exams with Marking Schemes, Notes

Geography latest termly Exams with Marking Schemes, Notes Free Exams Geography-mscheme-p1-Kenya-High-Mock- Geography-mscheme-p2-Kenya-High-Mock Ggeography-p1-qtns-Kenya-High-Mock- Geography-p2-qtns-Kenya-High-Mock-

KENYA HIGH SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY EXAMS FORM 4 PP1

312/ 1 GEOGRAPHY PAPER 1 2 ¾ Hours KENYA  HIGH  SCHOOL  POST MOCK  EXAMINATIONS FORM  4  Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education INSTRUCTION TO CANDIDATES This paper consists of two sections A&B. Answer ALL questions…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 3

SCHEME  OF  WORK                FORM  THREE GEOGRAPHY            TERM  ONE  2011     WK NO. L/ NO. TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS   1 1 STATISTICAL METHODS. Compound / Cumulative Bar Graphs. By the end of the lesson, the…

KNEC GEOGRAPHY SYLLABUS

GEOGRAPHY Examination Syllabus * FORM 1 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY Definition 1. Geography 2. environment 2. branches of geography 1. physical Geography 2. Human Geography 3. importance study of geography 4. relationship…

GEOGRAPHY FORM 2 LESSON PLANS

GEOGRAPHY FORM TWO LESSON PLANS: TERM ONE TEACHERS NAME…………………………………………………………………………….TSC NO…………………………… SCHOOL/ INSTITUTION…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… FORM:       TWO SUBJECT: GEOGRAPHY                                                  TOPIC: INTERNAL LAND FORMING PROCESSES SUB TOPIC: EARTH MOVEMENTS WEEK:   2             …

KNEC GEOGRAPHY SYLLABUS

GEOGRAPHY Examination Syllabus * FORM 1 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY Definition 1. Geography 2. environment branches of geography physical Geography Human Geography importance study of geography …

Advertised TSC internship vacancies in Geography and other subject combinations

If you are in need of a list with all the TSC Geography advertised internship vacancies per school, sub county and county, then you…

GEOGRAPHY FORM 3 END TERM EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS

ULTIMATE ACHIEVERS ACADEMY Name___________________________________________________AdmNo:_____________ Date__________________________________________Sign_______________ END OF TERM  EXAMINATION  FORM THREE GEOGRAPHY TIME: 2 HOURS 30 MINUTES   INSTRUCTIONS: a). Write your name, class and Admission number in the spaces provided…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 2

    SCHEMES  OF  WORK             FORM TWO GEOGRAPHY                   TERM ONE YEAR 20………….     WK NO   L/ NO TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES   TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS & RESOURCES   REF.   REMARKS     1 1 INTERNAL LAND-FORMING PROCESSES   Earth movements.   By the end of the lesson, the leaner…

Geography Free Notes Form 1 to 4 – Latest

Geography Free Notes Form 1 to 4 – Latest FORM 1 GEOGRAPHY NOTES(1).pdf 2018-Geography-Booklet.pdf COMPLETE GEOGAPHY REVISION BOOK.pdf FORM 1 GEOGRAPHY.doc FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY-1-2-1.docx FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY.doc FORM…

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY NOTES NEW SYLLABUS

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY LAND RECLAMATION Land reclamation is the process of converting wasteland into farm land for growing of crops and keeping of animals while land…

The 2022 Maseno National Geography Contest and Exam Talk

This year’s Maseno School National Moran Geography Contest will be held on Sunday 24th July, 2022, at Maseno Boys National School as…

Bachelor of Science in Geography; Requirements, duration, job opportunities and universities offering the…

Bachelor of Science in Geography Degree will prepare scientists to participate in the planning for the development, management and conservation of the earth’s resources. Graduate…

TSC Junior Secondary Advertised Slots in all Counties- Geography Subject Combinations

TSC Junior Secondary Advertised Slots in all Counties- Geography Subject Combinations COUNTY SUBJECT COMBINATION NO. OF POSTS ON P&P NO. OF INTERNSHIP POSTS TOTAL NO. OF POSTS DECLARED BARINGO GEO/CRE 3 8 11 BARINGO GEO/HIST 1 2 3 BOMET GEO/CRE 4 9 13 BOMET GEO/HIST 1 3 4 BUNGOMA GEO/CRE 6 14 20 BUNGOMA GEO/HIST 2 5 7 BUSIA GEO/CRE 3 7 10 BUSIA GEO/HIST 1 2 3 ELGEYO MARAKWET GEO/CRE 2 5 7 ELGEYO MARAKWET GEO/HIST 1 2 3 EMBU GEO/CRE 2 5 7 EMBU GEO/HIST 1 2 3 GARISSA GEO/CRE 1 2 3 GARISSA GEO/HIST 0 1 1 HOMA BAY GEO/CRE 5 11 16 HOMA BAY GEO/HIST 2 4 6 ISIOLO GEO/CRE 1 1 2 ISIOLO GEO/HIST 0 1 1 KAJIADO GEO/CRE 3 6 9 KAJIADO GEO/HIST 1 2 3 KAKAMEGA GEO/CRE 7 16 23 KAKAMEGA GEO/HIST 3 6 9 KERICHO GEO/CRE 4 9 13 KERICHO GEO/HIST 1 3 4 KIAMBU GEO/CRE 4 10 14 KIAMBU GEO/HIST 1 3 4 KILIFI GEO/CRE 4 9 13 KILIFI GEO/HIST 1 3 4 KIRINYAGA GEO/CRE 2 4 6 KIRINYAGA GEO/HIST 1 1 2 KISII GEO/CRE 5 11 16 KISII GEO/HIST 2 4 6 KISUMU GEO/CRE 4 9 13 KISUMU GEO/HIST 1 3 4 KITUI GEO/CRE 7 17 24 KITUI GEO/HIST 3 6 9 KWALE GEO/CRE 3 6 9 KWALE GEO/HIST 1 2 3 LAIKIPIA GEO/CRE 2 4 6 LAIKIPIA GEO/HIST 1 1 2 LAMU GEO/CRE 1 1 2 LAMU GEO/HIST 1 1 2 MACHAKOS GEO/CRE 5 12 17 MACHAKOS GEO/HIST 2 4 6 MAKUENI GEO/CRE 5 12 17 MAKUENI GEO/HIST 2 4 6 MANDERA GEO/CRE 1 3 4 MANDERA GEO/HIST 1 1 2 MARSABIT GEO/CRE 1 2 3 MARSABIT GEO/HIST 0 1 1 MERU GEO/CRE 6 13 19 MERU GEO/HIST 2 4 6 MIGORI GEO/CRE 4 10 14 MIGORI GEO/HIST 1 3 4 MOMBASA GEO/CRE 1 2 3 MOMBASA GEO/HIST 1 1 2 MURANGA GEO/CRE 4 9 13 MURANGA GEO/HIST 1 3 4 NAIROBI GEO/CRE 3 7 10 NAIROBI GEO/HIST 1 2 3 NAKURU GEO/CRE 6 14 20 NAKURU GEO/HIST 2 5 7 NANDI GEO/CRE 4 10 14 NANDI GEO/HIST 1 3 4 NAROK GEO/CRE 4 11 15 NAROK GEO/HIST 2 3 5 NYAMIRA GEO/CRE 3 6 9 NYAMIRA GEO/HIST 1 2 3 NYANDARUA GEO/CRE 2 6 8 NYANDARUA GEO/HIST 1 2 3 NYERI GEO/CRE 3 7 10 NYERI GEO/HIST 1 2 3 SAMBURU GEO/CRE 1 2 3 SAMBURU GEO/HIST 0 1 1 SIAYA GEO/CRE 4 9 13 SIAYA GEO/HIST 1 3 4 TAITA TAVETA GEO/CRE 1 3 4 TAITA TAVETA GEO/HIST 1 1 2 TANA RIVER GEO/CRE 1 2 3 TANA…

GEOGRAPHY FORM 1 NOTES FREE

GEOGRAPHY FORM ONE NOTES. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY The meaning of Geography Scientific study of the earth as a home of man. Study of interrelationship on natural…

KCSE GEOGRAPHY TOPICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

TOPICS COVERED   TOPIC QUESTION PG ANSWER PG 1. Introduction to Geography 3 53 2. The earth and the solar system 3 53 3. Weather and climate 5 55 4. Statistical methods 8 60 5. Maps and map work 10 61 6. Field work 14 69 7. Minerals and rocks 17 76 8. Mining 18 77 9. Internal Land-Forming Processes 20 82 10. Photograph work 23 89 11. Vegetation 24 90 12. Forestry 27 94 13. External…

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY PP1 JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES PDF

Name: _______________________________________ school……………………………….. Class:__________   Adm:________/index no……………………………… 321/1 GEOGRAPHY                Paper1                                                                  Time: 2Hrs. 45mins                        GEOGRAPHY       PAPER 1   …

2020 Kisumu Boys’ Geography Contest: Full details and invitation letter

The Kisumu Boys annual Geography Contest is here with us, again. You can not afford to miss this great contest where learners will be…

GEOGRAPHY NOTES FORM 4

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY NOTES LAND RECLAMATION Land reclamation is the process of converting wasteland into farm land for growing of crops and keeping of animals while…

FORM 3 GEOGRAPHY JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES

 FORM 3  GEOGRAPHY   CONTEST PAPER TIME: 2: 00 HRS INSTRUCTION TO THE CANDIDATES This paper contains five sections Answer all questions in this paper in the…

GEOGRAPHY KNEC SYLLABUS NEW

GEOGRAPHY Examination Syllabus FORM 1 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY Definition 1. Geography 2. environment branches of geography physical Geography Human Geography importance study of geography relationship…

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY NOTES NEW SYLLABUS

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY NOTES INTERNAL LAND FORMING/ENDOGENETIC PROCESSES -Processes operating in the interior of the earth resulting in the formation of natural physical features or landforms. They…

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY NOTES NEW SYLLABUS

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY LAND RECLAMATION Land reclamation is the process of converting wasteland into farm land for growing of crops and keeping of animals while land…

Geography Notes and Exams for F1-4

Are you in need of geography notes for all high school classes? You can now download free Geography notes, exam papers and all KCSE…

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY PP2 JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES PDF

Name: ………………………………………………… school……………………………….. Class:__________   Adm:________/index no……………………………… 321/2 GEOGRAPHY                Paper 2                                   …

Latest geography KCSE Predictions and Marking Schemes Free

Latest geography KCSE Predictions and Marking Schemes Free Set 1 GEO PPI.doc GEO PP2.doc Set 2 GEO P1 MS.doc GEO P2.docx GEO P1.doc GEO P2 MS.doc Set…

FORM ONE GEOGRAPHY TEACHER NOTES

FORM I GEOGRAPHY Introduction to Geography The meaning of Geography Scientific study of the earth as a home of man. Study of interrelationship on natural and…

SCHEMES OF WORK FORM THREE GEOGRAPHY TERM 1-3

SCHEME  OF  WORK                FORM  THREE GEOGRAPHY            TERM  ONE     WK NO. L/ NO. TOPIC/ SUBTOPIC LESSON OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS   1 1 STATISTICAL METHODS. Compound / Cumulative Bar Graphs. By the end of the lesson, the learner…

KCSE 2019 KNEC reports per subject- Geography (312)

Are you looking for KCSE 2019 Kenya National Examinations Council, KNEC, Geography (312) report? Well. You can now get the KNEC report here that…

GEOGRAPHY NOTES FORM 2

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY NOTES INTERNAL LAND FORMING/ENDOGENETIC PROCESSES -Processes operating in the interior of the earth resulting in the formation of natural physical features or landforms. They…

Kenya High School Geography Mock Papers And Answers

Looking for the Kenya High School Geography Mock Papers And Marking Schemes? Well. Look no further. Download all the Geography KCSE revision papers here…

GEOGRAPHY FORM 2 OPENER EXAM PLUS ANSWERS

NAME…………………………………………………………………………………………….CLASS…………….ADM………….. JOINT EVALUATION  FORM 2 OPENER EXAM DURATION: 1 HOUR 45 MINUTES                                                                     Instructions: Answer all the questions in the spaces provided. (a) Give three sub branches…

GEOGRAPHY REVISION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS F1-4

 GEOGRAPHY PAPER II REVISION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS (a) (i) What is nomadic pastoralism? Nomadic pastoralism involves constant or seasonal movement/migration of nomads and their livestock…

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY NOTES UPDATED

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY INTERNAL LAND FORMING/ENDOGENETIC PROCESSES -Processes operating in the interior of the earth resulting in the formation of natural physical features or landforms. They are…

GEOGRAPHY UPDATED SCHEMES OF WORK FORM 1

  SCHEME  OF  WORK                 FORM    ONE   GEOGRAPHY                TERM  ONE  20…..      WK NO L/ NO TOPIC  / SUBTOPIC LESSON  / SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES TEACHING / LEARNING ACTIVITIES MATERIALS / RESOURCES REF. REM.   1-4 SELECTION OF FORM ONE STUDENTS         5 1 INTRODUCTION             TO   GEOGRAPHY   Definition of Geography and environment. By…

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY TEACHING NOTES

FORM 2 GEOGRAPHY INTERNAL LAND FORMING/ENDOGENETIC PROCESSES -Processes operating in the interior of the earth resulting in the formation of natural physical features or landforms. They are…

Fasihi Free Kiswahili Notes For Secondary Schools Free Downloads

Fasihi Free Kiswahili Notes For Secondary Schools Free Downloads KISWAHILI FASIHI SIMULIZI FREE NOTES Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke  FASIHI SIMULIZI Fasihi ni sanaa inayotumia lugha kuwasilisha ujumbe…

Full list of Kiswahili TSC advertised internship vacancies per school and county

You can now get a full list of the official TSC advertised Kiswahili internship vacancies per school and county. This will enable you make…

Updated Secondary School Notes form one to four Free Downloads (All subjects Comprehensive Notes)

You can now download all the secondary school notes in pdf at no cost, here. The notes are for all classes; Form one to…

Kisii University Course List, Requirements, Fees

Kisii University Course List, Requirements, Fees KISII UNIVERSITY OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR – ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Applications are invited from qualified candidates to pursue the following Programmes: SCHOOL OF…

Physics Form 1-4 Notes, Revision Questions And Answers

INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS The primary school science syllabus covers topics such as matter and its properties, energy in its various forms for example heat, light,…

KNEC subject reports for KCSE 2019

Are you in need of the KNEC subject reports for KCSE 2019? Well. You can now access the Kenya National Examinations Council, KNEC, subject…

Latest Computer Studies Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans,…

Latest Computer Studies Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free COMPUTER STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4 Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke –  4 COMPUTER…

Form 4 Term 1-3 Free Exams and marking schemes; All subjects downloads

You may be in need of free form four (4) examinations in all subjects. yes. You can now download form 4 Complete exams in…

Moi University admission requirements, courses, student portal, fees structure

Moi University is a higher learning institution established in 1984. In its first year of existence, there was only one department – the Department…

Available vacancies in the Public Service; Apply today here

PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION Our Vision “A citizen-centric public service” Our Mission “To reform and transform the public service for efficient and effective service delivery”   ADVERTISEMENT – VACANT POSITIONS IN THE PUBLIC SERVICE  Applications are invited from qualified persons for the positions shown below.   Interested and qualified persons are requested to make their applications ONLINE through the Commission website: www.publicservice.go.ke or jobs portal: www.psckjobs.go.ke Please Note: …

TSC GUIDELINES FOR RECRUITMENT OF TEACHERS ON PERMANENT & PENSIONABLE TERMS, SECONDARY SCHOOLS -2021/2022

TSC GUIDELINES FOR RECRUITMENT OF TEACHERS ON PERMANENT & PENSIONABLE TERMS, POST PRIMARY INSTITUTIONS -2021/2022 FY The Teachers Service Commission (TSC) has released new guidelines…

New, revised TSC teachers recruitment guidelines, requirements, qualifications, marking scheme and scoresheet

The Teachers Service Commission, TSC, has revised the recruitment guidelines for new teachers. These guidelines come into force whenever a vacancy has…

Course offered at Rongo University, Requirements & Fees Structures

Course offered at Rongo University, Requirements & Fees Structures Academic Programmes SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE, NATURAL RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES(SANRES) PROGRAMME NAME MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MODE OF STUDY DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN: – …

2021 KNEC Diploma in Teacher Education (DTE) examination time table and instructions

Get the updated 2021 Diploma in Teacher Education (DTE) examination time table and instructions as released by the Kenya National Examinations Council, Knec. THE 2021…

KMTC Health Records & Information Technology Course – Requirements, How To Apply, Fees, Duration

KMTC Health Records & Information Technology Course – Requirements, How To Apply, Fees, Duration The Department offers programmes in Certificate and Diploma (Pre- service and…

Free Secondary School Exams and Marking schemes (Form 1 to 4)

You can now download the latest Secondary School Exams and Marking schemes for all subjects, here. Get all the Form one top four examinations…

Latest Form Four Exams With Marking Schemes for All Subjects

Latest Form 4 Exams With Marking Schemes for All Subjects English form 4 exams plus marking schemes Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke  English form 4 exams plus marking…

TSC to train Junior Secondary Teachers

The Teachers Service Commission will begin retooling of teachers who will handle Grade seven learners in Junior Secondary Schools (JSSs) In a memo dated February…

TSC Employment Requirements, Guidelines 2022-2023

The Teachers Service Commission TSC Employment Requirements 2022-2023 TSC Employment Requirements 2022-2023 – Teacher recruitment is done in accordance with the recruitment guideline issued by the…

History and Government free lesson plans for all topics (Form one to four)

Here are all the secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below. FREE LESSON PLANS…

TSC LIST OF TRAINERS OF TRAINERS, TRAINEES TEACHERS FOR JUNIOR SECONDARY CBC TRAINING PER…

COUNTY SUBCOUNT Y NAME G E TSC NO SUBJECT 2 ACTIVITY 1 ACTIVITY 2 Kirinyaga Kirinyaga central Duncan Njagi Mwai M 226106 Mathematics ICT champion KNEC EXAMINER Kirinyaga Kirinyaga West Beatrice Njeri Ndegwa F 306141 Biology ICT champion KNEC EXAMINER Kirinyaga Kirinyaga West James Kariithi Gatua M 315917 Biology ICT champion KNEC EXAMINER Kirinyaga Kirinyaga East Joseph Muhia Njoroge M 356779 Geography ICT champion KNEC EXAMINER KIRINYAG A KIRINYAGA EAST STEPHEN MUTHII WANJOHI F 503776 MATHEMATI CS KNEC EXAMINER ITOYA/POYA Kirinyaga Mwea East ROBERT KAGO M 576838 Chemistry ICT champion KNEC EXAMINER KIRINYAG A KIRINYAGA CENTRAL GEOFFREY IRUNGU NJOROGE M 641503 MATHEMATI CS ICT CHAMPIONS GATHIGIRI KIRINYAG A RI SECONDAR ROSE NKATHA STEPHEN 691217 KICD PANNELIST Y KIRINYAG A KIANYAGA BOYS JAMES MWANGI MUCHIRI 480330 721475637

Murang’a University Courses, Admissions, Intakes, Requirements, Location, Contacts, Students Portal and Website

Universities are the highest learning institutions in Kenya and the World over. They offer training majorly in undegraduate and Post Graduate Studies. In Kenya,…

KUCCPS releases Degree Programmes Cutoff points and choices for 2022/2023 university admissions: Details on…

The Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service, KUCCPS, has released new cutoff points to be used in admitting students to universities and Colleges…

Junior Secondary Schools Teachers & Support Staff; Employment Requirements, Responsibilities & Salaries

Junior Secondary Schools Teachers & Support Staff; Employment Requirements, Responsibilities & Salaries TEACHING AND NON-TEACHING STAFF OF JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL                Overview of Staffing in JSS The…

Lukenya University courses, student portal log in, website, fees, requirements and application procedure

Universities are the highest learning institutions in Kenya and the World over. They offer training majorly in undegraduate and Post Graduate Studies. In Kenya,…

Form two latest Exams with Marking Schemes (All subjects)

Form two latest Exams with Marking Schemes (All subjects) Questions 101 F2 ENGLISH QS.docx 102 F2 KISWAHILI QS.docx 121 F2 MATHEMATICS QS.docx 231 F2 BIOLOGY QS.doc 232…

How to Log in to Taita Taveta University Students Portal, http://portal.ttuc.ac.ke, for Registration, E-Learning,…

Universities have Students Portals that enable students to get many services online at their convenience. To access the Student Portal, one must…

TSC To Train Junior Secondary Teachers On CBC and CBA – See List Of…

TRAINING OF JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHERS IN COMPETENCY BASED CURRICULUM AND COMPETENCY BASED ASSESSMENT The Teachers Service Commission has planned the training of Junior Secondary…

Pioneer International University Courses, Admissions, Intakes, Requirements, Students Portal, Location and Contacts

Universities are the highest learning institutions in Kenya and the World over. They offer training majorly in undegraduate and Post Graduate Studies. In Kenya,…

Latest Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 Exams and Marking Schemes – All Subjects…

Best Form 1, 2, 3 and 4 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads (All Subjects) Latest English Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Downloads Teachers’…

English free lesson plans for all topics (Form one to four)

Here are all the English secondary school lesson plans for all topics. You can also download the editable and pdf lesson plans below. FREE ENGLISH…

End term Exams For all subjects (Form 1 to 4) Free

End term Exams For all subjects (Form 1 to 4) Free CRE-FORM-1-NOTES.pdf CRE-FORM-2-NOTES.pdf CRE-FORM-3-NOTES.pdf ENG ENG F1 QN.docx F1 END-TERM 3 EXAMS.pdf F1 ENDTERM 3 ASSIGNMENT.pdf F1 ENDTERM…

Free End Term 1-3 Exams for all forms 1- to 4

Free End Term 1-3 Exams for all forms 1- to 4 F1 ENDTERM 3 AGRIC.pdf F1 ENDTERM 3 BIOLOGY.pdf F1 ENDTERM 3 BUSINESS.pdf F1 ENDTERM…

KNEC HISTORY & GOVERNMENT SYLLABUS

KENYA SECONDARY SCHOOL HISTORY AND government   Knec Kcse History Syllabus   HISTORY & GOVERNMENT Examination Syllabus * FORM 1   INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT   The meaning of History The…

Form Four latest Exams with Marking Schemes (All subjects)

Form Four latest Exams with Marking Schemes (All subjects)- Unlimited downloads Questions Series 1 ~$1 F4 MATHEMATICS P2 QS.docx ~$3 F4 AGRICULTURE P2 QS.docx ~WRL0005.tmp 101…

Rongo University List of all Courses & Requirements (Latest, Updated)

RONGO UNIVERSITY Bachelor of Science (Mathematics) Bachelor of Science (Applied Statistics) Bachelor of Science (Biochemistry) Bachelor of Science (Computer Science) Bachelor of Science (Microbiology) …

Available KUCCPS programs, Courses, to select {OFFICIAL}

Here is the latest list of all the available KUCCPS programs and courses to select from. Get a list of all the latest degree,…

Chuka university website, Education, courses, requirements, portals, fees and application procudure

Various accredited universities offer Courses in Education for prospective students who want to be teachers. The universities have course specific requirements for the various…

Form one notes for all subjects free download

Here are form one notes for all the subjects offered at secondary school level. Click on each link to download all the notes and…

Masinde Muliro University List of all Courses & Requirements (Latest, Updated)

MASINDE MULIRO UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Conflict Resolution and Conflict Management Bachelor of Criminology Bachelor of Disaster Management…

KASSU Jet KCSE Exam Papers, Pre-Mocks, Post Mocks With Answers Free

KASSU Jet KCSE Exam Papers, Pre-Mocks, Post Mocks With Answers Free PHYSICS PAPER 3 SCHEME.pdf PHYSICS PAPER 3 QUESTIONS.docx PHYSICS PAPER 3 CONFIDENTIAL.docx PHYSICS PAPER…

Kenyatta University, KU, Course List, Requirements, Fees

Kenyatta University, KU, Course List, Requirements, Fees Bachelors Programmes List Certificates Diploma Undergraduates Postgraduates Diploma Masters PhD Programmes Purely Online MBADSVOL Programmes   Programmes School Mode of Study Eligibility Criteria Program Fees Campus Code Intake Bachelor of Science (Agribusiness Management) SCHOOL OF…

Top schools KCSE Revision examinations with answers – Latest free downloads for this year

Top schools KCSE Revision examinations and answers – Download free AGRICULTURE PAPER 1 – MS.pdf AGRICULTURE PAPER 1.pdf AGRICULTURE PAPER 2 – MS.pdf AGRICULTURE PAPER…

St Josephs Boys High School Kitale KCSE Results, KNEC Code, Admissions, Location, Contacts, Fees,…

St. Joseph’s Boys High School Kitale is a top performing boys’ only boarding secondary school located in Kitale town, Trans Nzoia county, in the…

2022-2023 KUCCPS Cut off points for all Courses

Use the first column. It is the one with the 2022/2023 cut off points: BACHELOR OF ARTS (INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY) WITH IT # PROG CODE INSTITUTION NAME PROGRAMME…

Latest Form 4 KCSE Prediction Exams and Marking Schemes – All Subjects Free

Latest Form 4 KCSE Prediction Exams and Marking Schemes – All Subjects Free Download AGRICULTURE F4 P1.doc ENGLISH F4 P2.doc AGRICULTURE F4 P2 -…

Form 4 Joint Exams Plus Marking Schemes (All Subjects)

Here is the latest Form 4 Joint Exams Plus Marking Schemes (All Subjects). Get all these resources and many at no cost. FORM 4 JOINT…

Kiswahili Grade 6 CBC KPSEA Exams and Marking Schemes Free

GRADI YA SITA TERM

KISWAHILI

 

 

 

 

 

Punda

 

 

Papa

 

 

Bunda

 

 

Pango

 

 

 

Bibi

 

 

 

  1. Ninimajibuyamaamkuzihaya?

 

Shikamoo?                             _____________________

 

U haligani?                 _____________________

 

Hujambo?                              _______________________

 

Waambaje?                          _______________________

 

Habarizaasubuhi?                 ___________________

 

 

 

  1. Jazamapengokwakutumiavielezimwafaka;

alfajiri,   juzi,   polepole,    Ijumaa,   kipupwe

____________________ huwanabaridishadidi

Tutarauka ______________ ilitusicheleweshuleni.

Benderahupeperushwakia______________________

___________________ tulikuwanawagenikwetu.

_________________ ndiomwendo.

 

  1. Kamilishamethalihizi

Pole polendio ____________ { kufika, mwendo}

 

Teke la kuku halimwumizi ____________ {mwewe, mwanawe}

 

Mtakayotehukosa ____________. {baraka, yote}

 

Benderahufuata ______________. {upepo, hewa}

 

Harakaharakahaina ____________. {mbaraka, baraka)

 

  1. Tumiakiulizisahihikatikasentensehizi

Wanafunzi _______________ wamesafiri? {ngapi, wangapi}

 

Ulisomakitabu _____________ janajioni? {kipi, vipi}

 

Mswaki ____________ umevunjika?{ipi, upi}

 

Kalamuzakoni _____________ katiyahizi? {lipi, zipi}

 

Unayapendamatunda ________________? {yapi, zipi}

 

  1. Kamikishasentensihizi;

Mwanawang’ombehuitwa _____________________

 

Kifaranganikwa kuku bali ________________ nikwandege.

 

Mwalimunikwawanafunzibali ________________ nikwawauminikanisani.

 

Jinajingine la mlinzini__________________

 

 

 

 

Nenondegelinamaanazaidiyamoja. Kuna ndege, ainayamnyamanandege, chombo cha usafiri. Kwasasatunasungumzakuhusundegekamachombo cha usafiri.

 

Ndegelinapokuwaanganitwasemakwambalinapaa.Baadayamudayausafiri, ndegehutuailiwasafiriwashuke.

Anayeendeshandegehuitwarubani.Anayeendeshagarihuitwadereva, anayeeneshagari la moshianaitwakandawalanakishaanayeelekezamerikebuhuitwanahodha. Kusafirikwandegeniharakasanalakiniinagharamayajuukulikohivivyombovingine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Tajamaanambilizanenondege;
  1. __________________________________________________________
  2. _________________________________________________________

 

  1. Wakatiganiwasafirihushukakwandege? _______________________________________________________

 

  1. Ndegelinapokuwaanganitwasemakwamba ________________________

 

  1. Mtuanapotaka safari yaharakaatatumia ______________________________

 

  1. Watuhawafufanyakazigani?

 

Rubani __________________________________________________________

 

Nahodha _________________________________________________________

 

Kandawala _______________________________________________________

 

Dereva ___________________________________________________________

 

  1. Kwanini watuwengehawatumiindegekwausafiri _____________________

 

 

 

Andikainshafupikuhusu, rafikiyako;

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Grade Three Free CBC Exams Download

Grade 3 Free CBC Exams Download

ENGLISH GRADE 3 NEW.pdf
GRADE 3 FRENCH.pdf
FRENCH GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MUSIC TERM ONE ASSESSMENT.pdf
grade-3-mathematical-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 mathematics grade three.pdf
GRADE 3 CREATIVE ART.pdf
Art and Craft and Music grade 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES.pdf
Hygiene grade 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MUSIC.pdf
GRADE 3 Environmental grade three exam.pdf
GRADE 3 Music grade three.pdf
grade-3-environmental-activities.pdf
grade-3-hygiene-and-nutrition-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 Religious Activities.pdf
GRADE 3 HYGIENE.pdf
ENVIRONMENTAL-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES.pdf
GRADE 3 Hygiene grade three.pdf
HYGIENE-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
GRADE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE THREE.pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH (1).pdf
GRADE 3 CRE.pdf
GRADE THREE ENGLISH.pdf
GRADE 3 Kusoma grade 3.pdf
grade-3-literacy-activities.pdf
grade-3-cre-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 Religious Activities grade three.pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH LITERACY ACTIVITIES.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3 (2).pdf
GRADE 3 ENGLISH.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3 (1).pdf
GRADE 3 Language grade three.pdf
ENGLISH-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
grade-3-english-activities.pdf
ENGLISH GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 Shughuli za lugha grade three (1).pdf
GRADE 3 Shughuli za lugha grade three.pdf
KISWAHILI-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
grade-3-kiswahili-activities.pdf
GRADE 3 KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES.pdf
KISWAHILI GRADE 3.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS (2).pdf
GRADE THREE MATHS.pdf
GRADE 3 KISWAHILI.pdf
MATHEMATICS GRADE 3 (1).pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS.pdf
GRADE 3 MATHS (1).pdf
MATHEMATICS GRADE 3.pdf
MATHS GRADE 3.pdf
MATHS-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
MUSIC GRADE 3.pdf
READING-GRADE-3-EXAM.pdf
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES GRADE 3.pdf

CBC Grade 6 Social Studies Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 6 Social Studies Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

GRADE 6 SPORTLIGHT SOCIAL STUDIES

 SCHEME OF WORK TERM 3

SCHOOL GRADE LEARNING AREA TERM YEAR
  GRADE 6 SOCIAL STUDIES 3  

 

Week Lesson Strand Sub-strand Specific-Learning outcomes Learning Experience Key Inquiry Question(S) Learning

Resources

Assessment Methods Reflection
1 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Traditional forms of Government among the Buganda and Nyamwezi By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the administrative units that make up the Buganda Kingdom.

b)     Explain the roles of Kabaka.

c)      Describe how the Buganda Kingdom was ruled in the past.

d)     Sing a song about the Buganda governance structure.

e)      Have fun and enjoy singing a song about the Buganda kingdom.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the administrative units that make up the Buganda Kingdom.

 

-Explain the roles of Kabaka.

 

-Describe how the Buganda Kingdom was ruled in the past.

 

-Sing a song about the Buganda governance structure

How was the community ruled in the past?

 

How was Buganda Kingdom ruled in the past?

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 139-141

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Comparison between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom.

b)     Identify the values of good governance among the Nyamwezi.

c)      Recite the poem on learner’s book.

d)     Enjoy reciting the poem.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom.

 

-Identify the values of good governance among the Nyamwezi.

 

-Recite the poem on learner’s book.

 

 

What are the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 142-144

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government.

b)     Illustrate the governance structure among the Buganda and Nyamwezi on a chart.

c)      Display the chart at the Social Studies corner.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government.

 

-Illustrate the governance structure among the Buganda and Nyamwezi on a chart.

 

What are the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 144-145

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
2 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Aspects of good governance in traditional societies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the aspects of good governance in traditional societies.

b)     Role ply the conversation on learner’s book.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing the conversation.

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the aspects of good governance in traditional societies.

 

-Role ply the conversation on learner’s book.

 

What aspects of good governance have you learnt?

 

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 145-147

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Regional Co-operations in Eastern Africa; Objectives of the East African Community. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Read the newspaper article on learner’s book.

b)     List the objectives of the East African Community.

c)      Model member states of the Eastern African Community as shown on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy modelling member states of the East African Community.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Read the newspaper article on learner’s book.

List the objectives of the East African Community.

 

-Model member states of the Eastern African Community as shown on learner’s book

 

What are the objectives of the East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 147-149

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Benefits of the East African Community to Member States By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

b)     Read the story on learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.

c)      Create a poster on benefits of the East African Community.

d)     Appreciate the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

 

-Read the story on learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.

 

-Create a poster on benefits of the East African Community.

 

 

What are the benefits of the East African Community to Member States? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 150-151

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
3 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Challenges facing East African Community By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the challenges facing East African Community.

b)     Find out from appropriate sources the challenges facing the East African Community.

c)      Sing a song about the challenges facing East African Community.

d)     Have fun and enjoy singing a song.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the challenges facing East African Community.

 

-Find out from appropriate sources the challenges facing the East African Community.

 

-Sing a song about the challenges facing East

What are the challenges facing East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 152-152

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Solutions to challenges facing the East African Community By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss possible solutions to the challenges facing the East African Community.

b)     Complete the table on learner’s book by matching the solutions to the challenges.

c)      Sing the East African Anthem.

d)     Appreciate the solutions to challenges facing the East African Community

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss possible solutions to the challenges facing the East African Community.

 

-Complete the table on learner’s book by matching the solutions to the challenges.

 

-Sing the East African Anthem.

 

 

What are the solutions to challenges facing the East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 153-155

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Citizenship; Rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Study the pictures on learner’s book.

b)     Discuss the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan Citizen.

c)      Make flashcards about the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

d)     Appreciate the importance of the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Study the pictures on learner’s book.

 

-Discuss the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan Citizen.

 

-Make flashcards about the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

 

What are the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 155-157

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
4 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Values of a good citizen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the values of a good citizen.

b)     Explain how to promote values of a good citizen.

c)      Create posters about the values of a good citizen.

d)     Appreciate the values of a good citizen.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the values of a good citizen.

 

-Explain how to promote values of a good citizen.

 

-Create posters about the values of a good citizen

How can we demonstrate good citizenship? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 158-160

 

Atlas

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Human Rights; Classification of human rights By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define human rights.

b)     Identify human rights enjoyed by the people.

c)      Classify the rights they have identified as social, economic or political rights.

d)     Have fun and enjoy making a human rights wheel

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define human rights.

 

-Identify human rights enjoyed by the people.

 

-Classify the rights they have identified as social, economic or political rights.

 

 

What is the meaning of human rights? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 161-163

 

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which human rights are violated in society. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify ways in which human rights are violated in society.

b)     Make a chart on ways in which human rights are violated in the society.

c)      Have fun and enjoy making a chart.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify ways in which human rights are violated in society.

 

-Make a chart on ways in which human rights are violated in the society

How are human rights are violated in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 163-165

 

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
5 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peace and Conflict Resolution; Causes of conflict in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define conflict.

b)     Identify the causes of conflicts in society.

c)      Read the following case study on learner’s book on causes of conflicts in society.

d)     Appreciate the importance of peace.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define conflict.

 

-Identify the causes of conflicts in society.

 

-Read the following case study on learner’s book on causes of conflicts in society.

 

What are the causes of conflict in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 165-167

 

Pictures

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peace and Conflict Resolution; Causes of conflict in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Search the internet or any other appropriate sources for a story on a conflict that happened in the society.

b)     Match the causes of conflict in column A to its description in column B

c)      Appreciate the importance of maintaining peace in the society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Search the internet or any other appropriate sources for a story on a conflict that happened in the society.

 

-Match the causes of conflict in column A to its description in column B

 

How do we resolve conflicts peacefully? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 167-168

 

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

b)     Role play how to resolve the situations.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing how to resolve different situations

Learners are guided to:

-Identify peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society

 

-In pairs, to discuss peaceful ways of resolving conflicts stated on the cards.

 

-Role play how to resolve the situations

How do we live peacefully with each other in school and society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 168-170

 

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
6 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the causes of conflicts in the society.

b)     Match statements with their meaning on the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

c)      Appreciate peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the causes of conflicts in the society.

 

-Match statements with their meaning on the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

 

What are the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 170-171

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society.

b)     Design posters on ways of promoting peace in Eastern Africa.

c)      Recite the poem on learner’s book.

d)     Appreciate the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in the society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society.

 

-Design posters on ways of promoting peace in Eastern Africa.

 

-Recite the poem on learner’s book.

 

What are the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 172-174

 

Photographs

Pictures

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Governance in Kenya; Sources of Government Revenue and Expenditure By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Explain the meaning of revenue.

b)     Give reasons why we should pay taxes to the government.

c)      Match the sources in column A with the examples in column B

d)     Appreciate the importance of paying revenue.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Explain the meaning of revenue.

 

-Give reasons why we should pay taxes to the government.

 

-Match the sources in column A with the examples in column B

 

What is the meaning of revenue?

 

Why should we pay taxes to the government?

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 174-175

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
7 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Study the pictures on learner’s book.

b)     Discuss ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

c)      Draw the pictures on learner’s book.

d)     Appreciate the ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue

 

Learners are guided to:

-Study the pictures on learner’s book.

 

-Discuss ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

 

-Draw the pictures on learner’s book.

 

 

 

What are the ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 176-177

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Find out from the internet, textbooks or any appropriate materials other ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

b)     Make a poster of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya.

c)      Appreciate the importance of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya

 

Learners are guided to:

-Find out from the internet, textbooks or any appropriate materials other ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

 

-Make a poster of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya.

 

 

What is the importance of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 177-179

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

The Preamble of the Constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define constitution.

b)     Listen to an audio or watch a video played by the teacher.

c)      Identify key words in the preamble of the constitution of Keya in the audio or video.

d)     Appreciate the Constitution of Kenya.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define constitution.

 

-Listen to an audio or watch a video played by the teacher.

 

-Identify key words in the preamble of the constitution of Keya in the audio or video.

 

What is the meaning of constitution? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 179

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
8 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Read the conversation on learner’s book.

b)     Write the key words in the Preamble of the Constitution from the conversation.

c)      Act out the conversation on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy role playing the conversation.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Read the conversation on learner’s book.

 

-Write the key words in the Preamble of the Constitution from the conversation.

 

-Act out the conversation on learner’s book.

 

 

What have you learnt about the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 180-181

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Pick a card with a key word in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

b)     Circle the key words in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya in the puzzle on learner’s book.

c)      Have fun and enjoy playing the puzzle.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Pick a card with a key word in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

 

-Circle the key words in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya in the puzzle on learner’s book.

 

 

What have you learnt about the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 182

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the activities people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

b)     Design a card on a manila paper with various declaration messages.

c)      Sing the song on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy designing cards.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the activities people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

 

-Design a card on a manila paper with various declaration messages.

 

-Sing the song on learner’s book

 

 

Which activities do people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 183-184

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
9 ASSESSMENT